2013 Materials and Engineering Catalogue by Woodhead Publishing

Woodhead Publishing

Materials and Engineering 2013 Catalogue

www.woodheadpublishing.com www.woodheadpublishingonline.com

Woodhead Publishing Online The intelligent information resource in new science and technology A major electronic resource, Woodhead Publishing Online is the only place our full collection of Materials and Engineering titles is available. The site offers extensive features and functionality including no DRM, no limit to the number of concurrent users and a range of innovative purchase options. E-versions of our books can be purchased as part of one of our extensive collections, as part of a Pick ‘N’ Mix selection or by individual chapter on a pay-per-view or rental basis.

Features

• Over 385 Materials and Engineering titles • Fast and powerful search tools • Regularly updated with new content • Extensive librarian support tools • Perpetual access - No ongoing maintenance fees • Hosted by MetaPress

Purchase options available 2013 Collection: buy access to all published and forthcoming titles for 2013 Backlist Collections: purchase access to titles from previous years Pick ‘N’ Mix Collection: create your own collection (minimum order 12 titles) Pay-per-view: individual chapter purchase available Short-term chapter rental: rent a chapter for as little as 72 hours

To find how Woodhead Publishing Online meets your research needs or to request a trial go to:

www.woodheadpublishingonline.com or e-mail sales@woodheadpublishingonline.com

Contents Composites

Behaviour and characterisation Design, manufacture and applications Conference proceedings

Civil engineering

2 6 13

Materials and their properties Cement and concrete Monitoring and condition assessment Structural engineering

9 12 14 15

Polymer composites

Polymers and biopolymers

Plastics and rubber

Adhesives

Biomaterials

High temperature materials and power generation Conventional power generation High temperature materials Nuclear power generation Renewable power generation

Transport materials and technologies

62 66 68 72

Rail Automotive Aerospace

78 78 82

Marine engineering and underwater welding

Mechanical engineering and general materials

Chemistry and general science

Corrosion and surface engineering

Corrosion Surface engineering

95 98

Applications Clinical techniques Materials Medical textiles Technologies and performance

25 29 30 33 34

Fire retardant materials

Welding technologies 105

Ceramics

Welding practice (including health and safety) 108

Electronic and optical materials

Fatigue, fracture and failure

Preventing fatigue and failure 102 Understanding fatigue and failure 103

Weld design 109

Electronic materials and technology Optical materials, photonics and lasers Sensors and MEMS and functional materials Electrical engineering

42 45 50 54

Training and inspection aids 110

Computer and electrical engineering

Author index 117

Metallurgy

Order form 120

Metals mining and processing

Steel

Inspection and testing 109 Title index 112

About Woodhead Publishing Established in 1989, Woodhead Publishing is a leading independent publisher of science and technology books in the following areas: • Food Science, Technology and Nutrition • Materials and Engineering • Textile Technology

• Energy and Environmental Technology • Asian Studies, Business Management, Finance and Commodities • Biomedicine and Biomaterials

Our books are designed to be at the leading edge of research with up-to-the-minute information on advances crucial to the future of major industries. They all contain expert knowledge and invaluable research findings from an international contributor base.

NEW Denotes titles published from January 2012 onwards. Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online All prices are correct at time of going to press but are subject to alteration without notice. For further information on our titles please telephone, fax, e-mail, or visit our website: Tel: +44 (0)1223 499140 Fax: +44 (0)1223 832819 E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com Web: www.woodheadpublishing.com Web: www.woodheadpublishingonline.com Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Composites BEHAVIOUR AND CHARACTERISATION NEW Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) of polymer matrix composites Edited by V M Karbhari, The University of Alabama in Huntsville, USA Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) or nondestructive testing (NDT) techniques are an essential tool in monitoring material performance. This important book reviews the use of NDE techniques to assess polymer matrix composites. Part one reviews the range of NDE techniques such as shearography, dielectric techniques, ultrasound and infrared thermography. Part two discusses the use of NDE techniques in aerospace applications, whilst part three reviews their use in civil engineering and other applications. CONTENTS

Part 1 Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) techniques: Infrared thermography; Digital shearography; Eddy current methods; Dielectric techniques; Ultrasound. Part 2 NDE techniques for aerospace applications: Assessing debonding using acoustic waves; Detecting faults using Lamb waves; Techniques for testing adhesive bonds; Applications of infrared thermography to detect flaws and impact damage; Application of ultrasonic techniques. Part 3 NDE techniques for civil infrastructure and other applications: Detecting bond defects using shearography; Monitoring using fiber optic sensors; Detecting damage using acoustic emission; Application of infrared thermometry, ground penetrating radar and digital tap testing; Monitoring using microwave techniques; NDE of wind turbine blades; NDE of marine structures.

650 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 344 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 355 4 Approx. £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857093448

Failure analysis and fractography of polymer composites E S Greenhalgh, Imperial College London, UK

Edited by R M Guedes, University of Porto, Portugal

Criteria, testing and industrial applications Edited by P Robinson, E S Greenhalgh and S Pinho, Imperial College London, UK

CONTENTS

Polymer matrix composites are increasingly replacing traditional materials, such as metals, for applications in the aerospace, automotive and marine industries. This important book explores the main types of composite failure and examines their implications in specific applications. Part one discusses various failure mechanisms, including manufacturing defects, and addresses a variety of loading forms, such as impact and the implications for structural integrity. Testing techniques and modelling methods for predicting potential failure in composites are also reviewed. Part two investigates the effects of polymer-matrix composite failure in a range of industries and looks at recycling issues and environmental factors affecting the use of composite materials. CONTENTS

Part 1 Failure mechanisms: Progress in failure criteria for polymer matrix composites: A view from the first World-Wide failure exercise (WWFE); Manufacturing defects as a cause of failure in polymer matrix composites; Low and medium velocity impact as a cause of failure in polymer matrix composites; Structural integrity of polymer matrix composite panels in fire; Testing the toughness of polymer matrix composites; Testing the strength and stiffness of polymer matrix composites; Fibre-dominated compressive failure in polymer matrix composites. Part 2 Failure mechanisms in specific applications: Considerations of failure mechanisms in polymer matrix composites in the design of aerospace structures; Failure of polymer matrix composites in defence applications; Failure of polymer matrix composites in marine and off-shore applications; Recycling issues in polymer matrix composites; Failure of polymer matrix composites in automotive and transportation applications; Environmental induced failure in fibre-reinforced plastics.

464 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 750 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 532 9 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697501

CONTENTS

Introduction to failure analysis and fractography of polymer composites; Methodology and tools for failure analysis of polymer composites; Fibre-dominated failures in polymer composites; Delamination-dominated failures in polymer composites; Fatigue failures of polymer composites; The influence of fibre architecture in the failure of polymer composites; Defects and damage and their role in the failure of polymer composites; Case studies: failures of polymer composites due to overload and design deficiencies; Case studies: failures of polymer composites due to material and manufacturing defects; Case studies: failures of polymer composites due to in-service factors.

608 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 217 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 681 8 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692179

Creep and fatigue in polymer matrix composites

NEW Failure mechanisms in polymer matrix composites

Part 1 Viscoelastic and viscoplastic modelling: Viscoelastic constitutive modeling of creep and stress relaxation in polymers and polymer matrix composites; Timetemperature-age superposition principle for predicting long-term response of linear viscoelastic materials; Timedependent behaviour of active/intelligent polymer matrix composites incorporating piezoceramic fibers; Predicting the elastic-viscoplastic and creep behaviour of polymer matrix composites using the homogenization theory; Measuring fiber strain and creep behaviour in polymer matrix composites using Raman spectroscopy; Predicting the viscoelastic behaviour of polymer nanocomposites; Constitutive modelling of viscoplastic deformation of polymer matrix composites; Creep analysis of polymer matrix composites using viscoplastic models; Micromechanical modeling of viscoelastic behaviour of polymer matrix composites undergoing large deformations. Part 2 Creep rupture: Fiber bundle models for creep rupture analysis of polymer matrix composites; Micromechanical modelling of time-dependent failure in off-axis polymer matrix composites; Timedependent failure criteria for lifetime prediction of polymer matrix composite structures. Part 3 Fatigue modelling, characterisation and monitoring: Testing the fatigue strength of fibers used in fiber-reinforced composites using fiber bundle tests; Continuum damage mechanical modelling of creep damage and fatigue in polymer matrix composites; Accelerated testing methodology for predicting long-term creep and fatigue in polymer matrix composites; Fatigue testing methods for polymer matrix composites; The effect of viscoelasticity on fatigue behavior of polymer matrix composites; Characterization of vicoelasticity, viscoplasticity and damage in composites; Structural health monitoring of composite structures for durability.

612 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 656 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 043 0 £160.00/US$270.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696566

Forensic polymer engineering Why polymer products fail in service P R Lewis and C Gagg, Open University, UK

‘...a great deal of valuable information.’ ‘...a very substantial number of cases are presented.’

Polymer Testing ‘...an excellent source of reference, I can’t believe there is anyone that would not learn something.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Introduction; Examination and analysis of failed components; Polymer medical devices; Polymer storage tanks; Small polymeric containers; Polymeric pipes and fittings; Polymeric seals; Tools and ladders; Components in transport applications; Consumer products; Conclusions.

496 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 185 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 780 8 £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691851

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Composites Fatigue life prediction of composites and composite structures

Tribology of natural fiber polymer composites N Chand, Advanced Materials and Processes Research Institute and M Fahim, Zakir Hussain College, University of Delhi, India

Edited by A P Vassilopoulos, EPFL, Switzerland

‘The book presents a comprehensive updated review of FLP methodologies for FRC. The editor deserves credit for organising expert contributions from international authors.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Introduction to the fatigue life prediction of composite materials and structures: Past, present and future. Part 1 Fatigue life modeling: Phenomenological fatigue analysis and life modeling; Residual strength fatigue theories for composite materials; Fatigue damage modeling of composite materials with the phenomenological residual stiffness approach; Novel computation methods for fatigue life modeling of composite materials. Part 2 Fatigue life prediction: Fatigue life prediction of composite materials under constant amplitude loading; Probabilistic fatigue life prediction of composite materials; Fatigue life prediction of composite materials based on progressive damage modeling; Fatigue life prediction of composite materials under realistic loading conditions (variable amplitude loading); Fatigue of fiber reinforced composites under multiaxial loading; A progressive damage mechanics algorithm for life prediction of composite materials under cyclic complex stress. Part 3 Applications: Fatigue life prediction of bonded joints in composite structures; Health monitoring of composite structures based on acoustic emission measurements; Fatigue life prediction of wind turbine rotor blades manufactured from composites.

576 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 525 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 979 6 £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695255

Science and engineering of short fibre reinforced polymer composites

CONTENTS

Natural fibers and their composites; Introduction to tribology of polymer composites; Sisal reinforced polymer composites; Jute reinforced polymer composites; Cotton reinforced polymer composites; Bamboo reinforced polymer composites; Wood reinforced polymer composites.

220 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 393 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 505 7 £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693930

Delamination behaviour of composites Edited by S Sridharan, Washington University in St. Louis, USA CONTENTS

Part 1 Delamination as a mode of failure and testing of delamination resistance. Part 2 Delamination: detection and characterization Part 3 Analysis of delamination behavior from tests. Part 4 Modeling delamination. Part 5 Analysis of structural performance in presence of delamination and prevention/mitigation of delamination.

788 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 244 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 482 1 £190.00/US$325.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692445

Ageing of composites Edited by R Martin, MERL, UK CONTENTS

S-Y Fu, Chinese Academy of Sciences, China, B Lauke, Leibniz Institute of Polymer Research, Germany and Y-W Mai, University of Sydney, Australia ‘In the final chapter relating to the fracture mechanics of SFRP, the depth and breadth is quite remarkable. The text is both well-planned and well-written.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Introduction to short fibre reinforced polymer composites; Extrusion compounding and injection moulding; Major factors on performance of short fibre reinforced polymers; Stress transfer in short fibre reinforced polymers; Strength of short fibre reinforced polymers; Elastic modulus of short fibre reinforced polymers; Flexural modulus of short fibre reinforced polymers; Thermal conductivity and expansion of short fibre reinforced polymer composites; Non-linear stressstrain behaviour; Fracture mechanics.

364 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 269 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 649 8 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692698

Part 1 Ageing of composites: Processes and modelling: The physical and chemical ageing of polymeric composites; Ageing of glass-ceramic matrix composites; Chemical ageing mechanisms of glass fibre reinforced concrete; Stress corrosion cracking in glass reinforced polymer composites; Thermo-oxidative ageing of composite materials; Fourier transform infrared photoacoustic spectroscopy of ageing composites; Modelling physical ageing in polymer composites; Modelling accelerated ageing in polymer composites; Ageing of silicon carbide composites. Part 2 Ageing of composites in transport applications: Ageing of composites in the rail industry; Ageing of composites in the rotorcraft industry; Ageing of composites in marine vessels. Part 3 Ageing of composites in non-transport applications: Ageing of polyethylene composite implants in medical devices; Ageing of composites in oil and gas applications; Ageing of composites in the construction industry; Ageing of composite insulators; Ageing of composites in the chemical processing industry; Ageing of composites in underwater applications.

Properties and performance of natural-fibre composites Edited by K Pickering, University of Waikato, New Zealand CONTENTS

Part 1 Natural-fibre composites: Natural fibres for composite applications: Types and properties; Matrices for naturalfibre reinforced composites; Engineering the fibre/ matrix interface in natural-fibre composites; Processing techniques for natural and wood-fibre composites; Development of non-wood natural-fibre composites; Cellulose nanocomposites. Part 2 Case studies and opportunities: Natural-fibre composites in the automotive sector; Natural-fibre composites in structural applications; Natural-fibre-biodegradable polymer composites for packaging; Opportunities for using wood and biofibers for energy, chemical feedstocks and structural applications; Market issues and considerations in development of natural/ wood-fibre composites. Part 3 Performance of natural-fibre composites: Mechanical testing of natural-fibre composites; Mechanical performance of thermoplastic matrix natural fibre composites; Long-term performance of natural-fibre composites; Modelling natural-fibre composites.

576 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 267 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 459 3 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692674

Multi-scale modelling of composite material systems The art of predictive damage modelling Edited by C Soutis, Sheffield University and P W R Beaumont, Cambridge University, UK CONTENTS

528 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 936 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 084 7 £175.00/US$300.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739369

544 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 352 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 493 7 £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693527

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Composites Fatigue in composites Science and technology of the fatigue response of fibre-reinforced plastics Edited by B Harris, University of Bath, UK ‘High quality achieved throughout by the writers and editor.’ ‘In the introduction to this book, Professor Harris states that he set out to produce ‘a practical textbook for designers (and) an authoritative reference source for materails scientists.’ he has succeeded admirably.’ ‘…generally excellent work.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction to fatigue in composites: A historical review of the fatigue behaviour of fibre-reinforced plastics; Fatigue test methods, problems and standards; Fatigue under multiaxial stress systems. Part 2 Micromechanical aspects of fatigue in composites: The effects of aggressive environments on long-term behaviour; The effect of interface on the fatigue performance of fibre composites; Delamination fatigue; The fatigue of hybrid composites; Non-destructive evaluation of damage accumulation. Part 3 Fatigue in different types of composites: Short-fibre thermoset composites; Woven-fibre thermoset composites; Fatigue of thermoplastic composites; Fatigue of wood and wood panel products. Part 4 Life-prediction methods for constant stress and variable stress: Physical modelling of damage development in structural composite materials under stress; Micromechanical models; A computational mesodamage model for life prediction for laminates; A statistical study of the fatigue performance of fibre-reinforced composite laminates; Analysis of matrix crack-induced delamination in composite materials under static and fatigue loading; Fatigue strength of composites under variable plane stress; Life prediction under service loading spectra; A parametric constant-life model for prediction of the fatigue lives of fibre-reinforced plastics; A neural-network approach to fatigue-life prediction; The fatigue performance of composite structural components; Fatigue of joints in composite structures; Fatigue in filament-wound structures; Fatigue of FRP composites in civil engineering applications; Fatigue in aerospace applications; Fatigue and durability of marine composites.

Mechanical testing of advanced fibre composites Edited by J M Hodgkinson, Imperial College London, UK 384 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 312 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 891 1 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733121

Impact behaviour of fibrereinforced composite materials and structures Edited by S R Reid, UMIST and G Zhou, Loughborough University, UK 320 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 423 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 890 4 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734234

Part 1 Review of composite materials: Overview; Fundamentals of composites. Part 2 Fundamentals of finite element analysis. Part 3 Finite elements applied to composite materials: Composites and finite element analysis; Definition of composite materials in finite element analysis. Part 4 Analytical and numerical modelling: Interlaminar stresses and free edge stresses; Fracture and fracture mechanics; Delamination; Joining; Fatigue.

224 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 422 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 892 8 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734227

Ceramic nanocomposites demonstrate a number of useful characteristics such as magnetic properties and high thermal resistance. This makes them promising materials for a wide range of applications. Ceramic nanocomposites reviews key properties and how they can be exploited in such areas as the biomedical, energy and electronics industries.

‘An ideal text for designers and engineers new to the world of composites with its coverage by numerous examples and self-assessment questions throughout the text.’

270 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 338 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 349 3 Approx. £120.00/US$205.00/€145.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857093387

SAMPE Journal 480 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 85573 473 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 855 3 £50.00/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734739

‘An essential reference for materials scientists and research workers in industry and academia.’

Applied Mechanics Reviews

Edited by R Banerjee, University of Calcutta, India

F L Matthews and R D Rawlings, Imperial College London, UK

Engineering and science

Finite element modelling of composite materials and structures

CONTENTS

Properties and applications

Part 1 Properties: Ceramic nanoparticles in metal matrix composites; Multiscale modelling of ceramic matrix nanocomposites; Thermal properties/flame retardancy; Magnetic properties; Failure mechanisms. Part 2 Applications: Biomedical applications of ceramic nanocomposites; Energy applications; Use in thin films and other electronics applications.

Composite materials

Microstructural characterisation of fibre-reinforced composites

‘This book is recommended to engineering students and practising engineers who would like to get up to speed fairly quickly and become familiar with the FE methods.’

NEW Ceramic nanocomposites

CONTENTS

768 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2003 ISBN: 978 1 85573 608 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 857 7 £200.00/US$340.00/€240.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855736085

F L Matthews, G A O Davies, D Hitchings and C Soutis, Imperial College London, UK

DESIGN, MANUFACTURE AND APPLICATIONS

Edited by J Summerscales, University of Plymouth, UK

British Journal of Non-Destructive Testing 336 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1998 ISBN: 978 1 85573 240 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 756 3 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855732407

NEW Advances in ceramic matrix composites Edited by J Low, Curtin University, Australia Ceramic matrix composites (CMCs) have proven to be useful for a wide range of applications because of properties such as their light weight, toughness and temperature resistance. This book summarises key recent research on types and processing of CMCs. The first part of the book reviews types such as functionally-graded, self-healing and hybrid CMCs. Other parts of the book deal with processing and applications as diverse as the energy and medical sectors. CONTENTS

Flow-induced alignment in composite materials Edited by T D Papthanasiou, University of South Carolina and D C Guell, Los Alomos National Laboratory, USA ‘...Strongly recommended.’ ‘A unique and well-prepared reference book for researchers who work in the field of modelling and processing of discontinuous fiber-reinforced composite.’

Part 1 Advances in ceramic matrix composites (CMCs): Functional-graded CMCs; Self-healing CMCs; Hybrid CMCs. Part 2 Processing and properties: Melt/chemical vapour infiltration; Hot pressing (HP) and hot isostatic pressing (HIP); Processing of layered ternary carbides in CMCs; Processing of multi-layer glass CMCs. Part 3 Applications of ceramic matrix composites (CMCs): Geopolymers; Energy applications; Cutting tools; Dental materials.

390 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 120 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 882 5 Approx. £140.00/US$240.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091208

Applied Mechanics Reviews 384 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1997 ISBN: 978 1 85573 254 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 747 1 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855732544

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Composites NEW Advanced fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites in civil engineering Developments and applications Edited by N Uddin, University of Alabama, USA Fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites have become an important material in civil engineering. This important book summarises some of the key advances in these materials and their applications. Part one reviews general developments such as the use of biofiber reinforced polymer composites, advances in processing techniques like vacuum assisted resin transfer molding (VARTM) and new research on failure modes and their prevention. Part two discusses particular types of FRP composite and their applications. Topics include hybrid and thermoplastic FRP composites and their applications in such areas as modular panelized construction. CONTENTS

Part 1 General issues: Types of fiber and fiber arrangement; Biofiber reinforced polymer composites; Advanced processing techniques; Vacuum assisted resin transfer molding (VARTM); Failure modes and their prevention; Assessing durability. Part 2 Particular composite types and their applications: Hybrid FRP composites; Thermoplastic composites; FRP composites for bridges; FRP composites for steel structures; FRP composites in environmental engineering.

510 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 234 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 895 5 Approx. £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092342

NEW Wind turbine blade design and materials Edited by P Brøndsted, Risø-DTU National Laboratory of Sustainable Energy, Denmark and R Nijssen, Wind Turbine Materials and Constructions (WMC), The Netherlands Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 47

The size of wind turbine blades continues to increase in pursuit of higher efficiency energy conversion. To increase the penetration and utilisation of sustainable wind power there are also trends towards the use of natural and bio-based materials. All of these issues present challenges in terms of the design, manufacture and operation of wind turbine blades. This book provides an authoritative overview of developments in wind turbine blade design and materials. The opening chapters focus on design challenges and developments. Chapters in the second section of the book review advanced materials and wind turbine blade manufacture. CONTENTS

Part 1 Wind turbine blade design challenges and developments: Overview; Loads on wind turbine blades; Aerodynamic design of wind turbine blades; Aerodynamic airfoil characteristics; Aeroelastic design of wind turbine blades; Probabilistic wind turbine blade design concepts. Part 2 Wind turbine blade materials and production: Composite materials; Natural and biobased composites, fibres and resins; Sandwich structures; Materials properties, degradation mechanisms and damage modes; Fatigue life prediction; Micromechanical modelling; Manufacturing technologies for small blades; Structural performance testing.

510 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 426 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 728 6 Approx. £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094261

Blast protection of civil infrastructures and vehicles using composites

Materials, design and manufacturing for lightweight vehicles

Edited by N Uddin, University of Alabama at Birmingham, USA ‘This book contains all the information required to start thinking about materials development and implementation in this area.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction: Blast threats and blast loading; Standards and specifications for composite blast protection materials; Processing polymer matrix composites for blast protection; High energy absorbing composite materials for blast resistant design; Modelling the blast response of hybrid laminated composite plates; Response of composite panels to blast wave pressure loadings. Part 2 Applications: Ceramic matrix composites for ballistic protection of vehicles and personnel; Developing mine blast resistance for composite based military vehicles; Blast protection of buildings using fibre-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites; The use of composites in blast-resistant walls; Using composites to improve the blast resistance of columns in buildings; Retrofitting using fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP) polymer composites for blast protection of buildings; Retrofitting to improve the blast response of concrete masonry walls.

448 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 399 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 803 4 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693992

Edited by P K Mallick, University of MichiganDearborn, USA ‘The book offers a realistic and rational approach to the environmental problem of reducing vehicle weight, preserving safety, cost and performance. ...this book is well linked with a lot of data.’

NEW Manufacturing techniques for polymer matrix composites (PMCs) Edited by S Advani, University of Delaware and K-T Hsiao, University of South Alabama, USA Manufacturing techniques for polymer matrix composites (PMCs) provides an authoritative review of the different technologies employed in the manufacture of this class of composite. Part one reviews the manufacturing of short fiber and nanoparticle-based polymer matrix composites, with injection and compression molding examined in depth. Thermoplastic processing is the focus of part two. Sheet forming, fabric thermostamping, filament winding and continuous fiber-reinforced profiles are investigated. Part three reviews thermoset processing. A survey of resin transfer molding follows, including vacuumassisted and compression resin transfer molding. The pultrusion process is then considered, before the book concludes with an investigation into autoclave and out-ofautoclave curing processes in polymer matrix composites. CONTENTS

Introduction to composites and materials. Part 1 Manufacturing of polymer matrix composites (PMC): Short fiber and nanoparticle based processing: Injection molding in polymer matrix composites; Processing of polymer nanocomposites; Compression molding in polymer matrix composites. Part 2 Manufacturing of polymer matrix composites (PMC): Thermoplastic based processing: Sheet forming in polymer matrix composites; Fabric thermostamping in polymer matrix composites; Filament winding process in thermoplastics; Continuous fiber reinforced profiles in polymer matrix composites. Part 3 Manufacturing of polymer matrix composites (PMC): Thermoset based processing: Resin transfer molding (RTM) in polymer matrix composites; Vacuum assisted resin transfer molding (VARTM) in polymer matrix composites; Compression resin transfer molding (CRTM) in polymer matrix composites; The pultrusion process in polymer matrix composites; Autoclave processing for composites; Out-of-autoclave curing process in polymer matrix composites.

512 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 067 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 625 8 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090676

Materials World CONTENTS

Introduction. Part 1 Materials for lightweight automotive structures: Advanced steels for lightweight automotive structures; Aluminium alloys for lightweight automotive structures; Magnesium alloys for lightweight powertrains and automotive structures; Thermoplastics and thermoplasticmatrix composites for lightweight automotive structures; Thermoset-matrix composites for lightweight automotive structures. Part 2 Manufacturing and design of lightweight automotive structures: Manufacturing processes for light alloys; Joining for lightweight vehicles; Recycling and lifecycle issues for lightweight vehicles; Crashworthiness design issues for lightweight vehicles.

384 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 463 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 782 2 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694630

Thermoset nanocomposites for engineering applications Edited by R Kotsilkova CONTENTS

Introduction; Rheological approach to nanocomposite design; Formation of thermoset nanocomposites; Structure and morphology of epoxy nanocomposites with clay, carbon and diamond; Molecular dynamics of thermoset nanocomposites; Performance of thermoset nanocomposites; Design physical properties of thermoset nanocomposites.

326 pages 255 x 190mm (7 1/2 x 10) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84735 062 6 £95.00/US$160.00/€115.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781847350626 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Composites Machining technology for composite materials

Composite joints and connections

Principles and practice

Principles, modelling and testing

Edited by H Hocheng, National Tsing Hua University, Taiwan

Edited by P Camanho, University of Porto, Portugal and L Tong, University of Sydney, Australia

Machining processes play an important role in the manufacture of a variety of composite materials for use in a number of industries, including the aerospace, marine, civil and leisure sectors. This book reviews and analyses both traditional and non-traditional methods of machining for different composite materials. The first part of the book examines traditionally-used machining processes such as turning, drilling and grinding. In the second part, several non-traditional machining methods are discussed, such as electrical discharge and laser machining. The final group of chapters deal with special topics such as cryogenic machining and processes for metal matrix and wood-based composites. CONTENTS

Part 1 Traditional methods for machining composite materials: Turning processes for metal matrix composites; Drilling processes for composites; Grinding processes for polymer matrix composites; Analysing cutting forces in machining processes for polymer-based composites; Tool wear in machining processes for composites; Analysing surface quality in machined composites. Part 2 Nontraditional methods for machining composite materials: Ultrasonic vibration-assisted (UV-A) machining of composites; Electrical discharge machining of composites; Electrochemical discharge machining of particulatereinforced metal matrix composites; Fundamentals of laser machining of composites; Laser machining of fiber-reinforced polymeric composite materials; Laser-based repair for carbon fiber reinforced composites. Part 3 Special topics in machining composite materials: High speed machining processes for fibre-reinforced composites; Cryogenic machining of composites; Analysing the machinability of metal matrix composites; Machining processes for wood-based composite materials; Machining metal matrix composites using diamond tools.

488 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 030 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 514 5 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090300

Composites forming technologies Edited by A C Long, University of Nottingham, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 61 CONTENTS

Composite forming mechanisms and materials characterisation; Constitutive modelling for compositeforming; Finite element analysis of composite-forming; Virtual testing for material formability; Optimisation of composites forming; Simulation of compression moulding to form composites; Understanding composite distortion during processing; Forming technology for composite/metal hybrids; Forming of self-reinforced polymer materials; Forming technology for thermoset composites; Forming technology for thermoplastic composites; The use of draping simulation in composite design; Benchmarking of composite forming modelling techniques.

Published in association with The Textile Institute 344 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 033 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 253 7 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845690335

The growing use of composites for structural applications in sectors such as aerospace demands that engineers have a thorough understanding of how composite joints behave under various loads. Gaining this understanding is not straightforward because joints and connections in composites present an entirely different set of problems to engineers when compared to metals. Composite joints and connections addresses these differences, looking at the design, modelling and testing of joints and connections. CONTENTS

Composite reinforcements for optimum performance Edited by P Boisse, INSA Lyon, France

Reinforcements are an integral part of all composites, and the quality and performance of the composite can be optimised by modelling the type and structure of the reinforcement before moulding. Composite reinforcements for optimum performance reviews the materials, properties and modelling techniques used in selecting and using the right reinforcement in optimising composite performance. CONTENTS

544 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 990 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 492 6 £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699901

Part 1 Materials for reinforcements in composites: Fibres for composite reinforcements: properties and microstructures; Carbon nanotube reinforcements for composites; Ceramic reinforcements for composites. Part 2 Structures for reinforcements in composites: Woven reinforcements for composites; Braided reinforcements for composites; Three-dimensional (3D) fibre reinforcements for composites; Modelling the geometry of textile reinforcements for composites: WiseTex; Modelling the geometry of textile reinforcements for composites: TexGen. Part 3 Properties of composite reinforcements: In-plane shear properties of woven fabric reinforced composites; Biaxial tensile properties of reinforcements in composites; Transverse compression properties of composite reinforcements; Bending properties of reinforcements in composites; Friction properties of reinforcements in composites; Permeability properties of reinforcements in composites. Part 4 Characterising and modelling reinforcements in composites: Microscopic approaches for understanding the mechanical behaviour of reinforcements in composites; Mesoscopic approaches for understanding the mechanical behaviour of reinforcements in composites; Continuous models for analysing the mechanical behaviour of reinforcements in composites; X-ray tomography analysis of the mechanical behaviour of reinforcements in composites; Flow modeling in composite reinforcements; Modelling short fibre polymer reinforcements for composites; Modelling composite reinforcement forming processes.

Pultrusion for engineers

704 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 965 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 371 4 £175.00/US$300.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699659

Part 1 Bolted joints: Reinforcement of composite bolted joints by local metal hybridization; Bolted joints in glass-reinforced aluminium (Glare) and other hybrid fibre metal laminates (FML); Bolted joints in pultruded glass fibre reinforced polymer (GFRP) composites; Bolt-hole clearance effects in composite joints; Stress analysis of bolted composite joints under multiaxial loading; Strength prediction of bolted joints in carbon fibre reinforced polymer (CFRP) composites; Fatigue of bolted composite joints; Influence of dynamic loading on fastened composite joints; Effects of temperature on the response of composite bolted joints. Part 2 Bonded joints: Calculation of strain energy release rates for bonded composite joints with a prescribed crack; Simulating fracture in bonded composite joints using cohesive zone models; Simulating fatigue failure in bonded composite joints using a modified cohesive zone model; Strength of bonded overlap composite joints in marine applications; Advanced modelling of the behaviour of bonded composite joints in aerospace applications; Mixed mode energy release rates for bonded composite joints; Stress analysis of bonded patch and scarf repairs in composite structures; High strain behaviour of bonded composite joints.

Edited by T Starr, Technolex, UK ‘A comprehensive overview of current pultrusion technology.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Composites and pultrusion; The pultrusion process; Profile design, specification, properties and related matters; Thermoset resins for pultrusion; Reinforcements for pultrusion; Pultrusion applications – a world-wide review; Infrastructure – a positive market; The future – beyond 2000.

336 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 425 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 888 1 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734258

Physical properties and applications of polymer nanocomposites Edited by S C Tjong, City University of Hong Kong, China and Y-W Mai, University of Sydney, Australia ‘Conveniently collates, in a single volume, a comprehensive review of the varied research review of the varied research activity being conducted in the field of polymer nano-composites.’

Materials World

Design and manufacture of composite structures G C Eckold 400 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1994 ISBN: 978 1 85573 051 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 856 0 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730519

CONTENTS

Part 1 Polymer/nanoparticle composites. Part 2 Polymer/ nanoplatelet composites. Part 3 Polymer/nanotube composites. Part 4 Applications.

952 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 672 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 024 9 £210.00/US$355.00/€250.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696726

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Composites Non-crimp fabric composites Manufacturing, properties and applications Edited by S V Lomov, Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Belgium Non-crimp fabric (NCF) composites are composites that are reinforced with woven mats of straight (non-crimped) fibres. Straight fibres deform much less under tension. NCF composites are being used in applications in the aerospace, automotive, civil engineering and wind turbine sector where strength is important. Non-crimp fabric composites reviews production, properties and applications of this important class of composites. CONTENTS

Part 1 Manufacturing of non-crimp fabrics: Production of non-crimp fabrics for composites; Standardisation of production technologies for non-crimp fabric composites; Structural stitching of non-crimp fabric preforms for composites; Understanding and modelling the effect of stitching on the geometry of non-crimp fabrics; Automated analysis of defects in fibre placement in non-crimp fabrics for composites. Part 2 Manufacturing of non-crimp fabric composites: Deformability of textile performs in the manufacture of non-crimp fabric composites; Modelling the deformability of biaxial non-crimp fabric composites; Permeability of non-crimp fabric preforms; Understanding variability in the permeability of non-crimp fabric composite reinforcements; Modelling of the permeability of non-crimp fabrics for composites. Part 3 Properties of non-crimp fabric composites: Mechanical properties of non-crimp fabric (NCF) based composites: stiffness and strength; Damage progression in non-crimp fabric composites; Fatigue in non-crimp fabric composites; Mechanical properties of structurally stitched non-crimp fabric composites; Predicting the effect of stitching on the mechanical properties and damage of non-crimp fabric composites: finite element analysis; Modelling drape, stress and impact behaviour of non-crimp fabric composites; Modelling stiffness and strength of non-crimp fabric composites: semi-laminar analysis. Part 4 Applications of non-crimp fabric composites: Aerospace applications of non-crimp fabric composites; Non-crimp fabric: Preforming analysis for helicopter applications; Automotive applications of non-crimp fabric composites; Non-crimp fabric composites in wind turbines; Cost analysis in using non-crimp fabric composites in engineering applications.

552 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 762 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 253 3 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697624

Handbook of composite fabrication Edited by G Akovali CONTENTS

Constituent materials; Open mould processes; Closed mould (matched die) processes; Filament winding; Pultrusion and other shaping processes; Machining and joining process.

196 pages 255 x 190mm (7 1/2 x 10) hardback 2001 ISBN: 978 1 85957 263 4 £95.00/US$160.00/€115.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859572634 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Polymer-carbon nanotube composites Preparation, properties and applications Edited by T McNally, Queen’s University Belfast, UK and P Pötschke, Leibniz Institute of Polymer Research Dresden, Germany ‘Enormously useful to all those in this area, whether in research labs or in industry. It will undoubtedly provide a substantial reference text for some time to come.’

Materials World Polymer-carbon nanotube composites reviews the use of carbon nanotubes as reinforcements in a polymer matrix, creating a new class of nanocomposites with useful properties and wide potential applications. Part one discusses preparation and processing techniques. Part two analyses key properties and ways of characterising polymer carbon nanotube composites. The final part of the book covers some of the important applications of this new group of materials. CONTENTS

An introduction to polymer carbon nanotube composites. Part 1 Preparation and processing of polymer carbon nanotube composites: Polyolefin carbon nanotube composites by in-situ polymerisation; Surface treatment of carbon nanotubes via plasma technology; Functionalisation of carbon nanotubes for polymer nanocomposites; Influence of material and processing parameters on carbon nanotube dispersion in polymer melts; High-shear melt processing of polymer carbon nanotube composites; Injection moulding of polymer carbon nanotube composites; Elastomer carbon nanotube composites; Epoxy carbon nanotube composites. Part 2 Properties and characterisation of polymer carbon nanotube composites: Quantification of dispersion and distribution of carbon nanotubes in polymer composites using microscopy techniques; Influence of thermo-rheological history on electrical and rheological properties of polymer carbon nanotube composites; Electromagnetic properties of polymer carbon nanotube composites; Mechanical properties of polymer/polymer-grafted carbon nanotube composites; Multi-scale modeling of polymer carbon nanotube composites; Raman spectroscopy of polymer carbon nanotube composites; Rheology of polymer carbon nanotube composites melts; Thermal degradation of polymer carbon nanotube composites; Polyolefin carbon nanotube composites; Composites of poly(ethylene terephthlate) and carbon nanotubes; Carbon nanotubes in multiphase polymer blends; Toxicity and regulatory perspectives of carbon nanotubes. Part 3 Applications of polymer carbon nanotube composites: The use of polymer carbon nanotube composites in fibres; Biomedical/bioengineering applications of carbon nanotube based nanocomposites; Fire retardant applications of polymer carbon nanotube composites: Improved barrier effect and synergism; Polymer carbon nanotube composites for flame retardant cable applications; Polymer carbon nanotube conductive nanocomposites for sensing.

848 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 761 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 139 0 £180.00/US$305.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697617

Optimisation of composite structures design A Miravete, University of Zaragoza, Spain 256 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) spiralbound 1996 ISBN: 978 1 85573 208 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 297 7 £195.00/US$330.00/€235.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855732087

Interface engineering of natural fibre composites for maximum performance Edited by N E Zafeiropoulos, University of Ioannina, Greece There is a growing trend towards the use of natural (sustainable) fibres as reinforcements in composites. One of the major mechanisms of failure in such composites is the breakdown of the bond or interface between the reinforcement fibres and the matrix. When this happens, the composite loses strength and fails. By engineering the interface between fibres and the matrix, the properties of the composite can be manipulated to give maximum performance. This book reviews both processing and surface treatments to improve interfacial adhesion in natural fibre composites as well as ways of testing their resulting properties. CONTENTS

Part 1 Processing and surface treatments to compose the interface in natural fibre composites: Modifying cellulose fiber surfaces in the manufacture of natural fiber composites; Interface engineering through matrix modification in natural fibre composites; Preparation of cellulose nanocomposites; Characterization of fibre surface treatments in natural fiber composites by infrared and raman spectroscopy; Testing the effect of processing and surface treatment on the interfacial adhesion of single fibres in natural fibre composites; Assessing fibre surface treatment to improve the mechanical properties of natural fibre composites. Part 2 Testing interfacial properties in natural fibre composites: Electrokinetic characterisation of interfacial property of natural fibres; Mechanical assessment of natural fiber composites; Thermochemical assessment of natural fibre composites; Assessing the moisture uptake behaviour of natural fibres; Creep and fatigue of natural fibre composites; Impact behavior of natural fiber composite laminates; Raman spectroscopy and x-ray scattering for assessing the interface in natural fibre composites.

416 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 742 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 228 1 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697426

Thermoset resins for composites Directory and databook Second edition Compiled by Technolex CONTENTS

Part 1 Directory of manufacturers, agents, suppliers and distributors. Part 2 Databook: Thermoset resins; Comprehensive review; Key to tabulated properties; Adhesives; Flowcoats, topcoats and surface coats; Gelcoats and in-mould coatings; Matrix resins for laminating and associated purposes; Thermoset resins for polymer concrete, cultured marble, onyx and associated filled applications; Formulated surfacing pastes, putties and filler pastes; Resin systems; Sundry thermoset resin applications.

384 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1998 ISBN: 978 1 85573 406 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 699 3 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734067

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Composites CONFERENCE PROCEEDINGS

High-energy ball milling Mechanochemical processing of nanopowders

Brittle Matrix Composites 10

Edited by M Sopicka-Lizer, Silesian University of Technology, Poland ‘I strongly recommend a thorough reading of the book to people who are active in this area or those who wish to enter this area of investigation.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Introduction to mechanochemical processing. Part 1 Basic science of mechanochemistry: Mechanism and kinetics of mechanochemical processes; Kinetic behaviour in mechanochemically induced structural and chemical transformations; Materials design through mechanochemical processing; Kinetic processes and mechanisms of mechanochemical alloying. Part 2 Mechanochemical treatment of different materials: Mechanochemical synthesis of complex ceramic oxides; Production of intermetallic compound powders by a mechanochemical approach: Solid-liquid reaction ball milling; Mechanochemical processing of non-oxide systems with highly covalent bonds; Mechanochemical synthesis of metallic-ceramic composite powders; Mechanochemical synthesis of organic compounds and rapidly soluble materials. Part 3 Mechanochemical processes in metal powder systems and other applications: Mechanochemical plating and surface modification using ultrasonic vibrations; Mechanochemically activated powders as precursors for spark plasma sintering (SPS) processes; Synthesis of titanium dioxide-based, visible-light induced photocatalysts by mechanochemical doping; Soft mechanochemical synthesis of materials for lithium-ion batteries: Principles and applications; Materials for lithiumion batteries by mechanochemical methods.

440 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 531 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 944 4 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695316

Management, recycling and reuse of waste composites Edited by V Goodship, University of Warwick, UK CONTENTS

Part 1 Management of waste composites: An introduction to composites recycling; Legislation for recycling waste composites; Waste management. Part 2 Thermal technologies for recycling waste composites: Thermal methods for recycling waste composites; Pyrolysis for recycling waste composites; Catalytic processing of waste polymer composites; Advanced thermal treatment of composite wastes for energy recovery; Fluidized bed pyrolysis of waste polymer composites for oil and gas recovery. Part 3 Mechanical technologies for recycling waste composites: Mechanical methods for recycling waste composites; Additives to upgrade mechanically recycled plastic composites; Improving the mechanical recycling and reuse of mixed plastics and polymer composites; Quality and durability of recycled composite materials. Part 4 Improving sustainable manufacture of composites: Clean and environmentally-friendly wet-filament winding; Process monitoring and damage detection using optical fibre sensors; New developments in producing more functional and sustainable composites. Part 5 Case studies: Designing composite wind turbine blades for disposal, recycling or reuse; In-process composite recycling in the aerospace industry; Disposal of composite boats and other marine composites; Sustainable fibre-reinforced polymer composites in construction; Recycling of concrete.

Edited by A M Brandt and M A Glinicki, Institute of Fundamental Technological Research, Poland, J Olek Purdue University, USA and C K Y Leung, Hong Kong University, China The subjects of this series of symposia are on composite materials behaving as brittle, normal and special conditions of exploitation. Brittle matrix composites are applied in various domains and the series of symposia are closely related to the application in civil engineering. In the last decades their importance is increasing together with their variety and with the use of most advanced methods of testing. Papers include concretes and fibre concretes and ceramics, particularly from the viewpoint of their composition, microstructure and fracture processes. Various new and advanced engineering problems are presented in the papers. 350 pages 242 x 169mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback Q1 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 988 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 989 1 Approx. £140.00/US$240.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857099884

Brittle matrix composites 9 Edited by A M Brandt, Institute of Fundamental Technological Research, Poland, J Olek, Purdue University, USA and I H Marshall The subjects of the symposia are on composite materials with matrices behaving as brittle in normal or special conditions. Brittle matrix composites are applied in various domains (civil engineering, mechanical equipment and machinery, vehicles, etc.) and in the last decades their importance is increasing together with their variety. Papers include: aggregate-binder composites (concretes, fibre concretes, rocks); sintered materials (ceramics); high strength composites with brittle matrices. In principle, the general problems of structures made of composite materials are not included in the papers. Various approaches to the material engineering problems are presented in the papers. 600 pages 242 x 169mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 775 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 307 3 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697754

624 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 462 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 766 2 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694623

Composite technologies for 2020 Proceedings of the fourth AsianAustralasian conference on composite materials (ACCM 4) Edited by L Ye, Y-W Mai and Z Su, University of Sydney, Australia CONTENTS

Part 1 Bio/eco composites. Part 2 Characterisation. Part 3 Composite structures. Part 4 Delamination. Part 5 Design and optimisation. Part 6 Failure analysis. Part 7 FEM/simulation. Part 8 Fracture. Part 9 Impact. Part 10 Industrial application. Part 11 Interface. Part 12 Joint. Part 13 Metal matrix composites. Part 14 Nanocomposites. Part 15 Processing. Part 16 Smart composites. Part 17 Structural health monitoring. Part 18 Textile composites.

1120 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 85573 831 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 062 5 £295.00/US$500.00/€355.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855738317

Brittle matrix composites 7 Edited by A M Brandt, Institute of Fundamental Technological Research, Poland, V C Li and I H Marshall 564 pages 250 x 160mm (6 1/2 x 10) hardback 2003 ISBN: 978 1 85573 769 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 310 3 £180.00/US$305.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855737693

FRC 2000 – Composites for the millennium Proceedings from the Eighth International Conference on Fibre Reinforced Composites, 13-15 September 2000, University of Newcastle upon Tyne, UK Edited by A G Gibson, University of Newcastle upon Tyne, UK 656 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 550 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 313 4 £195.00/US$330.00/€235.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735507

ECCM 7 7th European Conference on Composite Materials, London, UK, 1996 (2 volume set) 816 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1996 ISBN: 978 1 85573 304 6 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733046 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Ultra high temperature mechanical testing Edited by R D Lohr and M Steen CONTENTS

Keynote presentation: Alignment and gripping; Temperature measurement and calibration; Heating equipment and control; Extensometry and imaging; Laboratory systems and experiences.

240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1995 ISBN: 978 1 85573 155 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 321 9 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855731554

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Civil engineering MATERIALS AND THEIR PROPERTIES NEW Handbook of recycled concrete and demolition waste Edited by F Pacheco-Torgal, University of Minho, J de Brito, Technical University of Lisbon, J Labrincha, University of Aveiro, Portugal and V Tam, University of Western Sydney, Australia Handbook of recycled concrete and demolition waste begins by looking at some of the issues faced when so much waste material is produced. The book then moves on to looking at the processes, the properties of the materials and the monitoring techniques used. The book reviews the specific applications of concrete with recycled aggregates such as pavements, bridges and then finishes with a section covering safety issues and how to avoid health risks. CONTENTS

Part 1 Explanation and overview: Waste management plan; Monitoring the amounts of demolition waste; Energy analysis: Assessing the recycling potential of C&DW; Waste management plants: problems and considerations; Cost factors and economics of waste management facilities. Part 2 Demolition, processing and properties: Conventional demolition vs. deconstruction; Demolition techniques; Sorting demolition wastes; Quality control on recycled aggregates; Properties of concrete with recycled aggregates; Strength and durability of concrete using recycled aggregates; Beneficiation of using recycled concrete aggregates; Life cycle assessment (LCA) of concrete with recycled aggregates. Part 3 Current applications: Recycled aggregates for roads; Recycled aggregates for asphalt materials; Recycled asphalt for pavements; High volume recycled aggregates HPC: Portland cement versus geopolymers; Geopolymerisation of C&DW. Part 4 Special applications: Recycling aggregates containing gypsum; Recycling aggregates containing asbestos; Recycling wood treated with toxic preservatives; Decontamination process of wood treated with toxic preservatives; Recycled aggregates contaminated with Alkali-silica reaction (ASR) concrete; Assessing the hazard potential of concrete with recycled aggregates.

690 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 682 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 690 6 Approx. £175.00/US$300.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857096821

NEW Advanced fibre-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites for structural applications

NEW Advanced fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites in civil engineering

Edited by J Bai, University of Glamorgan, UK

Developments and applications

Advanced fibre-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites have become essential materials in the building and repair of civil infrastructure. This important and wide-ranging book reviews key developments in the use of these materials. There are sections on materials, assessing their performance, processing and applications.

Edited by N Uddin, University of Alabama, USA

CONTENTS

Part 1 Materials: Glass-fibre reinforcements; Phenolic resin matrix materials; Polyester resin matrix materials; Vinylester resin matrix materials; Epoxy resin matrix materials. Part 2 Performance: Understanding and predicting interfacial stress; Understanding and predicting stiffness; Understanding and predicting durability. Part 3 Processing: Prepreg processing; Resin infusion/liquid composite moulding (LCM); Filament winding processes; Pultrusion; Testing. Part 4 Applications: Strengthening structures vulnerable to seismic damage; Repairing advanced FRP composite structures; High-performance fibre-reinforced concrete (FRC); Materials and applications in bridge engineering; Pipes and tanks; Assessing bonding between FRP composites and concrete; FRP composite materials for sustainable energy technologies; Rehabilitation of timber and concrete structures.

960 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 418 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 864 1 Approx. £210.00/US$355.00/€250.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094186

NEW Nanotechnology in eco-efficient construction Materials, processes and applications Edited by F Pacheco-Torgal, University of Minho, Portugal, M V Diamanti, Polytechnic of Milan, Italy, A Nazari, Islamic Azad University, Iran and C Goran-Granqvist, Uppsala University, Sweden The majority of the existent construction and building materials have a low environmental performance. Nanotechnology has been found to be potentially very successful in terms of the development of construction and building materials and it has now become widely used. This book covers the role of nanotechnology in the development of eco-efficient construction materials. CONTENTS

Part 1 General issues: Introduction to nanotechnology; Design and manufacturing processes; Safety issues. Part 2 Structural materials: Concrete, mortar and plaster using nanomaterials; Nanoengineering of cement-based materials; Nanoclaymodified asphalt; High-performance thermal insulation materials; The use of nanotechnology to improve the bulk and surface properties of steel. Part 3 Other materials: Silica nanogel for energy-efficient windows; Switchable glazing technology; Titanium oxide self-cleaning surfaces; Thin films and nanostructured coatings for eco-efficient buildings; Third generation photovoltaic cells for eco-efficient buildings; Nanotechnology for water purification; The use of nanopartcles in HPC for eco-efficient construction.

390 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 544 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 883 2 Approx. £140.00/US$240.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095442

This important book summarises some of the key advances in these materials and their applications. Part one reviews general developments such as the use of biofiber reinforced polymer composites, advances in processing techniques like vacuum assisted resin transfer molding (VARTM) and new research on failure modes and their prevention. Part two discusses particular types of FRP composite and their applications. Topics include hybrid and thermoplastic FRP composites and their applications in such areas as modular panelized construction. CONTENTS

510 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 234 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 895 5 Approx. £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092342

NEW Toxicity of building materials Edited by F Pacheco-Torgal, S Jalali, University of Minho, Portugal and A Fucic, Institute for Medical Research and Occupational Health, Croatia From long-standing worries regarding the use of lead and asbestos to recent research into carcinogenic issues related to the use of plastics in construction, there is growing concern regarding the potential toxic effects of building materials on health. Toxicity of building materials provides an essential guide to this important problem and its solution. CONTENTS

The main health hazards from building materials; Plastic materials: Polyvinyl chloride (PVC); Plastic materials: Chlorinated polyethylene (CPE), chlorinated polyvinylchloride (CPVC), chlorosulfonated polyethylene (CSPE), polychloroprene rubber (CR); Materials responsible for formaldehyde and volatile organic compound (VOC) emissions; Semi-volatile organic compounds (SVOCs): phthalates, PFCs, flame retardants; Wood preservatives; Mineral fibre-based building materials and their health hazards; Radioactive materials; Materials that release toxic fumes during fire; Heavy metals: Lead; Other heavy metals: Mercury, cadmium, chromium and antimony; Materials prone to mould growth; Antimicrobial treatment and efficacy; Potential hazards from waste based/recycled building materials; Toxicity of nanoparticles.

512 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 122 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 635 7 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091222

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Civil engineering Polymer modified bitumen

Building decorative materials

Properties and characterisation

Edited by Y Li and S Ren

Edited by T McNally, Queen’s University Belfast, UK

The book begins by considering the main types of decorative material and the physical, mechanical and other properties they require. It then discusses types and potential uses of decorative stone materials such as marble, granite, slate or gypsum. It then goes on to discuss the ways cement and concrete can be used for decorative effect, before considering the role of ceramics in such areas as tiling. The following chapters review decorative glass for windows or facades, metals and wood before assessing polymer materials such as plastics and textiles. The final group of chapters discuss coatings, including waterproofing materials, multifunctional materials used for such purposes as soundproofing and thermal insulation, and the use of more sustainable decorative materials.

This book, the first of its type, provides a comprehensive and in-depth coverage of the science and technology of polymer modified bitumen. After an initial introduction to bitumen and polymer modified bitumen, the book is divided into two parts. Part one focuses on the preparation and properties of a range of polymer modified bitumen, including polymer bitumen emulsions, modification of bitumen with poly(urethanes), waste rubber and plastic as well as polypropylene fibres. Part two addresses the characterisation and properties of polymer modified bitumen. Topics covered include rheology, simulated and actual long term ageing studies, the solubility of bituminous binders in fuels and the use of Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy to study ageing/oxidation of polymer modified bitumen. CONTENTS

Introduction to polymer modified bitumen (PMB). Part 1 Types of polymer modified bitumen: Polymer modified bitumen emulsions (PMBEs); Modification of bitumen using polyurethanes; Rubber modified bitumen; The use of waste polymers to modify bitumen; Polypropylene fiber-reinforced bitumen. Part 2 Characterisation and properties: Rheology of polymer-modified bitumens; Factors affecting the rheology of polymer modified bitumen (PMB); Ageing of polymer modified bitumen (PMB); Natural weathering of styrenebutadiene modified bitumen; Fuel resistance of bituminous binders; Physio-chemical techniques for analysing the ageing of polymer modified bitumen.

424 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 048 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 372 1 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090485

Building materials in civil engineering Edited by H Zhang Building materials in civil engineering provides an overview of the complete range of building materials available to civil engineers and all those involved in the building and construction industries. Chapters cover the basic properties of building materials including cement, concrete, mortar, construction steel and wood. The book also examines materials used for insulation and finishing. It serves as an essential reference for civil and construction engineering students and professionals alike. CONTENTS

Introduction; The basic properties of building materials; Air hardening binding materials; Cement; Concrete; Building mortar; Wall and roof materials; Construction steel; Wood; Waterproof materials; Building plastic; Heat-insulating materials and sound-absorbing materials; Finishing materials; Appendix tests of building materials.

Published in association with Science Press 440 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 955 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 956 7 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699550

CONTENTS

Basic properties of building decorative material; Building decorative stone; Gypsum decorative material; Building decorative cement; Building decorative concrete and mortar; Building decorative ceramic; Building decorative glass; Metal decorative material; Decorative wood; Decorative plastics; Building decorative fiber fabric and its products; Architectural coatings; Adhesives; Waterproof materials; Acoustic and thermal insulating materials; New energy-saving and environmental protective building materials.

Published in association with Science Press 420 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 257 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 258 8 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092571

Materials for energy efficiency and thermal comfort in buildings Edited by M Hall, University of Nottingham, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 14 ‘A focus on the highest standards of latest research, rather than commercial interest, makes for a highquality book that still manages to hold commercial value.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamental issues and building physics: Heat and mass transport; Hygrothermal behaviour and simulation; Ventilation, air quality and air-tightness; Heat energy storage and cooling; Thermal comfort; Environmental health and safety. Part 2 Materials and sustainable technologies: Life cycle assessment; Inorganic mineral insulation; Natural fibre and fibre composite insulation; Polymeric foam insulation; Insulation for building equipment; Reflective materials and radiant barriers; Aerogel insulation; Hygrothermal materials for heat and moisture control; Desiccant materials for moisture control; Phase change materials; Porous materials for evaporative cooling; Prefabricated units and modern methods of construction (MMC); Roofing materials; Benchmarking performance of façades. Part 3 Application of advanced building materials and design: Materials and ecobuilding design; Domestic buildings; Commercial buildings; High performance buildings; New buildings; Refurbishment; Hot and tropical climates.

760 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 526 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 927 7 £180.00/US$305.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695262

Fibrous and composite materials for civil engineering applications Edited by R Fangueiro, University of Minho, Portugal Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 104

The use of fibrous materials in civil engineering, both as structural reinforcement and in non-structural applications such as geotextiles, is an important development. Fibrous and composite materials for civil engineering applications analyses types and properties of textiles and their use in knitted, woven and fabric structures as well as their applications in such areas as the reinforcement of concrete and as insulation materials. CONTENTS

Part 1 Types of fibrous textiles and structures: Natural and man-made fibres: Physical properties; Yarns: Production, processability and properties; Textile structures. Part 2 Fibrous materials as a concrete reinforcement material: Steel fibre reinforced concrete: Material properties and structural applications; Natural fibre reinforced concrete; The role of fibre reinforcement in mitigating shrinkage cracks in concrete. Part 3 Fibrous materials based composites for civil engineering applications: Fibrous materials reinforced composites production techniques; Fibrous materials reinforced composite for internal reinforcement of concrete structures; Fibrous materials reinforced composites for structural health monitoring; Fibrous insulation materials in building engineering applications; Acoustic behaviour of fibrous materials; The use of textile materials for architectural membranes.

400 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 558 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 252 6 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695583

Textiles, polymers and composites for buildings Edited by G Pohl, Leichtbau Institut, Germany Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 95 CONTENTS

Part 1 Main types of textiles and polymers used in building and construction: Types and production of textiles used for building and construction; Technical characteristics and requirements of textiles used for building and construction; Fibre reinforced polymer composite materials for building and construction; Developing and testing textiles and coatings for tensioned membrane structures; Polymer foils used in construction. Part 2 Applications of textiles and polymers in construction: Tensile structures – textiles for architecture and design; The role, properties and applications of textile materials in sustainable buildings; Learning from nature: lightweight constructions using the ‘technical plant stem’; The role of textiles in providing biomimetic solutions for construction; Smart textile and polymer fibres for structural health monitoring; Textiles for insulation systems, control of solar gains and thermal losses and solar systems; Sustainable buildings: Biomimicry and textile applications; Challenges in using textile materials in architecture: the case of Australia; Innovative compositefibre components in architecture.

Published in association with The Textile Institute 524 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 397 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 999 4 £160.00/US$270.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693978

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Civil engineering Blast protection of civil infrastructures and vehicles using composites

Geopolymers

Strengthening and rehabilitation of civil infrastructures using fibre-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites

Structures, processing, properties and industrial applications Edited by J L Provis and J S J van Deventer, University of Melbourne, Australia

Edited by N Uddin, University of Alabama at Birmingham, USA ‘This book contains all the information required to start thinking about materials development and implementation in this area.’

Materials World CONTENTS

448 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 399 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 803 4 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693992

Architectural glass to resist seismic and extreme climatic events

Edited by L C Hollaway, University of Surrey, UK and J G Teng, The Hong Kong Polytechnic University, China

‘…provides essential background reading for those interested in persuing this exciting technology. With a distinguished international team of contributors, it is a superb reference text for research scientists and engineers in industry and academia.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Introduction to geopolymers. Part 1 Geopolymer synthesis and characterisation: Fly ash glass chemistry and inorganic polymer cements; Geopolymer precursor design; Activating solution chemistry for geopolymers; Nanostructure/ microstructure of metakaolin geopolymers; Nanostructure/ microstructure of fly ash geopolymers; Geopolymer synthesis kinetics. Part 2 Manufacture and properties of geopolymers: Accelerated ageing of geopolymers; Chemical durability of geopolymers; Life-cycle analysis of geopolymers; Engineering properties of geopolymer concrete; Producing fire and heat-resistant geopolymers; Utilisation of mining wastes to produce geopolymer binders; Utilisation of non-thermally activated clays in the production of geopolymers; Thermal properties of geopolymers; Utilisation of low-calcium slags to improve the strength and durability of geopolymers. Part 3 Applications of geopolymers: Commercialisation of geopolymers for construction: Opportunities and obstacles; Geopolymers for nuclear waste immobilization; Immobilization of toxic waste in geopolymers.

464 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 449 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 638 2 £160.00/US$270.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694494

Sustainability of construction materials

‘The book provides a comprehensive review and design guide for AG components in buildings that would improve their performance against seismic and climatic events’

Edited by J Khatib, University of Wolverhampton, UK

Materials World Building code seismic requirements for architectural glass: The United States; Glazing and curtain wall systems to resist earthquakes; Snow loads on building envelopes and glazing systems; Architectural glass to resist snow loads; Wind pressures on building envelopes; Architectural glass to resist wind pressures; Architectural glass to resist wind-borne debris impacts; Glazing systems to resist windstorms on special buildings; Test methods for performance of glazing systems and exterior walls during earthquakes and extreme climatic events.

272 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 369 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 685 6 £130.00/US$220.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693695

Polymers in cementitious materials M Miller 192 pages 250 x 185mm paperback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85957 491 1 £95.00/US$160.00/€115.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859574911 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Structurally deficient civil engineering infrastructure: Concrete, metallic, masonry and timber structures; Fibrereinforced polymer composites used in rehabilitation; Surface preparation of component materials; Flexural strengthening of reinforced concrete beams with fibrereinforced polymer composites; Shear strengthening of reinforced concrete beams with fibre-reinforced polymer composites; Strengthening of reinforced concrete columns with fibre-reinforced polymer composites; Design guidelines for fibre-reinforced polymer strengthened reinforced concrete structures; Strengthening of metallic structures with fibre-reinforced polymer composites; Strengthening of masonry structures with fibre-reinforced polymer composites; Flexural strengthening application of fibrereinforced polymer plates; Durability of externally bonded fibre-reinforced polymer composite systems; Quality assurance/quality control, maintenance and repair; Case studies.

416 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 448 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 489 0 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694487

Durability of composites for civil structural applications Edited by V M Karbhari, The University of Alabama in Huntsville, USA CONTENTS

Edited by R A Behr, Pennsylvania State University, USA

CONTENTS

‘This polished work, edited by Jamal Khatib, is ground-breaking and based on an international team of contributors, it is laid out in the form of a super academic journal, each chapter presenting an abstract, keywords and references.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Sustainability of aggregates in construction; Sustainability of timber, wood and bamboo in construction; Sustainability of vegetable fibres in construction; Sustainability of masonry in construction; Sustainability of cement, concrete and cement replacement materials in construction; Sustainability of metals and alloys in construction; Sustainability of glass in construction; Sustainability of engineered wood products in construction; The use of waste tyre rubber in civil engineering works; Durability of sustainable construction materials; Nanotechnologies for sustainable construction.

312 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 349 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 584 2 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693497

Introduction: The use of composites in civil structural applications. Part 1 Aspects of composite durability: Fabrication, quality and service life issues for composites in civil engineering; Durability of composites in aqueous environments; Durability of composites in freeze-thaw conditions; Durability of composites exposed to ultraviolet radiation; Durability of composites exposed to elevated temperature and fire; Durability of composites under fatigue loads; Creep and time-dependent response of composites; Durability of composites due to wear and erosion. Part 2 Applications and monitoring of composites in civil engineering: Fibre-reinforced polymer composite structures and structural component; Current applications and durability issues; Reinforcement of concrete using fibre-reinforced polymer composites; External strengthening of structures using fibre-reinforced polymer composites; Rehabilitation of concrete structures using fibre-reinforced polymer composites: Identifying potential defects; Structural health monitoring and field evaluation of composite durability.

384 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 035 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 356 5 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845690359

Geosynthetics in civil engineering Edited by R W Sarsby, University of Wolverhampton, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 57 Published in association with The Textile Institute 312 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85573 607 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 249 0 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855736078

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Civil engineering Advanced civil infrastructure materials Science, mechanics and applications Edited by H Wu, Wayne State University, USA CONTENTS

Advanced concrete for use in civil engineering; Advanced steel for use in civil engineering; Advanced cement composites for use in civil engineering; Advanced fibrereinforced polymer composites for use in civil engineering; Rehabilitation of civil structures using advanced polymer composites; Advanced engineered wood composites for use in civil engineering; Sustainable materials for the built environment.

376 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85573 943 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 117 2 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739437

Advanced polymer composites for structural applications in construction ACIC 2004 Edited by L C Hollaway, University of Surrey, UK CONTENTS

Part 1 Keynote papers. Part 2 FRP strengthening of concrete and masonry structures. Part 3 FRP strengthening of metallic and timber structures. Part 4 Development of FRP materials and systems. Part 5 Analysis, design and testing. Part 6 Durability and long-term performance. Part 7 Certification, inspection and quality assurance. Part 8 Case studies.

784 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 85573 736 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 064 9 £200.00/US$340.00/€240.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855737365

Strengthening of reinforced concrete structures Using externally-bonded FRP composites in structural and civil engineering Edited by L C Hollaway, University of Surrey and M Leeming, Mouchel Consulting Ltd, UK

CEMENT AND CONCRETE NEW Handbook of recycled concrete and demolition waste Edited by F Pacheco-Torgal, University of Minho, J de Brito, Technical University of Lisbon, J Labrincha, University of Aveiro, Portugal and V Tam, University of Western Sydney, Australia Handbook of recycled concrete and demolition waste begins by looking at some of the issues faced when so much waste material is produced. The book then moves on to looking at the processes, the properties of the materials and the monitoring techniques used. The book reviews the specific applications of concrete with recycled aggregates such as pavements, bridges and then finishes with a section covering safety issues and how to avoid health risks. CONTENTS

690 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 682 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 690 6 Approx. £175.00/US$300.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857096821

CONTENTS

Review of materials and techniques for plate bonding; Materials; Structural strengthening of concrete beams using unstressed composite plates; Structural strengthening of concrete using prestressed plates; Environmental durability; Time-dependent behaviour and fatigue; Analytical and numerical solutions to structural strengthening of beams by plate bonding; Design specifications for FRP plate bonding of beams; Site construction techniques; Case histories of plate bonding world-wide.

352 pages 234 x 173mm (7 x 9) hardback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 85573 378 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 761 7 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733787

Durability of concrete and cement composites Edited by C L Page and M M Page, University of Birmingham, UK CONTENTS

Physical and chemical characteristics of cement composites; Dimensional stability and cracking processes in concrete; Chemical degradation of concrete; Corrosion and protection of reinforced steel in concrete; Degradation of pre-stressed concrete; Concrete aggregates and the durability of concrete; Degradation of concrete in cold weather conditions; Degradation of fibre-reinforced cement composites; Degradation of polymer-cement composites.

NEW Understanding the tensile properties of concrete Edited by J Weerheijm, Technical University of Delft, The Netherlands This book looks in depth at the properties and behaviour of concrete under tension, a phenomenon that can cause catastrophic failure of concrete structures if it is not properly factored into the design stage. Part one considers concrete in static tensile loading, including chapters on static response mechanisms, factors affecting tensile properties, modelling the effects of material composition and moisture transport. Part two reviews concrete in dynamic tensile loading, including chapters on modelling and testing methods, response mechanisms of concrete and the influence of such factors as composition and strain rate. CONTENTS

Part 1 Concrete in static tensile loading: Static response mechanisms of concrete; Factors affecting the tensile properties of concrete; Modelling the effect of material composition on the tensile properties of concrete; Modelling moisture transport in intact and fractured concrete. Part 2 Concrete in dynamic tensile loading: Modelling the response of concrete structures to dynamic loading; Dynamic test devices for analysing the tensile properties of concrete; Response mechanisms of concrete under impulsive tensile loading; Modelling the dynamic response of concrete with mesoscopic heterogeneity; Numerical modelling of the tensile properties of concrete; Modelling the influence of strain rate and related phenomena on the response of concrete structures; Understanding the dynamic response of concrete to loading: Practical examples.

350 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 045 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 753 8 Approx. £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090454

The electrochemistry and characteristics of embeddable reference electrodes for concrete structural engineering R Myrdal, Rescon Mapei AS, Norway European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 43 CONTENTS Reference electrodes in general: Basic concepts; Types of reference electrodes; Potential scales and potential conversion; Reference electrode design; Potential measurement; Ideal reference electrode properties; Phenomena disturbing reference electrode potentials. Reference electrodes for concrete: Types; Installation of reference electrodes in concrete structures; Field experiences. References.

40 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84569 234 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 255 1 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692346

416 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 85573 940 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 339 8 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739406

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Civil engineering NEW Eco-efficient concrete

Understanding the rheology of concrete

Non-destructive evaluation of reinforced concrete structures

Edited by F Pacheco-Torgal, S Jalali, University of Minho, J Labrincha, University of Aveiro, Portugal and V M John, University of San Paulo, Brazil

Edited by N Roussel, LCPC, France

Volume 1: Deterioration processes and standard test methods

Concrete is one of the most widely-used of all materials with a significant environmental impact. This important book reviews the wealth of recent research on developing more eco-efficient concrete. The book covers the use of supplementary cementitious materials (SCMs), the use of waste and recycled materials as well as eco-binders in concrete. CONTENTS

Part 1 The eco-efficiency of concrete: Environmental impact of Portland cement production; Life cycle assessment (LCA) of concrete. Part 2 Eco-efficient concrete with supplementary cementitious materials (SCMs): Natural pozzolans; Artificial pozzolans; Testing pozzolan activity; Properties of concrete with high volume pozzolans; Influence of pozzolans on concrete durability; Performance of self-compacting concrete (SCC) with high volume pozzolans; High volume ground granulated blast furnace slag concrete; Recycled glass concrete. Part 3 Eco-efficient concrete with non-reactive wastes: Municipal solid waste incinerator (MSWI) concrete; Concrete with polymeric wastes; Concrete with construction and demolition wastes; Reducing carbonation in eco-efficient concrete; Concrete with polymers. Part 4 Eco-efficient binders and other developments: Eco-efficient binders in concrete; Alkali-activated concrete; Calcium sulfoaluminate cement and concrete; Reactive magnesia cement; The use of nanotechnology in eco-efficient concrete.

510 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 424 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 899 3 Approx. £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094247

Developments in the formulation and reinforcement of concrete Edited by S Mindess, University of British Columbia, Canada CONTENTS

Autoclaved aerated concrete; High density and radiationshielding concrete; High strength concrete; Sprayed concrete (Shotcrete); Hot weather concreting; Underwater concrete; Fibrous concrete reinforcement; Lightweight concrete; Self compacting concrete (SCC); Recycled materials in concrete; Formed concrete; Polymer concrete; Future developments in concrete.

‘Anyone wanting to understand the rheological behaviors of concrete, including measurement techniques, the impact of mix design and casting, now has this book for reference.’

The Indian Concrete Journal The properties of concrete before it has set can have a significant impact on performance. This important book reviews methods of measuring, modelling and controlling the rheological behaviour of concrete, which play a vital role in construction processes. The book begins with a group of chapters dealing with measurement methods, including general introductions to rheology and rheometry. Chapters in the second part examine mix design, covering issues such as the use of super-plasticizers and viscosity agents, among others. Finally, the last part of the book focuses on casting, with chapters discussing thixotropy and formwork pressure, among other topics. CONTENTS

Part 1 Measuring the rheological behaviour of concrete: Introduction to the rheology of complex fluids; Introduction to the rheometry of complex suspensions; Concrete rheometers; From industrial testing to rheological parameters for concrete; The rheology of cement during setting. Part 2 Mix design and the rheological behaviour of concrete: Particle packing and the rheology of concrete; Superplasticizers and the rheology of concrete; Viscosityenhancing admixtures and the rheology of concrete; Fibre reinforcement and the rheology of concrete. Part 3 Casting and the rheological behaviour of concrete: Modelling the flow of self-compacting concrete; Thixotropy: from measurement to casting of concrete; Understanding formwork pressure generated by fresh concrete; Understanding the pumping of conventional vibrated and self-compacting concrete.

384 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 028 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 528 2 £140.00/US$240.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090287

308 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 263 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 468 5 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692636

Corrosion of reinforcement in concrete

Corrosion in reinforced concrete structures

Edited by M Raupach, Aachen University, Germany, B Elsener, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology, Switzerland, R Polder, TNO Built Environment and Geosciences, The Netherlands and J Mietz, Federal Institute of Materials Research and Testing, Germany

Edited by H Böhni, Formerly Swiss Federal Institute of Technology, Switzerland ‘…a remarkable manual through its very comprehensive statement about the subject.’

Iasi Polytechnic Magazine 264 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 768 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 043 4 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855737686

Monitoring, prevention and rehabilitation techniques

European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 38 336 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84569 210 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 228 5 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692100

Edited by C Maierhofer, BAM Federal Institute for Materials Research and Testing, H-W Reinhardt, University of Stuttgart and G Dobmann, Fraunhofer Institute for NonDestructive Testing (IZFP), Germany CONTENTS

Part 1 Deterioration of reinforced concrete and testing problems: Testing problems of infrastructure with particular emphasis on the experience in the UK; When to use nondestructive testing of reinforced concrete structures: An overview; Deterioration processes in reinforced concrete: an overview; Modelling of ageing and corrosion processes in reinforced concrete structures; Components in concrete and their impact on quality: An overview; The role and tools of lifetime management of civil structures. Part 2 Conventional/standard testing methods: Conventional/ standard testing methods for concrete: An overview; Microscopic examination of deteriorated concrete; The analysis of solid components and their ratios in reinforced concrete structures; The determination of chlorides in concrete structures; Investigating the original water content of concrete.

264 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 560 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 953 6 £120.00/US$205.00/€145.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695606

Non-destructive evaluation of reinforced concrete structures Volume 2: Non-destructive testing methods Edited by C Maierhofer, BAM Federal Institute for Materials Research and Testing, H-W Reinhardt, University of Stuttgart and G Dobmann, Fraunhofer Institute for NonDestructive Testing (IZFP), Germany CONTENTS

Part 1 Planning and implementing non-destructive testing of reinforced concrete structures. Part 2 Individual nondestructive testing techniques. Part 3 Case studies.

624 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 950 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 960 4 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699505

Failure, distress and repair of concrete structures Edited by N Delatte, Cleveland State University, USA CONTENTS

Part 1 Failure mechanisms in concrete: Causes and mechanisms of deterioration in reinforced concrete; Types of damage in concrete structures; Types and causes of cracking in concrete structures; Condition assessment of concrete structures. Part 2 Repair of concrete structures: Standards and guidelines for repairing concrete structures; Methods of crack repair in concrete structures; Repair materials for concrete structures; Bonded concrete overlays for repairing concrete structures; Repair/retrofitting of concrete structures with fiber-reinforced polymers; Protection systems for concrete structures; Patching of deteriorated concrete structures; Durability of repaired concrete structures.

352 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 408 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 703 7 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694081

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Civil engineering MONITORING AND CONDITION ASSESSMENT NEW Handbook of seismic risk analysis and management of civil infrastructure systems Edited by S Tesfamariam, University of British Columbia, Canada and K Goda, University of Bristol, UK Earthquakes remain one of the major risks to buildings, bridges and other components of civil infrastructure. This important book summarises the wealth of recent research. Part one reviews research in the analysis of ground motion and seismic hazard assessment. Part two discusses different seismic risk hazard methodologies, whilst parts three and four cover the assessment of seismic risks to buildings, bridges, water supply systems and other aspects of civil infrastructure. The final part of the book considers ways of assessing financial and other losses from earthquake damage. CONTENTS

Part 1 Ground motions and seismic hazard assessment: Probablistic seismic hard analysis (PSHA); Uncertainties in ground motion prediction in PSHA; Spatial correlation of ground motions in estimating seismic hazards; Ground motion selection for seismic risk analysis; Assessing and managing risks of earthquake-induced liquefaction. Part 2 Seismic risk analysis methodologies: Seismic risk analysis: An overview; Seismic risk analysis using Bayesian belief networks; Structural vulnerability analysis; Earthquake risk management: Integrating soft and hard risks; Assessing risks from the social impact of earthquakes; Resilience-based design (RBD) modelling. Part 3 Assessing seismic risks to buildings: Assessing seismic risks using performance-based earthquake engineering (PBEE) methodology; Assessing the seismic vulnerability of masonry buildings; Vulnerability assessment of reinforced-concrete structures; Seismic risk models for ageing and deteriorating buildings; Stochastic modelling of deterioration in buildings. Part 4 Assessing seismic risks to bridges and other components of civil infrastructure networks: Risk assessment of civil infrastructure: A systems approach; Seismic vulnerability analysis of a complex interconnected infrastructure; Seismic risk assessment of deteriorating reinforced concrete bridges; PBEE methodology for bridges; Seismic financial risk assessment of bridges; Effect of soil-structure interaction and ground motion on seismic risk assessment of bridges; Seismic risk management of water pipeline networks; Seismic risk assessment of water supply systems; Seismic risk assessment of oil and gas pipelines; Seismic risk analysis of wind turbine support structures. Part 5 Assessing financial and other losses: Seismic risk and possible maximum loss (PML) analysis; Seismic risk management of insurance losses; Probablistic assessment of earthquake insurance rates; Rapid earthquake loss estimation models: The PAGER system; Assessing global earthquake risks; The GEM initiative.

810 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 268 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 898 6 Approx. £190.00/US$325.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092687

Service life estimation and extension of civil engineering structures

NEW Toxicity of building materials Edited by F PachecoTorgal, S Jalali, University of Minho, Portugal and A Fucic, Institute for Medical Research and Occupational Health, Croatia

Edited by V M Karbhari, University of Alabama in Huntsville and L S Lee, University of the Pacific, USA

From long-standing worries regarding the use of lead and asbestos to recent research into carcinogenic issues related to the use of plastics in construction, there is growing concern regarding the potential toxic effects of building materials on health. Toxicity of building materials provides an essential guide to this important problem and its solution. CONTENTS

512 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 122 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 635 7 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091222

Structural health monitoring of civil infrastructure systems Edited by V M Karbhari, University of Alabama at Huntsville and F Ansari, University of Illinois at Chicago, USA CONTENTS

Structural health monitoring: applications and data analysis. Part 1 Structural health monitoring technologies: Piezoelectric impedence transducers for structural health monitoring of civil infrastructure systems; Wireless sensors and networks for structural health monitoring of civil infrastructure systems; Synthetic aperture radar and remote sensing technologies for structural health monitoring of civil infrastructure systems; Magnetoelastic stress sensors for structural health monitoring of civil infrastructure systems; Vibration-based damage detection techniques for structural health monitoring of civil infrastructure systems; Operational modal analysis for vibration-based structural health monitoring of civil structures; Fiber optic sensors for structural health monitoring of civil infrastructure systems; Data management and signal processing for structural health monitoring of civil infrastructure systems; Statistical pattern recognition and damage detection in structural health monitoring of civil infrastructure and other systems. Part 2 Applications of structural health monitoring in civil infrastructure systems: Structural health monitoring of bridges: general issues and applications; Structural health monitoring of cable-supported bridges in Hong Kong; Structural health monitoring of historic buildings; Structural health monitoring research in Europe: trends and applications; Structural health monitoring research in China: trends and applications.

Service life estimation and extension of civil engineering structures reviews ways of rehabilitating ageing reinforced concrete structures using fibre-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites and how to assess their remaining service life. The book covers topics such as rehabilitation techniques for service life extension, probabilistic methods for service life estimation, rehabilitation and service life estimation of corroded structures and NDE/ NDT of rehabilitated structures. CONTENTS

Part 1 Using fibre reinforced polymer (FRP) composites to extend the service-life of civil engineering structures: Key issues in the use of FRP composites in the rehabilitation and retrofitting of concrete structures; Using FRP composites to extend the service life of corroded concrete structures; Areas of uncertainty in the use of fibre-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites in the rehabilitation of civil engineering structures; Rehabilitation and service life estimation of bridge superstructures. Part 2 Estimating the service life of civil engineering structures: Service life, reliability and maintenance of civil structures; Probabilistic methods for service life estimation of civil engineering structures; Non-destructive evaluation and testing (NDE/NDT) of civil structures rehabilitated using FRP composites; Structural health monitoring and field validation of civil engineering structures; Databases and knowledge-based systems for service-life estimation of FRP rehabilitated civil engineering structures; Pipeline rehabilitation systems for service-life extension.

312 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 398 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 092 8 £125.00/US$210.00/€150.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693985

Inspection and monitoring techniques for bridges and civil structures Edited by G Fu, Wayne State University, USA CONTENTS

Testing steel corrosion in reinforced concrete; Alkali-silica reaction (ASR) testing of corrosion in concrete; Acoustic testing of concrete; Electrical impedance testing of wood components; Detecting decay in wood components; Testing timber pile length in bridges; Ultrasonic testing of structural timber components; Digital radioscopy analysis of timber structures; Visual inspection techniques for bridges and other transport structures; Acoustic emission testing of bridges; Bridge inspection using virtual reality and photogrammetry; Discontinuity in masonry wall.

288 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 939 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 095 3 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739390

552 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 392 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 682 5 £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693923

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Civil engineering STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING

Condition assessment of aged structures

NEW Modern earth buildings

Edited by J K Paik, Pusan National University, Korea and R E Melchers, University of Newcastle, Australia ‘…cohesion between the 17 detailed chapters is excellent.’ ‘…invaluable to owners and operators of ships, oil rigs, bridges and other large assets such as fixed and mobile mining equipment.’ ‘…sections on fatigue and reliability will be useful to anybody concerned with managing dynamically loaded equipment such as crushing mills, mobile plant and handling equipment.’

Materials World In-service structural systems are subject to age-related deterioration, leading to concerns regarding maintenance, health and safety, environment and economics. Condition assessment of aged structures provides an invaluable, single source of information on structural assessment techniques for marine and land-based structures and offers professionals from a broad range of disciplines with a better understanding of current practice, how to apply advanced design and development technologies in condition assessment, and likely future trends. Chapters are grouped in five broad themes: current practices and standards for structural condition assessment; fundamental mechanisms and advanced mathematical methods for predicting structural deterioration; residual strength assessment of deteriorated structures; reliability of aged structures; and survey, inspection and maintenance. CONTENTS

Part 1 Current practices: Current practices in condition assessment of aged ships and floating offshore structures; Current practices in condition assessment of aged fixedtype offshore structures; Definition and assessment of deficiencies in building construction. Part 2 Mechanisms, mathematical models and preventive measures for agerelated deterioration: Corrosion wastage in aged structures; Fatigue cracking in aged structures; Local denting and other deterioration in aged structures. Part 3 Residual strength of aged structures: Corroded structures and residual strength; Cracked structures and residual strength; Dented structures and residual strength. Part 4 Reliability of aged structures: Reliability of aged ship structures; Reliability of aged offshore structures; Reliability of aged land-based structures. Part 5 Inspection and maintenance: Inspection of aged ships and offshore structures; Inspection of aged landbased structures; Maintenance of aged ships and offshore structures; Maintenance of aged land-based structures; Riskbased inspection and maintenance of aged structures.

552 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 334 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 521 7 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693343

Structural dynamics of earthquake engineering Theory and application using Mathematica and Matlab

Materials, engineering, constructions and applications

S Rajasekaran, PSG College of Technology, India

Edited by M Hall, University of Nottingham, UK, R Lindsay, Earth Structures Pty Ltd, Australia and M Krayenhoff, SIREWall Inc, Canada

Introduction to dynamics. Part 1 Structural dynamics in relation to earthquakes: Free vibration of single-degreeof-freedom systems (undamped) in relation to structural dynamics during earthquakes; Free vibration of singledegree-of-freedom systems (under-damped) in relation to structural dynamics during earthquakes; Forced vibration (harmonic force) of single-degree-of-freedom systems in relation to structural dynamics during earthquakes; Response of structures to periodic dynamic loadings; Response of structures to impulse loads; Dynamic response of structures using numerical methods; Generalized coordinates and energy methods in relation to structural dynamics during earthquakes; Two-degrees-of-freedom linear system response of structures; Free vibration of multiple degrees of freedom in relation to structural dynamics during earthquakes; Numerical solution methods for natural frequencies and mode shapes in relation to structural dynamics during earthquakes; Time history response by mode superposition in relation to structural dynamics during earthquakes; Free and forced vibration of a continuous system in relation to structural dynamics during earthquakes; Finite element method in relation to structural dynamics during earthquakes; Differential quadrature and transformation methods for vibration problems in relation to structural dynamics during earthquakes. Part 2 Response of structures to earthquakes: Earthquakes and earthquake ground motion; Earthquake response spectra; Earthquake analysis of linear systems; Building codes for a seismic design; Response of structures to earthquakes: approximate analysis techniques for lateral loads; Response of structures to earthquakes: analysis of shear walls.

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 33

With the improved energy efficiency, high level of structural integrity and aestheticallypleasing finishes achieved in modern earth construction, it is now one of the leading choices for sustainable, low-energy building. Modern earth buildings provides an essential exploration of the materials and techniques key to the design, development and construction of such buildings. Part one provides an introduction to design and construction issues including insulation, occupant comfort and building codes. Part two goes on to investigate materials for earth buildings, before building technologies are explored in part three, including construction techniques for earth buildings. Modern earth structural engineering is the focus of part four. Finally, part five of Modern earth buildings explores the application of modern earth construction through international case studies. CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction to modern earth buildings: Overview of modern earth building; Hygrothermal behaviour and occupant comfort in modern earth buildings; Fabric insulation, thermal bridging and acoustics in modern earth buildings; Modern earth building codes, standards and normative development; Passive house design: a benchmark for thermal mass fabric. Part 2 Earth materials engineering and earth construction: Soil materials for earth construction: properties, classification and suitability testing; Alternative and recycled materials for earth construction; Soil mechanics and earthen construction: Strength and mechanical behaviour; Soil stabilisation and earth construction: materials, properties, and techniques; Integral admixtures and surface treatments for modern earth buildings; Weathering and durability of earthen materials and structures. Part 3 Earth building technologies and earth construction techniques: History of earth building techniques; Stabilised soil blocks for structural masonry in earth construction; Modern rammed earth construction techniques; Pneumatically impacted stabilized earth (PISE) construction techniques; Conservation of historic earth buildings. Part 4 Modern earth structural engineering: Earth masonry structures: arches, vaults and domes; Structural steel elements within stabilised rammed earth (SRE) walling; Natural disasters and earth buildings: resistant design and construction; Embankments and earthfill dams: construction materials and techniques. Part 5 Application of modern earth construction: International case studies: North American modern earth construction; Australasian modern earth construction; European modern earth construction; Modern rammed earth construction in China.

800 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 026 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 616 6 £190.00/US$325.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090263

CONTENTS

896 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 518 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 573 6 £210.00/US$355.00/€250.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695187

Design and optimization of metal structures J Farkas and K Jarmai, University of Miskolc, Hungary ‘This world-wide state-of-the-art book. ...is recommendable as the best entry guide to this field.’

Prof. K. Horikawa, University of Osaka, Joining and Welding Research Institute, Japan ‘A good candidate for the classroom as well as the professional bookshelf.’

SciTech Book News ‘…an invaluable help in calculating the competitiveness and economies in a wide and vast sector of steel structures.’

Rivista Italiana Dell Saldatura CONTENTS

Newer mathematical optimization methods; Cost calculations; Seismic resistant design; Fire resistant design; Large-span suspended roof members; Frames; Stiffened plates; Welded stiffened cylindrical and conical shells; Tubular structures; Square box column composed from welded cellular plates; Appendices; References and index.

328 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 904275 29 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 047 7 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781904275299

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Civil engineering Design, fabrication and economy of welded structures

Multiscale materials modelling

Introduction to structures

Fundamentals and applications

International conference proceedings, 2008

Edited by Z X Guo, Queen Mary University of London, UK

W R Spillers, New Jersey Institute of Technology, USA

K Jarmai and J Farkas, University of Miskolc, Hungary

‘Credit goes to the editor for organising modelling experts to review topics which combine multiscale mathematics with potential range of applications’

‘A remarkably coherent set of papers.’

SciTech Book News CONTENTS

Introductory paper; Structural optimization I; Structural optimization II; Fatigue design; Frames; Hollow sections; Plated structures; Residual stresses and distortions; Static stresses in welded connections; Application; Welding technology I; Welding technology II; Applied mechanics; Index.

592 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 904275 28 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 048 4 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781904275282

Analysis and design of plated structures Volume 1: Stability Edited by N E Shanmugam, Universiti Kebangsaan, Malaysia and C M Wang, National University of Singapore, Singapore 508 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85573 967 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 096 0 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739673

Analysis and design of plated structures Volume 2: Dynamics Edited by N E Shanmugam, Universiti Kebangsaan, Malaysia and C M Wang, National University of Singapore, Singapore CONTENTS

Dynamic behaviour of tapered beams; GBT-based local and global vibration analysis of thin-walled members; Dynamics of non-prismatic thin-walled hybrid composite members of generic cross section; Differential quadrature element method for vibration analysis of plates; Least squares finite difference method for vibration analysis of plates; Analytical p-elements for vibration of plates/plated structures; The extended Kantorovich method for vibration analysis of plates; A closed-form approach to modelling and dynamic analysis of beams, plates and shell; Vibration of plates with abrupt changes in properties; Relationship between vibration frequencies of higher order plate theories and classical thin plate theory; Free vibration analysis of functionally graded ceramic-metal plates; Nonlinear transient analysis of hybrid laminated plates; A hybrid strategy for parameter identification of plated structures; Hydroelastic analysis of floating plated structures.

508 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 116 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 229 2 £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691165

‘The book provides a comprehensive review of MMM that would promote a practical challenge to predict failures of materials’

Materials World

256 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2002 ISBN: 978 1 898563 94 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 055 2 £50.00/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563945

Elastic beams and frames Second edition J D Renton, University of Oxford, UK

CONTENTS

The role of ab initio electronic structure calculations in multiscale modelling of materials; Modelling dislocation behaviour at the continuum level; Phase field modelling of material microstructure; Mesoscale modelling of grain growth and microstructure in polycrystalline materials; Finite element and homogenisation modelling of materials; Grain-continuum modelling of material behaviour; Coupled atomistic/continuum modelling of plasticity in materials; Multiscale modelling of carbon nanostructures; Multiscale modelling of structural materials.

416 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2002 ISBN: 978 1 898563 86 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 962 4 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563860

312 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 071 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 337 4 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845690717

C R Calladine, University of Cambridge, UK

The deformation and processing of structural materials Edited by Z Xiao Guo, Queen Mary University, UK 352 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 738 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 078 6 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855737389

Durability of engineering structures Design, repair and maintenance J Bijen, Delft University of Technology, The Netherlands ‘This book is most welcome. It gives perspective. The key feature is that it is written from the viewpoint of a practical design and assessment.’ ‘…represents a blueprint by which increased knowledge of durability can be given focus within a future design framework.’

Plasticity for engineers Theory and applications ‘This is an excellent and lucidly-written book, warmly recommended to students studying M.Eng or Masters programmes and researchers.’

Structures and Buildings ‘Calladine is the person who invented plasticity and it is not a big surprise that he can explain well in his book. It is easy to read, very well structured and it has all you need to know about plasticity in there..-starting off with the simple theorems, he then carries on talking about rotating discs, torsion and indentation problems. Last few chapters are about slip-line fields, circular plates under transverse loading and metal-forming processes.. (wire drawing and extrusion). I started reading this book at university and I believe it it is one of the best reference books about Plasticity.’

Review by a customer on Amazon.co.uk 328 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 898563 70 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 970 9 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563709

Mechanics of solids C T F Ross, University of Portsmouth, UK 480 pages 234 x 173mm (7 x 9) paperback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 898563 67 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 971 6 £50.00/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563679

Concrete magazine 280 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2003 ISBN: 978 1 85573 695 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 856 0 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855736955

B Bedenik, University of Maribor, Slovenia and C B Besant, Imperial College, UK

Applied elasticity Matrix and tensor analysis of elastic continua Second edition J D Renton, University of Oxford, UK 212 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2002 ISBN: 978 1 898563 85 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 958 7 £70.00/US$120.00/€85.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563853

Analysis of engineering structures

‘Covers static analysis of beams and simple trusses in generalised notations, and aspects of kinematics and energy methods. Also introduces three-dimensional forces and displacements. The summary of inelastic material behaviour of structures is valuable.’

Structural Engineer 392 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 898563 55 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 972 3 £50.00/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563556

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Polymer composites Macro-engineering and the earth World projects for year 2000 and beyond U W Kitzinger, First President of Templeton College, Oxford, UK and E G Frankel, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, USA 290 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1998 ISBN: 978 1 898563 59 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 058 3 £70.00/US$120.00/€85.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563594

Macro-engineering MIT Brunel lectures on global infrastructure F P Davidson, E G Frankl and C L Meador, Macro-Engineering Research Group, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, USA 210 pages 242 x 169mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 1997 ISBN: 978 1 898563 33 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 057 6 £70.00/US$120.00/€85.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563334

Finite element programs in structural engineering and continuum mechanics

POLYMER COMPOSITES NEW Advances in polymer nanocomposites Types and applications Edited by F Gao, Nottingham Trent University, UK The addition of nanoparticles to polymer composites has led to a new generation of composite materials with enhanced and novel properties. Advances in polymer nanocomposites reviews the main types of polymer nanocomposites and their applications. Part one reviews types of polymer nanocomposites according to fillers, whilst part two focuses on types of polymer nanocomposites according to base. Finally, part three investigates key applications, including fuel cells, aerospace applications, optical applications, coatings and flame retardant polymer nanocomposites. CONTENTS

C T F Ross, University of Portsmouth, UK ‘Students and lecturers may value the computer programs for finite element analysis.’

The Structural Engineer ‘The programs, written in Quick Basic, utilize finite element methods to solve a variety of engineering problems from static and dynamic analysis in two and three dimensions to two-dimensional field. Recommended to upper-division undergraduates and professionals.’

Choice 624 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 1996 ISBN: 978 1 898563 28 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 983 9 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563280

Finite element techniques in structural mechanics

Part 1 Types of polymer nanocomposites according to fillers: Processing of carbon nanotube-based nanocomposites; Environmental life-cycle assessment (LCA) of polymer nanocomposites; Calcium carbonate nanocomposites; Layered double hydroxides (LDHs) as functional fillers in polymer nanocomposites; Cellulose nanoparticles as reinforcement in polymer nanocomposites; Metal-polymer nanocomposites. Part 2 Types of polymer nanocomposites according to base: Polyolefin-based polymer nanocomposites; Poly(vinyl chloride)-based nanocomposites; Nylon-based polymer nanocomposites; Clay-containing poly (ethylene terephthalate) (PET)-based polymer nanocomposites; Thermoplastic polyurethane (TPU) -based polymer nanocomposites; Soft polymer nanocomposites and gels; Biodegradable polymer nanocomposites. Part 3 Applications of polymer nanocomposites: Polymer nanocomposites in fuel cells; Polymer nanocomposites for aerospace applications; Flame-retardant polymer nanocomposites; Polymer nanocomposites for optical applications; Polymer nanocomposite coatings.

680 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 940 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 624 1 Approx. £175.00/US$300.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699406

C T F Ross, University of Portsmouth, UK

Wood-polymer composites

‘All Carl Ross’s previous books are very clear and well written. This thoroughly interesting text is no exception. The worked examples and practice problems are particularly useful. I will continue to recommend Professor Ross’s books to my students. For anyone requiring an introduction to finite element analysis, this text is excellent.’

Edited by K O Niska, Luleå University of Technology, Sweden and M Sain, University of Toronto, Canada

Journal of Strain Analysis ‘Very readable, clear and easy to follow. It should be especially useful to those new to the finite element method.’

Chartered Mechanical Engineer 220 pages 234 x 173mm (7 x 9) paperback 1996 ISBN: 978 1 898563 25 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 984 6 £50.00/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563259

CONTENTS

Raw materials for wood-polymer composites; Additives for wood-polymer composites; Interactions between wood and synthetic polymers; Manufacturing technologies for wood-polymer composites; Mechanical properties of woodpolymer composites; Micromechanical modelling of woodpolymer composites; Outdoor durability of wood-polymer composites; Creep behaviour and damage of wood-polymer composites; Processing performance of extruded woodpolymer composites; Oriented wood-polymer composites and related materials; Wood-polymer composite foams; Performance measurement and construction applications of wood-polymer composites; Life cycle assessment (LCA) of wood-polymer composites: A case-study; Market and future trends for wood-polymer composites in Europe: The example of Germany; Improving wood-polymer composite products.

384 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 272 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 457 9 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692728

Polymer matrix composites and technology R Wang, S Zheng and Y Zheng, School of Science at Northwestern Polytechnic University, China Given such properties as low density and high strength, polymer matrix composites have become a widely used material in the aerospace and other industries. Polymer matrix composites and technology provides a helpful overview of these materials, their processing and performance. After an introductory chapter, part one reviews the main reinforcement and matrix materials used as well as the nature of the interface between them. Part two discusses forming and molding technologies for polymer matrix composites. The final part of the book covers key aspects of performance, including tensile, compression, shear and bending properties as well as impact, fatigue and creep behaviour. CONTENTS

Introduction to polymer matrix composites. Part 1 Component materials: Reinforced materials; Matrix materials; Interface of polymer matrix composites. Part 2 Processing of composite materials: Fabrication of the half-finished products for polymer composites; Forming technology of polymer matrix composites; Molding technology of sandwich structure composites. Part 3 Performance of composite materials: Elementary mechanical properties of composite materials; Other mechanical properties of composite materials; High frequency dielectric properties of composites and radome; Other properties of polymer composites.

Published in association with Science Press 568 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 221 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 222 9 £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092212

Science and engineering of short fibre reinforced polymer composites S-Y Fu, Chinese Academy of Sciences, China, B Lauke, Leibniz Institute of Polymer Research, Germany and Y-W Mai, University of Sydney, Australia ‘In the final chapter relating to the fracture mechanics of SFRP, the depth and breadth is quite remarkable. The text is both well-planned and well-written.’

Materials World CONTENTS

364 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 269 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 649 8 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692698

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Polymer composites Creep and fatigue in polymer matrix composites

Nanofibers and nanotechnology in textiles

Epoxy composites

Edited by R M Guedes, University of Porto, Portugal

Edited by P Brown and K Stevens, Clemson University, USA

D Ratna

CONTENTS

Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 67 CONTENTS

Thermosetting composites. Epoxy resins. Epoxy composites. Impact resistant epoxy composites. Modification of epoxy matrix. Nanoreinforcement of epoxy. Simultaneous nanoreinforcement and toughening. Fire retardant epoxy composites. Fire retardant resin compositions. Summary and outlook. List of abbreviation and acronyms. Additional references.

612 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 656 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 043 0 £160.00/US$270.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696566

Part 1 Nanofiber production: Electrospinning of nanofibers; Producing nanofibre structures by electrospinning for tissue engineering; Continuous yarns from electrospun nanofibers; Producing polyamide nanofibers by electrospinning; Controlling the morphologies of electrospun nanofibers. Part 2 Carbon nanotubes and nanocomposites: Synthesis, characterisation and applications of carbon nanotubes: The case of aerospace engineering; Carbon nanotube and nanofibre reinforced polymer fibers; Structure and properties of carbon nanotube polymer nanofibers using melt spinning; Multifunctional polymer nanocomposites for industrial applications; Nanofilled polypropylene (PP) fibers. Part 3 Improving polymer functionality: Nanostructuring polymers with cyclodextrins; Dyeable polypropylene (PP) via nanotechnology; Polypropylene (PP)/clay nanocomposites; Multi-wall carbon nanotube-nylon 6 nanocomposites from polymerisation. Part 4 Nanocoatings and surface modification techniques: Nanotechnologies for coating and structuring of textiles; Electrostatic self-assembled nanolayer films for cotton fibers; Nanofabrication of thin polymer films; Hybrid polymer nanolayers for surface modification of fibers; Structure-property relationships of polypropylene nanocomposite fibers.

Edited by S C Tjong, City University of Hong Kong, China and Y-W Mai, University of Sydney, Australia ‘Conveniently collates, in a single volume, a comprehensive review of the varied research review of the varied research activity being conducted in the field of polymer nano-composites.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Part 1 Polymer/nanoparticle composites. Part 2 Polymer/ nanoplatelet composites. Part 3 Polymer/nanotube composites. Part 4 Applications.

952 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 672 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 024 9 £210.00/US$355.00/€250.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696726

Lightweight ballistic composites

Polymer nanocomposites Y-W Mai, University of Sydney, Australia and Z-Z Yu, City University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong 608 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85573 969 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 112 7 £185.00/US$315.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739697

Design and manufacture of textile composites

Failure analysis and fractography of polymer composites

Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 41

CONTENTS

Edited by A C Long, University of Nottingham, UK ‘…an invaluable guide for manufacturers of polymer composite components, end-users and designers, researchers in the fields of structural materials and technical textiles and textile manufacturers. …covers a broad range of polymer composite materials with textile reinforcements.’

Journal of Natural Fibers Published in association with The Textile Institute 492 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 744 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 082 3 £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855737440

608 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 217 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 681 8 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692179

Green composites

Tribology of natural fiber polymer composites

CONTENTS

N Chand, Advanced Materials and Processes Research Institute and M Fahim, Zakir Hussain College, University of Delhi, India CONTENTS

Edited by A Bhatnagar, Honeywell International, USA 448 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85573 941 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 155 4 £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739413

220 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 393 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 505 7 £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693930

118 pages 298 x 210mm paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84735 065 7 £85.00/US$145.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781847350657 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

544 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 105 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 373 2 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691059

Military and law-enforcement applications

CONTENTS

Published in association with The Textile Institute

E S Greenhalgh, Imperial College London, UK

Physical properties and applications of polymer nanocomposites

Impact resistance and flame retardancy

Polymer composites and the environment Edited by C Baillie, Queen’s University, Canada Why green composites? An introduction; Designing green composites: Traditional and future trends; Life cycle assessment (LCA); Natural fibre sources; Alternative fibre sources: Paper and wood fibres as reinforcement; Alternative solutions: Recyclable synthetic fibre-thermoplastic composites; Natural polymer sources; Optimizing the properties of green composites; Green fibre thermoplastic composites; Clean production; Applications; Extraction for reuse: Recycling and degradation of composites; Reprocessing.

320 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 85573 739 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 039 7 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855737396

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Polymers and biopolymers Clay-containing polymeric nanocomposites Two volume set L A Utracki, National Research Council Canada, Industrial Materials Institute, Canada 786 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 85957 487 4 £100.00/US$170.00/€120.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859574874 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Integrated design and manufacture using fibrereinforced polymeric composites Edited by M J Owen, V Middleton and I A Jones, University of Nottingham, UK ‘An excellent and timely work which should be of help to everyone in the world of practical composites.’

Materials World 416 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 453 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 887 4 £160.00/US$270.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734531

3-D textile reinforcements in composite materials Edited by A Miravete, University of Zaragoza, Spain 336 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 85573 376 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 192 9 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733763

Short fibre-polymer composites Edited by S K De, Indian Institute of Technology, India and J R White, University of Newcastle upon Tyne, UK 272 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1996 ISBN: 978 1 85573 220 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 867 6 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855732209

Handbook of polymer composites for engineers Edited by L C Hollaway, University of Surrey, UK Published in association with The British Plastics Federation 352 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1994 ISBN: 978 1 85573 129 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 860 7 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855731295

Thermoplastic aromatic polymer composites F N Cogswell

POLYMERS AND BIOPOLYMERS NEW Advances in shape memory polymers Edited by J Hu, Hong Kong Polytechnic Institute, Hong Kong Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 146

Shape memory polymers (SMPs) have the ability to change shape in response to an external stimulus. This makes them promising smart materials for textiles and other applications. Building on the author’s earlier, pioneering work in this field, this book summarises key recent research in this important area. It covers the various types of SMP, how they respond to temperature, moisture and other stimuli, methods of manufacture and applications in such areas as textile finishes for smart, self-cleaning textiles. CONTENTS

Introduction to shape memory polymers (SMPs); Tm type SMPs; Tg type SMPs; High performance MOCA SMPs; Supramolecular SMPs; Supramolecular SMPs containing pyridine; Thermally-induced shape memory properties of supramolecular SMPs containing pyridine; Moisturesensitive shape memory properties of supramolecular SMPs containing pyridine; SMPs with novel functions: electoactive, magnetically-active, light-responsive and phase change materials; Shape memory finishing treatments for smart textiles; Manufacture of Tg and Tm shape memory polyurethane fibers; Future developments in SMPs.

Published in association with The Textile Institute 350 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 852 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 854 2 Approx. £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857098528

NEW Compression techniques for polymer sciences B S Tice, Advanced Human Design, USA Compression techniques for polymer sciences addresses the types and properties of polymers found in algorithms that are suitable for use in the analysis, research and experimentation on polymers. The book presents a brief history of the field and an introduction on algorithmic programs for use in chemical and engineering applications of polymers. Chapters focus on polymer types and applications with algorithms. This book will be useful for chemists and engineers working in the polymer sciences, as well as graduate and postgraduate university students in the physical sciences and engineering. CONTENTS

A short history; Algorithms; Polymers; Algorithms and polymers; An engineering application; The natural sciences and algorithms.

A Woodhead Publishing India title

288 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1992 ISBN: 978 1 85573 086 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 925 3 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730861

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 816 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 829 0 Approx. £95.00/US$160.00/€115.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857098160

NEW Trends in packaging of food, beverages and other fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG) Edited by N Farmer, Consultant, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Food Science, Technology and Nutrition No. 244

There have been many key developments in packaging in recent years and it remains an active area of research. Significant advances in materials and technologies are reviewed alongside international market trends in this concise book, making it an essential one-volume reference for R&D professionals in the packaging, food and beverages and fast-moving consumer goods industries and advanced students and researchers in these areas. CONTENTS

Present status and trends in innovations; Modified atmosphere packaging and active packaging; Intelligent packaging; Developments in plastic and bioplastic materials and recycling systems; Innovations and new technologies in metal packaging; Paper and paperboard innovations and developments; International environmental and sustainability regulatory and legislative frameworks; Nanotechnology; External influences on the packaging industry; The future: forecasts and analysis for the whole packaging market.

300 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 503 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 897 9 Approx. £140.00/US$240.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095039

NEW Vegetable oil-based polymers Properties, processing and applications N Karak, Tezpur University, India Vegetable oil-based polymers provides a comprehensive review of the research in this important class of biopolymers. After an introduction to classification and polymerization, Vegetable oil based polymers goes on to review the factors involved in polymer biodegradation. The extraction, purification and application of vegetable oils are then explored, along with vegetable oil based polyesters and poly(ester amide) s, polyurethanes and epoxies. The book then reviews polyamides, polyolefins and vegetable oil-based hyperbranched polymers. It concludes with an analysis of vegetable oil-based polymer composites and polymer nanocomposites. CONTENTS

Fundamentals of polymers; Biodegradable polymers; Vegetable oils and their derivatives; Vegetable oil-based polyesters; Vegetable oil-based poly(ester amide)s; Vegetable oil-based polyurethanes; Vegetable oil-based epoxies; Polyamides, polyolefins and other vegetable oilbased polymers; Vegetable oil-based hyperbranched polymers; Vegetable oil-based polymer composites; Vegetable oil-based polymer nanocomposites.

336 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 710 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 714 9 £140.00/US$240.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857097101

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Polymers and biopolymers NEW Packaging technology

NEW Thermosets

Fundamentals, materials and processes

Structure, properties and applications

Edited by A Emblem, University of the Arts London and H Emblem, Environmental Packaging Solutions, UK Comprehensive in scope and authoritative in its coverage, Packaging technology provides the ideal introduction and reference for both students and experienced packaging professionals. Part one provides a context for the book, discussing fundamental issues relating to packaging such as its role in society and its diverse functions, the packaging supply chain and legislative, environmental and marketing issues. Part two reviews the principal packaging materials such as glass, metal, plastics, paper and paper board. It also discusses closures, adhesives and labels. The final part of the book discusses packaging processes, from design and printing to packaging machinery and line operations, as well as hazard and risk management in packaging. CONTENTS

Part 1 Packaging fundamentals: Packaging and society; The packaging supply chain; Packaging functions; Packaging legislation; Packaging and environmental sustainability; Packaging and marketing. Part 2 Packaging materials and components: Glass packaging; Rigid metal packaging; Aluminium foil packaging; Paper and paper board packaging; Corrugated board packaging; Basics of polymer chemistry for packaging materials; Plastics properties for packaging materials; Plastics manufacturing processes for packaging materials; Packaging closures; Adhesives for packaging; Labels for packaging. Part 3 Packaging processes: Packaging design and development; Printing for packaging; Packaging machinery and line operations; Hazard and risk management in packaging.

Published in association with IOP: The Packaging Society 600 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 665 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 570 1 Approx. £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696658

NEW Functional nanofibers and their applications

Edited by Q Guo, Deakin University, Australia

Edited by Q Wei, Jiangnan University, China

Thermosets are a key group of polymers. Understanding how their chemistry and structure affects their properties is essential to their manufacture and use in a range of applications. Thermosets: Structure, properties and applications reviews both factors affecting thermoset properties and how this understanding can be used to engineer thermosets for particular uses. Part one reviews mechanical and thermal properties, including the role of nanostructures in thermoset toughening. Applications of thermosets are the focus of part two, including the use of thermosets in the building and construction industry, aerospace technology and as insulation materials. Thermoset adhesives are also discussed, followed by a final review of thermosets for electrical applications. CONTENTS

Part 1 Structure and properties of thermosets: Overview of thermosets: structure, properties and processing for advanced applications; Mechanical properties of thermosets; Thermal properties of thermoset resins; Rheology of thermosets: the use of chemorheology to characterise and model thermoset flow behaviour; Nanostructures and the toughening of thermosets. Part 2 Applications of thermosets: The use of thermosets in the building and construction industry; The use of thermosets in aerospace applications; Thermoset adhesives: epoxy resins, acrylates and polyurethanes; Thermoset insulation materials in appliances, buildings and other applications; Thermosets for electrical applications.

336 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 086 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 763 7 £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090867

Development of packaging and products for use in microwave ovens

Determination of additives in polymers and rubbers

Edited by M W Lorence and P S Pesheck, General Mills, USA

CONTENTS

Part 1 Principles: Electromagnetic basis of microwave heating; Influence of food geometry and dielectric properties on heating performance; Advanced topics in microwave heating uniformity; Microwave ovens; Measurements of dielectric properties of foods and associated materials; Microwave dielectric properties of foods and some other substances; Flavors and colors for microwave foods. Part 2 Microwave packaging materials and design: Rigid passive microwave packaging forms; Susceptors in microwave packaging; Shielding and field modification-thick metal films. Part 3 Product development, packaging and oven safety: Package and product development testing in a microwave oven; Regulatory issues in microwave packaging; Microwave oven safety. Part 4 Modeling of microwave heating: Modeling microwave heating in foods; Modeling the effects of active packaging of microwaved foods.

T R Crompton, Consultant, UK Direct determination of additives in polymers and rubbers; Extraction techniques for additives in polymers; Liquid chromatography; Gas chromatography; Thin-layer chromatography; Paper gel permeation chromatography; Supercritical fluid chromatography; Headspace analysis– volatiles; Thermal methods; Determination of water; Determination of metals; Non-metallic elements.

Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 134

Functional nanofibers and their applications summarises key trends in the processing and applications of these exciting materials. Part one reviews core-shell, aligned, porous and gradient nanofibers. The processing and application of composite functional nanofibers, carbon and polymer nanofiber reinforcements in polymer matrix composites, and inorganic functional nanofibers are then explored in detail, before part one concludes with a consideration of surface functionalization. A wide variety of functional nanofiber applications are then reviewed in part two. Following consideration of their use in filtration, drug delivery and tissue engineering applications, the role of functional nanofibers in lithium-ion batteries, sensor applications, protective clothing, food processing and water purification is explored. Discussion of their use in sound absorption, electromagnetic wave attenuation and biomedical and microelectronic applications follows, before a final discussion of future trends. CONTENTS

Part 1 Types and processing: Nanofibers: principles and manufacture; Types and processing of structured functional nanofibers: core-shell, aligned, porous and gradient nanofibers; Processing of composite functional nanofibers; Carbon and polymer nanofiber reinforcements in polymer matrix composites: processing and applications; Inorganic functional nanofibers: processing and applications; Surface functionalization of polymer nanofibers. Part 2 Applications: Functional nanofibers for filtration applications; Functional nanofibers for drug delivery applications; Functional nanofibers for tissue engineering applications; Functional nanofibers in lithium-ion batteries; Functional nanofibers in sensor applications; Functional nanofibers in clothing for protection against chemical and biological hazards; Functional nanofibers in food processing; Functional nanofibers in sound absorption, electromagnetic wave attenuation and biomedical applications; Functional nanofibers for water purification; Functional nanofibers in microelectronics applications; Future trends in the processing of functional nanofibers.

Published in association with The Textile Institute 448 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 069 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 564 0 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090690

450 pages 255 x 190mm (7 1/2 x 10) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84735 000 8 £100.00/US$170.00/€120.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781847350008 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

408 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 420 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 657 3 £160.00/US$270.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694203

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Polymers and biopolymers Biaxial stretching of film Principles and applications Edited by M T DeMeuse, Consultant, USA Biaxial stretching of film is used for a range of applications. Many products ranging from food packaging to packages for fresh cut produce are produced by this process. The first set of chapters in this important book review the fundamental principles of biaxial stretching. Emphasis is placed on the technology as well the different types of polymers used. The second collection of chapters examine applications for the process, including product labels, snack packaging and synthetic paper. The book includes a discussion of future applications for biaxial stretching of film. CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamental principles of biaxial stretching: Fundamentals of biaxial stretching and definitions of terms; Equipment design and requirements of biaxially stretched films; Laboratory evaluations of biaxially stretched films; Polyolefins used in biaxial stretched films; Other polymers used for biaxial films; Biaxial film structures; Typical industrial processes for the biaxial orientation of films; Post-production processing of biaxially oriented films; Strain energy function and stress-strain model for uniaxial and biaxial orientation of poly(ethylene terephthalate) (PET); Academic investigations of biaxially stretched films; Biaxial stretched polyamide film. Part 2 Applications of biaxial films: Fresh cut produce packaging and the use of biaxial stretched films; Biaxial stretched films for use in snack packaging; Biaxially stretched films for product labelling; Applications of biaxial stretched films; Future trends for biaxially oriented films and orienting lines.

288 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 675 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 295 3 £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696757

Advances in polymer processing From macro- to nano- scales Edited by S Thomas, Mahatma Gandhi University, India and W Yang, Beijing University of Chemical Technology, China CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction: Recent advances in polymer processing: the state of the art, new challenges and opportunities; Non-Newtonian fluid mechanics and polymer rheology; Polymeric materials: elastomers, plastics, fibers, composites, nanocomposites and blends; Compounding and mixing of polymers; Screw extrusion in polymer processing; Reactive extrusion of polymers. Part 2 Moulding technology: Injection moulding of polymers; Rotational moulding of polymers; Blow moulding of polymers. Part 3 Alternative processing technologies: Liquid resin and polymer solution processing; Calendering and coating of polymers; Thermoforming of polymers; Polymer processing using supercritical fluids; Radiation processing of polymers; Novel processing additives for extrusion and injection moulding of polymers. Part 4 Micro and nanotechnologies: Preparing rubber based nanocomposites through compounding and vulcanization; Micromoulding of polymers; Reactive polymer processing and design of stable micro and nano-structures; Processing of carbon nanotubes and carbon nanotube based polymer nanocomposites. Part 5 Analysis of the moulding process and post-processing technologies: Online monitoring of mould flow in polymer processing; Computer modeling and simulation of polymer processing; Joining, machining, finishing and decorating of polymers.

752 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 396 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 642 9 £190.00/US$325.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693961

Multifunctional and nanoreinforced polymers for food packaging

Degradation and stabilisation of polyamides Rapra Review Reports, Vol. 16, No. 9, Report 189 S Fairgrieve

Edited by J M Lagarón, Spanish Council for Scientific Research (CSIC), Spain

CONTENTS

Background; Degradation; Stabilisation; Comments; Additional references; Abbreviations and acronyms.

Multifunctional and nanoreinforced polymers for food packaging provides a comprehensive review of polymers for use in packaging with more than one functional purpose. Recent developments in multifunctional polymers and nanoreinforced polymers provide the opportunity to produce active packaging, in addition to increasing the shelf life of products. The book focuses on the materials science and engineering of multifunctional polymers intended for use in food packaging. CONTENTS

Multifunctional and nanoreinforced polymers for food packaging. Part 1 Nanofillers for plastics in food packaging: Multifunctional nanoclays for food contact applications; Hydrotalcites in nanobiocomposites; Cellulose nanofillers for food packaging; Electrospun nanofibers for food packaging applications. Part 2 High barrier plastics for food packaging: Mass transport and high barrier properties of food packaging polymers; Ethylene-norbornene copolymers and advanced single-site polyolefins; Advances in polymeric materials for modified atmosphere packaging (MAP); Nylon-MXD6 resins for food packaging; Ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymers; High barrier plastics using nanoscale inorganic films; Functional barriers against migration for food packaging. Part 3 Active and bioactive plastics: Silver-based antimicrobial polymers for food packaging; Incorporation of chemical antimicrobial agents into polymeric films for food packaging; Natural extracts in plastic food packaging; Biaoctive food packaging strategies. Part 4 Nanotechnology in sustainable plastics for food packaging: Polylactic acid (PLA) nanocomposites for food packaging applications; Polyhydroxyalkanoates (PHAs) for food packaging; Starch based polymers for food packaging; Chitosan polysaccharide in food packaging applications; Carragenan polysaccharides for food packaging; Protein-based resins for packaging; Wheat gluten (WG)-based materials for food packaging; Safety and regulatory aspects of plastics as food packaging materials.

736 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 738 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 278 6 £175.00/US$300.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697389

Forensic polymer engineering Why polymer products fail in service P R Lewis and C Gagg, Open University, UK ‘...a great deal of valuable information.’ ‘...a very substantial number of cases are presented.’

Polymer Testing

128 pages 298 x 210mm paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84735 089 3 £85.00/US$145.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781847350893 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Nucleating agents S Fairgrieve, SPF Polymer Consultants, UK CONTENTS

Background; Introduction; Additives; Inorganics, Polymers and oligomers, Organic acid derivatives - Early developments, Sorbitol derivatives and their analogues, Phosphorus-containing species, Organic acid derivatives - Later developments, Miscellaneous, b-nucleators. Conclusion.

132 pages 298 x 210mm paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84735 083 1 £85.00/US$145.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781847350831 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Practical guide to polyimides M J M Abadie, A L Rusanov, V Y Voytekunas and L G Komarova CONTENTS

Introduction; Chloral-derived monomers; Polyimides based on chloral derivatives; TNT-based aromatic diamines; Polyimides based on TNT-derived diamines; Conclusion.

88 pages 298 x 210mm paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84735 058 9 £50.00/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781847350589 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Polymers in electronics K Cousins, Consultant, UK CONTENTS

Executive Summary; Review of Materials and Properties; Overview of European Electronic Component Markets; Key Trends and Developments; Company Profiles; Future Outlook; Abbreviations and Acronyms.

120 pages 298 x 210mm paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84735 006 0 £300.00/US$510.00/€360.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781847350060 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

‘...an excellent source of reference, I can’t believe there is anyone that would not learn something.’

Materials World CONTENTS

496 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 185 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 780 8 £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691851

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Polymers and biopolymers Biodegradable polymers Edited by D Platt, Consultant, UK CONTENTS

Overview of biodegradable polymers; The global biodegradable polymers market; The starch-based biodegradable polymer market; The polylactic acid biodegradable polymers market; The PHA biodegradable polymers market; The synthetic biodegradable polymers market; Market opportunities for biodegradable polymers; Profiles of leading biodegradable plastics converters; Database of major biodegradable polymer suppliers.

166 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85957 519 2 £300.00/US$510.00/€360.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859575192 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Polymers in aggressive and corrosive environments 2004 (PACE 2004)

Industrial applications of surfactants IV

226 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 85957 449 2 £100.00/US$170.00/€120.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859574492 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

286 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 85573 824 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 861 4 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855738249

Polymer bonding 2004 160 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 85957 446 1 £100.00/US$170.00/€120.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859574461 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Polymer reference book R Crompton, Consultant, UK CONTENTS

Determination of metals; Non-metallic elements; Functional groups and polymer structure; Examination of polymer surfaces and defects; Volatiles and water; Fingerprinting techniques; Polymer additives; Polymer fractionation and molecular weight; Thermal and chemical stability; Monitoring of resin cure; Oxidative stability; Examination of photopolymers; Glass transition and other transitions; Crystallinity; Viscoelastic and rheological properties; Thermal properties; Flammability testing; Mechanical, electrical, and optical properties; Miscellaneous physical and chemical.

704 pages 255 x 190mm (7 1/2 x 10) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85957 492 8 £110.00/US$185.00/€130.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859574928 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Polymers in construction Edited by G Akovali, Middle East Technical University, Turkey 526 pages 255 x 190mm (7 1/2 x 10) paperback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85957 468 3 £95.00/US$160.00/€115.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859574683 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Biodegradable polymers for industrial applications Edited by R Smith, Queen Mary University, London, UK ‘…will be of value to every scientist or technician working in polymer chemistry, materials engineering, or applied biology.’

International Microbiology 552 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 934 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 076 2 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739345

Handbook of biodegradable polymers Edited by C Bastioli, Novamont SpA, Italy 534 pages 250 x 174mm (7 x 10) paperback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85957 389 1 £110.00/US$185.00/€130.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859573891 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Cellulosic pulps, fibres and materials Cellucon ’98 proceedings Edited by J F Kennedy, University of Birmingham, G O Phillips, Phillips Hydrocolloid Research Ltd and P A Williams, North East Wales Institute of Higher Education, UK 352 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2001 ISBN: 978 1 85573 421 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 854 6 £175.00/US$300.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734210

Recent advances in environmentally compatible polymers Cellucon ’99 proceedings Edited by J F Kennedy, University of Birmingham, G O Phillips, Phillips Hydrocolloid Research Ltd and P A Williams, North East Wales Institute of Higher Education, UK 448 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2001 ISBN: 978 1 85573 545 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 374 9 £190.00/US$325.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735453

Regenerated cellulose fibres Edited by C Woodings, Consultant, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 18 Published in association with The Textile Institute 352 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2001 ISBN: 978 1 85573 459 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 758 7 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734593

Edited by D R Karsa, Akcros Chemicals Ltd, UK

The chemistry and processing of wood and plant fibrous material Cellucon ’94 proceedings Edited by J F Kennedy, University of Birmingham, G O Phillips, Phillips Hydrocolloid Research Ltd and P A Williams, North East Wales Institute of Higher Education, UK 448 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1996 ISBN: 978 1 85573 305 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 869 0 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733053

Cellulose and cellulose derivatives Cellucon ’93 proceedings: Physicochemical aspects and industrial applications Edited by J F Kennedy, University of Birmingham, G O Phillips, Phillips Hydrocolloid Research Ltd, P A Williams, North East Wales Institute of Higher Education, UK and J L Piculell, University of Lund, Sweden 608 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 1995 ISBN: 978 1 85573 212 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 853 9 £175.00/US$300.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855732124

The chemistry of wood preservation Edited by R Thompson, Consultant, UK 316 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1991 ISBN: 978 1 85573 817 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 870 6 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855738171

Polymer melt rheology A guide for industrial practice F N Cogswell 176 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1981 ISBN: 978 1 85573 198 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 298 4 £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855731981

Polystyrene Synthesis, production and applications J R Wünsch, BASF AG, Germany 176 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85957 191 0 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859571910 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Plastics and rubber PLASTICS AND RUBBER The mould design guide P Jones CONTENTS

The injection moulding process; Plastics materials; Good design practice; Design checklist; Determining the right number of impressions; Step-by-step design; Mouldmaking; Two-plate mould tools; Ejection systems; Mould temperature control; Undercut injection mould tools; Automatic unscrewing mould tool design; Multiplate tool systems; Runnerless moulding; Mould materials; Runner and gate design; Standard mould parts; Deflection and stress in mould components; Fatigue; Limits and fits; Impression blanking; Summary of mould calculations; Integrated design examples; Mathematical and reference tables; Glossary of moulding terminology.

556 pages 255 x 190mm (7 1/2 x 10) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84735 088 6 £125.00/US$210.00/€150.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781847350886 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Materials in sports equipment Volume 1 Edited by M Jenkins, University of Birmingham, UK ‘…an excellent resource for all those individuals interested in the development and application of advanced sports materials.’ ‘...technologies and theories behind such equipment is clearly explained and illustrated.’

Carbohydrate Polymers CONTENTS

Part 1 General uses: Foam protection in sport; Performance of sports surfaces; Running shoe materials; Balls and ballistics. Part 2 Particular sports: Materials in golf; Surface engineering in sport; Materials and tennis strings; Materials and tennis rackets; Materials and bicycles; Materials in mountaineering; Materials in skiing; Materials in cricket; Materials used in paralympic sports.

424 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2003 ISBN: 978 1 85573 599 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 854 6 £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735996

Plastics, rubber and health

Introduction to plastic recycling

G Akovali, Middle East Technical University (METU) of Ankara, Turkey

2nd edition

This book presents the available information on the eternal triangle of plastics and rubber and health, to enable a better understanding of the facts.

CONTENTS

Introduction; Some basic concepts and definitions; General issues of toxicity for plastics and rubber; Toxicity of rubber and plastics due to their non-additive ingredients; Plastics as food and packaging materials, rubbers in contact with food, and their possible health effects; Plastics use in healthcare and their possible health effects; Plastics and rubbers applications in construction and their possible health effects; Use of plastic and rubber in various applications and possible health effects; Sustainability through plastics and rubbers; List of some health hazard causing solvents, monomers and chemicals common for plastics and rubbers references some additional related references; Short lists of some extremely hazardous substances and IARC Groups 1, 2a, 2b, 3 and 4 carcinogens related to plastics and rubbers.

Volume 2 A Subic, RMIT University, Australia ‘…an essential reference describing improvements in materials technology and their impact on equipment in a range of sports.’

Future Materials CONTENTS

Part 1 General issues: Modelling of materials for sports equipment; Non-destructive testing of sports equipment: The use of infrared thermography; Materials and design for sports apparel; Protective helmets in sports; Mouth protection in sports. Part 2 Specific sports: Design and materials in baseball; Design and materials in snowboarding; Design and materials in ice hockey; Design and materials in fly fishing; Design and materials in archery; Design and materials in rowing; Design and materials in athletics equipment; Design and materials in fitness equipment.

376 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 131 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 366 4 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691318

Back to basics; The effects of processing on thermoplastics; Why plastics need to be sorted; Reprocessing of thermoplastic recyclates; Processing techniques; Additives for recyclates; Other methods of recycling and waste disposal options; Creation of a recycling and recovery infrastructure for plastics; The problem in perspective: Europe; Rise of the biopolymers: recycling versus degradation.

174 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84735 078 7 £50.00/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781847350787 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Medical polymers 2006 Cologne, Germany, 6-7 June 2006

310 pages 255 x 190mm (7 1/2 x 10) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84735 081 7 £95.00/US$160.00/€115.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781847350817 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

CONTENTS

TPE 2006

25 papers 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85957 580 2 £100.00/US$170.00/€120.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859575802 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

CONTENTS

Commercial aspects of TPEs; Styrenic TPEs; TPVS for automotive applications; TPV Developments; Thermoplastic polyurethane (TPU); Copolyester TPE; TPE Additives and finishing; Processing TPEs.

17 papers 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84735 004 6 £100.00/US$170.00/€120.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781847350046 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Developments in medical thermoplastics; PVC in healthcare; Anti-bacterial polymers for medical devices; Bonding medical plastics; Textiles in medical devices; Regulatory requirements in the medical industry; Polyolefins in healthcare; Polymer processing for medical manufacturing; Silicone polymers for medical applications; Polymers in drug delivery; Medical device design.

Silicone elastomers 2006 Frankfurt, Germany, 19-20 September 2006 CONTENTS

Elastomers and components Service life prediction - progress and challenges Edited by V Coveney, University of the West of England, UK CONTENTS

Materials in sports equipment

V Goodship, Warwick University, UK

Part 1 Ageing behaviour and life prediction methods for elastomeric materials: The five year accelerated ageing project for thermoset and thermoplastic elastomeric materials: A service life prediction; Effect of heat ageing on crosslinking scission and mechanical properties; Resistance of bonds in rubber components to corrosive environments; Assessment of life prediction methods for elastomeric seals - A review; Parameter dependence of the fatigue life of elastomers; Strain energy release rates for some classical rubber test pieces by finite element analysis; Heuristic approach for approximating energy release rates of small cracks under finite strain multiaxial loading; Abrasive wear of elastomers. Part 2 Specific geometries and application issues: Life prediction of o-rings used to seal gases; Stress induced phenomena in elastomers and their influence on design and performance of o-rings; Magnetorheological devices; Selection of elastomers for a synthetic heart valve; Using FEA techniques to predict fatigue failures in elastomers; Fatigue life investigation in the design process of metacone rubber springs; Fracture of rubber-steel laminated bearings.

248 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84569 100 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 113 4 £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691004

Trends and growth in silicone elastomers; Food contact studies; Silicone elastomer materials; Liquid silicone rubber; Pocessing silicone elastomers; Additives and finishing for silicone elastomers; Medical applications of silicone elastomers.

20 papers 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84735 002 2 £100.00/US$170.00/€120.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781847350022 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Joining plastics 2006 London, England, 25-26 April 2006

24 papers 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85957 570 3 £100.00/US$170.00/€120.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859575703 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Rubber bonding 2006 Düsseldorf, Germany, 21-22 February 2006 16 Papers 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85957 555 0 £100.00/US$170.00/€120.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859575550 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Adhesives Practical guide to blow moulding N C Lee, Consultant, USA 204 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85957 513 0 £50.00/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859575130 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Mechanical evaluation strategies for plastics D R Moore, ICI Technology and S Turner, University of London, UK 352 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2001 ISBN: 978 1 85573 379 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 749 5 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733794

Biocides in plastics Edited by D Nichols, Thor Overseas Limited 126 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85957 512 3 £85.00/US$145.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859575123 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

High performance and speciality elastomers 2005 20-21 April 2005, Geneva, Switzerland 214 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85957 510 9 £100.00/US$170.00/€120.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859575109 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

J Innes and A Innes, Flame Retardants Associates Inc. 148 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 85957 435 5 £85.00/US$145.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859574355 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Flame retardants for plastic

D Frenkler and H Zawistowski

Practical guide to the assessment of the useful life of plastics R P Brown and J H Greenwood 180 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) hardback 2002 ISBN: 978 1 85957 312 9 £185.00/US$315.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859573129 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Reinforced plastics durability Edited by G Pritchard, Kingston University, UK

CONTENTS

Plastic products recycling Technology and market trends S Hulse 138 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85957 222 1 £255.00/US$435.00/€305.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859572221 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

‘The use of computer techniques to stimulate and evaluate durability effects, and improve design predictions, is a key contribution found in this text.’

SAMPE Journal 384 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1998 ISBN: 978 1 85573 320 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 487 6 £160.00/US$270.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733206

Liquid moulding technologies Resin transfer moulding, structural reaction injection moulding and related processing techniques C D Rudd, A C Long, University of Nottingham, UK, K N Kendall and C Mangin, Ford Research Laboratory, USA 304 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1997 ISBN: 978 1 85573 242 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 544 6 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855732421

Introduction to using adhesives in marine and offshore engineering. Part 1 Design and analysis: Selecting adhesives for marine environments and pre-design; Designing adhesively bonded joints for ship applications; Designing adhesively bonded joints for wind turbines; Predicting the failure of bonded structural joints in marine engineering. Part 2 Testing and characterisation: Testing the mechanical, thermal and chemical properties of adhesives for marine environments; Assessing the moisture resistance of adhesives for marine environments; Durability of adhesives in wet conditions.

232 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 452 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 615 9 £120.00/US$205.00/€145.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694524

Adhesion to fluoropolymers D Brewis and R Dahm 124 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85957 524 6 £85.00/US$145.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859575246 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Plastics in the automotive industry

Adhesive bonding

J Maxwell

Edited by R D Adams, formerly University of Bristol, UK

192 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1994 ISBN: 978 1 85573 039 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 864 5 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730397

Edited by J R Weitzenböck, DNV, Norway

Adhesives in marine engineering provides an invaluable overview of the design and use of adhesively bonded joints in this challenging environment. After an introduction to the use of adhesives in marine and offshore engineering, part one focuses on adhesive solution design and analysis. The process of selecting adhesives for marine environments is explored, followed by chapters discussing the specific design of adhesively-bonded joints for ship applications and wind turbines. Predicting the failure of bonded structural joints in marine engineering is also considered. Part two reviews testing the mechanical, thermal and chemical properties of adhesives for marine environments together with the moisture resistance and durability of adhesives for marine environments.

360 pages 255 x 190mm (7 1/2 x 10) hardback 2001 ISBN: 978 1 85957 208 5 £125.00/US$210.00/€150.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859572085 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

P W Dufton 148 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2003 ISBN: 978 1 85957 385 3 £300.00/US$510.00/€360.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859573853 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

NEW Adhesives in marine engineering

Hot runners in injection moulds

Plastic flame retardants Technology and current developments

ADHESIVES

Science, technology and applications

560 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 741 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 075 5 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855737419

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Biomaterials Advances in structural adhesive bonding Edited by D Dillard, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, USA

APPLICATIONS NEW Nanomaterials in tissue engineering Characterization, fabrication and applications

‘…well presented and an easy read. … should appeal to adhesive specialists due its breadth of coverage and to manufacturing and design engineers who wish to gain an appreciation of new technology in adhesive joining.’

Engineering Failure Analysis CONTENTS

Part 1 Adhesive selection: Key issues in selecting the right adhesive; Advances in epoxy adhesives; Advances in polyurethane structural adhesives; Advances in structural silicone adhesives; Advances in cyanoacrylate and anaerobic adhesives; Advances in acrylic structural adhesives; Advances in nanoparticle reinforcement in structural adhesives. Part 2 Adherends, surfaces and pre-treatments: Improvements in bonding metals (steel, aluminium); Advances in bonding plastics; Advances in bonding composites. Part 3 Joint design: Selecting the right joint design and fabrication techniques; Life prediction for bonded joints in composite material based on actual fatigue damage; Improving adhesive joint design using fracture mechanics; Developments in testing adhesive joints; Advances in testing adhesivelybonded composites. Part 4 Environmental effects and durability of adhesives: Designing adhesive joints for fatigue and creep load conditions; Improving bonding in high and low temperatures; Assessing and improving bonding in wet conditions; Improving bonding in hostile chemical environments.

656 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 435 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 805 8 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694357

Bonding elastomers A review of adhesives and processes G Polaski, J Means, N Stull, P Warren, K Allen and D Mowrey 140 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85957 495 9 £85.00/US$145.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859574959 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Engineering and structural adhesives D Dunn, FLD Enterprises Inc, USA 138 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 85957 436 2 £85.00/US$145.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859574362 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Edited by A K Gaharwar, Harvard Medical School and Massachusetts Institute of Technology, S Sant, University of Pittsburgh and Harvard Medical School, M J Hancock, Broad Institute and S A Hacking, Massachusetts General Hospital, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 56

Nanomaterial technologies can be used to fabricate high-performance biomaterials with tailored physical, chemical, and biological properties. Nanomaterials are therefore currently the development focus for emerging biomedical technologies such as scaffolding, tissue regeneration, and controlled drug delivery. This important volume will provide readers with a thorough overview of this developing field. The first set of chapters review the fundamentals of nanomaterials for medical applications. Another group of chapters cover the fundamentals of nanomaterials for tissue engineering. Further chapters look at applications of nanomaterials in soft tissue engineering whilst the final set of chapters will review applications of nanomaterials in hard tissue engineering. CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamental of nanomaterials in tissue engineering: Biomedical nanomaterials for tissue engineering; Physiochemical characterization of biomedical nanomaterials. Part 2 Fabrication of nanomaterials for tissue engineering applications: Synthesis of polymeric nanomaterials for biomedical applications; 5. Methods for nano and microtopological patterning in biomaterials engineering; Multilayered films in tissue engineering; Carbon based nanomaterials for tissue engineering; Nanofibrous scaffolds for drug delivery and tissue engineering; Nanomaterials for growth factor delivery in tissue engineering applications. Part 3 Application of nanomaterials in soft tissue engineering: Nanomaterials for engineering vascularized tissue; Nanomaterials for cardiac tissue engineering; Nanomaterials for cartilage tissue engineering; Nanomaterials for ligament tissue engineering. Part 4 Application of nanomaterials in hard tissue engineering: Nanomaterials for hard-soft tissue interfaces; Nanomaterials for bone tissue engineering; Nanomaterials for dental and craniofacial tissue engineering.

570 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 596 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 723 1 Approx. £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095961

NEW Nanomedicine Technologies and applications Edited by T J Webster, Brown University, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 49

Nanotechnology is at the forefront of advances in medicine. Nanomedicine: Technologies and applications provides an important review of this exciting technology and its growing range of applications. Part one discusses key materials and their properties, including nanocrystalline metals and alloys, nanoporous gold and hydroxyapatite coatings. Part two goes on to review nanomedicine for therapeutics and imaging. Nanomedicine for soft tissue engineering is discussed in part three, including organ regeneration, skin grafts, nanotubes and self-assembled nanomaterials. Finally, nanomedicine for bone and cartilage tissue engineering is the focus of part four, with electrically active biocomposites for smart scaffolds investigated alongside cartilage and bone tissue engineering, regeneration and replacement. CONTENTS

Part 1 Materials, properties and considerations: Introduction to nanomedicine; Trends in nanomedicine; Biomedical nanocrystalline metals and alloys: Structure, properties and applications; Nanoporous gold for biomedical applications: Structure, properties and applications; Hydroxyapatite (HA) coatings for biomaterials. Part 2 Nanomedicine for therapeutics and imaging: Calcium-phosphate coated magnetic nanoparticles for treating bone diseases; Orthopaedic carbon nanotube biosensors for controlled drug delivery; Nanostructured selenium anti-cancer coatings for orthopaedic applications; Nanoparticulate targeted drug delivery using peptides and proteins; Nanotechnology for DNA and RNA delivery; Gold nanoshells for imaging and photothermal ablation of cancer; Microfluidics for testing and delivering nanomedicine; Zinc oxide nanowires for biomedical sensing and analysis. Part 3 Nanomedicine for soft tissue engineering: Nanotechnology and tissue engineered organ regeneration; Rapid fabrication of biomimetic nanofiber-enabled skin grafts; Nanotubes for tissue engineering; Self-assembled nanomaterials for tissue engineering applications. Part 4 Nanomedicine for bone and cartilage tissue engineering: Electrically active biocomposites for smart scaffolds for bone tissue engineering; Nanotechnology for cartilage and bone regeneration; Nanostructured materials for bone tissue replacement; Nanocomposites for cartilage regeneration.

704 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 233 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 644 9 £175.00/US$300.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092335

Quality assurance in adhesive technology EUREKA Project EU 716 A W Espie, TWI, J H Rogerson and K Ebtehaj, Cranfield University, UK 176 pages + disk 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1998 ISBN: 978 1 85573 259 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 866 9 £135.00+VAT/US$230.00/€160.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855732599

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Biomaterials NEW Inhaler devices Fundamentals, design and drug delivery Edited by P Prokopovich, University of Cardiff, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 59

Inhaler devices are vital to the well-being of numerous asthma sufferers and are therefore continually being developed and improved. This book discusses the history of inhalers and will provide readers with an introduction to the fundamentals, followed by discussions on research & development. Chapters in the first part of the book look at the fundamentals of the in vitro environment and design of inhaler devices. Chapters in the final part of the book review a wide variety of nanomaterials for drug delivery through inhalers. This book will be a useful design guide for good industrial practice and development. CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals and design of inhaler devices: Anatomy and pathophysiology of the respiratory system; History of therapy development: From jet nebulisers to pMDIs; Process development and Scale–up; Tribology of inhaler devices and its components; Microbial control and safety in inhalation devices. Part 2 Nanomaterials for drug delivery: Formulating drugs for inhalers and stability issues; Bioadhesive chitosan polymers for pulmonary drug delivery; Multilayers, nanocapsules, and multicapsules for drug storage and delivery; Functionalized core-shell nanoparticles for medical applications; Biomolecules and vaccines in pMDIs; Pulmonary gene delivery.

390 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 496 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 869 6 Approx. £140.00/US$240.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094964

NEW Standardisation in cell and tissue engineering

NEW Biomaterials in plastic surgery

Methods and protocols

Breast implants

Edited by V Salih, University College London, UK

Edited by W Peters, University of Toronto, Canada, H Brandon, K L Jerina, Washington University in St Louis, C Wolf, formerly Washington University in St Louis and V L Young, BodyAesthetic Plastic Surgery and Skincare Center, USA

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 58

The ‘promises’ and objectives of tissue engineering proposed some 30 years ago have not delivered the numerous products and synthetic therapies for most of the tissue requirements of diseased or traumatised tissues. This may be due to the lack of standardisation during the induction, development, and maintenance of differentiation within cells and tissue matrices under in vitro conditions. This book brings together standard methods and protocols for these therapies with a view to bringing more products more speedily to the market. Chapters in the first part of the book discuss methods for standardising cell and tissue engineering applications whilst the final group of chapters discuss the protocols surrounding cell and tissue engineering. CONTENTS

Part 1 Methods in standardisation of cell and tissue engineering: Fundamentals of cell and matrix biology; Biomatrix development; New concepts and therapies in cell engineering; Synthetic materials development; 2D/3D tissue culture methods for soft tissues; 2D/3D tissue culture methods for hard tissues; Standards in physical therapies. Part 2 Protocols in standardisation of cell and tissue engineering: Quality control; Sterilisation procedures; Standardising methods and regulatory Issues; Standardization of protocols for global manufacture.

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 42

Biomaterials in plastic surgery reviews the history, materials and safety issues associated with breast implants. Beginning with an introduction to the history of biomaterials used for breast augmentation, the book goes on to discuss development issues. It then discusses the chemistry and physical properties of biomedical silicones before reviewing cohesive gel and polyurethane foam implants. The book concludes by analysing the epidemiological evidence on the safety issues relating to breast implants, followed by a review of retrieval and analysis of breast implants emphasizing strength, durability and failure mechanisms. CONTENTS

The history of biomaterials used for breast augmentation; The development of breast implants; The chemistry and physical properties of biomedical silicones; Cohesive gel breast implants; Polyurethane foam breast implants; The safety of breast implants: Recent epidemiological studies; Failure modes of breast implants.

390 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 419 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 872 6 Approx. £140.00/US$240.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094193

240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 799 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 641 8 £120.00/US$205.00/€145.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697990

Edited by A Lewis, Biocompatibles UK Ltd, UK

Biomaterials for artificial organs

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 22 CONTENTS

Edited by M Lysaght and T J Webster, Brown University, USA

Biomaterials for treating skin loss

Drug-device combination products Delivery technologies and applications

Part 1 Overview: Drug-device combination products; Enabling drug delivery from combination products; Nanomedical drugdevice combination products. Part 2 Areas of application: Catheter-based drug-device combination products: An overview; Catheter-based drug-device combination products: The anti-infective 5-fluorouracil-coated central venous catheter; Future outlook for drug eluting stents (DES); Drug eluting beads (DEB) in the treatment of liver cancer; Antibiotic-loaded bone cements; Glass-ionomer cements as drug-device combination products; Bone graft substitutes as drug-device combination products; Antibacterial releasing dental restorative materials; Collagen-based dressings as therapeutic agents for wound healing; Drug-device combination products for occular applications. Part 3 Development of drug-device combination products: Safety and efficacy issues in designing drug-device combination products: The case of drug eluting stents (DES); Preclinical testing of drug-device combination products; Sterilisation of drug-device combination products; Innovation and patent issues in the development of drug-device combination products: The case of drug eluting stents (DES); Regulation of drug-device combination products in Europe; (28a) Regulation of drug-device combination products in the USA.

560 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 470 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 748 8 £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694708

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 29 ‘Undoubtedly a useful resource, it would be well placed in the biotechnology section of any university library.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Part 1 Commodity biomaterials: Membranes for oxygenators and plasmafilters: Titanium and cobalt-chromium alloys for hips and knees; Polymeric joint bearing surfaces for total joint replacements; Biomaterials for pacemakers, defibrillators and neurostimulators; Mechanical and bioprosthetic valves. Part 2 Advanced and next generation biomaterials: Small intestinal submucosa and other decullarized matrix biomaterials for tissue repair; New ceramics and composites for joint replacement surgery; Biomaterials for improving the blood and tissue compatibility of Total Artificial Hearts (TAH) and Ventricular Assist Devices (VAD); Nanostructured biomaterials for artificial tissues and organs; Matrices for tissue engineering and regenerative medicine.

320 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 653 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 084 3 £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696535

Edited by D P Orgill, Brigham and Women’s Hospital and C Blanco, Joseph M. Still Research Foundation, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 17 CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction: Development of skin substitutes; Skin replacement products and markets; Biomechanics of skin; The pathophysiologic basis for wound healing and cutaneous regeneration; Skin grafts; Understanding the cellular basis of skin growth; The regulatory approval process for biomaterials for treating skin loss. Part 2 Epidermal and dermal replacement technologies: Enhancing skin epidermal stability; Human-derived acellular matrices for dermal replacement; Lyophilized xenogenic products for skin replacement. Part 3 Combined dermis and epidermal replacement: Cultured skin substitutes; The use of keratinocytes in combination with a dermal replacement to treat skin loss; Principles of skin regeneration; Summary: biomaterials for treating skin loss.

256 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 363 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 554 5 £130.00/US$220.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693633

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Biomaterials Advanced wound repair therapies Edited by D Farrar, Smith and Nephew, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 34

Wound repair is an important and lucrative sector of the medical industry. Consequently, significant and increasingly sophisticated biomaterials and strategies are continuously being developed. Advanced wound repair therapies provides readers with up-to-date information on fundamental, emerging and cutting-edge biomaterials concerned with healing internal and external surgical and traumatic wounds. Part one provides readers with an introduction to chronic wounds. Part two analyses therapies for chronic wounds. Chapters in part three discuss molecular therapies for chronic wounds whilst part four reviews biologically-derived and cellbased therapies for chronic wounds. The final group of chapters cover physical stimulation therapies for chronic wounds. CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction to chronic wounds: Dysfunctional wound healing in chronic wounds; The role of micro-organisms and biofilms in dysfunctional wound healing; Scarring and scarless wound healing; The discovery and development of new therapeutic treatments for the improvement of scarring; Monitoring chronic wounds and determining treatment. Part 2 Biomaterial therapies for chronic wounds: Functional requirements of wound repair biomaterials; Tissuebiomaterial interaction; Polymeric materials for chronic wound and burn dressings; Dry wound healing concept using spray-on dressing for chronic wounds; Assessing the effectiveness of antimicrobial wound dressings in vitro; Adhesives and interfacial phenomena in wound healing; Wound healing studies and interfacial phenomena: Use and relevance of the corneal model; Sulphonated biomaterials as glycosaminoglycan mimics in wound healing. Part 3 Molecular therapies for chronic wounds: Drug delivery dressings; Molecular and gene therapies for wound repair; Antimicrobial dressings; Avotermin: emerging evidence of efficacy for the improvement of scarring. Part 4 Biologically-derived and cell-based therapies for chronic wounds: Engineered tissues for wound repair; Commercialisation of engineered tissue products; Biologically derived scaffolds; Stem cell therapies for wound repair. Part 5 Physical stimulation therapies for chronic wounds: Electrical stimulation for wound healing; Negative pressure wound therapy; Debridement methods of non-viable tissue in wounds.

672 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 700 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 330 1 £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697006

NEW Biomaterials for spinal surgery Edited by L Ambrosio, Università di Napoli Federico II, Italy and E Tanner, University of Glasgow, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 39

There have been important developments in materials and therapies for the treatment of spinal conditions. Biomaterials for spinal surgery summarises this research and how it is being applied for the benefit of patients. After an introduction to the subject, part one reviews fundamental issues such as spinal conditions and their pathologies, spinal loads, modelling and osteobiologic agents in spinal surgery. Part two discusses the use of bone substitutes and artificial intervertebral discs whilst part three covers topics such as the use of injectable biomaterials like calcium phosphate for vertebroplasty and kyphoplasty as well as scoliosis implants. The final part of the book summarises developments in regenerative therapies such as the use of stem cells for intervertebral disc regeneration. CONTENTS

Introduction to biomaterials for spinal surgery. Part 1 Fundamentals of biomaterials for spinal surgery: An overview of the challenges of bringing a medical device for the spine to the market; Introduction to spinal pathologies and clinical problems of the spine; Forces on the spine; Finite element modelling of the spine; Osteobiologic agents in spine surgery. Part 2 Spinal fusion and intervertebral discs: Spine fusion: cages, plates and bone substitutes; Artificial intervertebral discs; Biological response to artificial discs. Part 3 Vertobroplasty and scoliosis surgery: The use of polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA) in neurosurgery; Optimising the properties of injectable materials for vertebraplasty and kyphoplasty; Injectable calcium phosphates for vertebral augmentation; Composite injectable materials for vertebroplasty; Scoliosis implants: surgical requirements; Shape memory, superelastic and low Young’s modulus alloys. Part 4 Regenerative medicine in the spine: Cellbased tissue engineering approaches for disc regeneration; Angiogenesis control in spine regeneration; Stem cells for disc regeneration; Nucleus regeneration; In vivo models of regenerative medicine in the spine.

652 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 986 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 619 7 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699864

Regenerative medicine and biomaterials for the repair of connective tissues Edited by C Archer and J Ralphs, Cardiff University, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 24 CONTENTS

Structure and regenerative capacity of synovial joint tissues; The myofibroblast in connective tissue repair and regeneration. Part 1 Cartilage repair and regeneration: Structure of articular cartilage; Measuring the biomechanical properties of cartilage cells; Understanding tissue response to cartilage injury; Understanding osteoarthritis and other cartilage diseases; Using animal models of cartilage repair to screen new clinical techniques; Cartilage tissue repair: autologous osteochondral mosaicplasty; Cartilage tissue repair: Autologous chondrocyte implantation; Cell sheet technologies for cartilage repair; Cell therapies for articular cartilage repair: Chondrocytes and mesenchymal stem cells; Scaffolds for musculoskeletal tissue engineering; Outcome measures of articular cartilage repair. Part 2 Repair of tendons and ligaments: The structure of tendons and ligaments; Tendon biomechanics; Tendon injury and repair mechanisms; Tissue engineering for ligament and tendon repair; Cell-based therapies for the repair and regeneration of tendons and ligaments; Scaffolds for tendon and ligament tissue engineering.

504 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 417 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 779 2 £160.00/US$270.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694173

Biomaterials and regenerative medicine in ophthalmology Edited by T V Chirila, Queensland Eye Institute, Australia Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 23 CONTENTS

An introduction to ophthalmic biomaterials and their application through tissue engineering and regenerative medicine. Part 1 Applications in the anterior segment: Advances in intraocular lens development; Opacification and degradation of implanted intraocular lenses; Synthetic corneal implants; Corneal tissue engineering versus synthetic artificial corneas; Tissue engineering of human cornea; Engineering the corneal epithelial cell response to materials; Reconstruction of the ocular surface using biomaterials; Tissue engineering of the lens: Fundamentals; Bioinspired biomaterials for soft contact lenses; Contact lenses: The search for superior oxygen permeability; Extended wear contact lenses. Part 2 Applications in the posterior segment: Designing hydrogels as vitreous substitutes in ophthalmic surgery; Retinal repair and regeneration; Development of tissue-engineered membranes for the culture and transplantation of retinal pigment epithelial cells. Part 3 Other applications: Hydrogel sealants for wound repair in ophthalmic surgery; Orbital enucleation implants: Biomaterials and design; Selected polymeric materials for orbital reconstruction; Physicochemical properties of hydrogels for use in ophthalmology.

560 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 443 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 743 3 £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694432

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Biomaterials Bone repair biomaterials Edited by Principal editor J A Planell, Institute for Bioengineering of Catalonia (IBEC), Spain, Section editors S M Best, University of Cambridge, UK, D Lacroix, Institute for Bioengineering of Catalonia (IBEC), Spain and A Merolli, The Catholic University in Rome, Italy Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 20 ‘The book is beautifully referenced. Certain chapters are recommended for all orthopaedic surgeons... For a new researcher it is an invaluable introduction from start to finish.’

Journal of Bone and Joint Surgery CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction: Challenges of bone repair; Bone anatomy, physiology and adaptation to mechanical loading; Bone repair and regeneration; Biomechanical aspects of bone repair. Part 2 Biomaterials: Properties and characterisation of bone repair materials; Metals as bone repair materials; Ceramics as bone repair materials; Polymers for bone repair; Composite biomaterials for bone repair; Cements as bone repair materials; Bioactive polymer coatings to improve bone repair; Long-term performance and failure of orthopaedic devices. Part 3 Clinical applications: Using bone repair materials in orthopaedic surgery; Bone tissue engineering; Retrieval and analysis of orthopaedic implants; Ethical issues in bone repair and bone tissue engineering.

496 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 385 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 661 0 £160.00/US$270.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693855

Orthopaedic bone cements Edited by S Deb, King’s College London, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 14 CONTENTS

Biomaterials and tissue engineering in urology

Materials science for dentistry Ninth edition B W Darvell, formerly University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong and now Professor in Dental Materials Science at Kuwait University, Kuwait.

Edited by J Denstedt, University of Western Ontario, Canada and A Atala, Wake Forest Institute for Regenerative Medicine, USA

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 19

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 18 CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals: Introduction to biofilms in urology: In vivo models for ureteral stents; Models for the assessment of biofilm and encrustation formation on urological materials. Part 2 Materials and design of urological devices: Ureteral stents: design and materials; Metal stents in the upper urinary tract; Coated ureteral stents; Proteus mirabilis biofilm formation and catheter design; Selflubricating catheter materials; Temporary urethral stents; Penile implants. Part 3 Urological tissue engineering: Artificial biomaterials for urological tissue engineering; Natural biomaterials for urological tissue engineering; Nanotechnology and urological tissue engineering; Assessing the performance of tissue-engineered urological implants; Regenerative pharmacology and bladder regeneration; Autologous cell sources for urological applications; Embryonic stem cells, nuclear transfer, and parthenogenesisderived stem cells for urological reconstruction; Amniotic fluid and placental stem cells as a source for urological regenerative medicine; The use of adipose progenitor cells in urology; Regenerative medicine of the urinary sphincter via an endoscopic approach; Regenerative medicine of the urinary sphincter via direct injection; Regenerative medicine for the urethra; Penile reconstruction; Tissue engineering in reproductive medicine; Regenerative medicine of the kidney; Stem cells and kidney regeneration; Techniques for engineering bladder tissue.

592 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 402 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 637 5 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694029

Biomaterials and devices for the circulatory system Edited by T Gourlay and R Black, University of Strathclyde, UK

‘… a truly excellent book that covers the topic in greater depth and with greater authority than other dental texts.’

Professor Timothy F. Watson, King’s College London, UK CONTENTS

Mechanical testing; Gypsum materials; Polymers; Rheology; Acrylic; Resin restorative materials; Flexible impression materials; Composition and phase diagrams; Cements and liners; Surfaces; Metals I: Structure; Metals II: Constitution; Corrosion; Silver Amalgam; Mixing; Waxes; Casting investments; Casting; Casting alloys; Cutting, abrasion and polishing; Steel and cermet; Soldering and welding; Mechanics; Light and colour; Porcelain; Radiography; More polymers; More metals; More mechanical testing.

688 pages 280 X 210mm (8 x 11) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 529 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 667 2 £49.00/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695293

Dental biomaterials Imaging, testing and modelling Edited by R V Curtis and T F Watson, King’s College London, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 10 CONTENTS

Characterizing the performance of dental air-turbine handpieces; Optical imaging techniques for dental biomaterials interfaces; Electron microscopy for imaging interfaces in dental restorations; Dental adhesives and adhesive performance; Mechanical stability of resindentin bonds; Dental cements: Formulations and handling techniques; Mixed-methods approach to wear evaluation in posterior composite dental restorations; Shape optimisation of dental restorations; Fibre-reinforced composites for dental applications; Fracture mechanics characterisation of dental biomaterials; Modelling bond strength in dental biomaterials; Fracture and ageing of dentin; Finite element analysis of stresses in dental crowns; Testing the performance of dental implants; Superplastic forming of dental and maxillofacial prostheses; Dental investment materials for casting metals and alloys.

Part 1 Bone cements in medicine: Bone disease; Hip replacements; Knee replacements; Vertebroplasty and kyphoplasty; Antibiotic-impregnated polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) spacers in hip surgery; Commercial aspects and delivery systems of bone cements; Wear particles and osteolysis. Part 2 Materials: Acrylic bone cement: Genesis and evolution; Poly(methylmethacrylate) bone cement: Chemical composition and chemistry; Calcium phosphate bone cements. Part 3 Properties of bone cements: Mechanical properties of bone cements; Fracture toughness and fatigue characteristics of bone cements; Dynamic creep in bone cements. Part 4 Enhancing the properties of bone cements; Antibiotic-loaded bone cements; Modifications of bone cements; Design of bioactive bone cement based on organic-inorganic hybrids; Clinical aspects of calcium phosphate bone cements.

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 27 CONTENTS

Part 1 Physiological responses to biomaterials: Tissue responses to implanted materials; Blood interface biomaterials; Biocompatibility of cardiovascular devices. Part 2 Clinical application of biomaterials: Developments in cardiovascular valve technology; Percutaneous cardiovascular valve replacement; Cardiopulmonary bypass technologies; Cardiovascular stents; Vascular implants for peripheral arterial bypass and aortic aneurysm repair. Part 3 Future developments: Nanotechnology and nanomedicine in cardiovascular therapy; Biomaterials in cardiac restoration therapy; Biosensor technology in the treatment of cardiovascular disease; Vascular tissue engineering.

528 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 296 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 424 1 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692964

424 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 376 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 517 0 £160.00/US$270.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693763

400 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 464 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 055 3 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694647

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 11 CONTENTS

Joint replacement technology Edited by P A Revell, University College London, UK

Part 1 Introduction. Part 2 Material and mechanical issues. Part 3 The device biological environment. Part 4 Specific joints: Hip replacement.

696 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 245 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 480 7 £190.00/US$325.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692452

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Biomaterials CLINICAL TECHNIQUES NEW Decontamination in hospitals and healthcare Edited by J Walker, Health Protection Agency, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 62

Effective infection control in the healthcare sector is vital to public health, therefore methods to continually monitor and treat contamination are a major concern of governments around the globe. This unique book will bring an understanding of decontamination to a wider audience interested in public health, including healthcare specialists, scientists or patients. The first set of chapters provides readers with an introduction to decontamination in the international healthcare sector. A second set of chapters look at decontamination practises in hospitals and healthcare settings. The third group of chapters discuss decontamination of surgical equipment and endoscopes. CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of decontamination in hospitals and healthcare: The importance of decontamination in hospitals and healthcare; The history of decontamination in hospitals; Biofilms - problems in the healthcare setting and methods of control; The role of standards in decontamination; Infection control in Europe. Part 2 Decontamination practices in hospitals and healthcare: An overview of current decontamination practices of surgical instruments; Decontamination in primary care: dental and hospital perspectives; Decontamination in primary care - dental unit water systems and microbial control in dental hospitals; Control of waterborne microorganisms and reducing the threat from Legionella and Pseudomonas; Use of gaseous decontamination technologies for wards and isolation rooms in hospitals and healthcare settings; Biocides and Decontamination agents including sporicides for decontamination in hospitals; Cleaning for controlling health care associated infections (HCAIs); The role of protective clothing in healthcare and its decontamination; New technologies to control the presence of microorganisms in hospitals; Testing strategies and international standards for disinfectants; Decontamination of prions. Part 3 Decontamination of surgical instruments and endoscopes: An overview of choice framework for policies and protocols for decontamination; Efficacy of current and novel cleaning technologies (ID Box) for assessing protein contamination on surgical instruments; Decontamination and microbiological failures of endoscopes; The role of sterilisation in endoscopes.

690 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q4 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 657 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 669 2 Approx. £175.00/US$300.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857096579

NEW The hip resurfacing handbook A practical guide for the use and management of modern hip resurfacings Edited by K De Smet, ANCA Clinic, Belgium, P Campbell, UCLA, USA and C Van Der Straeten, Consultant, Belgium Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 47

Surface arthroplasty (surface replacement) of the hip with metal-on-metal bearings is one of the fastest growing areas within the field of joint surgery. Chapters in part one provide readers with information on a wide range of hip resurfacing designs. Part two focuses on clinical follow-up to hip resurfacing. Part three discusses a variety of operative techniques whilst the final section provides readers with case studies and conclusions. CONTENTS

Part 1 Hip resurfacing designs: The ACCIS hip resurfacing prosthesis; The ADEPT® hip resurfacing prosthesis; The DePuy Articular Surface Replacement (ASR) hip resurfacing prosthesis; The Birmingham Hip Resurfacing (BHR) prosthesis; The Conserve® Plus hip resurfacing prosthesis; The CormetTM hip resurfacing prosthesis; The Durom hip resurfacing prosthesis; The ESKA hip resurfacing prosthesis; The ICON hip resurfacing prosthesis; The MRS Modular Hip Resurfacing prosthesis; The MIHR International® hip resurfacing prosthesis; The MITCH hip resurfacing prosthesis; The BIOMET RECAP hip resurfacing prosthesis; The ROMAX® hip resurfacing system; The Tornier DynaMoM hip resurfacing prosthesis; Design issues and comparison of hip resurfacing prostheses. Part 2 Clinical follow-up: Clinical follow-up of the hip resurfacing patient; Acoustic phenomena in hip resurfacing; Rehabilitation of patients after hip resurfacing; The use of radiography to evaluate hip resurfacing; The use of bone scintigraphy to evaluate hip resurfacing; The use of ultrasound to evaluate hip resurfacing; The use of Computerized Tomography (CT) to evaluate hip resurfacing; The use of magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) to evaluate hip resurfacing; The use of Positron Emission Tomography (PET) to evaluate hip resurfacing; The use of dual energy x-ray absorptiometry (DEXA) to evaluate hip resurfacing; The use of metal ion level measurements to evaluate hip resurfacing; The practical application of metal ion level measurement in evaluating hip resurfacing. Part 3 Operative techniques: Comparing surgical techniques in hip resurfacing; Surgical technique in hip resurfacing: The modified posterior approach; Surgical technique in hip resurfacing: The anterior approach; Tips and tricks for successful hip resurfacing; Surgical instruments in hip resurfacing; Anaesthesia in hip resurfacing; Revision surgery for failed hip resurfacing. Part 4 Failure modes in hip resurfacing; Retrieval studies showing failure modes in hip resurfacing; Case studies of femoral neck fractures in hip resurfacing; Case studies of femoral loosening and femoral head collapse in hip resurfacing; Case studies of acetabular loosening in hip resurfacing; Case studies of acetabular malposition and high wear in hip resurfacing; Case studies of suspected metal allergy in hip resurfacing. Part 5 General issues: The patient experience of hip resurfacing; Comparing hip resurfacing arthroplasty (HRA) and total hip arthroplasty (THA); The current regulatory status of hip resurfacing arthroplasty (HRA); Web sites relating to hip resurfacing.

Preprosthetic and maxillofacial surgery Biomaterials, bone grafting and tissue engineering Edited by J Ferri, Roger Salengro Hospital, France and E Hunziker, University of Bern, Switzerland Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 32

One of the most important factors in ensuring successful osseointegration is the stability of the implant after its insertion. In order to achieve optimum conditions for implantation, it is often necessary to prepare the area and reconstruct the bone to ensure that it is the correct shape and size for the implant. Preprosthetic and maxillofacial surgery provides a thorough review of the current status and future direction of this important field. Part one reviews bone grafting for implantology and reconstructive preprosthetic surgery. Chapters in part two discuss reconstruction and rehabilitation whilst the final group of chapters analyse tissue engineering applications. CONTENTS

Bone tissue engineering. Part 1 Bone reconstruction in implantology and reconstructive preprosthetic surgery: Fundamentals of bone grafting in implantology; Cranial bone grafting in maxillary preprosthetic surgery; Maxillary sinus grafting for implant insertion; Symphyseal and alveolar reconstruction in preprosthetic surgery; Mandible corpus reconstruction for implant insertion: The available techniques; Alveolar bi-directional distraction in preprosthetic surgery; Alveolar widening using distraction osteogenesis (DO) in maxillofacial surgery; Bone grafting and Le fort 1 osteotomy in cases of major atrophy of the maxilla. Part 2 Reconstruction in particular situations: Applications of biomaterials in alveolar and maxillofacial bone reconstruction; Implants in congenital missing teeth; Maxillo-mandibular amputations and implants rehabilitation; Alveolar reconstruction in cleft for implant rehabilitation; Bone reconstruction in irradiated situations; Periodontal surgery related to alveolar bone reconstruction for implant insertion. Part 3 Tissue engineering: Mucosal and gingival tissue engineering; Osteoinductivization of dental implants and bone-defect-filling materials; Tissue engineering and endodontics; Tooth regeneration: Current status.

400 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 589 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 242 7 £140.00/US$240.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695897

624 pages 279 x 216mm (8 x 11) hardback Q1 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84569 948 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 620 3 Approx. £215.00/US$365.00/€260.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699482

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Biomaterials MATERIALS NEW Characterization of biomaterials Edited by M Jaffe, New Jersey Institute of Technology, W Hammond, P Tolias, University of Medicine and Dentistry New Jersey and T Arinzeh, New Jersey Institute of Technology, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 64

Biomaterials and medical devices must be rigorously tested in the laboratory before they can be implanted in test subjects. Furthermore, by testing devices and materials quickly and efficiently in the laboratory, it is possible to increase the number of materials which may be studied and produce working implants faster. Characterization of biomaterials discusses the latest methods of characterizing materials in order to define the properties and pitfalls of potential biomaterials. Part one discusses the physical and chemical characterization of biomaterials. Part two reviews in-vitro characterization of biomaterial behaviour, whilst the final section assesses the effects of biomaterials on living cells. CONTENTS

Part 1 Physical and chemical characterization of biomaterials: Understanding the phase characteristics of biomaterials; Microscopy techniques for analyzing the phase nature and morphology of biomaterials; Molecular imaging techniques for analyzing the phase orientation of biomaterials; Techniques for analyzing biomaterial chemistry. Part 2 In vitro characterization of biomaterial behaviour: Quantitative assays for measuring cell adhesion and motility in biomaterials; Assays for determining cell differentiation in biomaterials; Bioreactors for evaluating cell infiltration and tissue formation in biomaterials; Techniques for analyzing protein adsorption in biomaterials. Part 3 Assessing the effects of biomaterials on living cells: Evaluating the biocompatibility of biomaterials; Assessing the mutagenic effects of biomaterials: Analyzing the cellular genome and abnormalities; Using microarrays to measure cellular changes induced by biomaterials; Assessing changes in gene expression in cells induced by biomaterials.

352 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84569 810 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 368 4 Approx. £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845698102

NEW Biomimetic biomaterials Structure and applications

NEW Diamond based materials for biomedical applications

Edited by A Ruys, University of Sydney, Australia

Edited by R Narayan, University of North Carolina, USA

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 57

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 55

Researchers and materials scientists are turning to biomimetics as a way to meet the needs for biocompatible, long-lasting materials. Biomimetic biomaterials are synthetic materials which are designed to emulate the natural phenomena from the animal and plant kingdoms. Recent research has revealed that this novel approach can be applied to applications such as soft and hard tissue engineering, adhesives and coatings. This book will provide readers with a thorough overview of the structure and applications of these novel materials. The first set of chapters discuss the structure and surfaces of biomimetic materials whilst the second set of chapters review the biomedical applications.

Carbon has many uses within biomaterials and it exhibits many desirable properties; it is light weight, strong, conductive and can mimic natural materials within the body. Consequently a great deal of research and funding is being put into this interesting material with a view to increasing the variety of medical applications for which it is suitable. The first set of chapters discuss the fundamentals and properties of carbon whilst a final group of chapters discuss novel applications of the material.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Structure and surfaces of biomimetic biomaterials: Hierarchical structure, mechanical properties and fabrication of biomimetic biomaterials; Biomimetic coatings for biomaterial surfaces; Biomimetic biomaterial adhesives and interfaces. Part 2 Applications of biomimetic biomaterials; Biomimetic materials in regenerative medicine; Biomimetic scaffolds for stem cell tissue engineering; Biomimetic modification of injectable hydrogel collagen matrix proteins for tissue repair; Structure, preparation and applications of biomimetic hydrogels for tissue engineering scaffolds; Biomimetic potential of chitin-based composites for biomedical applications.

270 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 416 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 888 7 Approx. £120.00/US$205.00/€145.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094162

Biomedical composites

CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction to diamond based materials for medical applications: Introduction to medical applications of diamonds and surfaces; Functionalisation of diamond surfaces for medical applications; Biotribology and biological behaviour of nanocrystalline diamond (NCD) coatings for medical applications; Blood compatibility of diamond-like carbon coatings for medical applications. Part 2 Biomedical applications of diamond based materials: Nanostructured diamond coatings for orthopaedic applications; Ultrananocrystalline diamond (UNCD) films for ophthalmological applications; Ultrananocrystalline diamond (UNCD) for neural applications; Nano-diamonds for drug delivery systems; Diamond-based materials for microfluidic devices.

300 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 340 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 351 6 Approx. £130.00/US$220.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857093400

Shape memory alloys for biomedical applications Edited by T Yoneyama, Nihon University and S Miyazaki, University of Tsukuba, Japan

Edited by L Ambrosio, National Research Council, Italy

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 15 CONTENTS

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 21 CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction to biocomposites. Part 2 Particular applications of biocomposites. Part 3 Biocompatibility, mechanical behaviour and failure of biocomposites. Part 4 The future for biocomposites.

648 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 436 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 737 2 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694364

Part 1 Materials: The shape memory effect and superelasticity in Ti-Ni alloys; Mechanical properties of shape memory alloys; Thermodynamics of the shape memory effect in Ti-Ni alloys; Alternative shape memory alloys; Fabrication of shape memory alloy parts; Response of Ti-Ni alloys for dental biomaterials to conditions in the mouth; Understanding, predicting and preventing failure of Ti-Ni shape memory alloys used in medical implants; Surface modification of Ti-Ni alloys for biomedical applications; Biocompatibility of Nitinol for biomedical applications. Part 2 Medical and dental devices: Self-expanding Nitinol stents for the treatment of vascular disease; Orthodontic devices using Ti-Ni shape memory alloys; Endodontic instruments for root canal treatment using Ti-Ni shape memory alloys; Regulation orthopaedic, dental, endovascular and other applications of Ti-Ni shape memory alloys.

352 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 344 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 524 8 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693442

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Biomaterials NEW Wear of orthopaedic implants and artificial joints Edited by S Affatato, Istituto Ortopedico Rizzoli di Bologna, Italy Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 41

This important book reviews the causes and prevention of implant wear. Part one discusses fundamental issues such as tissue response to wear, the anatomy and biomechanics of hips and knees as well as the materials and design issues they raise for hip, knee and other types of orthopaedic implant. Part two considers wear phenomena in a range of materials, including ultra-high molecular weight (UHMWPE), metal and ceramic joints. It also covers surgical and other factors influencing wear as well as ways of detecting, analysing and predicting implant wear and failure. CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of implant wear: Introduction to wear phenomenon of orthopaedic implants; Biology of implant wear; Biomechanics of the hip and knee: implant wear; Anatomy of the hip and suitable prostheses; Anatomy of the knee and suitable prostheses; Orthopaedic implant materials and design; Materials used for hip and knee implants. Part 2 Wear phenomenon: The wear phenomenon of Ultra-High Molecular Weight Polyethylene (UHMWPE) joints; The wear phenomenon of metal joints; Wear phenomenon of ceramic joints; The influence of surgical techniques on implant wear; Factors contributing to orthopaedic implant wear; Diagnosis and surveillance of orthopaedic implants; Failure analysis of orthopaedic implants; Wear prediction of orthopaedic implants.

448 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 128 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 612 8 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091284

Bioceramics and their clinical applications

NEW Coatings for biomedical applications Edited by M Driver, Vertellus, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 37

Part 1 Fundamentals of bioceramics: The structure and mechanical properties of bone; Fabrication processes for bioceramics; The microstructure of bioceramics and its analysis; The mechanical properties of bioceramics; The design of ceramics for joint replacement; Cellular response to bioactive ceramics; In vitro evaluation of bone bioactivity; Osteoconduction and its evaluation; Osteoinduction and its evaluation. Part 2 Types of bioceramics: Alumina ceramics; Zirconia ceramics; Bioactive glasses; Bioactive glass-ceramics; Calcium sulphate; Tricalcium phosphate-based ceramics; Hydroxyapatite; Tricalcium phosphate/hydroxyapatite biphasic ceramics; Si-substituted hydroxyapatite; Calcium phosphate cement; Calcium phosphate coatings; Titania-based materials; Ceramic-polymer composites; Dental ceramics; Dental glass-ceramics. Part 3 Clinical applications of bioceramics: Clinical application of bioactive glasses; Clinical application of bioactive glass-ceramics; Clinical application of hydroxyapatite; Clinical applications of alumina ceramics in joint replacement; Clinical applications of ceramics/ polyethylene in joint replacement; Tissue engineering using bioceramics.

Materials, properties and applications Edited by H O Ylänen, Tampere University of Technology, Finland Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 36

The biomaterials sector is rapidly expanding due to the increase in healthcare spending worldwide. Coatings and surface modification of biomaterials provides a means to improve the wear of joints, change the biological interaction between implant and host and combine the properties of various materials to improve device performance. The considerable interest in coatings for biomedical applications has resulted in a great deal of research in industry and academia. This book provides a comprehensive review of coatings and surface modification for biomedical applications, including background, theory, materials and applications. The clear structure and concise review of research provides a valuable resource to researchers in the field of biomedical coatings.

Due to their biocompatibility and bioactivity, bioactive glasses are used extensively as implant materials throughout the human body to replace or repair damaged tissue. Once in vivo, this man-made material gradually transforms to mimic natural bone. Consequently, this material has been used extensively since its invention in the 60s and is widely researched throughout the world. Bioactive glasses provides the reader with a comprehensive review of the current status of this unique material and its applications, technologies and future trends. The first part of the book discusses materials and mechanical properties with chapters on spun bioactive glasses, cell interaction and regulatory issues. Part two reviews a wide range of applications in fields such as tissue engineering, orthopaedics and wound healing.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Coating types and applications: Hydrophilic coatings for biomedical applications in and ex vivo; Mineral coatings for orthopaedic applications; Other commonlyused biomedical coatings: Pyrolytic carbon coatings; Electrochemical surface modifications of titanium and titanium alloys for biomedical applications; Surface preparation techniques for biomedical applications; Characterization of biomedical coatings. Part 2 Case studies: Coatings for cardiovascular devices: Coronary stents; Coatings for cardiovascular devices: Extracorporeal circuits; Surface coatings for ventricular assist devices; Orthopaedic coatings; Surface coatings in urology; Ophthalmic coatings.

376 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 568 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 367 7 £140.00/US$240.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695682

Edited by T Kokubo, Chubu University, Japan Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 9 CONTENTS

Bioactive glasses

Part 1 Materials and mechanical properties of bioactive glass: Melt-derived bioactive glasses; Surface modification of bioactive glasses; Cell interaction with bioactive glasses and ceramics; Regulatory aspects of bioactive glass. Part 2 Applications of bioactive glass: Bioactive glass and glass ceramic scaffolds for bone tissue engineering; Nanoscaled bioactive glass particles and nanofibres; Bioactive glasses containing composites for bone and musculoskeletal tissue engineering scaffolds; Use of bioactive glasses as bone substitutes in orthopaedics and traumatology; Bioactive glass S53P4 as a bone graft substitute in the treatment of osteomyelitis; Bioactive glass for maxillofacial and dental repair; Bioactive glass and biodegradable polymer composites; Bioactive glasses for wound healing.

288 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 768 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 331 8 £125.00/US$210.00/€150.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697686

Hyaluronan Proceedings of an international meeting, September 2000, North East Wales Institute, UK Edited by J F Kennedy, University of Birmingham, G O Phillips, Phillips Hydrocolloid Research Ltd, P A Williams, North East Wales Institute of Higher Education, UK and Guest editor V C Hascall, Lerner Research Institute, USA 2 volumes (vol 1: 600 pages, vol 2: 552 pages) 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2002 ISBN: 978 1 85573 570 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 312 1 £445.00/US$755.00/€535.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735705

784 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 204 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 422 7 £195.00/US$330.00/€235.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692049

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Biomaterials Bioactive materials in medicine

Biomedical hydrogels

Injectable biomaterials

Design and applications

Biochemistry, manufacture and medical applications

Edited by B Vernon, Arizona State University, USA

Edited by X Zhao, China Research Academy of Bioactive Molecules and Materials (RABMM) and University of Strathclyde, UK, J M Courtney, University of Strathclyde, UK and H Qian, Queen Mary University London, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 33

Bioactive materials in medicine provides readers with information on the current status and developments in bioactive materials for medical applications. Initial chapters focus on the fundamentals of bioactive materials with chapters on such topics as nanotechnology and tissue engineering. Further chapters discuss laboratory design techniques with a view to clinical applications. The final chapters review current biomedical applications such as drug delivery, gene therapy, plastic surgery and the future direction of this increasingly important field. CONTENTS

Introduction to bioactive materials in medicine. Part 1 Designing bioactive materials for use in medicine: Molecular design of bioactive materials with controlled bioactivity; Bioactive materials and nanotechnology; Bioactive materials and tissue engineering. Part 2 Applications of bioactive materials in medicine: Antibacterial bioactive materials; Bioactive materials in orthopaedics; Bioactive materials in the circulatory system; Bioactive materials in gene therapy; Bioactive materials in plastic surgery and body reconstruction; Bioactive materials in drug delivery systems.

288 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 624 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 293 9 £125.00/US$210.00/€150.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696245

Natural-based polymers for biomedical applications Principal editor: R L Reis, Section editors: N M Neves, J F Mano, M E Gomes, A P Marques and H S Azevedo, University of Minho, Portugal

Science and applications

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 30

Edited by S Rimmer, University of Sheffield, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 31

Hydrogels are a type of polymer which, through a range of chemistries, can be manipulated to alter and control the hydrogel’s interactions with cells and tissues. Due to their significant water content, hydrogels possess a degree of flexibility similar to natural tissue. This book explores the diverse range and use of hydrogels, focusing on processing methods and novel applications. Chapters in part one review methods of synthesising hydrogels, including chapters on hydrogel swelling and controlling the structure and properties of hydrogels. The final group of chapters analyse applications such as spinal implants and ophthalmic prostheses. CONTENTS

Part 1 Processing of hydrogels: Hydrogel swelling behaviour and its biomedical applications; Superabsorbent cellulosebased hydrogels for biomedical applications; Synthesis of hydrogels – control of structure and properties; Processing and fabrication technologies for biomedical hydrogels; Regulation of novel biomedical hydrogel products; Failure of hydrogel implants – mechanical properties. Part 2 Applications: Spinal disc implants using hydrogels; Hydrogels for intraocular lenses and other ophthalmic prostheses; Cartilage replacement implants using hydrogels; Imaging implants in situ.

288 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 590 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 138 3 £125.00/US$210.00/€150.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695903

CONTENTS

Part 1 Materials and properties: Designing clinically useful substitutes for the extracellular matrix; Designing ceramics for injectable bone graft substitutes; Rheological properties of injectable biomaterials; Improving mechanical properties of injectable polymers and composites. Part 2 Clinical applications: Drug delivery applications of injectable biomaterials; Tissue engineering applications of injectable biomaterials; Vascular applications of injectable biomaterials; Orthopaedic applications of injectable biomaterials; Dental applications of injectable biomaterials; Injectable polymeric carriers for gene delivery systems. Part 3 Technologies and developments: Environmentally responsive injectable materials; Injectable nanotechnology; Injectable biodegradable materials; Troubleshooting and hurdles to development of biomaterials; Biocompatibility of injectable materials; Future applications of injectable biomaterials: The use of microgels as modular injectable scaffolds.

432 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 588 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 137 6 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695880

Biomedical polymers Edited by M Jenkins, University of Birmingham, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 7 ‘...this publication offers an unsurpassable opportunity to facilitate immersion in a rapidly expanding interdisciplinary area.’ ‘...a source of reference for scientists and, in general, all professionals involved in the development and use of this important group of biomaterials.’

Revista de Plásticos Modernos

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 12 CONTENTS

CONTENTS

Part 1 Sources, properties, modification and processing of natural-based polymers. Part 2 Surface modification and biomimetic coatings. Part 3 Biodegradable scaffolds and hydrogels for tissue regeneration. Part 4 Naturally-derived hydrogels in tissue engineering and regenerative medicine. Part 5 Systems for the sustained release of molecules. Part 6 Biocompatibility of natural-based polymers.

Introduction to polymeric scaffolds for tissue engineering; Introduction to polymeric drug delivery systems; Hydrogels in cell encapsulation and tissue engineering; Biodegradable polymers for drug delivery systems; Polymers as replacement materials for heart valves and arteries; Ultra-High Molecular Weight Polyethylene (UHMWPE) in joint replacement; Polymers in biosensors; Tissue engineering using natural polymers.

832 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 264 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 481 4 £200.00/US$340.00/€240.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692643

236 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 070 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 364 0 £130.00/US$220.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845690700

The development of novel injectable biomaterials to be used in non-invasive surgical procedures has attracted much attention in recent years. Their easy deliverability into the body is the critical advantage, since it allows their deployment to the implantation site using minimally invasive surgical techniques. Injectable biomaterials provides comprehensive coverage of this important technology. Part one discusses materials and mechanical properties of injectable biomaterials. Chapters in part two cover clinical applications such as drug delivery and a final group of chapters analyse technologies and developments.

Metals for biomedical devices Edited by M Niinomi, Tohoku University, Japan Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 25 CONTENTS

Part 1 General introduction: Overview of metals and biomedical applications; Metal selection for biomedical devices. Part 2 Mechanical behaviour, degradation and testing of metals for biomedical devices: Mechanical properties of metallic biomaterials; Corrosion of metallic biomaterials; Fatigue and failure of metallic biomaterials; Mechanical testing of metallic biomaterials; Wear testing of metallic biomaterials; Biocompatibility of metallic biomaterials. Part 3 Processing metals for biomedical applications: Forging metals and alloys for biomedical applications; Surface treatment of metallic biomaterials; Coatings for metallic biomaterials; Biocompatible polymer assembly on metal surfaces; Sterilisation and cleaning of metallic biomaterials. Part 4 Specific applications of metals for biomedical devices: Orthopaedic applications of metallic biomaterials; New generation metallic biomaterials; Degradable metallic biomaterials for cardiovascular applications.

432 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 434 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 924 6 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694340

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Biomaterials MEDICAL TEXTILES

Textiles for hygiene and infection control

Handbook of medical textiles

NEW Biotextiles as medical implants

Edited by B J McCarthy, TechniTex Faraday Limited, UK

Edited by V Bartels, Bartels Scientific Consulting GmbH, Germany

Edited by M W King, B S Gupta, North Carolina State University, USA and R Guidoin, Laval University Quebec, Canada

Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 108

Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 100

Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 113

With issues such as a rising population and increasing concerns surrounding the environment and infection prevention, the need to understand and improve hygiene and healthcare products has become increasingly important. This book begins with an insight into the types of fibres used and explores how hygiene and infection control textiles are designed and produced. Concluding chapters discuss a range of applications.

This invaluable reference provides a broad overview of the different types of medical textiles, as well as focusing on specialised topics. Part one discusses the types and properties of medical textiles from reusable textiles to fabrics with cosmetic effects. Part two focuses on how textiles interact with skin. Part three provides the latest developments in textiles for hygiene and infection control and part four concludes by providing a range of applications and case studies.

This book provides an invaluable single source of information on the main types of textile materials and products used for medical implants. The first series of chapters provide the reader with an overview of biotextile structures, the types of textiles used for medical implants and processing issues. The second group of chapters focus on the different types of biotextile implants, including sutures and cardiovascular implants. CONTENTS

Part 1 Technologies: Biotextile fibres, yarn and fabric production; Nanofibers for biotextile applications; Surface modification of textiles; Sterilisation techniques for biotextiles; Regulation of biotextiles for medical use; Assessing the effectiveness of biotextiles as medical implants. Part 2 Applications: Drug delivery systems using biotextiles; Surgival sutures; Embolic protection devices; Septal defect repair; Anterior cruciate ligament prostheses; Percutaneous heart valves; Cartilage; Neural tissues.

Published in association with The Textile Institute 450 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84569 439 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 560 2 Approx. £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694395

Smart textiles for medicine and healthcare

CONTENTS

Part 1 Design and production techniques for hygiene textiles: The design of novel hygiene textile products; Nanotechnology and its applications in medical hygiene textiles; Use of knitted spacer fabrics for hygiene applications; Innovative and sustainable packaging strategies for hygiene products; Biodegradable hygiene products. Part 2 Design and production techniques for infection-control textiles: Microorganisms, infection and the role of textiles; Creating barrier textiles through plasma processing; Disposable and reusable medical textiles; Ensuring fabrics survive sterilisation. Part 3 Product types: Washable textile-based absorbent products for incontinence; Biological containment suits used in microbiological high containment facilities and by emergency responders; Coated textiles for skin infections; Antimicrobial treatments of textiles for hygiene and infection control applications: an industrial perspective.

Published in association with The Textile Institute 240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 636 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 370 7 £130.00/US$220.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696368

Materials, systems and applications Edited by L Van Langenhove, University of Ghent, Belgium Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 63 Published in association with The Textile Institute 336 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 027 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 293 3 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845690274

Edited by S C Anand, University of Bolton, J F Kennedy, Chembiotech Ltd, UK, M Miraftab and S Rajendran, University of Bolton Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 48 CONTENTS Basic biomaterials; Healthcare and hygiene products; Infection control and barrier materials; Bandaging and pressure garments; Woundcare materials; Implantable devices; Medical devices; Smart technologies.

520 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 683 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 410 4 £175.00/US$300.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855736832

Part 1 Types and properties of medical textiles: Modern textiles and biomaterials for healthcare; Hi-tech textiles for interactive wound therapies; Reusable medical textiles; Nonwoven materials and technologies for medical applications; Textiles for implants and regenerative medicine; Textiles with cosmetic effects; Drug-releasing textiles; Medical textiles and thermal comfort. Part 2 Textiles and the skin: Contact sensations of medical textiles on the skin; Mechanical skin irritations due to textiles; Allergies caused by textiles; Biofunctional textiles based on cellulose and their approaches for therapy and prevention of atopic eczema. Part 3 Textiles for hygiene: Infection prevention and control and the role of medical textiles; Absorbent products for personal health care and hygiene; Bio-functional textiles; Hospital laundries and their role in medical textiles; Odour control of medical textiles. Part 4 Medical textile case studies and applications: Textiles for medical filters; Textiles for patient heat preservation during operations; Evaluation of occupational clothing for surgeons: achieving comfort and avoiding physiological stress through suitable gowns; Superabsorbents and their medical applications; Nanofibrous textiles in medical applications.

Published in association with The Textile Institute

Advanced textiles for wound care Edited by S Rajendran, University of Bolton, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 85 ‘…a detailed and thorough look into this exciting application of textiles.’

International Textile and Apparel Association

Medical textiles and biomaterials for healthcare

CONTENTS

Part 1 The use of textiles in particular aspects of wound care: Wound management and dressings; Testing dressings and wound management materials; Textile materials and structures for wound care products; Interactive dressings and their role in moist wound management; Bioactive dressings to promote wound healing; Advanced textiles for wound compression; Antimicrobial textiles dressings in managing wound infection; Novel textiles in managing burns and other chronic wounds. Part 2 Types of advanced textile for wound care: Drug delivery dressings; The use of ‘smart’ textiles for wound care; Composite dressings for wound care; Textilebased scaffolds for tissue engineering.

Published in association with The Textile Institute 360 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 271 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 630 6 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692711

608 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 691 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 369 1 £175.00/US$300.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696917

Medical and healthcare textiles Edited by S C Anand, University of Bolton, J F Kennedy, Chembiotech Ltd, M Miraftab and S Rajendran, University of Bolton, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 75 CONTENTS

Part 1 Infection control and barrier materials. Part 2 Healthcare and hygiene products. Part 3 Wound care materials. Part 4 Bandaging and pressure garments. Part 5 Implantable materials. Part 6 Medical devices. Part 7 Smart materials and technologies. Part 8 Industry standards and regulations.

Published in association with The Textile Institute 560 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 224 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 034 8 £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692247

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Biomaterials TECHNOLOGIES AND PERFORMANCE NEW Microfluidics for biomedical applications Edited by X-J J Li, University of Texas and Y Zhou, Genus Plc, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 61

Microfluidic devices are used to manipulate fluid such as blood, cell suspensions and therapies. This important technology is suitable for numerous applications from drug delivery to tissue engineering. The use of microfluidics in medicine is still evolving. As microfluidic devices can be cheaply made and are small, applications are continually being researched and produced in the medical field. This important book discusses the fundamentals of microfluidics and will provide information on a wide range of medical applications. The first set of chapters discuss the fundamentals of microfluidic devices for medical applications. Subsequent chapters look at drug delivery applications, applications in cell biology, tissue engineering and diagnostics. In the final set of chapters, sensing applications are then reviewed. CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of microfluidic technologies: Glass and polymer (PC, PMMA, COC/COP) fabrication techniques for microfluidic medical devices; Digital microfluidics technologies for biomedical devices; Nanoimprint lithography for microfluidic medical devices; Components for fluid delivery, transport and control for microfluidic medical devices; Actuation mechanisms for microfluidic medical devices; Medical micro-device surface coatings. Part 2 Microfluidics for drug delivery and discovery applications: Controlled release of drugs and therapeutic proteins using microfluidic devices; Microneedles for drug delivery applications. Part 3 Microfluidics for cell manipulation and analysis: Microfluidics for cell manipulation; Microfluidics for single-cell analysis; Automated micro-robotic cell injection. Part 4 Microfluidics for tissue engineering applications: Microfluidics for developing tissue scaffolds; Organs on a chip - microfluidic devices for analyzing and supporting gut function; Microfluidic devices for analysing and culturing stem cells; Smart bioMEMS implants for medical applications. Part 5 Microfluidics for diagnostic applications: Microfluidics for monitoring pancreatic islets in the detection of diabetes; Microfluidic immunoassays for protein analysis; Point-ofcare microdevices for glucose and lithium measurement; Low-cost microfluidic diagnosis of glucose and protein; Microfluidics for genetic analysis. Part 6 Microfluidics for biomedical sensing and imaging: Optical and electrochemical microfluidic biosensors using nanostructured materials; Micro-reactor: Microfluidic chips for the systhesis of positron emission tomography in clinical diagnosis.

690 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q4 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 697 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 704 0 Approx. £175.00/US$300.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857096975

NEW Biomedical imaging Applications and advances Edited by P Morris, University of Nottingham, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 63

The development of imaging techniques is of great importance for the monitoring of medical implants, diagnosis of disease and for strategies for personalised medicine. Significant advances are being made in this technology and this book will discuss the latest advances and developments in this increasingly important field. The book begins with an introduction to the field and its various technologies. Following on from this, chapters provide readers with a wide ranging review of medical applications such as brain, ophthalmic, musculoskeletal and whole body imaging. This text will be invaluable to those concerned with imaging and diagnosis. CONTENTS

PET imaging; Intravascular MR; Atomic force microscopy; Role of quantitative image biomarkers for the assessment of therapy response in brain tumor; Ophthalmic imaging; Methods for detecting ischaemic heart disease; Musculoskeletal imaging; Whole body imaging; Intravascular MR.

300 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q4 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 127 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 747 7 Approx. £130.00/US$220.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091277

Medical modelling The application of advanced design and development techniques in medicine R Bibb, University of Wales, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 5

Medical modelling is an increasingly important tool in surgery and rehabilitative medicine. This authoritative book describes the key steps in modelling from acquisition of medical scan data, transfer and translation of data formats, methods of utilising the data and finally using the information to produce physical models using rapid prototyping techniques. Technologies are fully described, highlighting their key characteristics, advantages and disadvantages. A series of case studies illustrates a broad range of medical applications in surgery or prosthetic rehabilitation. The book is a valuable reference for a wide range of professionals involved in such areas as orthopaedics, orthodontics, and prosthetics. CONTENTS

Basic human anatomy; Computed tomography scanning; Magnetic resonance scanning; Non contact surface scanning; Export data format and media; Using medical scan data; Physical reproduction; Case studies; Future developments, Bibliography.

NEW Bio-tribocorrosion in biomaterials and medical implants Edited by Y Yan, University of Science and Technology Beijing, China Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 60

Due to the increase in implanted biomaterials, issues relating to their long-term durability need to be addressed. The science of biotribocorrosion is concerned with implant surface changes resulting from interactions such as loading and various chemical reactions which occur within the bodily environment. Bio-tribocorrosion in biomaterials and medical implants discusses the processes of biotribocorrosion and will help readers achieve safer and more durable implants. Chapters in the first section of the book will discuss the fundamentals of bio-tribocorrosion. The next set of chapters cover wear-corrosion mechanisms whilst the following group of chapters review the biological environment. The final group of chapters discuss biotribocorrosion in the clinical environment. CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of bio-tribocorrosion: Introduction to bio-tribocorrosion; Topography in bio-tribocorrosion; Coatings for Total Joint Replacement (TJR); Coatings for dental implants. Part 2 Wear-corrosion mechanisms: Synergistic mechanisms of bio-tribocorrosion; Fretting corrosion in biomedical implants; Wear mechanisms in bio-tribocorrosion; Abrasion-corrosion behaviours of implant materials; Loosening of total joint replacement (TJR); Predicting bio-tribocorrosion in wear in dentistry. Part 3 Biological environment: Ion release processes; Growth of passive films; Biofilms in the oral environment; Synovial fluid – the role of protein adsorption on corrosion. Part 4 Biotribocorrosion in the clinical environment: Bio-tribocorrosion in dental applications; Bio-tribocorrosion: surface interactions in total joint replacement (TJR); In vitro testing and clinical applications of artificial joints; The application of bio-tribocorrosion testing protocol.

570 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q4 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 540 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 860 3 Approx. £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095404

Molecular interfacial phenomena of polymers and biopolymers Edited by P Chen, University of Waterloo, Canada Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 3 ‘…it will be valued by researchers and postgraduate students with interest in polymers or biopolymers.’ ‘All the sections are unique and specialised to the authors’ field of expertise.’

Materials World 712 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 928 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 083 0 £210.00/US$355.00/€250.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739284

312 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84569 138 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 200 1 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691387

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Biomaterials NEW Joining and assembly of medical materials and devices

NEW Lasers for medical applications Diagnostics, therapy and surgery

NEW Non-metallic biomaterials for tooth repair and replacement

Edited by Y N Zhou, University of Waterloo, Canada and M D Breyen, Medtronic Inc, USA

Edited by H Jelinkova, Czech Technical University, Czech Republic

Edited by P Vallittu, University of Turku, Finland

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 54

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 37

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 53

Medical devices are becoming more intricate with the use of a wide range of materials and components which must be joined effectively and safely. Joining and assembly of medical materials and devices provides a comprehensive analysis of the practical techniques that can be used to join and assemble medical materials. The first set of chapters review the fundamentals of joining medical materials. A second group of chapters discuss processes for joining medical metals whilst the next set of chapters provide a review of processes for joining medical plastics. The final group of chapters provide readers with an overview of joining biomaterials and tissue implants.

The laser has become an indispensable medical tool and new techniques and treatments are being pioneered all the time. This book begins by looking at the response of tissue to laser light. It then outlines the types of laser used in medicine, including solid-state, gas, dye and semiconductor lasers. Next the use of lasers for diagnostics is considered, including optical coherence tomography, laser spectroscopy in biomedicine and optical biopsy. A large number of chapters are dedicated to applications of lasers in therapy and surgery. Medical fields such as dermatology, urology, gynaecology, ophthalmology, dentistry and neurology are covered. The book ends with a look at medical laser safety.

This important book focuses on biomaterials for tooth repair and, in particular, dental restorations. The first part of the book covers dental glasses and looks at the natural structure of teeth. Part two discusses a wide range of dental polymer composites whilst the final set of chapters in part three look at dental ceramics.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of joining and assembly in medical materials and devices: Introduction to medical materials and devices; Introduction to joining methods in medical applications; Microwelding methods in medical components and devices; The effects of sterilization on medical materials and welded devices. Part 2 Joining and assembly of medical metals: Overview of ultrasonic welding of metals for medical applications; Microwelding of shape memory alloys; Bonding of platinum (pt) alloys and stainless steel wires for electronic medical devices; Evaluating the corrosion performance of metal medical device welds; Laser hermetic welding of metallic implantable medical devices; Validating hermeticity in welded metallic implantable medical devices. Part 3 Joining and assembly of medical plastics: Overview of Welding methods for medical plastics; Ultrasonic welding of medical plastics; Radio frequency (RF)/dielectric welding of medical plastics; Transmission laser welding strategies for medical plastics; Bonding strategies and adhesives for joining medical polymers. Part 4 Joining and assembly of biomaterial and tissue implants: Advanced metal-ceramic joining techniques for orthopaedic applications; Tissue adhesives and sealants for surgical applications; Antibacterial adhesives for bone and tooth repair; Testing bond strength: The case of dental biomaterials.

570 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84569 577 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 642 5 Approx. £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695774

Surfaces and interfaces for biomaterials Edited by P Vadgama, Queen Mary University of London, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 2

824 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 930 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 080 9 £210.00/US$355.00/€250.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739307

CONTENTS

Introduction: The history of lasers in medicine. Part 1 Lasertissue interaction: Laser characteristics; The response of tissue to laser light; Optical fibers for medical applications. Part 2 Types of laser used in medicine: Solid state lasers for medical applications; Gas lasers for medical applications; Liquid and solid-state tunable organic dye lasers for medical applications; Semiconductor lasers for medical applications. Part 3 Lasers in diagnostics: Optical sources for optical coherence tomography; Laser spectroscopy in medical diagnostics; Time-resolved fluorescence polarization spectroscopy and optical imaging of smart receptor-targeted contrast agents in tissues for cancer detection. Part 4 Laser therapy and surgery; Laser therapy in ophthalmology; Lasers in dermatology; Lasers in cardiology; Lasers in gynecology; Lasers in otorhinolaryngology (ORL) and head and neck surgery; Lasers in neurology; Lasers in dentistry; Laser in orthopaedic surgery; Photodynamic therapy (PDT) for cancer treatment; Cancer laser therapy using gold nanoparticles; Laser safety: Regulations, standards, and guidelines for practice.

690 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 237 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 754 5 Approx. £175.00/US$300.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092373

Cellular response to biomaterials Edited by L Di Silvio, King’s College London, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 16 CONTENTS

Part 1 Cell responses to biomaterials using polymers and ceramics. Part 2 Cell responses and regenerative medicine. Part 3 The effect of surfaces and proteins on cell response.

648 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 358 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 547 7 £185.00/US$315.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693589

CONTENTS

Part 1 Structure, modification and repair of dental tissues: Structure and properties of enamel and dentin; Biomineralization and biomimicry of tooth enamel; Enamel and dentin bonding for adhesive dental restorations; Enamel matrix proteins (EMPs) for periodontal regeneration. Part 2 Dental ceramics and glasses for tooth repair and replacement: Processing and bonding of dental ceramics; Wear properties of dental ceramics; Sol-gel derived bioactive glass ceramics for dental applications. Part 3 Dental composites for tooth repair and replacement: Composite adhesive restorative materials for dental applications; Antibacterial composite restorative materials for dental applications; Effects of particulate filler systems on the properties and performance of dental polymer composites; Composite based oral implants; Fibre reinforced composites (FRCs) as dental materials; Luting cements for dental applications.

384 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 244 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 643 2 Approx. £140.00/US$240.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092441

NEW Medical robotics Minimally invasive surgery Edited by P Gomes, Cambridge Consultants, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 51

Beginning with an introduction to robotassisted minimally invasive surgery (MIS), the core technologies of the field are discussed. Key current and future applications for robotics in a range of surgical procedures and medical applications are then explored, before the book concludes with a discussion of ethical issues related to the use of medical robotics. CONTENTS

Introduction to robot-assisted Minimally Invasive Surgery (MIS); Localisation and tracking technologies for medical robotics; Robotics for neurosurgery; Robotic systems for cardiovascular interventions; Robotics in orthopaedic surgery; Robotic-assisted knee replacement surgery; Robotics in Ear, Nose and Throat (ENT) surgery; Robotic-assisted eye surgery; Robotics for minimally invasive surgery (MIS) and natural orifice transluminal endoscopic surgery (NOTES); Meso-Scale mobile robots for gastrointestinal Minimally Invasive Surgery (MIS); Real-time software platform using magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) for in vivo navigation of magnetic microrobots; Robotic surgery and ethical issues.

328 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 130 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 739 2 Approx. £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091307

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Biomaterials NEW Implantable sensor systems for medical applications

NEW MEMS for biomedical applications

Edited by A Inmann, Andreas Inmann Consulting, USA and D Hodgins, European Technology for Business Limited, UK

Edited by S Bhansali and A Vasudev, Florida International University, USA

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 52

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 43

This book discusses the core technologies needed for implantable sensor systems and their current and potential medical applications. Chapters in part one review a wide range of core technologies which are fundamental to implantable medical sensor systems. Part two reviews considerations and challenges for implantable medical sensor systems whilst the final part discusses the various applications areas of implantable sensor systems.

The application of Micro Electro Mechanical Systems (MEMS) in the biomedical field is leading to a new generation of medical devices. MEMS for biomedical applications reviews the wealth of recent research on fabrication technologies and applications of this exciting technology. Part one introduces the fundamentals of MEMS for biomedical applications, exploring the microfabrication of polymers and reviewing sensor and actuator mechanisms. Part two goes on to consider MEMS for biomedical sensing and diagnostic applications. MEMS for tissue engineering and clinical applications are the focus of part three. Finally, part four reviews emerging biomedical applications of MEMS, from implantable neuroprobes and ocular implants to cellular microinjection.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals on implantable sensor systems: Materials for implantable systems; Material-tissue interfaces in implantable systems; Packaging and coating materials for implantable systems; Microassembly and micropackaging of implantable systems; Electrode array design and fabrication for implantable systems; Biofuel cells as sustainable power sources for implantable systems. Part 2 Challenges of implantable systems: Biocompatibility of implantable systems; Sterilisation considerations for implantable sensor systems; Protection of data confidentiality and patient privacy in medical sensor networks; Developing active implantable medical devices in a regulated environment. Part 3 Applications of implantable systems: Microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) for in-vivo applications; Tripolar interfaces for neural recording; Sensors for motor neuroprostheses; Implantable wireless body area networks; Retina implants.

450 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84569 987 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 628 9 Approx. £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699871

NEW Biosensors for medical applications Edited by S Higson, Cranfield University, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 45

Biosensors for medical applications provides a comprehensive review of established, cutting edge and future trends in biomedical sensors and their applications. CONTENTS

Part 1 Principles and transduction approaches: Electrochemical biosensors for medical applications; Piezoelectric biosensors for medical applications; Nano-sized biosensors for medical applications; Impedence interrogated affinity biosensors for medical applications: Novel targets and mechanistic studies; Protocols for enzyme biosensors. Part 2 Applications of medical biosensors: Biosensors for DNA and RNA detection and characterization; Biosensors for disease biomarker detection; Affibodies as an alternative to antibodies in biosensors for cancer markers; Biosensors for drug testing and discovery; Biosensors for noninvasive measurements; Wearable biosensors for medical applications.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of MEMS for biomedical applications: Microfabrication of polymers for bioMEMS; Review of sensor and actuator mechanisms for bioMEMS. Part 2 MEMS for biomedical sensing and diagnostic applications: MEMS for in vivo sensing; MEMS and electrical impedance spectroscopy (EIS) for non-invasive measurement of cells; MEMS ultrasonic transducers for biomedical applications; Lab-on-chip (LOC) devices and microfluidics for biomedical applications. Part 3 MEMS for tissue engineering and clinical applications: Fabrication of cell culture microdevices for tissue engineering applications; MEMS manufacturing techniques for tissue scaffolding devices; BioMEMS for drug delivery applications; Applications of MEMS technologies for minimally invasive medical procedures; Smart Microgrippers for bioMEMS applications; Microfluidic techniques for the detection, manipulation and isolation of rare cells. Part 4 Emerging biomedical applications of MEMS: MEMS as implantable neuroprobes; MEMS as ocular implants; Cellular microinjection for therapeutics and research applications; Hybrid MEMS: Integrating inorganic structures into live organisms.

512 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 129 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 627 2 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091291

Sterilisation of polymer healthcare products W Rogers 326 pages 255 x 190mm (7 1/2 x 10) paperback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85957 490 4 £95.00/US$160.00/€115.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859574904 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

360 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 935 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 718 7 £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699352

NEW Minimized cardiopulmonary bypass techniques and technologies

Edited by T Gourlay, University of Strathclyde, UK and S Gunaydin, K. Kale University, Turkey Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 40 ‘The book is comprehensive in its scope and authoritative in the experience of its chapter authors. I commend the book to all members of cardiac surgery teams - surgeons, cardiologists, anaesthetists and perfusionists.’

Professor Ken Taylor, Emeritus Professor of Cardiac Surgery, Imperial College and The Hammersmith Hospital, London (from the Foreword) Traditional cardiopulmonary bypass (CPB) techniques have suffered from a number of disadvantages including haemodilution, inflammation and post-operative bleeding. Minimised cardiopulmonary bypass techniques use developments in perfusion technology to significantly reduce foreign surfaceblood interactions to make bypass simpler and safer. This important book reviews key developments and issues relating to this promising technology. Part one covers the broad range of CPB pathophysiology, including anticoagulant protocols, the impact of CPB circuit surfaces, optimal haemodilution levels, and the important issue of CPB-induced systemic inflammatory response syndrome. Part two focuses on the issues of the new equipment developed for mini-CPB, optimal myocardial protection protocols and CPB perfusate options. Part three discusses clinical issues, including patient selection, coronary and valve surgery protocols and, among others, paediatric patients. CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction to minimized cardiopulmonary bypass: Historical development of minimized cardiopulmonary bypass; Anticoagulation protocols for minimized cardiopulmonary bypass; Minimized extracorporeal circulation: Physiology and pathophysiology; Blood–surface interface in miniatururised extracorporeal circulation systems; Hemodilution: Physiology and pathophysiology; Inflammatory response and minimized cardiopulmonary bypass. Part 2 Minimized cardiopulmonary bypass equipment: Design and principles of the minimized extracorporeal circuit; Cardiopulmonary bypass perfusate; Myocardial preservation techniques for mini-bypass. Part 3 Clinical applications of minimized cardiopulmonary bypasses: Minimized cardiopulmonary bypass: Objectives and indications; Coronary artery bypass grafting (CABG); Valve surgery using minimized perfusion circuits; Minimising cardiopulmonary bypass in children; Comparison of minimized circulation with off-pump coronary artery bypass grafting (OPCAB) and conventional surgery; Minimally invasive cardiac surgery, port-access and robotic surgery.

272 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 800 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 602 9 £130.00/US$220.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845698003

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Biomaterials Durability and reliability of medical polymers

NEW Biocompatibility and performance of medical devices

NEW Sterilisation of biomaterials and medical devices

Edited by M Jenkins and A Stamboulis, University of Birmingham, UK

Edited by J-P Boutrand, Biomatech, France

Edited by S Lerouge, University of Montréal, Canada and A Simmons, University of New South Wales, Australia

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 44

Implant and device manufacturers are increasingly facing the challenge of proving that their products are safe, biocompatible, and perform as expected. Biocompatibility and performance of medical devices provides an essential guide to the performance analysis of these vital devices. Part one introduces key concepts and challenges faced in relation to biocompatibility in medical devices. Part two goes on to discuss the evaluation and characterisation of biocompatibility in medical devices, including material and chemical characterization, allowable limits for toxic leachables, in vivo and in vitro testing, and blood compatibility assessment. Testing and interpreting medical device performance is the focus of part three, with preclinical performance studies for bone, dental and soft tissue implants, and mechanical testing for soft and hard tissues implants discussed. Part four provides information on the international regulation of medical devices in the European Union, Japan and China, before concluding in part five with a review of histopathology principles for biocompatibility and performance studies.

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 46

CONTENTS

Introduction to sterilisation: Definitions and challenges; Steam and dry heat sterilisation of biomaterials and medical devices; Sterilisation of healthcare products by ionising radiation: Principles and standards; Ethylene Oxide (ETO) sterilisation of healthcare products; Non-traditional sterilisation techniques for biomaterials and medical devices; Sterilisation and decontamination of surfaces by plasma discharges; Sterilisation techniques for polymers; Sterilisation of healthcare products by ionising radiation: Sterilisation of drug-device products and tissue allografts; Antimicrobial coatings for self-sterilisation; Prions and endotoxins: Reprocessing strategies for reusable medical devices; Future trends for the sterilisation of biomaterials and medical devices.

Given the widespread use of polymers in medical devices, the durability and reliability of this material in use is an area of critical importance. Durability and reliability of medical polymers reviews the performance of both bioresorbable and non-bioresorbable medical polymers. CONTENTS

Part 1 Types and properties of bioresorbable medical polymers: Types of bioresorbable polymers for medical applications; The effect of molecular structure on the properties of biomedical polymers; Processing of bioresorbable and other polymers for medical applications; Understanding transport phenomena and degradation of bioresorbable medical polymers; Synthetic bioresorbable polymers; Using synthetic bioresorbable polymers for orthopaedic tissue regeneration. Part 2 Aspects of durability and reliability of non-bioresorbable medical polymers: Wear processes in polymer implants; Ageing processes of biomedical polymers in the body; The failure of synthetic polymeric medical devices; Manufacturing defects in polymeric medical devices.

296 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 929 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 651 7 £130.00/US$220.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699291

Biointegration of medical implant materials Science and design Edited by C P Sharma, Sree Chitra Tirunal Institute for Medical Sciences and Technology, India Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 26 CONTENTS

Biointegration: An introduction. Part 1 Soft tissue biointegration: Biocompatibility of engineered soft tissue created by stem cells; Replacement materials for facial reconstruction at the soft tissue-bone interface; Corneal tissue engineering; Tissue engineering for small-diameter vascular graft; Stem cells for organ regeneration. Part 2 Drug delivery: Materials facilitating protein drug delivery and vascularisation; Inorganic nanoparticles for targeted drug delivery; Alginate-based drug delivery devices; Functionalised nanoparticles for targeted drug delivery. Part 3 Design considerations: Biocompatibility of Materials and its relevance to drug delivery and tissue engineering; Mechanisms of failure of medical implants during long-term use; Rapid prototyping in biomedical Engineering: Structural intricacies of biological materials.

424 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 509 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 980 2 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695095

Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 50

Part 1 Introduction to biocompatibility in medical devices: Concepts in biocompatibility; Challenges in biocompatibility and failure of biomaterials; Biological safety evaluation planning of biomaterials; Biomechanical and biochemical compatibility in innovative biomaterials. Part 2 Evaluation and characterisation of biocompatibility in medical devices: Material and chemical characterization for the biological evaluation of medical device biocompatibility; Allowable limits for toxic leachables: Practical Use of ISO 10993-17 Standard; In vivo and in vitro testing for the biological safety evaluation of biomaterials and medical devices; Blood compatibility assessment in medical devices: Considerations and standards; Evaluating biocompatibility in biomaterials - an industry perspective; Case study overcoming negative tests results during manufacture; Methods for the characterisation and evaluation of drug-device combination products. Part 3 Testing and interpreting the performance of medical devices: Methods and interpretation of preclinical performance studies for bone implants; Methods and interpretation of preclinical performance studies for dental implants; Methods and interpretation of preclinical performance studies for soft tissues implants; Mechanical testing for soft and hard tissues implants. Part 4 International regulation of medical devices: Biological evaluation and regulation of medical devices in the European Union; Biological evaluation and regulation of medical devices in Japan; Medical device regulations in China. Part 4 Histopathology principles for biocompatibility and performance studies: Microscopic and ultrastructural pathology in medical devices.

528 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 070 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 645 6 Approx. £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090706

The effective sterilisation of any material or device to be implanted in or used in close contact with the human body is essential for the elimination of harmful agents such as bacteria. Sterilisation of biomaterials and medical devices reviews established and commonly used technologies alongside new and emerging processes. The book reviews the sterilisation of biomaterials and medical devices using steam and dry heat and ionising radiation and ethylene oxide is reviewed. A range of non-traditional sterilisation techniques, such as hydrogen peroxide gas plasma, ozone and steam formaldehyde, is then discussed together with research in sterilisation and decontamination of surfaces by plasma discharges. Sterilisation techniques for polymers, drug-device products and tissue allografts are then reviewed, together with antimicrobial coatings for ‘self-sterilisation’ and the challenge presented by prions and endotoxins in the sterilisation of reusable medical devices. CONTENTS

352 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 932 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 626 5 £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699321

Sterilisation of tissues using ionising radiations Edited by J F Kennedy, University of Birmingham, G O Phillips, Phillips Hydrocolloid Research Ltd and P A Williams, The North East Wales Institute, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 1 ‘…a useful tool for tissue bankers, tissue recipients and donors as well as a supplement for transplant surgeons and students of medicine.’

Carbohydrate Polymers 352 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 838 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 077 9 £175.00/US$300.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855738386

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Biomaterials NEW Developments in tissue engineered and regenerative medicine products A practical approach J Basu and J W Ludlow, Tengion Inc, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 48

Developments in tissue engineered and regenerative medicine products summarizes recent developments in tissue engineering and regenerative medicine with an emphasis on commercialization and product development. Preclinical and clinical testing of tissue engineered and regenerative medicine products, regulatory, quality control, manufacturing issues, as well as generating and securing intellectual property and freedom to operate considerations are presented. This book represents a complete ‘how-to’ manual for the development of tissue engineered and regenerative medicine products from conceptualization to clinical trial to manufacturing. CONTENTS

Overview of tissue engineering/regenerative medicine; Cells; Biomaterials for TE/RM products; Neo-Bladder: A foundational technology platform for tubular organ regeneration; Neo-Urinary Conduit™; Tissue engineering of non-bladder tubular organs; Tissue engineering of solid organs; Regulatory and quality control; Pre-clinical and clinical evaluation of TE/RM products; Manufacturing; Intellectual property.

226 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 907568 76 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 908818 11 9 £125.00/US$210.00/€150.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781907568763

Tissue engineering using ceramics and polymers Edited by A R Boccaccini, Imperial College London and J Gough, University of Manchester, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 8 CONTENTS

Part 1 General issues: Ceramic biomaterials; Polymeric biomaterials; Bioactive ceramics and glasses; Biodegradable and bioactive polymer/ceramic composite scaffolds; Transplantation of engineered cells and tissues; Surface modification to tailor the biological response; Combined tissue engineering and drug delivery; Carrier systems and biosensors for biomedical applications; Characterisation using x-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) and secondary ion spectrometry (SIMS); Characterisation using environmental scanning electron microscopy (ESEM); Characterisation of cells on tissue engineered construsts using imaging techniques/ microscopy; Characterisation using Raman micro-spectroscopy. Part 2 Tissue and organ generation: Engineering of tissues and organs; Bone regeneration and repair using tissue engineering; Bone tissue engineering and biomineralisation; Cardiac tissue engineering; Intervertebral disc tissue engineering; Skin tissue engineering; Liver tissue engineering; Kidney tissue engineering; Bladder tissue engineering; Nerve bioengineering; Lung tissue engineering; Intestine tissue engineering; Micromechanics of hydroxyapatite-based biomaterials and tissue engineering scaffolds; Cartilage tissue engineering.

624 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 176 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 381 7 £185.00/US$315.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691769

NEW Progenitor and stem cell technologies and therapies Edited by A Atala, Wake Forest Institute of Regenerative Medicine, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 38

Progenitor and stem cells have the ability to renew themselves and change into a variety of specialised types, making them ideal materials for therapy and regenerative medicine. Progenitor and stem cell technologies and therapies reviews the range of progenitor and stem cells available and their therapeutic application. Part one reviews basic principles for the culture of stem cells before discussing technologies for particular cell types. Part two discusses wider issues such as intellectual property, regulation and commercialisation of stem cell technologies and therapies. The final part of the book considers the therapeutic use of stem and progenitor cells. CONTENTS

Part 1 Basic principles of stem cells: Basic principles for stem cell culture; Basic principles of human embryonic stem cells; Basic principles in generating induced pluirpotent stem cells; Basic principles of amniotic and placental stem cells; Basic principles of cord blood stem cells; Basic principles of multipotent stem cells. Part 2 Enabling cell therapy: Intellectual property claims to stem cell technologies: Research, clinical testing and product sales; Regulatory considerations of stem and progenitor cell-based products: US Food and Drug Administration; Cell therapy commercialisation; Stem cell tourism. Part 3 Tissue-specific progenitor cells: Adipose tissue-derived stem cell biology and therapy; Umbilical cord blood (UCB) progenitor stem cell biology and therapy; Auditory progenitor stem cell biology and therapy; Olfactory mucosa: neural stem and progenitor cells for nervous system repair and cell models of brain disease; Oral cavity progenitor and stem cell biology and therapy; Bone marrow mesenchymal progenitor and stem cell biology and therapy; Progenitor and stem cell therapies for cartilage repair; Cardiac stem and progenitor cell biology and therapy; Renal progenitor and stem cell biology and therapy; Lung progenitor and stem cell biology and therapy; Genitourinary progenitor and stem cell biology and therapy.

568 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 984 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 607 4 £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699840

Biomaterials, artificial organs and tissue engineering Edited by L Hench and J Jones, Imperial College of Science, Technology and Medicine, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 4 ‘…highly useful for students of biomaterials, material science and medicine.’ ‘…provides an overview of multi-disciplinary nature and importance of biomedical materials, artificial organs and tissue engineering.’

International Journal of Biological Macromolecules 304 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback + CD-ROM 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 737 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 086 1 £50.00/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855737372

Electrospinning for tissue regeneration Edited by L Bosworth and S Downes, University of Manchester, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 35

Electrospinning is most commonly associated with textile manufacturing, however recent research and development have proven that the technology can be used to create organ components and repair damaged tissues. This novel approach to tissue repair and regeneration is being widely employed within the biomaterials sector as it produces nanofibres which create the correct physical environment to promote cell migration and new tissue formation. The first part of the book provides an introduction to the field with information on chemistry, process control and regulatory issues. A second group of chapters discuss electrospinning for skin and bone tissue regeneration. A final group of chapters analyse electrospinning for stem cell and wound healing applications. CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of electrospinning: Introduction to electrospinning; Polymer chemistry; The electrospinning process, conditions and control; Regulatory issues relating to electrospinning. Part 2 Electrospinning for tissue regeneration: Bone tissue regeneration; Cartilage tissue regeneration; Muscle tissue regeneration; Tendon tissue regeneration; Nerve tissue regeneration; Heart valve tissue regeneration; Bladder tissue regeneration; Tracheal tissue regeneration; Dental regeneration; Skin tissue regeneration; Wound dressings. Part 3 Electrospinning for in vitro applications applications: Cell culture systems for kidney research; Cell culture systems for pancreatic research; Cell culture systems for stem cell research.

424 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 741 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 291 5 £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697419

Degradation rate of bioresorbable materials Prediction and evaluation Edited by F J Buchanan, Queen’s University Belfast, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 13 CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction: An overview of bioresorbable materials; The biological environment for bioresorbable materials. Part 2 Degradation mechanisms: Synthetic bioresorbable polymers; Natural bioresorbable polymers; Bioresorbable ceramics. Part 3 Bioresorption test methods: In-vitro physicochemical test methods to evaluate bioresorbability; In-vitro biological test methods to evaluate bioresorbability; In-vivo test methods to evaluate bioresorbability; Modelling of the degradation processes for bioresorbable polymers. Part 4 Factors influencing bioresorption: Influence of processing, sterilisation and storage on bioresorbability; Influence of porous structure on bioresorbability: Tissue engineering scaffolds. Part 5 Clinical application: Influence of clinical application on bioresorbability: Host response; Scaffold and implant design: Considerations relating to characterization of biodegradibility and bioresorbability; Drug release from bioresorbable materials.

424 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 329 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 503 3 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693299

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Fire retardant materials Artificial cells, cell engineering and therapy Edited by S Prakash, McGill University, Canada Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 6 CONTENTS

Part 1 The artificial cell: Introduction to artificial cells: Concept, history, design, current status and future; Polymeric hydrophilic polymers in targeted drug delivery; The artificial cell design: Liposomes; The artificial cell design: Nanoparticles. Part 2 Cell engineering: The cutting edge: Apoptosis and therapeutic opportunity; Bone marrow stromal cells in myocardial regeneration and the role of cell signalling; Musculoskeletal tissue engineering with skeletal muscle-derived stem cells. Part 3 Artificial cells for cell therapy: Artificial cell for oral delivery of live bacterial cells for therapy; Artificial cells in liver disease; Artificial cells as a novel approach to gene therapy; Capillary devices for therapy. Part 4 The clinical relevance of artificial cells and cell engineering: Artificial cells in medicine: With emphasis on blood substitutes; Bone marrow stromal cells as ‘universal donor cells’ for myocardial regeneration therapy; Myocardial regeneration, tissue engineering and therapy; Kidney diseases and potentials of artificial cells; Engineered cells for treatment of diabetes; Drug delivery system for active brain targeting; Artificial cells in enzyme therapy with emphasis on tyrosinase for melanoma in mice; Stem cell and regenerative medicine: Commercial and pharmaceutical implications; Acute lung injury/acute respiratory distress syndrome (ALI/ ARDS): The mechanism, present therapy and therapeutic potential of cell-based therapy; Inflammatory bowel diseases: Current treatment strategies and potential for drug delivery using artificial cell microcapsules; Carrier-mediated and artificial-cell targeted cancer drug delivery.

544 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 036 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 307 7 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845690366

Surface modification of biomaterials Methods analysis and applications Edited by R Williams, University of Liverpool, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Biomaterials No. 28 CONTENTS

Part 1 Surface modification techniques: Surface modification of biomaterials by plasma polymerisation; Surface modification of biomaterials by covalent binding of poly(ethylene glycol) (PEG); Surface modification of biomaterials by heparinisation to improve blood compatibility; Surface modification of biomaterials by peptide functionalisation; Metal surface oxidation and surface interactions; Surface modification of biomaterials by calcium phosphate deposition; Biomaterial surface topography to control cellular response: Technologies, cell behaviour and biomedical applications. Part 2 Analytical techniques and applications: Techniques for analysing biomaterial surface chemistry; Techniques for analysing biomaterial surface structure, morphology and topography; Modifying biomaterial surfaces to optimise interactions with blood; Modifying biomaterials surfaces with bioactives to control infection; Modifying biomaterial surfaces to optimise interactions with soft tissues; Modifying biomaterial surfaces for the repair and regeneration of nerve cells; Modifying biomaterial surfaces to control stem cell growth and differentiation; Modifying biomaterial surfaces to optimise interactions with bone.

436 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 640 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 076 8 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696405

FIRE RETARDANT MATERIALS NEW Handbook of fire resistant textiles Edited by F S Kilinc-Balci, Consultant, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 140

Fire resistant textiles are a major area of ongoing research. This important book sums up key developments in the field. Part one reviews general issues such as combustion processes, chemical modification of fibres, safety, health and environmental issues. Part two discusses a range of types of fire resistant fibre. Part three reviews testing and regulatory issues whilst the final part of the book includes a range of applications. CONTENTS

Part 1 Overview of fire resistant textiles: Combustion processes; Burning mechanisms; Chemical modification to improve flame retardancy; Multi-component flame resistant coatings; Wash durability of flame resistant coatings; Safety, health and environmental aspects of flame retardants. Part 2 Types of flame resistant fibre: Cellulose and cellulose blends; Manmade cellulosic fibres; Wool blends; Ceramic fibres; Composites and nanocomposites; Nonwoven fabrics. Part 3 Testing and regulation of fire resistant textiles: Design of flame resistant protective clothing; Flame resistant clothing standards and regulations; Comfort properties; Managing heat stress; Flame retardancy testing and regulation of soft furnishings. Part 4 Applications: Structural and proximity fire fighting; Electric arc flash hazards; Molten metal hazards; Transport applications; Furnishings.

Published in association with The Textile Institute 510 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 123 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 893 1 Approx. £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091239

Flammability testing of materials used in construction, transport and mining V Apte, formerly Fire Science and Technology Laboratory, CSIRO, Australia CONTENTS

Understanding materials flammability; Fundamental measurement techniques. Part 1 Flammability tests for buildings and their contents: Flammability of wood products; Flammability tests for external cladding on buildings; Fire hazard assessment of wall and ceiling fire spread in rooms; Fire behaviour of sandwich panels; Flammability tests for upholstered furniture and mattresses; Flammability tests for cables; Flammability tests for electrical appliances. Part 2 Flammability tests for transportation and mining: Flammability tests for regulation of building and construction materials; Fire testing in road and railway tunnels; Flammability tests for aircraft; Flammability testing in the mining sector; Flammability tests for railway passenger cars; Ships and submarines; Tests for spontaneous ignition of solid materials.

480 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85573 935 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 104 2 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739352

Fire toxicity Edited by A A Stec and T R Hull, University of Central Lancashire, UK ‘Represents the best currently available understanding and application of its subject matter to fire safety and is a welcome addition to the fire science literature.’

Journal of Fire Sciences CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction: Introduction to fire toxicity; Fire scenarios and combustion conditions. Part 2 Harmful effects of fire effluents: Hazards from smoke and irritants; Asphyxiant components of fire effluents; Effects of fire effluents on fire victims. Part 3 Biological assessment of fire toxicity: Experimental methods in combustion toxicology; Animal exposure studies; Application of human animal exposure studies to human fire safety; In vitro biological toxicity assessments for fire combustion products; A combined fire smoke and lung model test equipment. Part 4 Toxicity assessment using chemical analysis: Sampling and measurement of toxic fire effluents; Bench-scale generation of fire effluents; Large scale generation and characterisation of fire effluents; Effects of the material and fire conditions on toxic product yields; Estimation of toxicity during burning of common materials. Part 5 National and international fire safety regulations: Prescriptive regulations and tests considering the toxicity of fire effluents; An international standardised framework for prediction of fire gas toxicity. Part 6 Numerical simulation of fires and their hazards: Computer simulation of fire hazards and evacuation; Toxic hazard calculation models for use with fire effluent data; Modelling fire growth and toxic gas formation.

728 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 502 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 807 2 £180.00/US$305.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695026

Advances in fire retardant materials Edited by A R Horrocks and D Price, University of Bolton, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 70 ‘…provides a wealth of information, written with a concise and critical approach by an internationally acknowledged expert in the field.’ ‘…an indispensible book for producers, manufacturers, retailers, industrial research workers in academia.’

International Dyer CONTENTS

Part 1 Advances in fire retardant materials: Flame retardancy of textiles: New approaches; Developments in phosphorus flame retardants; Halogen-free flame retardants; Nanocomposites I: Current developments in nanocomposites as novel flame retardants; Nanocomposites II: Potential applications of nanocomposite-based flame retardant systems; Flame retardant/resistant textile coatings and laminates; Environmentally-friendly flame resistant textiles; Recycling and disposal of flame retardant materials. Part 2 Testing, regulation and assessing the benefits of fire retardant materials: Challenges in fire testing: A tester’s viewpoint; Challenges in fire testing: Reaction to fire tests and assessment of fire toxicity; New and potential flammability regulations; Life cycle assessment of consumer products with a focus on fire performance. Part 3 Applications of fire retardant materials: The risks and benefits of flame retardants in consumer products; Composites having improved fire resistance; Improving the fire safety of road vehicles; Firefighters’ protective clothing; Fire protection in military fabrics; Flame retardant materials for maritime and naval applications; Materials with reduced flammability in aerospace and aviation.

632 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 262 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 507 1 £185.00/US$315.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692629

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Ceramics Plastic flame retardants Technology and current developments J Innes and A Innes, Flame Retardants Associates Inc. CONTENTS

Key performance standards; Halogen flame retardants; Metal hydrate flame retardants; Phosphorus flame retardants; Smoke suppressants; Other flame retardants and recent FR technology advances.

148 pages 297 x 210mm (6 x 9) paperback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 85957 435 5 £85.00/US$145.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859574355 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

CERAMICS

Sintering of advanced materials Edited by Z Z Fang, University of Utah, USA

NEW Ceramic nanocomposites Properties and applications Edited by R Banerjee, University of Calcutta, India

P W Dufton

Ceramic nanocomposites demonstrate a number of useful characteristics such as magnetic properties and high thermal resistance. This makes them promising materials for a wide range of applications. This book reviews key properties and how they can be exploited in such areas as the biomedical, energy and electronics industries.

CONTENTS

Flame retardants for plastic Summary and conclusions; Flame retardants; Products and their markets; Polymer families and their flame retardancy; End-user market sectors; Fire testing; Environmental and regulatory matters.

148 pages 297 x 210mm (6 x 9) paperback 2003 ISBN: 978 1 85957 385 3 £300.00/US$510.00/€360.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781859573853 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Fire retardant materials Edited by A R Horrocks and D Price, University of Bolton, UK ‘… a wealth of interesting information, technical rationale and quality text and diagrams.’

IFPO Fire Journal CONTENTS

Polymer combustion, condensed phase pyrolysis and smoke formation; Mechanisms and modes of action in flame retardancy of polymers; Toxicity of fire retardants in relation to life safety and environmental hazards; Textiles; Composites; Nanocomposites; Recent developments in flame retarding thermoplastics and thermosets; Applications of halogen flame retardants; Natural polymers, wood and lignocellulosic materials; Intumescent materials; Graft copolymerisation as a tool for flame retardancy; Performance-based test methods for material flammability; Fire safety design requirements of flame retardant materials; Mathematical modelling.

448 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2001 ISBN: 978 1 85573 419 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 746 4 £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734197

Fire retardancy of polymers The use of intumescence Edited by M Le Bras, LCAPCS, Ecole Nationale Superieure de Chimie de Lille, France, S Bourbigot, G Camino, University of Torino, Italy and R Delobel, CREPIM, France

270 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 338 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 349 3 Approx. £120.00/US$205.00/€145.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857093387

390 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 120 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 882 5 Approx. £140.00/US$240.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091208

CONTENTS

Fire retardancy of polymetric materials: Strategies; Intumescence: Mechanism studies; New intumescent polymetric materials; Flame retarded intumescent textiles; Intumescence - an environmentally friendly process?

466 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1998 ISBN: 978 1 85573 804 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 858 4 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855738041

This book explores sintering, the method of manufacturing components from ceramic or metal powders by heating the material in a mould, below its melting point, until the powder particles adhere to each other. Many ceramic materials and specialist metal powder products for use in industries such as electronics, automotive and aerospace are manufactured using this method. CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of sintering: Thermodynamics of sintering; Kinetics and mechanisms of densification; Path and kinetics of microstructural change in simple sintering; Computer modelling of sintering: Theory and examples; Liquid phase sintering; Master sintering curve and its application in sintering of ceramics. Part 2 Advanced sintering processes: Atmospheric sintering; Vacuum sintering; Microwave sintering of ceramics, composites and metal powders; Fundamentals and applications of field/current assisted sintering; Photonic sintering – an example: Photonic curing of silver nanoparticles. Part 3 Sintering of advanced materials: Sintering of aluminium and its alloys; Sintering of titanium and its alloys; Sintering of refractory metals; Sintering of ultrahard materials; Constrained sintering of ceramics, films and coatings; Sintering of ultrafine and nanosized particles.

506 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 562 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 994 9 £160.00/US$270.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695620

High-energy ball milling Mechanochemical processing of nanopowders Edited by M Sopicka-Lizer, Silesian University of Technology, Poland ‘I strongly recommend a thorough reading of the book to people who are active in this area or those who wish to enter this area of investigation.’

Materials World CONTENTS

440 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 531 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 944 4 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695316

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Ceramics Geopolymers

Handbook of advanced dielectric, piezoelectric and ferroelectric materials

Structures, processing, properties and industrial applications Edited by J L Provis and J S J van Deventer, University of Melbourne, Australia

Solid-state hydrogen storage Materials and chemistry Edited by G Walker, University of Nottingham, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 14 CONTENTS

Synthesis, properties and applications

‘…provides essential background reading for those interested in pursuing this exciting technology. With a distinguished international team of contributors, it is a superb reference text for research scientists and engineers in industry and academia.’

Materials World CONTENTS

464 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 449 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 638 2 £160.00/US$270.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694494

Edited by Z-G Ye, Simon Fraser University, Canada Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 12

This comprehensive book covers recent developments in advanced dielectric, piezoelectric and ferroelectric materials. It presents recent research from leading innovators in the field. CONTENTS

Part 1 High strain high performance piezo- and ferroelectric single crystals. Part 2 Field-induced effects and domain engineering. Part 3 Morphotropic phase boundary and related phenomena. Part 4 High power piezoelectric and microwave dielectric materials. Part 5 Nanoscale piezo- and ferroelectrics. Part 6 Piezo- and ferroelectric films. Part 7 Novel processing and new materials. Part 8 Novel properties of ferroelectrics and related materials.

1096 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 186 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 400 5 £235.00/US$400.00/€280.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691868

CONTENTS

‘…directs the reader to the in-depth discussions and state-of-the-art technologies. …a vivid account of the lifecycle assessment and recyclability of fuel cell materials is provided.’

K Huang, Siemens Energy, Inc and J B Goodenough, University of Texas at Austin, USA

Materials World

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 11 ‘…undoubtedly an essential title to place on the shelves of materials departmental libraries.’ ‘…a well written, well researched, comprehensive text.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Introduction to solid oxide fuel cells (SOFCs); Thermodynamics of the SOFC; Electronic properties of solids for SOFCs; Transport of charged particles in a SOFC; Oxideion electrolytes in SOFCs; Current, gas flow, utilization, and energy balance in a SOFC; Voltage losses in a SOFC; Direct current (DC) electrical efficiency and power of a SOFC; Performance characterization techniques for a SOFC and its components; Steam methane reforming and carbon formation in SOFCs; Poisoning of SOFC electrodes; Materials for SOFCs.

340 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 628 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 651 1 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696283

Ceramic-matrix composites Edited by I M Low, Curtin University of Technology, Australia

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 13

Principles, performance and operations

600 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 270 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 494 4 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692704

Microstructure, properties and applications

Materials for fuel cells Edited by M Gasik, Helsinki University of Technology, Finland

Solid oxide fuel cell technology

Part 1 Introduction: Hydrogen storage technologies; Hydrogen futures: Emerging technologies for hydrogen storage and transport; Hydrogen containment materials; Solid-state hydrogen storage system design. Part 2 Analysing hydrogen interactions: Structural characterisation of hydride materials; Neutron scattering techniques for analysing solidstate hydrogen storage; Reliably measuring hydrogen uptake in storage materials; Modelling of carbon-based materials for hydrogen storage. Part 3 Physically bound hydrogen storage: Storage of hydrogen in zeolites; Carbon nanostructures for hydrogen storage; Metal-organic framework materials for hydrogen storage. Part 4 Chemically bound hydrogen storage: Intermetallics for hydrogen storage; Magnesium hydride for hydrogen storage; Alanates as hydrogen storage materials; Borohydrides as hydrogen storage materials; Imides and amides as hydrogen storage materials; Multicomponent hydrogen storage systems; Organic liquid carriers for hydrogen storage; Indirect hydrogen storage in metal ammines; Conclusion: Technological challenges in hydrogen storage.

‘The main strength of this book is that it covers all the common fuel cell types, with details of their mechanisms, history, current status, uses and of course details of the materials used in each.’

International Journal of Sustainable Engineering CONTENTS

Introduction: Materials challenges in fuel cells: Materials basics for fuel cells; Alkaline fuel cells; Polymer electrolyte fuel cells; Direct methanol fuel cells; Phosphoric acid fuel cells; Molten carbonate fuel cells; Solid oxide fuel cells; Regenerative fuel cells; Novel fuel cells and materials; Performance degradation and failure mechanisms of fuel cell materials; Recyclability and life cycle assessment of fuel cell materials.

512 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 330 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 483 8 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693305

Part 1 Fibre, whisker and particulate-reinforced ceramic composites: Fibrous monolithic ceramics; Whisker reinforced silicon nitride ceramics; Fibre reinforced glass/glassceramic matrix composites; Particulate composites. Part 2 Graded and layered composites: Functionally-graded ceramic composites; SiAlON based functionally graded materials; Design of tough ceramic laminates by residual stresses control; Hardness of multilayered ceramics. Part 3 Nanostructured ceramic composites: Nanophase ceramic composites; Nanostructured coatings on advanced carbon materials; Processing and microstructural control of metal reinforced ceramic matrix nanocomposites; Carbon nanotubes-ceramic composites; Machinable nanocomposite ceramics. Part 4 Refractory and speciality ceramic composites: Magnesia-spinel (MgAl2O4) composite refractory materials; Thermal shock of ceramic matrix composites; Superplastic ceramic composites. Part 5 Non-oxide ceramic composites: Sialons; Carbon-ceramic alloys; Silicon nitride and silicon carbide-based ceramics; Oxynitride glasses-glass ceramics; Functionally graded ceramics.

632 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85573 942 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 106 6 £195.00/US$330.00/€235.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739420

Materials for energy conversion devices Edited by C C Sorrell, J Nowotny, University of New South Wales, Australia and S Sugihara, Shonan Institute of Technology, Japan Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 8 428 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 932 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 091 5 £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739321

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Electronic and optical materials ELECTRONIC MATERIALS AND TECHNOLOGY NEW Metallic films for electronic, optical and magnetic applications Structure, processing and properties Edited by K Barmak, Carnegie Mellon University and K Coffey, University of Central Florida, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 40

Metallic films play an important role in modern technologies such as integrated circuits, information storage, displays, sensors and coatings. The physical behaviour of films is different from that of the corresponding bulk material so it is important to study their structure and properties. Part one looks at the structure of metallic films using characterization methods such as x-ray diffraction and transmission electron microscopy and the processing of metallic films, including structure formation during deposition and post-deposition reactions and phase transformations. Part two discusses the properties of metallic films; chapters cover mechanical, electrical, magnetic, optical and thermal properties. CONTENTS

Part 1 Structure and processing of metallic films: X-ray diffraction for characterizing metallic films; Crystal orientation mapping in the scanning and transmission electron microscopes; Structure formation during deposition of polycrystalline metallic thin films; Post-deposition grain growth in metallic films; Fabrication and characterization of reactive multilayer films and foils; Metal silicides in advanced CMOS technology; Disorder-order transformations in metallic films. Part 2 Properties of metallic films: Metallic thin films: stresses and mechanical properties; Electrical properties of metallic films; Magnetic properties of metallic films; Optical properties of metallic films; Thermal properties of metallic films.

600 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 057 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 629 6 Approx. £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090577

NEW Waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) handbook Edited by V Goodship, University of Warwick, UK and A Stevels, Delft University of Technology, The Netherlands Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 30 ‘In my opinion, this book provides comprehensive and up-to-date coverage of all aspects relating to the complex subject of waste electrical and electronics equipment (WEEE). It is essential reading for anyone involved in addressing what continues to be both a significant global challenge and an opportunity - highly recommended.’

Professor Martin Goosey, IeMRC Industrial Director, Loughborough University Electronic waste is a growing problem. The EU directive on waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) aims to minimise WEEE by putting the responsibility on producers and distributors to pay for the costs associated with the collection, treatment, recycling and recovery of WEEE. Therefore there is a need for information about waste electronics management. Part one introduces the reader to legislation and initiatives to manage WEEE. Part two discusses technologies for the refurbishment, treatment and recycling of waste electronics. Part three focuses on electronic products that present particular challenges for recyclers. Part four explores sustainable design of electronics and supply chains, part five discusses national and regional WEEE management schemes and part six looks at corporate WEEE management strategies. CONTENTS

Part 1 Legislation and initiatives to manage WEEE: Global e-waste initiatives; EU legislation relating to electronic waste: The WEEE and RoHS directives and the REACH regulations; The present recast of the WEEE directive; The WEEE Forum and the WEEELABEX project; Conformity assessment of WEEE take-back schemes: The case of Switzerland; Eco-efficiency evaluation of WEEE take-back systems. Part 2 Technologies for refurbishment, treatment and recycling of waste electronics: The materials of WEEE; Refurbishment and re-use of WEEE; Shredding, sorting and recovery of metals from WEEE: Linking design to resource efficiency; Mechanical methods of recycling plastics from WEEE; Pyrolysis of WEEE plastics; Chemical or feedstock recycling of WEEE products. Part 3 Electronic products that present particular challenges for recyclers: Recycling printed circuit boards; Recycling liquid crystal displays; Recycling cooling and freezing appliances; End-of-life options for printed electronics; Recycling batteries. Part 4 Sustainable design of electronics and supply chains: ErP, the European directive on ecodesign; Sustainable electronic product design; Reducing hazardous substances in electronics; Examining subsidy impacts on recycled WEEE material flows. Part 5 National and regional WEEE management schemes: WEEE management in Europe: Learning from best practice; WEEE management in China; WEEE management in the USA and India: Research and education for a responsible approach to managing WEEE; WEEE management in Japan; WEEE management in Africa. Part 6 Corporate WEEE management strategies: Hewlett Packard’s WEEE management strategy; Siemens’ WEEE management strategy; The history of take-back and treatment of WEEE at the Philips Consumer Lifestyle division; Creating a corporate environmental strategy including WEEE take-back and treatment.

NEW Printed films Materials science and applications in sensors, electronics and photonics Edited by M Prudenziati, University of Modena, Italy and J Hormadaly, Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, Israel Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 26

Printed films: Materials science and applications in sensors, electronics and photonics provides comprehensive coverage of the most significant recent developments in printed films and their applications. Materials and properties of printed films are the focus of part one. Printed films as electrical components and silicon metallization for solar cells are discussed, as are conduction mechanisms in printed film resistors, and thick films in packaging and microelectronics. Part two goes on to review the varied applications of printed films in devices. Printed resistive sensors are considered, as is the role of printed films in capacitive, piezoelectric and pyroelectric sensors, mechanical microsystems and gas sensors. The applications of printed films in biosensors, actuators, heater elements, varistors and polymer solar cells are then explored, followed by a review of screen printing for the fabrication of solid oxide fuel cells, and laser printed micro- and meso-scale power generating devices. CONTENTS

Part 1 Materials and properties of printed films: Technologies for printed films; Materials for printed films; Materials science concepts for printed films; Properties of printed films as electrical components on ceramic substrates; Conduction mechanisms in printed thick film resistors; Multilayer lowtemperature cofired ceramic systems incorporating a thickfilm printing process. Part 2 Applications of printed films in devices: Printed resistive sensors for physical quantities; Printed thick film capacitive sensors; Printed thick film piezoelectric and pyroelectric sensors; Printed thick film mechanical micro-systems (MEMS); Printed semiconducting gas sensors; Printed gas sensors based on electrolytes; Printed thick film biosensors; Printed actuators; Printed heater elements; Screen printing for the fabrication of solid oxide fuel cells (SOFC); Printed varistors; Laser printed micro- and meso-scale power generating devices; Printed polymer solar cells.

608 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 988 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 621 0 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699888

752 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 089 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 633 3 £180.00/US$305.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090898

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Electronic and optical materials NEW Introduction to the physics of nanoelectronics

Electromigration in thin films and electronic devices

Edited by S G Tan and M B A Jalil, National University of Singapore, Singapore

Edited by C-U Kim, University of Texas at Arlington, USA

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 25 ‘This book will enable Physics and Engineering students to understand the most important underlying physics of modern nanoelectronics.’

Prof Jian-Ping Wang, Director for The Center for Micromagnetic and Information Technologies (MINT), University of Minnesota, USA ‘We can see in this book that in the fields of spintronics and graphene, science and technology are close to each other; fancy ideas from pure theory can be directly measured or even be used for applications. The role of gauge theory and topological structure is emphasized in this book.’

Prof Shuichi Murakami, Tokyo Institute of Technology, Japan ‘An excellent contribution to the fast-expanding field of nano-electronics. It is my pleasure to recommend this book to all researchers and students who are working in the field.’

Prof Yong Jiang, University of Science and Technology Beijing, China This book provides an introduction to the physics of nanoelectronics, which encompasses spintronics, electronics, Hall effects, single electronics, carbon and graphene electronics. Theoretical methodology is developed using quantum mechanical and non-equilibrium Green’s function techniques to calculate electronic currents and elucidate their transport properties at the atomic scale. The spin hall effect is explained and its application to the emerging field of spintronics, where an electron’s spin as well as its charge is utilised, is discussed. Topological dynamics and gauge potential are introduced with the relevant mathematics, and their application in nanoelectronic systems is explained. Graphene, one of the most promising carbonbased nanostructures for nanoelectronics, is also explored. CONTENTS

Physics and mathematics for nanoscale systems; Nanoscale physics and electronics; Electron dynamics in nanoscale device; Spin dynamics in nanoelectronic devices; Spintronics and Spin Hall effects in nanoelectronics; Graphene and carbon nanostructures for nanoelectronics; Topological dynamics and gauge potential in nanoelectronics.

312 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 511 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 588 6 £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095114

Materials and reliability

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 21

Electromigration is a significant problem affecting the reliability of microelectronic devices such as integrated circuits. Recent research has focussed on how electromigration affects the increasing use by the microelectronics industry of lead-free solders and copper interconnects. Part one reviews modelling and simulation of electromigration, part two discusses electromigration in copper interconnects and part three covers electromigration in solder. CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction: Modelling of electromigration phenomena; Modeling electromigration using the peridynamics approach; Modeling, simulation, and x-ray microbeam studies of electromigration. Part 2 Electromigration in copper interconnects: X-ray microbeam analysis of electromigration in copper interconnects; Voiding in copper interconnects during electromigration; The evolution of microstructure in copper interconnects during electromigration; Scaling effects on electromigration reliability of copper interconnects; Electromigration failure in nanoscale copper interconnects. Part 3 Electromigration in solder and Wirebonds: Electromigration-induced microstructural evolution in lead-free and lead-tin solders; Electromigration in flip-chip solder joints.

352 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 937 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 375 2 £140.00/US$240.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699376

Advanced adhesives in electronics Materials, properties and applications Edited by M O Alam and C Bailey, University of Greenwich, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 19

Thin film growth Physics, materials science and applications Edited by Z Cao, Chinese Academy of Sciences, China Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 20

Thin film technology is used in the application of microelectronics, optics, magnetics, hard and corrosion resistant coatings and micromechanics among others. This book provides a review of the theory and techniques for the deposition of thin films. Thin film growth will help the reader understand the variables affecting growth kinetics and microstructural evolution during deposition. Part one covers the theory and modelling of thin film growth whilst part two describes the techniques and mechanisms of film growth. This section covers examples such as silicon nanostructured thin films, colloidal crystal thin films and graphene thin films. It also contains discussion of pliable substrates and thin films for particular functions. CONTENTS

Part 1 Theory of thin film growth: Measuring nucleation and growth processes in thin films; Quantum electronic stability of atomically uniform films; Phase-field modelling of thin film growth; Analysing surface roughness evolution in thin films; Modelling thin film deposition processes based on real-time observation. Part 2 Techniques of thin film growth: Silicon nanostructured films grown on templated surfaces by the oblique angle deposition technique; Phase transitions in colloidal crystal thin films; Thin film growth for thermally unstable noble-metal nitrides by reactive magnetron sputtering; Growth of graphene layers for thin films; Epitaxial growth of graphene thin films on single crystal metal surfaces; Electronic properties and adsorption behaviour of thin films with polar character; Polarity controlled epitaxy of III-nitrides and ZnO by molecular beam epitaxy; Understanding substrate plasticity and buckling of thin films; Controlled buckling of thin films on compliant substrates for stretchable electronics; The electrocaloric effect (ECE) in ferroelectric polymer films; Network behavior in thin films and nanostructure growth dynamics.

432 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 736 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 329 5 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697365

Adhesives are widely used in the manufacture of electronic devices to act as passive and active components. Recently there has been considerable interest in the use of conductive adhesives. This book reviews key types of conductive adhesives, processing methods, properties and the way they can be modelled as well as potential applications. CONTENTS

Introduction to adhesive joining technology for electronics. Part 1 Types of adhesive: Thermally conductive adhesives in electronics; Anisotropic conductive adhesives in electronics; Isotropic conductive adhesives in electronics; Underfill adhesive materials for flip chip applications. Part 2 Processing and properties: Structural integrity of metalpolymer adhesive interfaces in microelectronics; Modelling techniques used to assess conductive adhesive properties; Adhesive technology for photonics.

280 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 576 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 289 2 £125.00/US$210.00/€150.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695767

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Electronic and optical materials Silicongermanium (SiGe) nanostructures

Advanced piezoelectric materials

Production, properties and applications in electronics

Science and technology

Edited by Y Shiraki, Musashi Institute of Technology and N Usami, Tohoku University, Japan Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 23

Nanostructured silicon-germanium (SiGe) provides the prospect of novel and enhanced electronic device performance. This book reviews the materials science and technology of SiGe nanostructures, including crystal growth, fabrication of nanostructures, material properties and applications in electronics. CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction: Structural properties of silicongermanium (SiGe) nanostructures; Electronic band structures of SiGe alloys. Part 2 Formation of nanostructures: Understanding crystal growth mechanisms in SiGe nanostructures; Types of SiGe bulk crystal growth methods and their applications; SiGe crystal growth using molecular beam epitaxy; SiGe crystal growth using chemical vapour deposition; Strain engineering of SiGe virtual substrates; Formation of silicon-germanium-on-insulator (SGOI) substrates; Miscellaneous methods and materials for SiGe based heterostructures; Modelling the evolution of germanium islands on silicon(001) thin films; Strain engineering of SiGe micro- and nanostructures. Part 3 Material properties of SiGe nanostructures: Self-diffusion and dopant diffusion in germanium (Ge) and SiGe alloys; Dislocations and other strain-induced defects in SiGe nanostructures; Transport properties of SiGe nanostructures at low temperatures; Transport properties of SiGe nanostructures and applications in devices; Microcavities and quantum cascade laser structures based on SiGe nanostructures; Silicide and germanide technology for interconnections in ultra large scale integrated (ULSI) applications. Part 4 Devices using Si, Ge and SiGe alloys: SiGe heterojunction bipolar transistor (HBT) and bipolar complementary metal oxide semiconductor (BiCMOS) technologies; SiGe-based field effect transistors (FET) and complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS) technologies; High electron mobility germanium (Ge) metal oxide semiconductor field effect transistors (MOSFETs); Silicon (Si) and germanium (Ge) in optical devices; Spintronics of nanostructured MnGe dilute magnetic semiconductor.

656 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 689 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 142 0 £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696894

Microjoining and nanojoining Edited by Y N Zhou, University of Waterloo, Canada

Edited by K Uchino, Pennsylvania State University, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 17 CONTENTS

The development of piezoelectric materials and the new perspective. Part 1 Piezoelectric materials: Lead zirconate titanate-based piezo-ceramics; Relaxor ferroelectricbased ceramics; Lead-free piezo-ceramics; Quartz-based piezoelectric materials; Lithium niobate and lithium tantalate-based piezoelectric materials; Single Crystal PZN-PT, PMN-PT, PSN-PT and PIN-PT-based piezoelectric materials; Electroactive polymers as actuators; Piezoelectric composite materials. Part 2 Preparation methods and applications: Manufacturing methods for piezoelectric ceramic materials; Multilayer technologies for piezoceramic materials; Single crystal preparation techniques for manufacturing piezoelectric materials; Thin film technologies for manufacturing piezoelectric materials; Aerosol techniques for manufacturing piezoelectric materials; Manufacturing technologies for piezoelectric transducers. Part 3 Application oriented materials development: Highpower piezoelectric materials; Photostrictive actuators using piezoelectric materials; The performance of piezoelectric materials under stress.

696 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 534 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 975 8 £180.00/US$305.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695347

Polymer electrolytes Fundamentals and applications

CONTENTS

Part 1 Basics of microjoining: Mechanisms of solid-state bonding; Mechanisms of soldering and brazing; Mechanisms of fusion microwelding; Modelling of solid-state bonding; Modelling of fusion microwelding; Sensing, monitoring and control; Assembly process automation and materials handling. Part 2 Microjoining and nanojoining processes: Microelectronics wire bonding; Solid-state diffusion bonding; Bonding using nanoparticles; Diffusion soldering and brazing; Laser soldering; Fluxless soldering; Laser microwelding; Electron beam microwelding; Resistance microwelding; Adhesive bonding; Introduction to nanojoining. Part 3 Microjoining of materials and applications of microjoining: Joining of high temperature superconductors; Joining of shape memory alloys; Wafer bonding; Plastics microwelding; Microjoining in medical components and devices; Hermetic sealing of solid oxide fuel cells; Joining of bulk nanostructured materials; Ceramic/metal bonding.

832 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 179 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 404 3 £200.00/US$340.00/€240.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691790

Handbook of advanced dielectric, piezoelectric and ferroelectric materials Synthesis, properties and applications

Edited by C A C Sequeira and D M F Santos, Instituto Superior Técnico, Portugal

Edited by Z-G Ye, Simon Fraser University, Canada Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 12 CONTENTS

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 16 CONTENTS

Part 1 Types and development of polymer electrolytes: Introduction to polymer electrolyte materials; Ceramic polymer electrolytes; Polymer electrolytes based on natural polymers; Composite polymer electrolytes for electrochemical devices; Lithium-doped hybrid polymer electrolytes; Hybrid inorganic-organic polymer electrolytes; Using nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy in polymer electrolyte research; Molecular simulation of Li-ion and H-conduction in polymer electrolytes; Characterisation and modelling of multivalent polymer electrolytes. Part 2 Applications: Polymer electrolytes for dye-sensitised solar cells; Solid polymer electrolytes for supercapacitors; Polymer electrolytes for electrochromic devices; Hyperbranched polymer electrolytes for high-temperature fuel cells; Polymer electrolytes as solid solvents and their applications; Hybrid polymer electrolytes for electrochemical devices.

632 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 772 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 977 2 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697723

1096 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 186 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 400 5 £235.00/US$400.00/€280.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691868

Polymers in electronics 2007 Munich, Germany, 30-31 January 2007 CONTENTS

Trends and growth; Conductive polymers; New developments in flame retarded polymers for electronics; Polymers in substrates, assembly and reliability; Polymer formulation and recycling for electronics applications; Polymers and printed electronics.

21 papers 298 x 210mm paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84735 009 1 £100.00/US$170.00/€120.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781847350091 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Electronic and optical materials OPTICAL MATERIALS, PHOTONICS AND LASERS NEW Carbon nanotubes and graphene for photonic applications Edited by S Yamashita, University of Tokyo, Y Saito, Nagoya University, Japan and J H Choi, Purdue University, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 47

The optical properties of carbon nanotubes and graphene make them potentially suitable for a variety of photonic applications. Carbon nanotubes can emit and detect light. This enables the development of carbon nanotube-based displays, sensors and imaging. The demonstration of optical gain in carbon nanotubes is the first step towards producing a carbon nanotube laser. Nonlinearity in graphene opens the door to photonics applications for this exciting material. Part one covers the properties and fabrication of carbon nanotubes and graphene for photonic applications. Part two discusses carbon nanotubes and graphene for laser applications. Part three explores carbon-based light emitters and detectors, including carbon nanotube solar cells, optical sensors and lightemitting diodes. CONTENTS

Part 1 Optical properties and fabrication of carbon nanotubes and graphene: Basic optical properties of carbon nanotubes and graphene; Fabrication of carbon nanotubes and graphene for photonic applications; Fiber waveguidebased carbon nanotube and graphene photonic devices; Polymer-based carbon nanotube and graphene photonic devices. Part 2 Carbon nanotubes and graphene for laser applications: Carbon nanotube and graphene-based fiber lasers; Carbon nanotube-based solid-state lasers; Optical gain and lasing in carbon nanotubes; Carbon nanotubebased nonlinear photonic devices; Nonlinearity in graphene; Application and commercialization of carbon nanotube-based lasers. Part 3 Carbon-based light emitters and detectors: Carbon nanotube-based solar cells; Optical sensors based on carbon nanotubes; Carbon nanotube-based light-emitting diodes (CNT-LED); Carbon nanotubes for biological imaging; Carbon-based transparent electrodes; Hybrid carbon nanotube-liquid-crystal nanophotonic devices; Carbon nanotube quantum photonics.

570 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q4 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 417 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 862 7 Approx. £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094179

NEW Subsea optics and imaging

NEW Chalcogenide glasses

Edited by J Watson, University of Aberdeen, UK and O Zielinski, University of Bremerhaven, Germany

Preparation, properties and applications

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 46

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 44

Studying and monitoring the oceans will help us manage our valuable natural resources effectively and sustainably. Optical and photonic techniques are increasingly being used to better understand the ocean environment. Part one of Subsea optics and imaging provides an introduction to subsea optics and imaging. Part two looks at biogeochemical optics in the environment, including hyperspectral underwater light fields and bioluminescence in the sea. Part three describes subsea imaging and vision, including holographic imaging, photographic, digital and video techniques. Part 4 covers subsea optical metrology and mensuration including optical techniques in studying suspended sediment, turbulence and mixing, raman spectroscopy, lidar systems and operational multiparameter subsea observation platforms.

Chalcogenide glasses are promising materials for photonic applications due to their unique properties and functionalities. Chalcogenide glasses are transparent from the visible to the near infrared region and they can be moulded into lenses or drawn into fibres. One of the most commercially successful applications has been lenses for infrared cameras. Chalcogenide glass fibres and optical components such as waveguides have been developed for use with lasers, for optical switching, chemical and temperature sensing and phase change memories. Part one covers preparation methods and properties of chalcogenide glasses and part two explores the photonic applications of chalcogenide glasses.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction: Fundamentals of subsea optics; Subsea imaging and vision: An introduction; The history of subsea optics. Part 2 Bio-optics and biogeochemistry: Measurement of hyperspectral underwater light fields; The use of underwater hyperspectral imaging to create bio-geo-chemical object of interest maps of the seafloor; Colored dissolved organic matter; Optical assessment of nutrients in water; Bioluminescence in the sea; Optics and harmful algal bloom (HAB) detection. Part 3 Subsea imaging and vision: Underwater imaging: photographic, digital and video techniques; Underwater holography and submersible HoloCams; Laser scanning imaging systems; Plankton, particle and bubble imaging systems; Laser Doppler anemometry (LDA) and particle image velocimetry (PIV); 3D vision, ranging and range gating; Emerging technologies in underwater optics. Part 4 Subsea optical metrology and mensuration: Optical techniques in studying suspended sediment, turbulence and mixing; Subsea raman spectroscopy; Subsea lidar systems; Operational multiparameter subsea observation platforms.

630 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q4 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 341 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 352 3 Approx. £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857093417

Edited by J-L Adam and X Zhang, University of Rennes 1, France

CONTENTS

Part 1 Preparation and properties of chalcogenide glasses: Preparation of high-purity chalcogenide glasses; Thermal properties of chalcogenide glasses; Optical transmission of chalcogenide glasses and fibers; Structure of chalcogenide glasses characterized by nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (NMR), Raman spectroscopy and high-resolution X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS); Preparation and characterization of chalcogenide glass thin films; Ionic conductivity of chalcogenide glasses; Structure and properties of ionic chalcogenide glasses; Transparent chalcogenide glass ceramics; Fragility, relaxation and mean coordination in chalcogenide network glasses; Photo-induced phenomena in chalcogenide glasses; Physical ageing of chalcogenide glasses. Part 2 Applications of chalcogenide glasses: Chalcogenide glass resists for lithography; Rare-earth-doped chalcogenide glass for lasers and amplifiers; Chalcogenide for phase change memories (optical and electrical); Chalcogenide glass lenses for thermal imaging; Chalcogenide waveguides for infrared sensing; Chalcogenide photonic crystal fibers for infrared applications; Chalcogenide glass waveguide devices for high speed all-optical signal processing; Controlling light on the nanoscale: Chalcogenide glass metamaterial optical switches; Chalcogenide glass for optical limiting and frequency doubling; Chalcogenide glasses as electrolytes for batteries.

630 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q4 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 345 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 356 1 Approx. £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857093455

Optical switches Materials and design Edited by S J Chua, National University of Singapore, Singapore and B Li, Sun Yat-Sen University, China Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 18 CONTENTS

Electro-optical switches; Thermo-optical switches; Magnetooptical switches; MEMs-based optical switches; SOA-based optical switches; Switching based on optical nonlinear effects; Liquid crystal optical switches; Photonic crystal alloptical switches; Other optical switches; Closing remarks.

352 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 579 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 041 6 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695798

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Electronic and optical materials NEW Laser spectroscopy for sensing

NEW Nanolithography

Fundamentals, techniques and applications

The art of fabricating nanoelectronics, nanophotonics and nanobiology devices and systems

Edited by M Baudelet, University of Central Florida, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 43

Laser spectroscopy has become a wide and diverse field, with applications in numerous areas of physics, chemistry, and biology. Developments in ultrafast laser technology have led to improvements in the sensitivity of laser spectroscopy techniques. Laser spectroscopy can be used to sense solids, liquids and gases for medical diagnostics, environmental monitoring and forensic investigations, and it is critical to the understanding of many industrial and biological processes. Part one covers fundamentals and techniques of laser spectroscopy, while part two describes data analysis and applications of laser spectroscopy such as the sensing of chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear, and explosive (CBRNE) threats. CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals and techniques of laser spectroscopy: Fundamentals of optical spectroscopy; Lasers used for spectroscopy; Photo-acoustic spectroscopy in gases; Laser-induced phosphorescence spectroscopy; LIDAR (light detection and ranging); Raman spectroscopy; Photothermal spectroscopy. Part 2 Data analysis and applications of laser spectroscopy: Using databases for data analysis in laser spectroscopy; Multivariate analysis in laser spectroscopy; Laser spectroscopy for detecting chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear, and explosive (CBRNE) threats; Medical applications of laser spectroscopy; Forensic applications of laser spectroscopy; Applications of laser induced plasma spectroscopy to secondary industrial materials; Applications of laser spectroscopy in the nuclear industry.

450 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 273 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 873 3 Approx. £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092731

Edited by M Feldman, Louisiana State University, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 42

Lithography is the process of patterning and etching to create integrated circuits and other devices on semiconductor wafers. Photolithography cannot be scaled down much further so in order to cope with the future reduction in size of semiconductor chips to nanoscale dimensions, scientists have turned to alternative nanolithography technologies. In addition to scaling issues, the increasing integration of multiple functions within a single device poses further challenges which drive innovations in nanolithography and nanofabrication. Part one covers lithographic techniques, including optical projection, extreme ultraviolet (EUV), electron beam and ion beam lithography, while part two covers applications of nanolithography in nanoelectronics, nanophotonics and nanobiology.

NEW Handbook of laser welding technologies Edited by S Katayama, Osaka University, Japan Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 41

This book reviews state-of-the-art laser welding technologies and their various applications. Laser welding is a rapidly developing technology, which has found increasing applications in manufacturing due to its versatility. It allows the precision welding of small areas, and is particularly suitable for operation under computer or robotic control. The book covers five main aspects of laser welding technologies. Part one is concerned with developments in established laser welding technologies. Part two covers a range of emerging laser welding technologies. The industrial and materials applications of laser welding are discussed in parts three and four, respectively. Finally, part five addresses performance and quality control in laser welding. CONTENTS

Part 1 Nanolithography techniques: Optical projection lithography; Extreme ultraviolet (EUV) lithography; Electron beam lithography; Focused ion beams for nano-machining and imaging; Masks for micro- and nanolithography; Maskless photolithography; Resists for nanolithography; Directed assembly nanolithography; Nanoimprint lithography. Part 2 Applications of nanolithography and nanofabrication techniques in nanoelectronics, nanophotonics and nanobiology: Nanolithography for data storage applications; Nanostructures: Fabrication, characterization, properties, and applications; Passive and active metal-dielectric-metal nanophotonic devices: Switches, waveguides and the effect of fabrication-related disorders; Nanodevices: Fabrication, prospects for low dimensional devices and applications; Microfluidics: Fabrication technologies, interconnect approaches and applications; Nanobiology devices: Fabrication and applications; Modeling of nanolithography processes; Frequency-domain position metrology for nanolithography processes; Sidewall roughness in nanolithography: Origins, metrology and device effects; New applications and emerging technologies in nanolithography.

Part 1 Developments in established laser welding technologies: Developments in CO2 laser welding; Developments in Nd: YAG laser welding; Developments in diode laser welding and brazing; Developments in disc laser welding; Developments in modelling and simulation of laser and hybrid laser welding. Part 2 Developments in emerging laser welding technologies: Developments in pulsed and continuous wave laser welding technologies; Developments in laser micro welding technology; Developments in beam scanning (remote) and smart beam processing technologies; Developments in multiple (twinbeam) laser welding technology; Developments in multi-pass laser welding technology with filler wire; Developments in hybrid laser-arc welding technology; Developments in hybridisation and combined laser beam welding technologies; Applications of robotics in laser welding. Part 3 Industrial applications: Applications of laser welding in the automotive industry; Applications of laser welding in the shipbuilding industry; Applications of laser welding in the railway industry. Part 4 Materials applications: Laser fusion welding of glass; Laser welding and brazing of various steels; Laser welding of light metal alloys; Laser welding of non-metals. Part 5 Performance and quality control: Residual stress and distortion in laser welding; Defect formation mechanisms and their prevention in laser welding; In-process monitoring, adaptive control and repair to improve in laser weld quality.

570 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 500 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 875 7 Approx. £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095008

750 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 264 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 877 1 Approx. £180.00/US$305.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092649

CONTENTS

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Electronic and optical materials NEW Handbook of organic materials for optical and optoelectronic devices

NEW Lasers for medical applications Diagnostics, therapy and surgery

Properties and applications

Edited by H Jelinkova, Czech Technical University, Czech Republic

Edited by O Ostroverkhova, Oregon State University, USA

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 37

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 39

The laser has become an indispensable medical tool and new techniques and treatments are being pioneered all the time. Lasers for medical applications begins by looking at the response of tissue to laser light. It then outlines the types of laser used in medicine, including solid-state, gas, dye and semiconductor lasers. Next the use of lasers for diagnostics is considered, including optical coherence tomography, laser spectroscopy in biomedicine and optical biopsy. A large number of chapters are dedicated to applications of lasers in therapy and surgery. Medical fields such as dermatology, urology, gynaecology, ophthalmology, dentistry and neurology are covered. The book ends with a look at medical laser safety.

Small molecules and conjugated polymers are the two main types of organic materials used for optoelectronic devices. Organic materials are attractive due to their low cost, the ability to tailor their properties and the ability to integrate them with inorganic semiconductors. Handbook of organic materials for optical and optoelectronic devices looks at the properties of organic materials, such as charge transport and nonlinear optical properties, taking into account theoretical considerations and experimental characterisation techniques, including spectroscopy. The book then goes on to explore the applications of organic materials in optical and optoelectronic devices, including organic light-emitting diodes, photovoltaics, memory and sensors. CONTENTS

Part 1 Organic materials, properties and processing: Small molecular weight materials for optoelectronic applications: Overview; Molecular crystals and crystalline thin films for photonics; Third-order nonlinear optical properties of conjugated polymers constituted of thiophene units and molecular assembly of the polymers; Nonlinear optical properties of organic materials; Charge generation and transport in organic materials. Part 2 Characterization of organic materials: Ultrafast time-resolved terahertz spectroscopy of organic materials; Ultrafast intrachain exciton dynamics in conjugated polymers; Conductivity measurements of organic materials using field-effect transistors (FET) and space-charge-limited current (SCLC) techniques; Charge transport features in disordered organic materials measured by time-of-flight (TOF), xerographic discharge (XTOF) and charge extraction by linearly increasing voltage (CELIV) techniques; Short-pulse induced photocurrent and photoluminescence in organic materials; Second harmonic generation as a characterization technique and phenomological probe; Small molecule supramolecular assemblies for third order nonlinear optics; Surface-enhanced Raman scattering (SERS) characterization of metal-organic interactions; Influence of film morphology on electronic properties of organic materials in devices; Doping effects on charge transport in organic materials; Doping effects on nonlinear optics in organic materials. Part 3 Applications of organic materials in devices: Organic field effect transistors; Organic electronic memory devices; Organic solar cells; Organic light-emitting diodes; Organic lasers; Organic semiconductors for electronic chemical sensors; Organic spintronics; Unconventional molecular scale logic devices.

CONTENTS

690 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 237 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 754 5 Approx. £175.00/US$300.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092373

NEW Organic light-emitting diodes (OLEDs) Materials, devices and applications Edited by A Buckley, University of Sheffield, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 36

Organic light-emitting diodes (OLEDs) are opening up exciting new applications in the area of white lighting and displays. OLEDs emit their own light which means they have low power consumption. They are made of flexible films, this gives them an advantage over LCDs and plasma screens because they can be used for curved displays. Today they are found in smartphones, digital cameras and PDAs. In the future they will be used for wearable displays and transparent displays. Part one covers materials for OLEDs, part two discusses the operation and engineering of OLED devices, and part three explores the applications of OLEDs in displays and solid-state lighting. CONTENTS

Part 1 Materials for organic light-emitting diodes (OLEDs): Synthesis of electroluminescent conjugated polymers for OLEDs; Transparent conducting thin films for OLEDs; Iridium complexes for OLEDs; Chemical and photophysical properties of materials for OLEDs; White and blue phosphorescent OLEDs for solid-state lighting. Part 2 Operation and engineering of organic light-emitting diode (OLED) devices: Highly efficient pin-type OLEDs; Charge carrier mobility in amorphous organic semiconductors; Nanostructuring OLEDs to increase efficiency; Modelling of light extraction from OLEDs; Tuning the colour and efficiency of OLEDs; Optical characterisation of OLED emitters from radiation pattern analyses; Printing techniques for the fabrication of OLEDs; Fluorenone defects in fluorene-based conjugated polymers; Disruptive characteristics and life time issues of OLEDs; Drive electronics for OLED displays. Part 3 Applications of organic light-emitting diodes (OLEDs) in displays and solidstate lighting: Active matrix, organic light-emitting diodes (Am-OLEDs) for displays; The technology and manufacturing of polymer OLED on CMOS microdisplays; Transparent OLED displays; OLED based-biochemical sensors; Large-area OLED lighting panels and their potential applications; Lifetime determination procedure for OLED lighting panels and proposal for standardisation.

630 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 425 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 894 8 Approx. £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094254

750 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 265 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 876 4 Approx. £180.00/US$305.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092656

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Electronic and optical materials NEW Handbook of solid-state lasers

NEW Semiconductor lasers

Materials, systems and applications

Fundamentals and applications

Edited by B Denker, A. M. Prokhorov General Physics Institute, Russia and E Shklovsky, Optech Incorporated, Canada

Edited by A Baranov and E Tournie, University of Montpellier 2 – CNRS, France

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 35

Solid-state lasers are widely used in medicine, industry, scientific research, military and remote sensing applications. They comprise a dominant part of the overall laser market. Solid-state lasers are fast replacing gas lasers for many applications. Solid-state lasers possess desirable characteristics such as good reliability and robustness, a high level of safety, user-friendliness, compact size and a low cost to performance ratio. They can be maintenance-free, suitable for high-volume production and they are becoming available in a wide range of wavelengths. Part one covers solid-state laser materials, part two discusses solid-state laser systems and part three looks at solid-state laser applications. CONTENTS

Part 1 Solid-state laser materials: Oxide laser crystals doped by rare earth and transition elements ions; Fluoride laser crystals; Oxide laser ceramics; Fluoride ceramics doped by rare earth ions; Neodymium and Erbium laser glasses; Nonlinear crystals for solid-state lasers. Part 2 Solid-state laser systems: Solid-state lasers principles; Powering solid-state lasers; Operation regimes of solid-state lasers; Nd: YAG and Nd: YVO4 lasers; System sizing issues with diode-pumped quasi-three level materials; Nd: YLF lasers; Er:glass lasers; Microchip lasers; Fiber lasers; Laser mid-infrared system with nonlinear-optical conversion; Raman lasers; Cryogenic lasers. Part 3 Solid-state laser applications: Laser induced breakdown spectroscopy; Medical applications of solid-state lasers; Environmental applications of solid-state lasers; Military and counter-terrorism applications of solid-state lasers; High-energy Nd:glass laser systems for research on inertial confinement fusion (ICF).

690 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 272 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 750 7 Approx. £175.00/US$300.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092724

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 33

Semiconductor laser diodes are the backbone of the optical telecommunications infrastructure that supports the Internet. Chapters cover diode lasers, quantum well and dot lasers, quantum cascade lasers, vertical cavity surface emitting lasers and recent advances such as photonic crystal lasers and lasers on silicon. The reader is taken through materials and the operation of these lasers and their applications. CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of semiconductor lasers; Principles of semiconductor lasers; Photonic crystal lasers; High power diode lasers; Semiconductor laser beam combining; Ultrafast pulse generation by semiconductor lasers;. Part 2 Applications of visible and near-infrared emitting lasers: Nonpolar and semipolar (Al,In)GaN lasers; Advanced self-assembled InAs quantum dot lasers; Vertical cavity surface emitting lasers (VCSELs); Semiconductor disk lasers (VECSELs); Hybrid silicon lasers. Part 3 Applications of midand far-infrared emitting lasers: GaSb-based type-I quantum well diode lasers; Interband cascade lasers; Terahertz (THz) quantum cascade lasers; Whispering gallery mode lasers; Tunable mid-infrared laser absorption spectroscopy.

510 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 121 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 640 1 Approx. £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091215

NEW Optical thin films and coatings From materials to applications Edited by A Piegari, ENEA – Italian National Agency for New Technologies Energy and Sustainable Economic Development, Italy and F Flory, IM2NP–Institute of Materials, Microelectronics and Nanosciences of Provence, France Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 49

Part one introduces the design and manufacturing of optical thin film coatings. Part two covers characterization and modelling of optical thin film coatings. Part three looks at novel materials for optical thin film coatings. Part 4 provides extensive coverage of applications of optical thin film coatings. CONTENTS

NEW Handbook of terahertz technology for imaging, sensing, and communications Edited by D Saeedkia, University of Waterloo, Canada Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 34

The recent development of easy-to-use sources and detectors of terahertz radiation has enabled a growth in applications of terahertz (Thz) imaging and sensing. Terahertz radiation does not damage tissues and DNA, unlike X-rays, so it is a good candidate for medical imaging. Many materials of interest have unique spectral “fingerprints” in the terahertz range and this makes terahertz technology attractive for scientific research, sensing and imaging. There are many possible uses of terahertz sensing and imaging in manufacturing, quality control, and process monitoring. Terahertz communications are still at an early stage of development but they have potential for satellite-tosatellite communications and indoor wireless communications. CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of terahertz technology for imaging, sensing and communications: Optoelectronic techniques for the generation and detection of terahertz waves; Transmission and propagation of terahertz waves in plastic waveguides; Fundamental aspects of surface plasmon polaritons at terahertz frequencies; Fundamental aspects of terahertz near-field imaging and sensing; Room temperature terahertz detectors; Terahertz wireless communications. Part 2 Recent progress and novel techniques in terahertz technology: Terahertz bio-sensing techniques; Terahertz array imagers: Towards the implementation of terahertz cameras with plasma-wave-based silicon MOSFET detectors; Resonant field enhancement of terahertz waves in subwavelength plasmonic structures; Fiber-coupled terahertz time-domain spectroscopy systems (THz-TDS); State-of-the-art in terahertz continuous wave photomixer systems; Novel techniques in terahertz near-field imaging and sensing; Terahertz nano-devices and nano-systems; Terahertz integrated devices and systems; Terahertz frequency metrology based on frequency comb techniques; Semiconductor material development for terahertz applications. Part 3 Applications of terahertz technology: Terahertz applications in tomographic imaging and material spectroscopy: A review; Terahertz applications in aerospace industry; Terahertz applications in the wood products industry; Terahertz applications in the pharmaceutical industry and science; Terahertz applications in art conservation; Applications of terahertz technology in the semiconductor industry.

690 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 235 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 649 4 Approx. £175.00/US$300.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092359

Optical thin film coatings improve the performance of optical systems and most modern optical systems could not function without them. Examples of optical thin film coatings are mirrors, anti-reflection coatings, beamsplitters, and filters. These are used in a diverse range of applications including telecommunications, displays and lighting, architectural glass and automotive glass. Part one introduces the design and manufacturing of optical thin film coatings. Part two covers characterization and modelling of optical thin film coatings. Part three looks at novel materials for optical thin film coatings. Part 4 provides extensive coverage of applications of optical thin film coatings.

690 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 594 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 731 6 Approx. £175.00/US$300.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095947

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Electronic and optical materials NEW Optical biomimetics Materials and applications Edited by M Large, University of Sydney, Australia Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 48

Optical biomimetics, the study of natural systems to inspire novel solutions to problems in optical technologies, has attracted growing interest. Optical biomimetics provides a review of key research in this area, focusing on the techniques and approaches used to characterise and mimic naturally occurring optical effects. The book discusses optical applications of biomolecules, such as retinylidene and bacteriorhodopsin, polarisation effects in natural photonic structures and their applications, and biomimetic nanostructures for anti-reflection (AR) devices. Control of iridescence in natural photonic structures is explored through the case of butterfly scales, alongside a consideration of nanostructure fabrication using natural synthesis. The investigation into silk optical materials is followed by a final discussion of the control of florescence in natural photonic structures. CONTENTS

Natural photonic structures: An overview; Optical applications of biomolecules; Polarisation effects in natural photonic structures and their applications; Biomimetic nanostructures for anti-reflection (AR) devices; Control of iridescence in natural photonic structures: The case of butterfly scales; Fabrication of nanostructures using natural synthesis: Optical materials using silk; Control of florescence in natural photonic structures.

280 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 802 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 765 1 £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845698027

Nanolithography and patterning techniques in microelectronics Edited by D Bucknall, Georgia Institute of Technology USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 10 CONTENTS

Copolymer ordering; Templated synthesis for controlled 3D structural control; Surface-induced structure formation of polymer blends; Rapid prototyping of functional microfabricated devices by soft lithography; Control of polymer topography; AFM based patterning; Patterning of confined polymer thin films; Ion beam patterning; Nanoprinting techniques; Photolithography beyond the diffraction limit; Standard printing techniques for unconventional methods; Microfluidics; Manipulation of biomolecules and reactions; Fabrication of organic display devices; Printing techniques for plastic electronics.

NEW Quantum optics with semiconductor nanostructures

NEW Laser growth and processing of photonic devices

Edited by F Jahnke, University of Bremen, Germany

Edited by N A Vainos, University of Patras, Greece

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 28

Quantum optics with semiconductor nanostructures is a key guide to the theory, application and potential of semiconductor nanostructures in the exploration of quantum optics. Part one begins with an overview of resonance fluorescence emission. Quantum optics with single quantum dots in photonic crystal and micro cavities are explored in detail, before part two goes on to review nanolasers with quantum dot emitters. Light-matter interaction in semiconductor nanostructures, including photon statistics and photoluminescence, is the focus of part three, whilst part four explores all-solid-state quantum optics, crystal nanobeam cavities and quantum-dot microcavity systems. Finally, part five investigates ultrafast phenomena, including femtosecond quantum optics and coherent optoelectronics with quantum dots. CONTENTS

Part 1 Single quantum dot systems: Resonance fluorescence emission from single semiconductor quantum dots coupled to high-quality microcavities; Quantum optics with single quantum dots in photonic crystal cavities; Modelling single quantum dots in microcavities. Part 2 Nanolasers with quantum dot emitters; Highly efficient quantum dot micropillar lasers; Photon correlations in semiconductor nanostructures; Emission properties of photonic crystal nanolasers; Deformed wavelength-scale microdisk lasers with quantum dot emitters. Part 3 Light-matter interaction in semiconductor nanostructures: Photon statistics and entanglement in phonon-assisted quantum light emission from semiconductor quantum dots; Luminescence spectra of quantum dots in microcavities; Photoluminescence from a quantum-dot-cavity system; Quantum optics with quantum dot and quantum well systems. Part 4 Semiconductor cavity quantum electrodynamics (QED): All-solid-state quantum optics employing quantum dots in photonic crystals; Onedimensional photonic crystal nanobeam cavities; Growth of II-VI and group-III quantum-dot microcavity systems. Part 5 Ultrafast phenomena: Femtosecond quantum optics with semiconductor nanostructures; Coherent optoelectronics with quantum dots.

604 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 232 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 639 5 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092328

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 27

Laser growth and processing of photonic devices is the first book to review this increasingly important field. Part one investigates laser-induced growth of materials and surface structures, with pulsed laser deposition techniques, the formation of nanocones and the fabrication of periodic photonic microstructures explored in detail. Laser-induced three-dimensional micro- and nano-structuring are the focus of part two. Exploration of multiphoton lithography, processing and fabrication is followed by consideration of laser-based micro- and nano-fabrication, laser-induced soft matter organisation and microstructuring, and laserassisted polymer joining methods. The book concludes in part three with an investigation into laser fabrication and manipulation of photonic structures and devices. Laser seeding and thermal processing of glass with nanoscale resolution, laser-induced refractive index manipulation, and the thermal writing of photonic devices in glass and polymers are all considered. CONTENTS

Laser growth and processing of photonic structures: An overview of fundamentals, interaction phenomena and operations. Part 1 Laser-induced growth of materials and surface structures: Emerging pulsed laser deposition techniques; The formation of nanocones on the surface of semiconductors by laser-induced self-assembly; Fabrication of periodic photonic microstructures by the interference of ultrashort pulse laser beams. Part 2 Laser-induced three-dimensional micro- and nano-structuring: Multiphoton lithography, processing and fabrication of photonic structures; Laser-based micro- and nano-fabrication of photonic structures; Laser-induced soft matter organization and microstructuring of photonic materials; Laser-assisted polymer joining methods for photonic devices. Part 3 Laser fabrication and manipulation of photonic structures and devices: Laser seeding and thermal processing of glass with nanoscale resolution; Laser-induced refractive index manipulation of photonic devices; Thermal writing of photonic devices in glass and polymers by femtosecond lasers; Photosensitivity and index engineering in photonic devices.

488 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 936 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 622 7 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699369

424 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 931 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 090 8 £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739314

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Electronic and optical materials In situ characterization of thin film growth Edited by G Koster and G Rijnders, University of Twente, Netherlands Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 22

Recent advances in techniques to characterize thin films in situ during deposition could lead to an improved understanding of deposition processes and to better, faster, diagnosis of issues with the deposition process. In situ characterization of thin film growth provides a comprehensive review of this increasingly important topic. Part one reviews electron diffraction techniques, including the methodology for taking observations and measurements. Part two covers photoemission techniques; the principles and instrumentation. Part three contains alternative in situ characterization techniques and the trend for combining different techniques. It covers real-time characterization of the nucleation, growth, structural and electronic properties of thin films. CONTENTS

Part 1 Electron diffraction techniques for studying thin film growth in situ: Reflection high-energy electron diffraction (RHEED) for in situ characterisation of thin film growth; Inelastic scattering techniques for in situ characterisation of thin film growth: Backscatter Kikuchi diffraction. Part 2 Photoemission techniques for studying thin film growth in situ: Ultraviolet photoemission spectroscopy (UPS) for in situ characterisation of thin film growth; X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) for in situ characterisation of thin film growth; In situ spectroscopic ellipsometry (SP) for characterization of thin film growth. Part 3 Alternative in situ characterization techniques: In situ ion beam surface characterization of thin multicomponent films; Spectroscopies combined with (RHEED) for real time in situ surface monitoring of thin film growth; In situ deposition vapor monitoring; Real-time studies of epitaxial film growth using surface x-ray diffraction (SXRD).

296 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 934 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 495 7 £130.00/US$220.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699345

SENSORS AND MEMS AND FUNCTIONAL MATERIALS NEW Handbook of MEMS for wireless and mobile applications Edited by D Uttamchandani, University of Strathclyde, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 45

Wireless sensing and communication is showing an explosive growth of emerging consumer and military applications of radio frequency (RF) circuits and systems. The demand for mobile systems necessitates the use of highly integrated technology featuring small size, low weight, high performance and low cost: MEMS can meet this need. Part one covers RF MEMS as an enabling technology for wireless applications and includes chapters on passive components, phase shifters and antennas. Part two discusses wireless techniques and applications of wireless MEMS, including biomedical applications, such as implantable MEMS and wireless drug delivery, optical displays in portable electronics, and MEMS for monitoring structures and the environment. CONTENTS

Part 1 Radio frequency (RF) MEMS as an enabling technology for wireless applications: Overview of RF MEMS technology and applications; RF passive components for wireless applications; RF MEMS fabrication technology; RF MEMS phase shifters for wireless applications; RF MEMS antennas for wireless applications; Wafer-level packaging technology for RF MEMS; Reliability of RF MEMS. Part 2 Wireless techniques and applications of wireless MEMS: Overview of wireless techniques; RF MEMS-based wireless architectures and front-ends; Integration of MEMS in wireless sensor networks; Microwave MEMS technology for next-generation wireless communications; MEMS energy harvesters for powering wireless systems; Optical MEMS for displays in portable systems; MEMS wireless implantable systems; Drug delivery using wireless MEMS; Civil infrastructure monitoring using wireless MEMS; Telecommunications reliability monitoring using wireless MEMS; Monitoring road infrastructures using wireless MEMS.

570 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q4 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 271 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 861 0 Approx. £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092717

NEW Semiconductor gas sensors Edited by R Jaaniso, University of Tartu, Estonia and O K Tan, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 38

Semiconductor gas sensors are increasingly used as gas detectors for applications such as gas-leak alarm, process control and pollution control. Researchers have attempted to meet the demand for higher sensitivity and selectivity of devices by modifying the properties of the semiconductor gas sensors. This has mainly been achieved by development of fabrication methods such as thin and thick film techniques, the addition of transition metals onto sensors and more recently, nanostructuring materials. Part one covers the fundamentals, whilst part two looks as thin and thick film gas sensors. Part three discusses nanostructures for gas sensing and part four describes applications of semiconductor gas sensors. CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction: Fundamentals of semiconductor gas sensors; Conduction mechanisms in semiconducting metal oxide sensing films: Impact on transduction; Electrode materials for semiconductor gas sensors. Part 2 Thin and thick film gas sensors: Recent trends in SiC and graphene based gas sensors; Recent advances in wide bandgap semiconductor based gas sensors; Ultraviolet enhanced gas sensing; Micromachined semiconductor gas sensors; Semiconducting direct thermoelectric sensors. Part 3 Nanostructures for gas sensing: One- and two dimensional metal oxide nanostructures for chemical sensing; Semiconductor quantum dots for photoluminescence based gas sensing; Coated and functionalised single-walled carbon nanotubes (SWCNTs) as gas sensors; Carbon nanotube and metal oxide hybrid materials for gas sensing; Porous silicon gas sensors. Part 4 Applications of semiconductor gas sensors: Metal oxide semiconductor gas sensors in environmental monitoring; Semiconductor gas sensors for the detection of chemical warfare agents; Integrated CMOS-based sensors for gas and odour detection; Solid state sensors for carbon dioxide detection.

510 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 236 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 866 5 Approx. £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092366

Laser cooling of solids S V Petrushkin and V V Samartsev, Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 15 CONTENTS

Thermodynamic fundamentals of fluorescent cooling; Theory of laser cooling; Experimental investigations and fundamental restrictions; Self-cooling of active elements of solid-state lasers; Laser cooling of solid-state information media of optical echo-processors; Problems of cooling solidstate quantum processors.

Published in association with Cambridge International Science Publishing 236 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 632 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 683 2 £120.00/US$205.00/€145.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696320

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Electronic and optical materials NEW MEMS for automotive and aerospace applications

NEW Metallic films for electronic, optical and magnetic applications

Edited by M Kraft and N M White, Southampton University, UK

Structure, processing and properties

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 32

Micro-Electro-Mechanical-Systems (MEMS) are miniature devices or machines which integrate elements such as actuators, sensors and a processor to form microsystems. The automotive sector is currently the biggest consumer of MEMS and this market is expected to grow, driven by safety legislation. Emerging applications in the aerospace field will face unique challenges related to harsh environmental conditions and reliability requirements. Part one covers MEMS in automotive applications, including safety systems, stability control and engine management. Part two describes MEMS in aircraft including navigation systems, devices for health monitoring and drag reduction. MEMS thrusters for nano and pico satellites are also covered. CONTENTS

Part 1 MEMS for automotive applications: MEMS for passenger safety in automotive vehicles; MEMS for automotive vehicle stability control applications; MEMS for automotive tyre pressure monitoring systems; MEMS pressure and flow sensors for automotive engine management and aerospace applications; Radio frequency (RF) MEMS for automotive radar sensors; MEMS for passenger comfort in vehicles. Part 2 MEMS for aerospace applications: MEMS for active drag reduction in aerospace applications; MEMS inertial navigation systems for aircrafts; MEMS for structural health monitoring in aircrafts; MEMS for harsh environment sensors in aerospace applications; MEMS thrusters for nano and pico satellites; MEMS enabling space exploration and exploitation.

368 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 118 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 648 7 Approx. £140.00/US$240.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091185

Microjoining and nanojoining Edited by Y N Zhou, University of Waterloo, Canada CONTENTS

832 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 179 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 404 3 £200.00/US$340.00/€240.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691790

Edited by K Barmak, Carnegie Mellon University and K Coffey, University of Central Florida, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 40

CONTENTS

600 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 057 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 629 6 Approx. £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090577

Handbook of advanced dielectric, piezoelectric and ferroelectric materials Synthesis, properties and applications Edited by Z-G Ye, Simon Fraser University, Canada Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 12 CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of terahertz technology for imaging and sensing: Optoelectronic techniques for generation and detection of terahertz waves; Transmission and propagation of terahertz waves; Fundamental aspects of surface plasmon polaritons at terahertz frequencies; Fundamental aspects of terahertz near-field imaging and sensing. Part 2 Recent progress and novel techniques in terahertz technology: Terahertz bio-sensing techniques; Room temperature terahertz detectors; Novel techniques using surface plasmon polaritons at terahertz frequencies; Terahertz array imagers: Towards implementation of terahertz cameras; Recent progress in terahertz time-domain systems; State-of-the-art in terahertz continuous wave photomixer systems; Novel techniques in terahertz near-field imaging and sensing; Terahertz nano-devices and nano-systems; Terahertz integrated devices and systems; Terahertz communications; Terahertz frequency metrology based on frequency comb techniques; Semiconductor material development for terahertz applications. Part 3 Applications of terahertz technology: Terahertz applications in industry: A review; Terahertz applications in the aerospace industry; Terahertz applications in the wood industry; Terahertz applications in the pharmaceutical industry and science; Terahertz applications in medical imaging and health science; Terahertz applications in art conservation; Applications of terahertz technology in the semiconductor industry.

690 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 235 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 649 4 Approx. £175.00/US$300.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092359

1096 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 186 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 400 5 £235.00/US$400.00/€280.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691868

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Electronic and optical materials NEW Applications of ATILA FEM software to smart materials

NEW Ultrasonic transducers

Case studies in designing devices

Materials and design for sensors, actuators and medical applications

Edited by K Uchino, The Pennsylvania State University, USA and J-C Debus, ISEN (Institut Supérieur de l’Electronique et du Numérique), France Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 31

ATILA Finite Element Method (FEM) software facilitates the modelling and analysis of piezoelectric, magnetostrictor and shape memory material based applications. It allows entire designs to be constructed, refined, and optimized before production begins. Through a range of instructive case studies, Applications of ATILA FEM software to smart materials provides an indispensable guide to the use of this vital software in the design and modelling of efficient products. Part one provides an introduction to the ATILA FEM software, before part two goes on to present case studies of finite element modelling using ATILA. Topics include the use of ATILA in finite element analysis, piezoelectric polarization, time domain analysis, design of ultrasonic motors, piezo-composite and photonic crystal applications. The study of piezoelectric single crystals is also discussed, before a final reflection on the use of ATILA in modelling the damping of piezoelectric structures. CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction to the ATILA finite element method (FEM) software: Overview of the ATILA finite element modelling software code; The capability of the new version of ATILA; Loss integration in ATILA software. Part 2 Case studies of finite element modeling (FEM) using ATILA: Finite element analysis of flexural vibration of orthogonally stiffened cylindrical shells with ATILA; Utilization of piezoelectric polarization in ATILA: usual to original; Time domain analysis of piezoelectric devices with the transient module in ATILA; Designing ultrasonic motors with ATILA; Piezo-composite applications of ATILA; Photonic crystal applications of ATILA; Studying the behaviour of piezoelectric single crystals for sonar using ATILA; Thermal analysis in piezoelectric and magnetostrictive materials using ATILA; Modelling the damping of piezoelectric structures with ATILA; Modelling the behaviour of single crystal devices with ATILA: The effect of the temperature and the stress on a single crystal bar, tonpilz and sphere submitted to a harmonic analysis.

424 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 065 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 631 9 Approx. £140.00/US$240.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090652

Polymers in electronics 2007 Munich, Germany, 30-31 January 2007

NEW Functional materials for sustainable energy applications Edited by J Kilner, S Skinner, Imperial College, S Irvine, Glyndwr University and P Edwards, University of Oxford, UK

Edited by K Nakamura, Tokyo Institute of Technology, Japan Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 29

Ultrasonic transducers are key components in sensors for distance, flow and level measurement as well as power and other applications of ultrasound. Ultrasonic transducers reviews recent research in the design and application of this important technology. Part one provides an overview of materials and design of ultrasonic transducers. Part two goes on to investigate modelling and characterisation. Part three reviews applications, beginning with a review of surface acoustic wave devices and air-borne ultrasound transducers, and going on to consider ultrasonic high temperature and flaw detection systems, power, biomedical and micro scale ultrasonics, therapeutic ultrasound devices, piezoelectric and fibre optic hydrophones, and ultrasonic motors. CONTENTS

Part 1 Materials and design of ultrasonic transducers: Piezoelectricity and basic configurations for piezoelectric ultrasonic transducers; Electromagnetic acoustic transducers (EMATs); Piezoelectric ceramics for ultrasonic transducers; Thin film ultrasonic transducers based on lead zirconate titanate (PZT); Piezoelectric single crystals in ultrasonic transducers. Part 2 Modelling and characterisation of ultrasonic transducers: Modelling ultrasonic transducer performance: One-dimensional models; Modelling the performance of micro-acoustic devices using the boundary element method; Electrical evaluation of piezoelectric transducers; Laser Doppler vibrometry for measuring vibration of ultrasonic transducers; Optical visualization of acoustic fields: The schlieren technique, the Fresnel method and the photoelastic method applied to ultrasonic transducers. Part 3 Applications of ultrasonic transducers: Surface acoustic wave (SAW) devices; Air-borne ultrasound transducers; Ultrasonic transducers for non-destructive evaluation at high temperatures; Analysis and synthesis of frequency-diverse ultrasonic flaw detection systems using Order Statistics and Neural Network Processors; Power ultrasonics: New technologies and applications for fluid processing; Nonlinear acoustics and selected applications in biomedical ultrasonics; Therapeutic ultrasound with an emphasis on applications to the brain; Micro scale ultrasonic sensors and actuators; Piezoelectric and fiber optic hydrophones; Ultrasonic motors.

748 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 989 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 630 2 £180.00/US$305.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699895

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 35

Global demand for low cost, efficient and sustainable energy production is ever increasing. Driven by recent discoveries and innovation in the science and technology of materials, applications based on functional materials are becoming increasingly important. Functional materials for sustainable energy applications provides an essential guide to the development and application of these materials in sustainable energy production. Part one reviews functional materials for solar power. Part two focuses on functional materials for hydrogen production and storage. Functional materials for fuel cells are the explored in part three. Part four considers functional materials for demand reduction and energy storage, before the book concludes in part five with an investigation into computer simulation studies of functional materials. CONTENTS

Part 1 Functional materials for solar power: Silicon-based photovoltaic solar cells; Photovoltaic (PV) thin films for solar cells; Rapid, low temperature processing of dye sensitized solar cells; Thermophotovoltaic (TPV) devices: Introduction and modellings; Photoelectrochemical cells for hydrogen generation. Part 2 Functional materials for hydrogen production and storage: Reversible solid oxide electrolytic cells for large scale energy storage: Challenges and opportunities; Membranes, adsorbent materials and solvent-based materials for syngas and hydrogen production; Functional materials for hydrogen storage. Part 3 Functional materials for fuel cells: The role of the fuel in the operation, performance and degradation of fuel cells; Membrane electrode assemblies for polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cells; Developments in membranes, catalysts and membrane electrode assemblies for direct methanol fuel cells (DMFC); Electrolytes and ion conductors for solid oxide fuel cells (SOFC); Novel cathodes for solid oxide fuel cells (SOFC); Novel anode materials for solid oxide fuel cells; Thin-film solid oxide fuel cell (SOFC) materials; Proton conductors for solid oxide fuel cells (SOFC). Part 4 Functional materials for demand reduction and energy storage: Materials and techniques for energy harvesting; Lithium batteries: Current technologies and future trends. Part 5 Appendix.

724 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 059 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 637 1 £180.00/US$305.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090591

CONTENTS

21 papers 298 x 210mm paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84735 009 1 £100.00/US$170.00/€120.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781847350091 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Electronic and optical materials NEW Printed films

High-temperature superconductors

Materials science and applications in sensors, electronics and photonics

Edited by X G Qiu, Chinese Academy of Sciences, China

Edited by M Prudenziati, University of Modena, Italy and J Hormadaly, Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, Israel Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 26

Printed films provides comprehensive coverage of the most significant recent developments in printed films and their applications. Materials and properties of printed films are the focus of part one. Printed films as electrical components and silicon metallization for solar cells are discussed, as are conduction mechanisms in printed film resistors, and thick films in packaging and microelectronics. Part two goes on to review the varied applications of printed films in devices. Printed resistive sensors are considered, as is the role of printed films in capacitive, piezoelectric and pyroelectric sensors, mechanical microsystems and gas sensors. The applications of printed films in biosensors, actuators, heater elements, varistors and polymer solar cells are then explored, followed by a review of screen printing for the fabrication of solid oxide fuel cells, and laser printed micro- and meso-scale power generating devices. CONTENTS

608 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 988 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 621 0 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699888

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 24

High-temperature superconductors reviews growth techniques, properties and applications of key high-temperature superconducting films. The first part of the book provides an overview of high-temperature superconductor properties such as optical conductivity and transport properties. Part two reviews the growth and properties of particular types of superconducing film and part three describes how they can be applied in practice in various areas of electronics. CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of high temperature superconductors: Deposition technologies, growth and properties of high TC films; Transport properties of high TC cuprate films as superconductive materials; The optical conductivity of high temperature superconductors. Part 2 Growth techniques and properties of particular high temperature superconductors: Sputter deposition of large-area double-sided YBCO superconducting films; BSCCO high TC superconducting films; Electron-doped cuprates as high temperature superconductors; Liquid phase epitaxy (LPE) growth of HTSC high TC superconducting films. Part 3 Applications of high temperature superconductors: High-TC Josephson junctions; d-wave YBCO dc-superconductive quantum interference devices (dc-SQUIDs); Microwave filters using high temperature superconductors.

452 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 578 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 103 1 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695781

Advanced piezoelectric materials Science and technology Edited by K Uchino, Pennsylvania State University, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 17 CONTENTS

696 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 534 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 975 8 £180.00/US$305.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695347

High temperature superconductors (HTS) for energy applications Edited by Z Melhem, Oxford Instruments Nanoscience, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 27

High temperature superconductors (HTS) offer many advantages through their application in electrical systems, including high efficiency performance and high throughput with low electrical losses. While cryogenic cooling and precision materials manufacture is required to achieve this goal, cost reductions without significant performance loss are being achieved through advanced design, development and manufacture of HTS equipment. This book explores the fundamental science and engineering of HTS components, such as wires and tapes, cables, coils and magnets, and reviews the energy applications these materials are used in, from power systems and rotating machinery to fusion and accelerator technologies. CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamental science and engineering of high temperature superconductor (HTS) materials and components: Fundamental issues in high temperature superconductor (HTS) materials science and engineering; HTS wires and tapes; HTS cables; Bulk HTS materials; HTS magnets; Cryogenics for HTS systems; Electromagnetic modelling of HTS materials and applications. Part 2 Application of HTS materials and components in energy systems; Superconducting fault current limiters and power cables; Superconducting magnetic energy storage systems (SMES); Application of HTS technology in rotating machinery; HTS in fusion technologies; HTS in accelerator systems.

432 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 012 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 529 9 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090126

Polymer electrolytes Fundamentals and applications Edited by C A C Sequeira and D M F Santos, Instituto Superior Técnico, Portugal Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 16 CONTENTS

632 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 772 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 977 2 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697723

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Electronic and optical materials / Computing and electrical engineering ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING NEW Electricity transmission, distribution and storage systems Edited by Z Melhem, Oxford Instruments NanoScience, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 38

Advanced electricity transmission and distribution (T&D) network technologies are required to reduce losses, sustain higher network efficiency, and maintain power quality and security. Research in this field must also consider the increasing role and penetration of renewable and distributed generation, for which advanced electricity storage systems are required. The first section of this book presents chapters on key aspects of the materials, architecture and performance of electricity T&D networks. The second section addresses the applications and integration of electricity storage systems. CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals and materials for electricity transmission and distribution (T&D): Introduction to T&D networks; Integration of distributed energy resources to the grid; Modern flexible AC transmission system controllers; Development of switchgear materials for T&D networks; Nanodielectrics and their role in power transmission applications. Part 2 Developments in electricity storage technologies: Redox flow batteries; Materials and chemistry for nickel-based batteries; Supercapacitors; Processes and technology for recycling advanced Li-ion and NiMH batteries; Techno-economic analysis for electricity storage systems.

300 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84569 784 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 737 8 Approx. £130.00/US$220.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697846

COMPUTING AND ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING NEW Applications of ATILA FEM software to smart materials Case studies in designing devices Edited by K Uchino, The Pennsylvania State University, USA and J-C Debus, ISEN (Institut Supérieur de l’Electronique et du Numérique), France Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 31

Designing a structured cabling system to ISO 11801 Cross-referenced to European CENELEC and American Standards Second edition B J Elliott, Brand-Rex Ltd, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 6

336 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2002 ISBN: 978 1 85573 612 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 867 6 £115.00/US$195.00/€140.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855736122 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Cable engineering for local area networks

Part 1 Introduction to the ATILA finite element method (FEM) software: Overview of the ATILA finite element modelling software code; The capability of the new version of ATILA; Loss integration in ATILA software. Part 2 Case studies of finite element modeling (FEM) using ATILA: Finite element analysis of flexural vibration of orthogonally stiffened cylindrical shells with ATILA; Utilization of piezoelectric polarization in ATILA: usual to original; Time domain analysis of piezoelectric devices with the transient module in ATILA; Designing ultrasonic motors with ATILA; Piezo-composite applications of ATILA; Photonic crystal applications of ATILA; Studying the behaviour of piezoelectric single crystals for sonar using ATILA; Thermal analysis in piezoelectric and magnetostrictive materials using ATILA; Modelling the damping of piezoelectric structures with ATILA; Modelling the behaviour of single crystal devices with ATILA: the effect of the temperature and the stress on a single crystal bar, tonpilz and sphere submitted to a harmonic analysis.

424 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 065 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 631 9 Approx. £140.00/US$240.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090652

B J Elliott, Brand-Rex Ltd, UK

Practical scientific computing A Muhammad, Yanbu University College, Saudi Arabia and V Zalizniak, Siberian Federal University, Russia Scientific computing is about developing mathematical models, numerical methods and computer implementations to study and solve real problems in science, engineering, business and even social sciences. This essential guide provides the reader with sufficient foundations in these areas to venture into more advanced texts. The book presents the open source tool for numerical computing numEclipse and studies the classical methods of numerical analysis. Numerical algorithms and their implementations are presented using numEclipse. CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction: Expressions; Statements; Programming; Architecture; Plotting. Part 2 Solving non-linear equations: Solving systems of linear equations; Computational eigenvalue problems; Introduction to finite difference schemes for ordinary differential equations; Interpolation and approximation.

208 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 225 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 226 7 £55.00/US$95.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092250

Essentials of scientific computing Numerical methods for science and engineering V Zalizniak, Siberian Federal University, Russia ‘Zalizniak brings an unparalleled and novel treatment to this field and is to be commended for the sufficient level of detail provided in each chapter. The strength of the work lies in its conciseness, mathematical rigor and clear explanations of the underlying principles … Recommended’

Choice ‘…invaluable to research students as a handbook on numerical techniques’

Mathematical Reviews CONTENTS

Errors in computer arithmetic operations; Solving equations of the form f(x)=0; Solving systems of linear equations; Computational eigenvalue problems; Solving systems of non-linear equations; Numerical integration; Introduction to finite difference schemes for ordinary differential equations; Interpolation and approximation; Programming in MATLAB; Integration formulae of gaussian type; Transformations of integration domains; Stability regions for Runge-Kutta and Adams Schemes; A brief survey of available software.

212 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 904275 32 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 936 5 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781904275329

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 5 320 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 488 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 889 8 £115.00/US$195.00/€140.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734883 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Metallurgy Computational functional analysis Second edition R E Moore, Ohio State University and M J Cloud, Lawrence Technological University, USA ‘A very readable introduction, excellent.’

The Mathematical Gazette 212 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 904275 24 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 943 3 £50.00/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781904275244

Machine learning and data mining I Kononenko and M Kukar, University of Ljubljana, Slovenia ‘Readers are treated to a comprehensive look at the principles. …a fine overview of machine learning methods. …Recommended.’

Choice Magazine 480 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 904275 21 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 944 0 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781904275213

Digital filters and signal processing in electronic engineering Theory, applications, architecture, code S M Bozic and R J Chance, University of Birmingham, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 4

256 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 1998 ISBN: 978 1 898563 58 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 974 7 £50.00/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563587

J M Blackledge, Loughborough University, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 11 840 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 904275 26 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 945 7 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781904275268

Digital image processing Mathematical and computational methods J M Blackledge, Loughborough University, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 9 824 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 898563 49 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 946 4 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563495

Object-oriented technology and computing systems reengineering H S M Zedan and A Cau, De Montfort University, UK 208 pages 242 x 169mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 898563 56 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 061 3 £50.00/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563563

NEW Metallic films for electronic, optical and magnetic applications Structure, processing and properties Edited by K Barmak, Carnegie Mellon University and K Coffey, University of Central Florida, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 40

Missile guidance and pursuit

Kinematics, dynamics and control

CONTENTS

Pattern recognition and image processing D Luo, Glasgow University, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 3 CONTENTS

Introduction; Object detection; Shape analysis; Analysis of roundness/sharpness; Orientation analysis; Arrangement analysis; Conclusions; Computer programs and index.

256 pages 242 x 169mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 1998 ISBN: 978 1 898563 52 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 976 1 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563525

Digital signal processing Mathematical and computational methods, software development and applications Second edition

METALLURGY

N A Shneydor, Israel Armament Development Authority and Technion Institute of Technology, Israel 266 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 1998 ISBN: 978 1 904275 37 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 059 0 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781904275374

Circuit analysis J E Whitehouse, University of Reading, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 1

600 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 057 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 629 6 Approx. £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090577

200 pages 234 x 173mm (7 x 9) hardback 1997 ISBN: 978 1 898563 40 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 044 6 £40.00/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563402

The SGTE casebook

Signal processing in electronic communications

Edited by K Hack, GTT- Technologies, Germany

For engineers and mathematicians

Thermodynamics at work Second edition

M J Chapman, D P Goodall and N C Steele, University of Coventry, UK

‘Thanks to the good introduction and the great number of examples this book is an indispensable help for everyone who wants or has to start working with thermochemical databases.’

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 2

CONTENTS

310 pages 234 x 173mm (7 x 9) paperback 1997 ISBN: 978 1 898563 30 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 981 5 £50.00/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563303

DGG Journal Part 1 Theoretical background. Part 2 Applications in material science and processes. Part 3 Process modellingtheoretical background. Part 4 Process modelling application cases.

488 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 215 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 395 4 £160.00/US$270.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692155

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Metals mining and processing Fundamentals of metallurgy Edited by S Seetharaman, Royal Institute of Technology (KTH), Sweden 576 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 927 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 094 6 £180.00/US$305.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739277

METALS MINING AND PROCESSING NEW Advances in powder metallurgy Properties, processing and applications

The Hatfield memorial lectures Volume 3 Edited by P R Beeley, formerly University of Leeds, UK 264 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 84569 101 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 114 1 £130.00/US$220.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691011

Recommended values of thermophysical properties for selected commercial alloys K C Mills, National Physical Laboratory, UK 234 pages 246 x 189mm (7 1/2 x 10) hardback 2002 ISBN: 978 1 85573 569 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 014 4 £620.00/US$1055.00/€745.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735699

Secondary metallurgy Fundamentals, processes, applications G Stolte 216 pages 242 x 169mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2002 ISBN: 978 3 514 00648 5 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783514006485 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Metallurgy of welding Sixth edition J F Lancaster, Consultant in Materials and Welding, UK 464 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 85573 428 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 486 9 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734289

Metallurgy of basic weld metal G M Evans and N Bailey 448 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1997 ISBN: 978 1 85573 243 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 885 0 £185.00/US$315.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855732438

Edited by I Chang, University of Birmingham and Y Zhao, University of Liverpool, UK Powder metallurgy is a popular metal forming technology used to produce dense and precision components. Different powder and component forming routes can be used to create an end product with specific properties for a particular application or industry. Advances in powder metallurgy reviews advances in powdered metal properties, processing and applications. Part one contains chapters on the formation of metal powders. The next groups of chapters cover materials used and their properties, and manufacturing techniques. A further group of chapters covers the characterisation and testing and applications of metal powders. CONTENTS

Part 1 Forming metal powders: Advances in atomisation techniques; Electrolysis; Mechanochemical processing. Part 2 Materials and properties: Advanced powdered steel alloys; Titanium alloys; Metal-based composite powders; Porous metallic foams. Part 3 Manufacturing techniques: Warm compaction; Microwave sintering; Metal injection moulding; Joining techniques. Part 4 Characterisation and testing: Evolution of microstructure in ferrous and non-ferrous metals; Mathematical modelling of manufacturing processes. Part 5 Applications: Automotive; Biomaterials; Cutting tools.

630 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 420 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 890 0 Approx. £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094209

NEW Fundamentals of magnesium alloy metallurgy Edited by M Pekguleryuz, McGill University, Canada, K Kainer, GKSS, Germany and A Kaya, Mugla University, Turkey Given such properties as strength and low weight, magnesium is finding a wide range of applications. As a result, there has been a wealth of research on understanding its properties and how they can be controlled during processing. Edited by leading experts in the field, this book reviews key properties and how they affect alloy design and processing. CONTENTS

Fundamentals of welding metallurgy H Granjon 240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1991 ISBN: 978 1 85573 019 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 880 5 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730199

Primary production of magnesium; Physical metallurgy of magnesium; Thermodynamic properties of magnesium alloys; Understanding precipitation processes in magnesium alloys; Alloying behaviour of magnesium and alloy design; Forming of magnesium and its alloys; Corrosion and surface finishing of magnesium and its alloys; Applications: automotive and other structural applications; Applications: Magnesium-based metal matrix composites; Applications: Medical implants.

320 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 088 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 729 3 Approx. £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090881

NEW Microstructure evolution in metal forming processes Edited by J Lin, D Balint, Imperial College London, UK and M Pietrzyk, AGH University of Science and Technology Krakow, Poland Microstructure evolution in metal forming processes summarises the wealth of recent research on the mechanisms, modelling and control of microstructure evolution during metal forming processes. Part one reviews the general principles involved in understanding and controlling microstructure evolution in metal forming. Techniques for modelling microstructure and optimising processes are explored, along with recrystallisation, grain growth, and severe plastic deformation. Microstructure evolution in the processing of steel is the focus of part two, which reviews the modelling of phase transformations in steel, unified constitutive equations and work hardening in microalloyed steels. Part three examines microstructure evolution in the processing of other metals, including ageing behaviour in the processing of aluminium and microstructure control in processing nickel, titanium and other special alloys. CONTENTS

Part 1 General principles: Understanding and controlling microstructural evolution in metal forming: An overview; Techniques for modelling microstructure in metal forming processes; Modelling techniques for optimising metal forming processes; Recrystallisation and grain growth in hot working of steels; Severe plastic deformation for grain refinement and enhancement of properties. Part 2 Microstructure evolution in the processing of steel: Modelling phase transformations in steel; Determining unified constitutive equations for modelling hot forming of steel; Modelling phase transformations in hot stamping and cold die quenching of steels; Modelling microstructure evolution and work hardening in conventional and ultrafine-grained microalloyed steels. Part 3 Microstructure evolution in the processing of other metals: Microstructure control in creep-age forming of aluminium panels; Microstructure control in processing nickel, titanium and other special alloys.

416 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 074 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 634 0 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090744

Duplex stainless steels Microstructure, properties and applications Edited by R Gunn, TWI Ltd, UK CONTENTS

Developments, grades and specifications; Alloy design; Microstructure; Forming and machining; Physical and mechanical properties; Corrosion; Stress corrosion cracking; Welding metallurgy; Welding processes; Weld properties; Non-destructive testing of welds; Applications; Service experience.

216 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1997 ISBN: 978 1 85573 318 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 877 5 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733183

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Metals mining and processing NEW Handbook of metal injection molding

NEW Advances in wrought magnesium alloys

NEW Metalworking fluids (MWFs) for cutting and grinding

Edited by D Heaney, Penn State University, USA

Properties, processing and applications

Fundamentals and recent advances

Edited by C Bettles, Monash University and M Barnett, Deakin University, Australia Metal injection molding combines the most useful characteristics of powder metallurgy and plastic injection molding to facilitate the production of small, complex-shaped metal components with outstanding mechanical properties. The Handbook of metal injection molding provides an authoritative guide to this important technology and its applications. Part one discusses the fundamentals of the metal injection molding process. Part two provides a detailed review of quality issues. Special metal injection molding processes are the focus of part three. Finally, part four explores metal injection molding of particular materials, including stainless steels, titanium and titanium alloys, thermal management alloys, high speed tool steels, heavy alloys, refractory metals, hard metals and soft magnetic alloys. CONTENTS

Metal powder injection molding (MIM): key trends and markets. Part 1 Processing: Designing for metal injection molding (MIM); Powders for metal injection molding (MIM); Powder binder formulation and compound manufacture in metal injection molding (MIM); Tooling for metal injection molding (MIM); Molding of components in metal injection molding (MIM); Debinding and sintering of metal injection molding (MIM) components. Part 2 Quality issues: Characterisation of feedstock in metal injection molding (MIM); Modeling and simulation of metal injection molding (MIM); Common defects in metal injection molding (MIM); Qualification of metal injection molding (MIM); Control of carbon content in metal injection molding (MIM). Part 3 Special metal injection molding processes: Micro metal injection molding (MicroMIM); Two-material/two-colour powder metal injection molding (2C-PIM); Powder space holder metal injection molding (PSH-MIM) of micro-porous metals. Part 4 Metal injection molding of specific materials: Metal injection molding (MIM) of stainless steels; Metal injection molding (MIM) of titanium and titanium alloys; Metal injection molding (MIM) of thermal management materials in microelectronics; Metal injection molding (MIM) of soft magnetic materials; Metal injection molding (MIM) of high speed tool steels; Metal injection molding of heavy alloys, refractory metals, and hard metals.

612 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 066 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 623 4 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090669

This important book summarises the wealth of recent research on our understanding of process-property relationships in wrought magnesium alloys and the way this understanding can be used to develop a new generation of alloys for high-performance applications. After an introductory overview of current developments in wrought magnesium alloys, part one reviews fundamental aspects of deformation behaviour. These chapters are the building blocks for the optimisation of processing steps considered in part two which discusses casting, extrusion, rolling and forging technologies. The concluding chapters cover applications of wrought magnesium alloys in automotive and biomedical engineering. CONTENTS

Part 1 Types and properties of magnesium alloys: Current developments in wrought magnesium alloys; Deformation mechanisms of magnesium alloys; Twinning and its role in wrought magnesium alloys; Superplasticity in magnesium alloys by severe plastic deformation; Dynamic recrystallisation in magnesium alloys. Part 2 Processing of magnesium alloys: Direct chill casting of magnesium extrusion billet and rolling slab; Twin roll casting of magnesium; Enhancing the extrudability of magnesium alloys; Hydrostatic extrusion of magnesium alloys; Rolling of magnesium alloys; Forging technology for magnesium alloys. Part 3 Applications of magnesium alloys: Applications of magnesium alloys in automotive engineering; Biomedical applications of magnesium alloys.

480 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 968 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 384 4 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699680

Welding and joining of magnesium alloys Edited by L Liu, Dalian University of Technology, China CONTENTS

Part 1 General: Introduction to the welding and joining of magnesium; Welding metallurgy of magnesium alloys; Preparation for welding of magnesium alloys; Welding materials for magnesium alloys; Welding and joining of magnesium alloys to aluminium alloys; The joining of magnesium alloys to steel; Corrosion and protection of magnesium alloy welds. Part 2 Particular welding and joining techniques: Brazing and soldering of magnesium alloys; Mechanical joining of magnesium alloys; Adhesive bonding of magnesium alloys; Gas-tungsten arc welding (GTAW) of magnesium alloys; Metal inert gas welding (MIG) of magnesium alloys; Variable polarity plasma arc welding of magnesium alloys; Hybrid laser-arc welding of magnesium alloys; Activating flux tungsten inert gas (A-TIG) of magnesium alloys; Friction stir welding of magnesium alloys; Laser welding of magnesium alloys; Resistance spot welding of magnesium alloys; Electro-magnetic welding of Mg alloys.

422 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 692 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 042 3 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696924

Edited by V P Astakhov, General Motors, USA and S Joksch, Oemeta Chemische Werke GmbH, Germany This book reviews the issues surrounding the use of fluids for cutting and grinding throughout the metal working process, from selection and testing to disposal. The opening chapters cover the mechanism and action, selection and delivery of MWFs to the machining zone. A second group of chapters cover issues surrounding MWFs during machining such as supply, circulation and monitoring. The final group of chapters discuss the maintenance, replacement and disposal of MWFs. CONTENTS

Mechanisms of action of metalworking fluids in metal cutting; Selection and testing of metalworking fluids; Delivery of metalworking fluids in the machining zone; Environmentally friendly near-dry machining of metals; High-pressure supply of metalworking fluids; Circulation systems for metal-cutting fluids; Monitoring metal-cutting fluids; Maintenance of metalworking fluids; Replacement of metalworking fluids; Disposal of metalworking fluids.

424 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 061 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 530 5 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090614

NEW Fundamentals of evaluation and diagnostics of welded structures A Nedoseka, E.O. Paton Electric Welding Institute (PEWI) of the National Academy of Sciences, Ukraine. Chapter one discusses design issues, key equations and calculations, and the effects of varied heat sources in relation to the temperature field in welding. Chapter two goes on to explore welding stresses and strains. Fracture mechanics and the loadcarrying capacity of welded structures are the focus of chapter three. Chapter four considers diagnostics and prediction of the residual life of welded structures, whilst acoustic emission techniques for the analysis of welded structures are reviewed in Chapter five. Finally, chapter six supplies supplementary information on numerical techniques and other tests for welded structures. CONTENTS

The temperature field in welding; Welding stresses and strains; Load-carrying capacity of welded structures; Diagnostics and prediction of the residual life of welded structures; Acoustic emission techniques for the analysis of welded structures; Supplementary sections. Numerical techniques and tests for welded structures.

Published in association with Cambridge International Science Publishing 712 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 531 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 757 6 £190.00/US$325.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095312

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Metals mining and processing Tailor welded blanks for advanced manufacturing

Superplastic forming of advanced metallic materials

Shape memory and superelastic alloys

Methods and applications

Edited by B Kinsey, University of New Hampshire and X Wu, Wayne State University, USA

Edited by G Giuliano, University of Cassino, Italy

Applications and technologies

Tailor welded blanks are sheets made from different strengths and thicknesses of steel pre-welded together being pressed and shaped into the final component. They produce high-quality components with the right grade and thickness of steel where they are most needed, providing significant savings in weight and processing costs in such industries as automotive engineering. Part one of this book reviews processing issues in product design, production methods, weld integrity and deformation. Part two discusses applications in such areas as automotive and aerospace engineering. CONTENTS

Part 1 Processing and modeling: Weld integrity of tailor welded blanks; Deformation of tailor welded blanks during forming; Mechanics based modelling of tailor welded blank forming; Numerical simulation modelling of tailor welded blank forming. Part 2 Applications: Light weight metal alloy tailor welded blanks; Advanced high-strength steel, tailorwelded blanks (AHSS-TWBs); Tailor-welded blanks for the automotive industry; Tailor-made blanks for the aerospace industry.

240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 704 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 385 1 £125.00/US$210.00/€150.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697044

Fundamentals of aluminium metallurgy Production, processing and applications Edited by R Lumley, CSIRO Light Metal Flagship, Australia CONTENTS

Introduction to aluminium metallurgy. Part 1 Production and casting of aluminium and its alloys: Production of alumina; Production of primary aluminium; Production of secondary aluminium; Ingot casting and casthouse metallurgy of aluminium and its alloys; Casting of aluminium alloys; Quality issues in aluminium castings; Case studies in aluminium casting alloys; High pressure diecasting of aluminium and its alloys; Progress on the heat treatment of high pressure diecastings. Part 2 Metallurgical properties of aluminium and its alloys: Work hardening of aluminium alloys; Precipitation and solute clustering in aluminium: Advanced characterisation techniques; Solute partitioning to enhance mechanical properties of aged aluminium alloys; Vacancies in aluminium and solute-vacancy interactions in aluminium alloys; Modeling the kinetics of precipitation processes in aluminium alloys; Ultrafine grained aluminium alloys: Processes, structural features and properties; Design for fatigue crack growth resistance in aluminium alloys; Fracture resistance in aluminium; Corrosion and corrosion protection of aluminium. Part 3 Processing and applications of aluminium and its alloys: Joining of aluminium and its alloys; Aluminium powder metallurgy; Laser sintering and rapid prototyping of aluminium; Aluminium sheet fabrication and processing; Application of modern aluminium alloys to aircraft; Materials selection and substitution using aluminium alloys.

864 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 654 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 025 6 £190.00/US$325.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696542

This comprehensive book reviews the various methods of superplastic forming of metals, ways of modelling the process and applications in such areas as aerospace, dental and medical engineering. CONTENTS

Part 1 Superplastic forming methods: Metals for superplastic forming; Standards for superplastic forming of metals; Processes and equipment for superplastic forming of metals; High-temperature lubricants for superplastic forming of metals; The use of laser surface modification in combined superplastic forming and diffusion bonding of metals. Part 2 Modelling of superplastic forming: Mathematical modelling of superplastic metal sheet forming processes; Finite element modelling of thin metal sheet forming; Constitutive equations for modelling superplastic forming of metals; Predicting instability in superplastic forming of metals. Part 3 Applications of superplastic forming: Superplastic forming and diffusion bonding of titanium alloys; Superplastic forming of aluminium alloys; Quick plastic forming of aluminium alloys; Superplastic forming of magnesium alloys; Superplastic microtubes fabricated by dieless drawing processes.

384 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 753 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 277 9 £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697532

Superplasticity and grain boundaries in ultrafine-grained materials A L Zhilyaev, CSIC, Spain and A I Pshenichnyuk, Institute for Superplasticity of Metals, Russia Superplasticity and grain boundaries in ultrafine-grained materials discusses a number of problems associated with grain boundaries in polycrystals. The authors explore the formation and evolution of the microstructure, texture and ensembles of grain boundaries in materials produced by severe plastic deformation. The book is highly beneficial to metallurgists and researchers concerned with the problems of nanomaterials and nanotechnology.

This book reviews the wealth of research into shape memory and superelastic alloys that has resulted in a wide range of new industrial applications. The first part of the book discusses the processing of TiNi, Cu and Fe-based shape memory alloys. The second part of the book summarises the diverse applications of these flexible materials in sectors such as electronics, construction, automotive, aerospace and medical engineering as well as sports and leisure. CONTENTS

Part 1 Properties and processing: Mechanisms and properties of the shape memory effect and superelasticity in alloys and other materials: A practical guide; Basic characteristics of Ti-Ni based and Ti-Nb based alloys; Development and commercialisation of TiNi and Cu-based shape memory alloys; Industrial processing of TiNi shape memory alloys to achieve key properties; Design of shape memory alloy (SMA) coil springs for actuator applications; Overview of the development of shape memory and superelastic alloy applications. Part 2 Application technologies for shape memory alloys: Applications of shape memory alloys in electrical appliances; Applications of shape memory alloys in hot-water supply; The use of shape memory alloys in construction and housing; The use of shape memory alloys (SMAs) in automobiles and trains; The use of shape memory alloys in aerospace engineering; Ferrous (Fe-based) shape memory alloys: Properties, processing and applications. Part 3 Application technologies for superelastic alloys: Applications of superelastic alloys in the telecommunications, industry; Applications of superelastic alloys in the clothing, sports and leisure industries; Medical applications of superelastic Ni-Ti alloys.

232 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 707 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 262 5 £125.00/US$210.00/€150.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697075

Sintering of advanced materials Edited by Z Z Fang, University of Utah, USA CONTENTS

CONTENTS

Structural superplasticity of polycrystalline materials; Characteristics of grain boundary enesembles; Orientationdistributed parameters of the polycrystalline structure; Experimental investigation of the ensembles of grain boundaries in polycrystals; Grain boundary sliding in metallic bi- and tri-crystals; Percolation mechanism of deformation processes in ultrafine-grained polycrystals; Percolation processes in a network of grain boundaries in ultrafinegrained materials; Microstructure and grain boundary ensembles in ultrafine-grained materials; Grain boundary processes in ultrafine-grained nickel and nanonickel; Duration of the stage of stable flow in superplastic deformation; Dervivation of constitutive equations in multicomponent loading conditions.

Published in association with Cambridge International Science Publishing 328 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 100 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 383 7 £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091000

Edited by K Yamauchi, Tohoku University, I Ohkata, Piolax Medical Devices, K Tsuchiya, NIMS and S Miyazaki, University of Tsukuba, Japan

506 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 562 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 994 9 £160.00/US$270.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695620

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Metals mining and processing Nanostructured metals and alloys Processing, microstructure, mechanical properties and applications Edited by S H Whang, Polytechnic Institute of NYU, USA Nanostructured metals and alloys have enhanced tensile strength, fatigue strength and ductility and are suitable for use in applications where strength or strength-toweight ratios are important. Part one of this important book reviews processing techniques for bulk nanostructured metals and alloys. Parts two and three discuss microstructure and mechanical properties, whilst part four outlines applications of this new class of material. CONTENTS

Part 1 Processing of bulk nanostructured metals and alloys: Production of bulk nanostructured metals and alloys by severe plastic deformation (SPD); Bulk nanostructured metals and alloys produced by accumulative roll-bonding; Nanocrystalline metals and alloys prepared by mechanical attrition; Processing of nanostructured steels by solid reaction; Processing of bulk nanocrystalline metals and alloys by electrodeposition; Bulk nanocrystalline and nanocomposite alloys produced from amorphous phase; Severe plastic deformation and production of nanostructured alloys by machining. Part 2 Microstructure: Deformation structures including twins in nanograined pure metals; Microstructure and mechanical properties of nanostructured ferrous alloys by equal-channel angular pressing; Characteristic structures and properties of nanostructured metals prepared by plastic deformation. Part 3 Mechanical properties: Strengthening mechanisms in nanocrystalline metals; Elastic and plastic deformation in nanocrystalline metals; Mechanical properties of multi-scale metallic materials; Enhanced ductility and its mechanisms in nanocrystalline metallic materials; Mechanical behavior of nanostructured metals based on molecular dynamics computer simulations; Surface deformation and mechanical behaviour of nanostructured alloys; Fatigue behaviour in nanostructured metals; Superplastic deformation in nanocrystalline metals and alloys; Creep and high temperature deformation in nanostructured metals and alloys. Part 4 Applications: Processing of nanostructured metal and metal-matrix coatings by thermal and cold spraying; Nanocoatings for commercial and industrial applications; Application of nanostructured steel sheets to automotive body structures; Production processes for nanostructured wires, bars and strips; Nanostructured plain carbon-manganese (C-Mn) steel sheets by ultra-fast cooling and short interval multi-pass hot rolling.

840 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 670 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 112 3 £180.00/US$305.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696702

Direct strip casting of metals and alloys M Ferry, University of New South Wales, Australia CONTENTS

Metallurgy of alloys suitable for direct strip casting; Overview of solidification processing; Continuous casting processes and the emergence of DSC; DSC process variables and cast strip quality; As-cast microstructure, texture and properties; Secondary processing and fabrication.

296 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84569 049 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 166 0 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845690496

Titanium alloys

Hydrometallurgy

Modelling of microstructure, properties and applications

Principles and applications

W Sha and S Malinov, Queen’s University of Belfast, UK

CONTENTS

Introduction to titanium alloys. Part 1 Experimental techniques: Microscopy; Synchrotron radiation X-ray diffraction; Differential scanning calorimetry and property measurements. Part 2 Physical models: Thermodynamic modelling; The Johnson-Mehl-Avrami method: Isothermal transformation kinetics; The Johnson-Mehl-Avrami method adapted to continuous cooling; Finite element method: morphology of ß to a phase transformation; Phase-field method: Lamellar structure formation in -TiAl; Cellular automata method for microstructural evolution modelling; Crystallographic and fracture behaviour of titanium aluminide; Atomistic simulations of interfaces and dislocations relevant to TiAl. Part 3 Neural network models: Neural network method; Neural network models and applications in phase transformation studies; Neural network models and applications in property studies. Part 4 Surface engineering products: Surface gas nitriding: Phase composition and microstructure; Surface gas nitriding: Mechanical properties, morphology, corrosion; Nitriding: Modelling of hardness profiles and the kinetics; Aluminising: Fabrication of Al and Ti-Al coatings by mechanical alloying.

588 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 375 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 586 6 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693756

Managing wastes from aluminium smelter plants B Mazumder, IMMT research laboratory and B K Mishra, Institute of Minerals and Materials Technology, India CONTENTS

Introduction; Wastes generated by aluminum smelter plants; Treatment of the wastes and quality of byproducts; Utilisation of wastes (byproducts); Techno-economic feasibility of some selected processes.

A Woodhead Publishing India title 140 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 0 85709 010 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 366 0 £85.00/US$145.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090102

Maraging steels Modelling of microstructure, properties and applications W Sha, Queen’s University Belfast and Z Guo, Sente Software, UK CONTENTS

Introduction to maraging steels; Microstructure of maraging steels; Mechanical properties of maraging steels; Thermodynamic calculations for quantifying the phase fraction and element partition in maraging systems and precipitation hardening steels; Quantification of phase transformation kinetics in maraging steels; Quantification of age hardening in maraging steels; Maraging steels and overageing; Precipitation hardening stainless steel; Applications of artificial neural network on modelling maraging steel properties.

216 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 686 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 693 1 £130.00/US$220.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696863

T Havlik, Technical University Košice, Slovak Republic Current state of copper production; Ore minerals; Phase equilibrium of copper and iron sulphides; Equilibrium in aqueous solutions; Thermodynamics of heterogeneous systems in aqueous media; Programs and databases for thermodynamic calculations; Kinetics of heterogeneous reactions of leaching processes; Leaching in chlorides; Extraction of metals from solutions; Effect of electronic structure on leaching of sulphide semiconductors; Experimental methods of investigating hydrometallurgical processes; Leaching of copper sulphides; Morphology and behaviour of sulphur in leaching of sulphides; Examination of the fine structure; Mechanism of leaching of copper sulphides in acid medium; Current state and prospects of hydrometallurgical processes.

Published in association with Cambridge International Science Publishing 552 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 407 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 461 6 £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694074

Mineral wool Production and properties B Sirok, B Blagojevic, Faculty of Mechanical Engineering, University of Ljubljana, Slovenia and P Bullen, University of Hertfordshire, UK CONTENTS

Melting the raw materials; Multiple regression; Physical characteristics of mineral wool melts; Dimensional analysis; Fiberisation process; Visualisation method in real production processes; Applying the visualisation method to measuring the thickness of mineral wool fibres; The influence of melt film temperature on the fibre diameter distribution in mineral wool produced by a double-wheel spinning machine; Formation of the primary layer; Numerical analysis of flow properties in the collection chamber; Quality of the primary layer and its influence on the final product; Curing chamber.

Published in association with Cambridge International Science Publishing 192 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 406 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 445 6 £125.00/US$210.00/€150.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694067

Belt conveying of minerals E D Yardley, Consultant and L R Stace, Nottingham University, UK ‘…practical overview of relevant standards, belt test methods and issues surrounding standardization.’

Quarry Management CONTENTS

Introduction; History and economics of conveyor applications; Design of belt conveyors 1 – Power requirements and belt tensions; Design of belt conveyors 2 – Hardware (Idlers, structure, pulleys, drives, tensioning devices, transfer points and belt cleaning); Belt constructions; Joining conveyor belts; Standards, test methods and their standardisation; Safety considerations – Fire and electrical resistance properties of the belt conveyor; Safety considerations 2– Nip points, stored tension, man-riding and materials transportation on belts; Maintenance and monitoring; Case histories.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 230 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 430 2 £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692308

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Steel Handbook of gold exploration and evaluation E Macdonald, Consultant, Australia 664 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 175 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 254 4 £210.00/US$355.00/€250.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691752

Surface defects on electrolytically coated steel sheet

108 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2000 ISBN: 978 3 514 00640 9 £35.00/US$60.00/€40.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783514006409 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Surface defects on hot-dip metal coated steel sheet Quadrilingual: German-English-FrenchSpanish 118 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1998 ISBN: 978 3 514 00620 1 £35.00/US$60.00/€40.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783514006201 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Surface defects in hot rolled flat steel products Trilingual: German-English-French Second edition

70 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1997 ISBN: 978 3 514 00590 7 £35.00/US$60.00/€40.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783514005907 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Slag atlas Second edition

640 pages 1,537 figures and 122 tables 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) hardback 1995 ISBN: 978 3 514 00457 3 £160.00/US$270.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783514004573 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Faults in hot dip galvanising Trilingual: German-English-French Second edition D Horstmann

STEEL NEW Phase transformations in steels

Volume 2: Diffusionless transformations, high strength steels, modelling and advanced analytical techniques

Volume 1: Fundamentals and diffusion-controlled transformations Edited by E Pereloma, University of Wollongong, Australia and D V Edmonds, University of Leeds, UK ‘A new and comprehensive book on phase transformations is both timely and welcome… The various chapters bring nicely up-to-date the vast knowledge of steel transformations in the literature.’

Professor Ted Massalski, Carnegie Mellon University, USA (from the Foreword) The processing-microstructure-property relationships in steels continue to present challenges to researchers because of the complexity of phase transformation reactions and the wide spectrum of microstructures and properties achievable. This major twovolume work summarises the current state of research on phase transformations in steels and its implications for the emergence of new steels with enhanced engineering properties. Volume 1 reviews fundamentals and diffusioncontrolled phase transformations. CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of phase transformations: The historical development of phase transformations understanding in ferrous alloys; Thermodynamics of phase transformations in steels; Fundamentals of diffusion in phase transformations in steels; Kinetics of phase transformations in steels; Structure, energy and migration of phase boundaries in steels. Part 2 Diffusion-controlled transformations: Fundamentals of ferrite formation in steels; Proeutectoid ferrite and cementite transformations in steels; The formation of pearlite in steels; Nature and kinetics of the massive austeniteferrite phase transformations in steels. Part 3 Bainite and diffusional-displacive transformations: Mechanisms of bainite transformation in steels; Carbide-containing bainite transformation in steels; Carbide-free bainite transformation in steels; Kinetics of bainite transformation in steels. Part 4 Additional driving forces for transformations: Nucleation and growth during the austenite-to-ferrite phase transformation in steels after plastic deformation; Dynamic strain-induced ferrite transformation (DIST) in steels; The effect of a magnetic field on phase transformations in steels; The effect of heating rate on phase transformations in steels and Fe-NiBased alloys.

656 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 970 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 610 4 £175.00/US$300.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699703

80 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1983 ISBN: 978 3 514 00298 2 £35.00/US$60.00/€40.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783514002982 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Wire rod defects Trilingual: German-English-French

48 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1973 ISBN: 978 3 514 00134 3 £30.00/US$50.00/€35.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783514001343 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

NEW Phase transformations in steels

Edited by E Pereloma, University of Wollongong, Australia and D V Edmonds, University of Leeds, UK Volume 2 reviews current research on diffusionless transformations and phase transformations in high strength steels, as well as advances in modelling and analytical techniques which underpin this research. CONTENTS

Part 1 Diffusionless transformations: Crystallography of martensite transformations in steels; Morphology and substructure of martensite in steels; Kinetics of martensite transformations in steels; Shape memory in ferrous alloys; Tempering of martensite in carbon steels. Part 2 Phase transformations in high strength steels: Phase transformations in high strength low alloy (HSLA) steels; Phase transformations in transformation induced plasticity (TRIP)-assisted multiphase steels; Phase transformations in quenched and partitioned steels; Phase transformations in advanced bainitic steels; Phase transformations in high manganese twinning induced plasticity (TWIP) steels; Phase transformations in maraging steels. Part 3 Modelling phase transformations: First principles in modelling phase transformations in steels; Phase field modelling of phase transformations in steels; Molecular dynamics modelling of martensitic transformations in steels; Neural networks modelling of phase transformations in steels. Part 4 Advanced analytical techniques for studying phase transformations in steels: Application of modern transmission electron microscopy (TEM) techniques to the study of phase transformations in steel; Atom probe tomography for studying phase transformations in steels; Electron backscatter diffraction (EBSD) techniques for studying phase transformations in steels; Application of synchrotron and neutron scattering techniques for tracking phase transformations in steels.

680 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 971 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 611 1 £175.00/US$300.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699710

Maraging steels Modelling of microstructure, properties and applications W Sha, Queen’s University Belfast and Z Guo, Sente Software, UK CONTENTS

216 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 686 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 693 1 £130.00/US$220.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696863

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Steel NEW Microstructure evolution in metal forming processes Edited by J Lin, D Balint, Imperial College London, UK and M Pietrzyk, AGH University of Science and Technology Krakow, Poland Microstructure evolution in metal forming processes summarises the wealth of recent research on the mechanisms, modelling and control of microstructure evolution during metal forming processes. Part one reviews the general principles involved in understanding and controlling microstructure evolution in metal forming. Techniques for modelling microstructure and optimising processes are explored, along with recrystallisation, grain growth, and severe plastic deformation. Microstructure evolution in the processing of steel is the focus of part two, which reviews the modelling of phase transformations in steel, unified constitutive equations and work hardening in microalloyed steels. Part three examines microstructure evolution in the processing of other metals, including ageing behaviour in the processing of aluminium and microstructure control in processing nickel, titanium and other special alloys. CONTENTS

416 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 074 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 634 0 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090744

Creep-resistant steels

Buyer’s guide to sourcing castings from India

Edited by F Abe, National Institute for Materials Science (NIMS), Japan, T-U Kern, Siemens, Germany and R Viswanathan, EPRI, USA

KPL International Limited, India

‘…a reference book of particular value to the power generation, petrochemical and other major industries.’

Metal Bulletin Monthly CONTENTS

Part 1 General: Introduction; The development of creepresistant steels; Specifications for creep-resistant steels: Europe; Specifications for creep-resistant steels; Production of creep-resistant steels for turbines. Part 2 Behaviour of creep-resistant steels: Physical and elastic behaviour of creep-resistant steels; Diffusion behaviour of creep-resistant steels; Fundamental aspects of creep deformation and deformation mechanism map; Strengthening mechanisms in steel for creep and creep rupture; Precipitation during heat treatment and service – Characterisation, simulation and strength contribution; Grain boundaries in creep resistant steels; Fracture mechanism map and fundamental aspects of creep fracture; Mechanisms of creep deformation in steel; Constitutive equations for creep curves and predicting service life; Creep strain analysis in steel; Creep crack growth behaviour and creep-fatigue behaviour of steels; Creep strength of welded joints of ferritic steels; Fracture mechanics: understanding in microdimensions; Mechanisms of oxidation and corrosion and the influence of steam oxidation on service life of steam power plant components. Part 3 Applications: Alloy design philosophy of creepresistant steels; Using creep-resistant steels in turbines; Using creep-resistant steels in nuclear reactors; Creep damage - Industry needs and future R&D.

700 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 178 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 401 2 £185.00/US$315.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691783

Steel manual Third edition

186 pages 240 x 200mm paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 3 514 00745 1 £25.00/US$40.00/€30.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783514007451 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

High nitrogen steels and stainless steels Manufacturing, properties and applications Edited by B Raj, Indira Gandhi Centre for Atomic Research, India

The alloy tree A guide to low-alloy steels, stainless steels and nickel-base alloys C Farrar, Consultant CONTENTS

Introduction: The alloy tree; Group A: Creep resisting low alloy steels; Group B: Cryogenic, nickel low alloy steels; Group C: Martensitic and ferritic stainless steels; Group D: Duplex and superduplex stainless steels; Group E: Standard austenitic stainless steels; Group F: Austenitic and superaustenitic stainless steels; Group G: Corrosion resistant nickel alloys; Group F: Heat resistant stainless steels; Group I: Heat resistant nickel alloys; Group J: Nickel-copper and nickel-molybdenum alloys.

CONTENTS

Historical evolution of HNS alloys; Production of highnitrogen bearing steels and stainless steels; Microstructural aspects and thermodynamics stability of nitrogen bearing stainless steels; Corrosion properties of nitrogen bearing stainless steels; Mechanical behaviour of nitrogen-bearing stainless steels; Welding metallurgy studies; Applications and services, Future developments and applications of nitrogenbearing steels and stainless steels.

224 pages 250 x 160mm (6 1/2 x 10) hardback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 84265 129 2 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781842651292 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

CONTENTS

Preface; Executive summary; About KPL; How to use the buyer’s guide; Section A: India an overview. Section B: Why source castings from India? Overview of castings industry in India; Technology status in Indian foundries; Indicative prices of castings; Logistics; Guidelines for sourcing castings from India. Section C: Location and contacts; Organizational details; Key performance indicators; Installed and spare capacities; Commercial aspects. Section D: Doing business in India. Section E: Detailed profiles.

738 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2003 ISBN: 978 1 85573 719 8 £1050.00/US$1785.00/€1260.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855737198

Melting and mixing of alloying agents in steel melts L Zhang and F Oeters 114 pages 210 x 148mm (6 x 8) paperback 1999 ISBN: 978 3 514 00637 9 £25.00/US$40.00/€30.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783514006379 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Duplex stainless steels Microstructure, properties and applications Edited by R Gunn, TWI Ltd, UK 216 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1997 ISBN: 978 1 85573 318 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 877 5 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733183

Toughness requirements for steels An international compendium R Phaal and C S Wiesner 176 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1993 ISBN: 978 1 85573 132 5 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855731325

Steel – a handbook for materials research and engineering Volume 1: Fundamentals

752 pages 250 x 160mm (6 x 9) hardback 1992 ISBN: 978 3 514 00377 4 £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783514003774 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Volume 2: Applications

864 pages 250 x 160mm (6 x 9) hardback 1993 ISBN: 978 3 514 00378 1 £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783514003781 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

208 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 85573 766 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 992 5 £130.00/US$220.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855737662

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

High temperature materials and power generation CONVENTIONAL POWER GENERATION NEW Coal utilization in industry Towards cleaner production Edited by D Osborne, Xstrata Coal Queensland, Australia Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 50

Coal utilization in industry presents a systematic and comprehensive review of coal utilization in industrial applications, from power plants to steel and iron making. The first part reviews worldwide coal resources and analyses the environmental and economic issues concerning the use of these resources. Following chapters review the basic science of coal, and importantly review the myriad of coal preparation and upgrading options that allow for cleaner production of coal for industrial applications. The final part reviews coal utilization and applications. Topics addressed include combustion, carbonisation and methods to optimize coal utilization in industry. CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction: Coal resources, environmental issues and economic analysis: Environmental issues; Techno-economic analysis of coal markets and operational planning; Brazil as an emerging market for coal; China as an emerging market for coal; India as an emerging market for coal; Russia as an emerging market for coal. Part 2 Coal characterisation, chemistry and utilization parameters: Coal properties and chemistry; Coal petrography, characterization and classification. Part 3 Advances in mining, upgrading and handling towards cleaner production: Mining extraction and technology; Coal cleaning and preparation technology; Runof-mine handling and transportation; Coal pre-treatment; Coarse and small coal cleaning; Surface chemistry in coal treatment; Solid-liquid separation; Post-treatment of coal; Tailings treatment and water clarification; Waste handling, pollution and slurries. Part 4 Coal utilization and applications: Coal combustion; Coal carbonization; Optimising coal utilization in industry.

1020 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 422 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 730 9 Approx. £240.00/US$410.00/€290.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094223

NEW Ultra-supercritical coal power plant Materials, technologies and optimisation Edited by D Zhang, University of Western Australia, Australia Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 41

The need for more efficient, cleaner and higher output coal power plants means that new materials and designs must be developed for plants that will operate at much higher temperatures, i.e. both supercritical and ultra-supercritical plants, especially in countries where coal will remain one of the major energy resources in the future. Ultra-supercritical coal power plant provides a comprehensive reference on the developments, materials, design and operation of ultra-supercritical power plants. The opening section addresses operating environments, materials and engineering of ultra-supercritical coal power plants. The chapters that follow then review key methods to improve ultra-supercritical coal power plant performance and optimise operations. CONTENTS

Part 1 Operating environments, materials and engineering of ultra-supercritical coal power plant: Superheated gas and ultra-supercritical steam environments; Fuel preparation and combustion and burner design; Materials for boilers operating under supercritical steam conditions; Heat transfer and boiler design. Part 2 Improving ultra-supercritical coal power plant performance: Ash fouling, deposition and slagging; Emissions control and environmental impact; CO2 capture-ready plants; Plant life estimation, management and extension; An economic and engineering analysis of a 700°C advanced ultra-supercritical pulverized coal power plant.

300 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 116 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 751 4 Approx. £130.00/US$220.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091161

Generating power at high efficiency Combined cycle technology for sustainable energy production E Jeffs Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 1

Generating power at high efficiency thoroughly charts the development and implementation of this technology in power plants and looks to the future of the technology, noting the advantages of the most important technical features – including gas turbines, steam generator, combined heat and power and integrated gasification combined cycle (IGCC) – with their latest applications. CONTENTS

Introduction; Brief history of development; Some early schemes; Gas turbine developments; Steam generator concepts; The single shaft block; Repowering steam turbines; Combined heat and power; Gas turbines and coal; What does the future hold?

216 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 433 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 454 8 £130.00/US$220.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694333

NEW Structural alloys for power plants Operational challenges and hightemperature materials Edited by A Shirzadi, The Open University and University Cambridge and S Jackson, University of Cambridge, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 45

This book presents a comprehensive review of structural materials in conventional and nuclear energy applications. Opening chapters address operational challenges and structural alloy requirements in different types of power plants. The following sections review power plant structural alloys and methods to mitigate critical materials degradation in power plants. CONTENTS

Part 1 Operational challenges and structural alloy requirements: Gas turbines and plant; Steam turbines and plant; Materials for nuclear power generation. Part 2 Structural alloys and their development; Austenitic steels and alloys; Martensitic steels and alloys; Structural Materials containing nanofeatures for advanced energy plants. Part 3 Mitigating critical materials degradation in power plants: Creep in power plants; Fracture, fatigue and structural integrity issues in electrical power generation; Radiation damage in nuclear power plants; Weld problems in power plants; Modelling creep of nickel alloys in high temperature power plant.

510 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 238 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 755 2 Approx. £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092380

Industrial gas turbines Performance and operability A M Y Razak, Gas Path Analysis Ltd, UK CONTENTS

Part 1 Principles of gas turbine performance: Introduction; The gas turbine; Thermodynamics of gas turbine cycles; Complex gas turbine cycle; Compressors; Axial turbines; Gas turbine combustion; Off-design performance prediction; Behaviour of gas turbines during off-design operation; Gas turbine performance deterioration; Principles of engine control systems and transient performance. Part 2 Simulating the performance of a two-shaft gas turbine: Simulating the effects of ambient temperature on engine performance, emissions and turbine life usage - Two-shaft gas turbine operating with a free power turbine; Simulating the effect of change in ambient pressure on engine performance; Simulating the effects of engine deterioration on engine performance; Power augmentation; Simulation of engine control system performance. Part 3 Simulating the performance of a single-shaft gas turbine: Simulating the effects of ambient temperature on engine performance, emissions and turbine life usage - Single shaft gas turbine; Simulating the effect of change in ambient pressure on engine performance; Simulating the effect of performance deterioration on engine performance (single shaft gas turbine); Power augmentation; Simulation of system control system performance; Simulation exercises using the single shaft gas turbine simulator.

624 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback + Free CD-ROM 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 205 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 340 4 £180.00/US$305.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692056

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

High temperature materials and power generation NEW Modern gas turbine systems High efficiency, low emission, fuel flexible power generation Edited by P Jansohn, Paul Scherrer Institute, Switzerland Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 20

Modern gas turbine systems provides a comprehensive review of gas turbine science and engineering. Coverage includes largescale power generation as well as industrial and small-scale gas turbine applications. This coverage is extended with an examination of operational and maintenance issues, including performance monitoring and control, modelling and optimisation techniques. Finally, advanced operating conditions and concepts are reviewed, including the pursuit of near-zero emissions power plants incorporating carbon dioxide capture technology. CONTENTS

Part 1 Overview: Why gas turbines; Gas turbine types; Gas turbine cycles. Part 2 Modern gas turbine systems and components: Compressors; Combustors; Turbines; Heat exchangers and heat recovery processes; Turbogenerators; Materials and coatings developments. Part 3 Operation and maintenance: Gas turbine operation and combustion performance; Performance modelling and analysis; Asset and performance management; Maintenance planning and inspection; Condition monitoring and assessment; Repair and quality control; Fuel flexibility in gas turbine systems; Ultra-low Nox combustion; Carbon dioxide (CO2) capture and storage.

NEW Fluidized-bed technologies for near-zero emission combustion and gasification Edited by F Scala, Istituto di Ricerche sulla Combustione - CNR, Italy Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 59

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 32

CONTENTS

510 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84569 728 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 606 7 Approx. £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697280

The air engine

690 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 541 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 880 1 Approx. £175.00/US$300.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095411

Allan J Organ, mRT Regenerative Thermal Machines, UK CONTENTS

Part 1 A long overdue re-appraisal: The famous engine that never was; What Carnot efficiency? The counter-flow spiral heat exchanger – Spirex; A high-recovery-ratio combustion chamber. Part 2 Living with incompressible flow data: The regenerator problem brought down to size; The regenerative annulus and shuttle heat transfer; The rotating-displacer air engine; The strange case of the self-regulating air engine; Some light on the inner workings of the thermal lag engine. Part 3 Working with the reality of compressible flow: New correlations for old; Regenerator thermal analysis – un-finished business; Flow passage geometry; Beyond the performance envelope; For the sceptics. Part 4 Some design considerations: Scaling - and the neglected art of back-ofthe-envelope calculation. ‘How to make a business out of Stirling Engines today’.

306 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 231 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 360 2 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692315

Edited by A Rao, University of California, USA

Fluidized bed combustion (FBC) is an advanced technique for fuel flexible, high efficiency and low emission power generation. In these systems fuels are combusted as a fluidized bed suspended by jets of air with sorbents that remove harmful emissions such as NOx and SOx. CO2 capture can also be incorporated. This book provides an overview of this important area. Opening chapters provide an introduction to fluidization science and technology. Following sections review the fundamentals of fluidized bed combustion and gasification and advances in these areas. The final part focuses on emerging CO2 capture technologies. Part 1 Introduction to fluidization science and technology: Heat and mass transfer; Stationary fluidized beds; Circulating fluidized beds; Attrition and elutriation. Part 2 Fundamentals of fluidized bed combustion and gasification: Solid fuels and sorbent conversion; Liquid and gaseous fuels conversion; Pollutant emissions and control; Reactor design and scale up; Modelling. Part 3 Advances in fluidized bed combustion and gasification: Atmospheric fluidized bed combustion; Pressurized fluidized bed combustion; Circulating fluidized bed combustion; Fluidized bed gasification; Measurement, monitoring and control technologies and techniques. Part 4 Emerging CO2 capture technologies: Oxy-fired FBC Technology, Prospects and New Developments; Chemical looping combustion; Calcium looping; Sorption enhanced gasification.

Stirling cycle power for a sustainable future

NEW Combined cycle systems for nearzero emission power generation

Combined cycle power plants are one of the most promising and flexible approaches to conventional, fossil-fuel and biomass-fired energy production. The combination of a gas turbine and a steam turbine working in tandem to produce power makes this type of plant highly efficient, and it can also be fuel-flexible when combined with gasification technology. This book provides a comprehensive and systematic review of the design, engineering and operational issues of a range of advanced combined cycle power plants. Combined cycle power plants; Advanced industrial gas turbines for power generation; Natural gas-fired combined cycle (NGCC) systems; Integrated gasification combined cycle systems; Novel cycles: Humid air cycle systems; Novel cycles: oxy-combustion turbine cycle systems; Pressurized fluidized bed combustion (PFBC) combined cycle systems; Externally fired combined cycle systems; Hybrid fuel cell gas turbine combined cycle systems; Integrated solar combined cycle systems; Techno-economic analysis of combined cycle systems.

360 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 013 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 618 0 £140.00/US$240.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090133

Advanced power plant materials, design and technology

Coal science and engineering

Edited by D Roddy, Sir Joseph Swan Institute, Newcastle University, UK

B Mazumder, IMMT Research Laboratory, India

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 5

Coal science and engineering will be helpful as a unified source of information on coal for both students specializing in coal and entrepreneurs working on coal. Chapters cover coal deposits, mining and beneficiation; coal structure and coal classification; coal analysis; coal cleaning processes; and coal conversion processes, as well as coal derived industrial carbons; utilization of coal wastes; and pollution generated by coal and its abatement.

‘...should fill a long-vacant gap in this most interesting of technological opportunities in chemical engineering.’

Review of chapter 13, Ian Burdon, Technical Director (Energy), Parsons Brinckerhoff. CONTENTS

A Woodhead Publishing India title

Part 1 Advanced power plant materials and designs: Gas turbine technology; Gas-fired combined-cycle technology; Integrated gasification combined cycle (IGCC) technology; Improving thermal cycle efficiency in advanced power plants. Part 2 Gas separation membranes, emissions handling, and instrumentation and control: Hydrogen (H2) gas separation; Carbon dioxide (CO2) gas separation; Flue gas cleaning for SOx, NOx and mercury emissions control; Flue gas dedusting systems for ash and particulate emissions control; Sensors for combustion monitoring; Monitoring and process control technology. Part 3 Improving the fuel flexibility, environmental impact and generation performance of advanced power plants: Low-rank coal utilisation; Biomass utilisation; Underground coal gasification (UCG); CO2 storage; Syngas and H2 production from fossil-fuel feedstocks.

450 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 813 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 826 9 Approx. £115.00/US$195.00/€140.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857098139

448 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 515 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 946 8 £160.00/US$270.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695156

CONTENTS

Coal deposits, mining and beneficiation; Coal structure and coal classification; Coal analysis; Coal cleaning processes; Coal conversion processes; Coal derived industrial carbons; Utilization of coal wastes; Pollution generated by coal and its abatement.

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

High temperature materials and power generation Power plant life management and performance improvement

Advances in clean hydrocarbon fuel processing

Edited by J E Oakey, Cranfield University, UK

Edited by M R Khan, Saudi Aramco & King Abdullah University of Science and Technology, Saudi Arabia

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 23 ‘At a time when power generators seek to increase conversion efficiency as one of the ways of reducing emissions, this book provides a comprehensive review of the assessment of power plant performance, component lifetimes and future trends within the power industry. A valuable and timely publication.’

Professor Jim Williamson, Imperial College London, UK Coal- and gas-based power plants currently supply the largest proportion of the world’s power generation capacity. This book critically reviews the fundamental degradation mechanisms that affect conventional power plant systems and components, noting mitigation routes alongside monitoring and assessment methods. Maintenance and replacement routes are further extended through chapters on the management and refurbishment of advanced systems and components. CONTENTS

Part 1 Power plant fuel flexibility, condition monitoring and performance assessment: Solid fuel composition and power plant fuel-flexibility; Condition monitoring and assessment of power plant components; Availability analysis of integrated gasification combined cycle (IGCC) power plants. Part 2 Coal boiler plant: Materials degradation, plant life management and performance improvement: Environmental degradation of boiler components; Creep in boiler materials: Mechanisms, measurement and modelling; Microstructural degradation in boiler steels: Materials developments, properties and assessment; Boiler steels, damage mechanisms, inspection and life assessment. Part 3 Gas turbine plant: Materials degradation, plant life management and performance improvement: Creep, fatigue and microstructural degradation in gas turbine superalloys; Gas turbine materials selection, life management and performance improvement; Gas turbine maintenance, refurbishment and repair. Part 4 Steam boiler and turbine plant: Materials degradation, plant life management and performance improvement: Steam oxidation in steam boiler and turbine environments; Steam boiler component loading, monitoring and life assessment; Steam turbine materials selection, life management and performance improvement; Steam turbine upgrades for power plant life management and performance improvement. Part 5 Heat exchangers and power plant welds: Materials management and performance improvement: High-temperature heat exchangers in indirectly fired combined cycle (IFCC) systems: Materials management and performance improvement; Heat recovery steam generators: Performance management and improvement; Power plant welds and joints: Materials management and performance improvement.

Science and technology

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 19

Conventional coal, oil and gas resources used worldwide for power production and transportation are limited and unsustainable. Research and development continue apace into the conversion of mainstream and alternative hydrocarbon fuels (fossil fuels), with the goal of improving conversion efficiency for maximum fuel output with minimum environmental impact. This book provides a comprehensive and systematic reference on the conversion processes and technology applicable to the production of clean liquid fuels for both power generation and transport industries. CONTENTS

Part 1 Overview and assessment of hydrocarbon fuel conversion processes: Characterisation and preparation of biomass, oil shale and coal-based feedstocks; Production, properties and environmental impact of hydrocarbon fuel conversion; Life cycle assessment (LCA) of alternative hydrocarbon fuel conversion. Part 2 Solid hydrocarbon fuel processing and technology: Direct liquefaction (DCL) processes and technology for coal and biomass conversion; Gasification processes and technology; Pyrolysis processes and technology for the conversion of hydrocarbons and biomass; Biomass catalysis in conventional refineries. Part 3 Liquid hydrocarbon fuel processing and technology: Sulfur removal from heavy and light petroleum hydrocarbon by selective oxidation; Partial oxidation (POX) processes and technology for clean fuel and chemical production; Hydroconversion processes and technology for clean fuel and chemical production. Part 4 Gaseous hydrocarbon fuel processing and technology: Middle distillate fuel production from synthesis gas via the Fischer-Tropsch process; Methanol and dimethyl ether (DME) production from synthesis gas; Advances in water-gas shift technology: Modern catalysts and improved reactor concepts; Natural gas hydrate conversion processes. Part 5 Operational issues and process improvement in hydrocarbon fuel processing plant: Environmental degradation in hydrocarbon fuel processing plant: Issues and mitigation; Automation technology in hydrocarbon fuel processing plant; Advanced process control for clean fuel production: Smart plant of the future; Process modelling for hydrocarbon fuel conversion.

584 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 727 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 378 3 £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697273

704 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 726 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 380 6 £175.00/US$300.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697266

Advanced membrane science and technology for sustainable energy and environmental applications

Edited by A Basile, ITM-CNR, Italy and S Nunes, King Abdullah University of Science and Technology (KAUST), Saudi Arabia Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 25

Progress in membrane materials, selective membrane design, and computer modelling and simulation have contributed greatly to the application of advanced membranes in conventional and alternative power sectors, as well as to clean industry applications. Research and development of membrane systems continues apace towards the goal of simple, efficient, and easily integrated systems that offer lowcost, reliable processing and operation. Advanced membrane science and technology for sustainable energy and environmental applications presents a comprehensive review of membrane science and technology, focusing on developments and applications in the areas of sustainable energy and clean-industry. CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction to membrane science and engineering: Fundamental membrane processes, science and engineering; Fundamental science of gas and vapour separation in polymeric membranes; Characterisation of membranes for energy and environmental applications; Economic analysis of membrane use in industrial applications. Part 2 Membranes for coal and gas power plants: Carbon dioxide (CO2) capture, synthesis gas processing and oxygen (O2) transport: Membrane technology for CO2 capture in power plants; Polymeric membranes for post-combustion CO2 capture; Inorganic membranes for pre-combustion CO2 capture; Inorganic membranes for synthesis gas processing; O2 transport membranes: Dense ceramic membranes for power plant applications. Part 3 Membranes for the petrochemical industry: hydrocarbon fuel and natural gas processing, and advanced biofuels production: Membranes for hydrocarbon fuel processing and separation; Polymeric membranes for natural gas processing; Membranes for advanced biofuels production. Part 4 Membranes for alternative energy applications: Batteries, fuel cells and hydrogen (H2) production: Ion exchange membranes for vanadium redox flow batteries; Membranes for lithium batteries; Proton exchange membranes for fuel cells; Functional ceramic hollow fibre membranes for catalytic membrane reactors and solid oxide fuel cells; Proton conducting ceramic membranes for solid oxide fuel cells and H2 processing; Membrane electrolysers for H2 production; Biomimetic membrane reactors for H2 production. Part 5 Membranes for industrial, environmental and nuclear applications: Membranes for industrial microfiltration and ultrafiltration; Membranes for forward osmosis in industrial applications; Degradation of polymeric membranes in water and wastewater treatment; Membranes for photocatalysis in water and wastewater treatment; Membranes for nuclear power applications.

848 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 969 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 379 0 £195.00/US$330.00/€235.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699697

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

High temperature materials and power generation Small and micro combined heat and power (CHP) systems Advanced design, performance, materials and applications Edited by R Beith, Beith & Associates Ltd, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 18

This book provides a systematic and comprehensive reference on small and micro CHP (combined heat and power) systems suitable for buildings, commercial and industrial facilities, and local heat networks and microgrids. Benefits of using this type of cogeneration plant include a vastly improved energy efficiency achieving 80-90% energy output from the same amount of fuel, compared to 40-50% for conventional systems and reduced carbon dioxide and waste heat emissions helping to reduce any negative environmental impacts. The book also reviews the design and development of small and micro CHP systems and critically reviews applications of this important technology. CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction to small and micro combined heat and power (CHP) systems: Overview of small and micro CHP systems; Techno-economic assessment of small and micro CHP systems; Thermodynamics, performance analysis and computational modelling of small and micro CHP systems; Integration of small and micro CHP systems into distributed energy systems; Biomass fuels for small and micro CHP systems: Resources, conversion and applications. Part 2 Development of small and micro CHP systems and technology: Internal combustion and reciprocating engine systems for small and micro CHP applications; Gas turbine and microturbine systems for small CHP applications; Stirling engine systems for small and micro CHP applications; Organic Rankine cycle (ORC) based waste heat / waste fuel recovery systems for small CHP applications; Fuel cell systems for small and micro CHP applications; Heat-activated cooling technologies for small and micro CHP applications; Energy storage for small and micro CHP applications. Part 3 Application of small and micro CHP systems: Micro CHP systems for residential and small commercial buildings; District and community heating aspects of CHP systems; Small CHP systems for commercial buildings and institutions; Small and micro CHP systems for the food and beverage processing industries; Biomass-based small and micro CHP systems: Application and status in the United Kingdom; Thermal-engine-based small and micro CHP systems for domestic applications: Modelling micro CHP deployment.

560 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 795 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 275 5 £160.00/US$270.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697952

Oxy-fuel combustion for power generation and carbon dioxide (CO2) capture

Developments and innovation in carbon dioxide (CO2) capture and storage technology

Edited by L Zheng, CanmetENERGY Ottawa Research Centre, Natural Resources Canada, Canada

Volume 1: Carbon dioxide (CO2) capture, transport and industrial applications

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 17

Oxy-fuel combustion is currently considered to be one of the major technologies for carbon dioxide (CO2) capture in power plants. The advantages of using oxygen (O2) instead of air for combustion include a CO2-enriched flue gas that is ready for sequestration following purification and low NOx emissions. This simple and elegant technology has attracted considerable attention since the late 1990s, rapidly developing from pilot-scale testing to industrial demonstration. Challenges remain, as O2 supply and CO2 capture create significant energy penalties that must be reduced through overall system optimisation and the development of new processes. This book critically reviews the fundamental principles, processes and technology of oxyfuel combustion, including advanced concepts for its implementation.

Edited by M M Maroto-Valer, The Centre for Innovation in Carbon Capture and Storage (CICCS), University of Nottingham, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 8 CONTENTS

Overview of CCS technology. Part 1 CCS economics, regulation and planning: Techno-economic analysis and modeling; Regulatory and social analysis for CCS legitimation and market formation; Energy supply planning. Part 2 Post- and pre-combustion CO2 capture: Advanced absorption processes; Advanced adsorption processes; Advanced membrane separation processes; Gasification processes and synthesis gas treatment. Part 3 Advanced combustion processes for CO2 capture in power plants: Oxyfuel combustion; Advanced oxygen production for power plants with integrated CO2 capture; Chemical-looping combustion. Part 4 CO2 compression, transport and injection: Gas purification, compression and liquefaction for CO2 transport; Infrastructure and pipeline technology for CO2 transport; CO2 injection processes. Part 5 Industrial applications: CCS in the cement and concrete industry; CCS in the iron and steel industry.

560 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 533 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 957 4 £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695330

CONTENTS

Overview of oxy-fuel combustion technology for carbon dioxide (CO2) capture. Part 1 Introduction to oxy-fuel combustion: Economic comparison of oxy-coal CO2 capture and storage (CCS) with pre- and post-combustion CCS; Oxy-fuel power plant operation; Industrial scale oxyfuel technology demonstration; Oxy-fuel combustion on circulating fluidized bed (CFB). Part 2 Oxy-fuel combustion fundamentals: Ignition, flame stability, and char combustion in oxy-fuel combustion; Oxy-coal burner design for utility boilers; Pollutant formation and emissions from oxy-coal power plants; Oxy-fuel heat transfer characteristics and impacts on boiler design; Current and future oxygen (O2) supply technologies for oxy-fuel combustion; CO2 compression and purification technology for oxy-fuel combustion. Part 3 Advanced oxy-fuel combustion concepts and developments: Direct oxy-coal combustion with minimum or no flue gas recycle; High pressure oxy-fuel (HiPrOx) combustion systems; Chemical-looping combustion for power generation and CO2 capture; Oxy-fuel combustion of gaseous fuel.

400 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 671 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 098 0 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696719

Developments and innovation in carbon dioxide (CO2) capture and storage technology Volume 2: Carbon dioxide (CO2) storage and utilisation Edited by M M Maroto-Valer, The Centre for Innovation in Carbon Capture and Storage (CICCS), University of Nottingham, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 16 ‘The development of CCS worldwide must go ahead at a pace unprecedented in large-scale technology investment and that needs unprecedented levels of knowledge transfer. This book makes a significant contribution.’

Dr Jeff Chapman, The Carbon Capture & Storage Association, UK CONTENTS

Overview of CCS technology. Part 1 Geological sequestration: Screening and selection criteria and characterisation technique; CO2 sequestration in deep saline aquifers and formations; CO2 sequestration in oil and gas reservoirs and enhanced oil recovery (EOR); CO2 sequestration in unmineable coal seams and enhanced coal-bed methane recovery (ECBM). Part 2 Maximising and verifying CO2 storage in underground reservoirs: CO2 injection design to maximise storage and EOR; Capillary seals for trapping CO2; Monitoring technologies for verification of CO2 storage; Modeling long-term safety of CO2 storage. Part 3 Terrestrial and ocean sequestration and environmental impacts: Terrestrial sequestration; Ocean sequestration; Risks and impacts of CO2 leakage in terrestrial ecosystems; Risks and impacts of CO2 leakage in marine ecosystems. Part 4 Advanced concepts: Industrial utilisation; Biofixation by micro-organisms; Mineralisation; Photocatalytic reduction.

544 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 797 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 958 1 £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697976

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

High temperature materials and power generation HIGH TEMPERATURE NEW Ultra-supercritical coal power plant Materials, technologies and optimisation Edited by D Zhang, University of Western Australia, Australia Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 41

300 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 116 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 751 4 Approx. £130.00/US$220.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091161

NEW Coal utilization in industry

Stress corrosion cracking

Towards cleaner production

Theory and practice

Edited by D Osborne, Xstrata Coal Queensland, Australia

Edited by V S Raja, Indian Institute of Technology, India and T Shoji, Tohoku University, Japan

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 50

Part 1 Introduction: coal resources, environmental issues and economic analysis: Environmental issues; Techno-economic analysis of coal markets and operational planning; Brazil as an emerging market for coal; China as an emerging market for coal; India as an emerging market for coal; Russia as an emerging market for coal. Part 2 Coal characterisation, chemistry and utilization parameters: Coal properties and chemistry; Coal petrography, characterization and classification. Part 3 Advances in mining, upgrading and handling towards cleaner production: Mining extraction and technology; Coal cleaning and preparation technology; Runof-mine handling and transportation; Coal pre-treatment; Coarse and small coal cleaning; Surface chemistry in coal treatment; Solid-liquid separation; Post-treatment of coal; Tailings treatment and water clarification; Waste handling, pollution and slurries. Part 4 Coal utilization and applications: Coal combustion; Coal carbonization; Optimising coal utilization in industry.

1020 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 422 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 730 9 Approx. £240.00/US$410.00/€290.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094223

High temperature deformation and fracture of materials

Stress corrosion cracking (SCC) causes sudden failure of metals and other materials subjected to stress in a corrosive environment, especially at elevated temperatures. The problem affects industries such as petrochemical and nuclear power production. This book is divided into four parts, looking at the mechanisms of stress corrosion cracking, how it affects particular metals and the ways it can be monitored and managed in particular industries. CONTENTS

Part 1 fundamental aspects of stress corrosion cracking (SCC) and hydrogen embrittlement: Mechanistic and fractographic aspects of stress-corrosion cracking; Hydrogen embrittlement phenomena and mechanisms. Part 2 Test methods for determining stress corrosion cracking susceptibilities: Testing and evaluation methods for stress corrosion cracking in metals. Part 3 Stress corrosion cracking in specific materials: Stress corrosion cracking in low and medium strength carbon steels; Stress corrosion cracking in stainless steels; Factors affecting stress corrosion cracking and fundamental mechanistic understanding of stainless steels; Stress corrosion cracking in nickel-based alloys; Stress corrosion cracking in aluminium alloys; Stress corrosion cracking in magnesium alloys; Stress corrosion cracking and hydrogen-assisted cracking in titanium alloys; Stress corrosion cracking in copper and copper-based alloys; Stress corrosion cracking of austenitic stainless and ferritic steel weldments; Stress corrosion cracking in polymer composites. Part 4 Environmentally-assisted cracking problems in various industries: Stress corrosion cracking in boilers and cooling water systems; Environmentally-assisted cracking in oil and gas production; Stress corrosion cracking in aerospace vehicles; Prediction of stress corrosion cracking in nuclear power systems; Failures of structures and components by metal-induced embrittlement; Stress corrosion cracking in pipelines.

816 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 673 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 376 9 £190.00/US$325.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696733

J-S Zhang, Dalian University of Technology, China CONTENTS

Part 1 High temperature deformation: Creep behaviour of materials; Evolution of dislocation substructures during creep; Dislocation motion at elevated temperatures; Recovery - creep theories of pure metals; Creep of solid solution alloys; Creep of second phase particles strengthened materials; Creep of particulates reinforced composite material; High temperature deformation of intermetallic compounds; Diffusional creep; Superplasticity; Mechanisms of grain boundary sliding; Multiaxial creep models. Part 2 High temperature fracture: Nucleation of creep cavity; Creep embrittlement by segregation of impurities; Diffusional growth of creep cavities; Cavity growth by coupled diffusion and creep; Constrained growth of creep cavities; Nucleation and growth of wedge - type microcracks; Creep crack growth; Creep damage mechanics; Creep damage physics; Prediction of creep rupture life; Creep - fatigue interaction; Prediction of creep - fatigue life; Environmental damage at high temperature.

Published in association with Science Press 384 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 0 85709 079 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 080 5 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090799

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

High temperature materials and power generation NEW Gaseous hydrogen embrittlement of materials in energy technologies

NEW Gaseous hydrogen embrittlement of materials in energy technologies

Volume 1: The problem, its characterisation and effects on particular alloy classes

Volume 2: Mechanisms, modelling and future developments

Edited by R P Gangloff, University of Virginia and B P Somerday, Sandia National Laboratories, USA This important two-volume book reviews the problem of degradation of metals and other materials exposed to hydrogen. The first part of volume one begins by discussing how the problem of gaseous hydrogen embrittlement affects such sectors as the petrochemicals, automotive, nuclear and other energy industries. Part two reviews ways of characterising and testing for hydrogenassisted fatigue and fracture. A final group of chapters analyse the ways gaseous hydrogen embrittlement affects high-performance steels, superalloys, titanium and aluminium alloys. CONTENTS

Part 1 The hydrogen embrittlement problem: Hydrogen production and containment; Hydrogen-induced disbonding and embrittlement of steels used in petrochemical refining; Assessing hydrogen embrittlement in automotive hydrogen tanks; Gaseous hydrogen issues in nuclear waste disposal; Hydrogen embrittlement in nuclear power systems; Standards and codes to control hydrogen-induced cracking in pressure vessels and pipes for hydrogen gas storage and transport. Part 2 Characterisation and analysis of hydrogen embrittlement: Fracture and fatigue test methods in hydrogen gas; Mechanics of modern test methods and quantitive-accelerated testing for hydrogen embrittlement; Metallographic and Fractographic techniques for characterising and understanding hydrogen-assisted cracking of metals; Fatigue crack initiation and fatigue life of metals exposed to hydrogen; Effects of hydrogen on fatigue-crack propagation in steels. Part 3 The hydrogen embrittlement of alloy classes: Hydrogen embrittlement of high-strength steels; Hydrogen trapping phenomena in martensitic steels; Hydrogen embrittlement of carbon steels and their welds; Hydrogen embrittlement of high-strength low-alloy (HSLA) steels and their welds; Hydrogen embrittlement of austenitic stainless steels and their welds; Hydrogen embrittlement of nickel, cobalt and iron-based superalloys; Hydrogen effects in titanium alloys; Hydrogen embrittlement of aluminium and aluminium-based alloys; Hydrogen-induced degradation of rubber seals.

864 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 677 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 389 9 £195.00/US$330.00/€235.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696771

Edited by R P Gangloff, University of Virginia and B P Somerday, Sandia National Laboratories, USA The first part of volume two reviews the mechanism of hydrogen embrittlement, including absorption, diffusion and trapping of hydrogen in metals. Part two discusses ways of modelling hydrogen-induced damage and assessing service life. The final section in the book assesses future trends in research. CONTENTS

Part 1 Mechanisms of hydrogen interactions with metals: Hydrogen adsorption on the surface of metals; Analysing hydrogen in metals: bulk thermal desorption spectroscopy (TDS) methods; Analysing hydrogen in metals: surface techniques; Hydrogen diffusion and trapping in metals; Control of hydrogen embrittlement of metals by chemical inhibitors and coatings; The role of grain boundaries in hydrogen induced cracking (HIC) of steels; Influence of hydrogen on the behavior of dislocations. Part 2 Modelling hydrogen embrittlement: Modelling hydrogen induced damage mechanisms in metals; Hydrogen effects on the plasticity of face-centred cubic (ffc) crystals; Continuum mechanics modelling of hydrogen embrittlement; Degradation models for hydrogen embrittlement; Effect of inelastic strain on hydrogen-assisted fracture of metals; Development of service life prognosis systems for hydrogen energy devices. Part 3 The future: Gaseous hydrogen embrittlement of high-performance metals in energy systems: Future trends.

520 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 536 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 537 4 £160.00/US$270.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095367

Developments in high temperature corrosion and protection of materials Edited by W Gao, University of Auckland, New Zealand CONTENTS

Part 1 Developments in high temperature corrosion: Diffusion and solid state reactions; Transition between external and internal oxidation of alloys; Modern analytical techniques in high temperature oxidation and corrosion; Metal dusting corrosion of metals and alloys; Tribological degradation at elevated temperatures; Hot corrosion of alloys and coatings; Oxide scales on hot-rolled steel strips. Part 2 Developments in protective oxide scales and coatings: High-temperature corrosion mechanisms in layered ternary ceramics; Formation and growth of protective alumina scales; Oxidation of Ti-Al intermetallic compounds; Oxidation of metal matrix composites; Design strategies for new oxidation-resistant high temperature alloys; Oxidation behaviour of chemical vapour deposited silicon carbide; Oxidation resistant nanocrystalline coatings; Thermal barrier coatings. Part 3 Case studies: High temperature corrosion problems in the petrochemical industry; Oxidation processing of electronic materials; Corrosion in modern incinerators.

672 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 219 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 425 8 £180.00/US$305.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692193

Thermal barrier coatings Edited by H Xu, Beijing University of Aeronautics and Astronautics (BUAA) and H Guo, Beihang University, China ‘Provides a comprehensive review of this important subject.’

Materials World Thermal barrier coatings are used to counteract the effects of high temperature corrosion and degradation of materials exposed to environments with high operating temperatures. Thermal barrier coatingscovers both ceramic and metallic thermal barrier coatings as well as the latest advances in physical vapour deposition and plasma spraying techniques. Advances in nanostructured thermal barrier coatings are also discussed. The book reviews potential failure mechanisms in thermal barrier coatings as well as ways of testing performance and predicting service life. A final chapter reviews emerging materials, processes and technologies in the field. CONTENTS

Part 1 Materials and structure: Thermal barrier coatings prepared by electron beam physical vapor deposition (EB-PVD); Ceramic thermal barrier coating materials; Metallic coatings for high-temperature oxidation resistance; Nanostructured thermal barrier coatings. Part 2 Processing and spraying techniques: Plasma spraying and its applications: Processes and applications; Processing, microstructures and properties of thermal barrier coatings EB-PVD; Processing, microstructures and properties of thermal barrier coatings by plasma spraying (PS); Plasmasprayed thermal barrier coatings with segmentation cracks; Detonation gun sprayed thermal barrier coatings. Part 3 Performance of thermal barrier coatings: Oxidation and hot-corrosion of thermal barrier coatings (TBCs); Failure mechanism of thermal barrier coatings by EB-PVD under thermo-mechanical coupled loads; Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) of thermal barrier coatings; Substrate and bond coat related failure of thermal barrier coatings; Life prediction of thermal barrier coatings; New materials, technologies and processes in thermal barrier coatings.

360 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 658 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 082 9 £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696580

A quick guide to pipeline engineering D Alkazraji CONTENTS

Principles of pipeline design; Design approach; Pipeline construction and risk assessment techniques; Pressure testing and commissioning; Pipeline operation; Pipeline maintenance; Pipeline condition monitoring and repair methods; Pipeline decommissioning and industry developments.

Published in association with Matthews Engineering Training Limited 176 pages 170 x 112 mm (4 x 6 1/2) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 490 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 491 3 £40.00/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694906 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

High temperature materials and power generation Understanding and mitigating ageing in nuclear power plants Materials and operational aspects of plant life management (PLiM) Edited by Ph G Tipping, formerly of Swiss Federal Nuclear Safety Inspectorate (ENSI), Switzerland Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 4 ‘A very useful compilation of international information and perspectives on the long term operation of nuclear power plants. I plan to keep this book as a key reference for my on-going work in nuclear plant life management.’

Garry G. Young, IAEA Technical Working Group – Life Management of Nuclear Power Plants, USA CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction to PLiM: Nuclear energy, materials and operations; Key elements of PLiM for long-term operation; Safety regulations and license renewal; Probabilistic and deterministic safety assessment; Socio-economic impacts. Part 2 Ageing degradation of irradiated materials in systems, structures and components: Failure prevention and analysis; Operational loads and creep-, fatigue- and corrosion-interactions; Microstructure evolution of irradiated structural materials; Stress corrosion cracking in light-water reactors (LWR); Void swelling and irradiation creep in LWRs; Irradiation hardening and materials embrittlement in LWRs; Reactor pressure vessel (RPV) annealing and mitigation. Part 3 Analysis of materials and advanced SSC: Characterisation of irradiated and ageing materials; On-line and real-time corrosion monitoring; Multi-scale modelling of irradiation effects; Instrumentation and control; Nanostructured materials. Part 4 PLiM practices in nuclear power plants: PWR; WWER; BWR; PHWR; SFR; Magnox/AGR; Outlook.

944 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 511 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 995 6 £210.00/US$355.00/€250.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695118

Creep-resistant steels Edited by F Abe, National Institute for Materials Science (NIMS), Japan, T-U Kern, Siemens, Germany and R Viswanathan, EPRI, USA CONTENTS

NUCLEAR POWER GENERATION NEW Radioactive waste management and contaminated site clean-up Processes, technologies and international experience Edited by B Lee, Imperial College London, M I Ojovan, University of Sheffield, UK and C Jantzen, Savannah River National Laboratory, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 48

Radioactive waste management is critical to the use of nuclear power, the use of radioisotopes in research, medicine and industry, and to the clean-up of materials in nuclear weapon programmes. While many wastes can be well understood with appropriate treatment and conditioning technologies applied to them, others, and newer wastes, require additional R&D input to help control and contain them safely and securely. Different technologies are applied internationally due to the variation in the source of wastes, and to the current and potential policies that apply in those jurisdictions. This book provides a timely reference on radioactive waste management processes, technologies, and international experiences.

Edited by N Soneda, Central Research Institute of Electric Power Industry (CRIEPI), Japan Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 26

The main degradation mechanism affecting RPVs is irradiation embrittlement, where neutron bombardment from the nuclear reaction displaces atoms in the RPV steels. Inspection, testing, and appropriate maintenance are therefore required to ensure any damage is mitigated and thereby to allow the plant to continue generating power. Irradiation embrittlement of reactor pressure vessels in nuclear power plants discusses irradiation embrittlement as it affects RPV steels, along with mitigation routes to manage RPV lifetime. CONTENTS

Production and properties of RPV components; RPV fabrication in the US; Fabrication of VVER reactor pressure vessels; Surveillance of Magnox RPV materials; Management of the embrittlement of RPV for power plant operation; Embrittlement of PWR reactor vessel materials; Test reactor, ion and electron irradiation experiments for the study of embrittlement mechanisms; Microstructural characterisation techniques for studies of radiation embrittlement.

300 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84569 967 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 647 0 Approx. £130.00/US$220.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699673

CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction to radioactive waste management and contaminated site clean-up: Fundamentals of radioactive waste; Radiological safety issues and human and environmental protection; Radioactive waste categories, characterisation and processing selection routes; Safetyrisk assessment of radioactive wastes and contaminated sites; Management of radioactive waste; Irradiated nuclear fuel management; Radioactive waste conditioning and immobilisation and encapsulation processes; Assessing and modeling nuclear waste form/package performance, behavior and lifetime; Management of waste from the cleanup of radioactively contaminated sites. Part 2: International experience in radioactive waste management and contaminated site clean-up: Russia; Ukraine; United States; England and Wales; Scotland; France; Germany; Canada; Japan; Republic of Korea; Eastern Europe; Nordic Countries; South Africa; China. Part 3 Non-power industry radioactive waste management and contaminated site cleanup: Nuclear weapons programmes; Modeling and strategy approaches for assessing radionuclide contamination from underground testing of nuclear weapons; Remote monitoring methods for former underground nuclear explosions sites.

810 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 435 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 744 6 Approx. £190.00/US$325.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/978085709435

700 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 178 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 401 2 £185.00/US$315.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691783

NEW Irradiation embrittlement of reactor pressure vessels in nuclear power plants

Geological repository systems for safe disposal of spent nuclear fuels and radioactive waste Edited by J Ahn, University of California, Berkeley and M J Apted, INTERA Inc., USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 9 CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction: Multiple-barrier geological repository design and operation strategies; Spent nuclear fuel recycling practices and impacts; Near-surface, intermediate depth and borehole disposal; Underground research facilities and rock laboratories. Part 2 Geological repository systems: Crystalline systems; Clay systems; Assessing long-term stability; Farfield process analysis and radionuclide transport modelling. Part 3 Engineered barrier systems: Immobilisation of spent nuclear fuel and radioactive waste; Low-pH concretes; Smectitic buffer and backfill; Near-field processes, evolution and assessment; Nuclear waste canisters, corrosion and long-term performance; Post-containment performance. Part 4 Performance assessment: Safety assessment for deep geological disposal; Safety assessment for near-surface disposal; Treatment of uncertainty in the performance assessment; Assessment of expert judgments; Knowledge management systems. Part 5 Radiation protection, regulation and social engagement: Radiation protection principles and standards; Risk-informed, performance-based regulations; Environmental monitoring programs and public engagement; Methods for social dialogue.

792 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 542 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 978 9 £190.00/US$325.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695422

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

High temperature materials and power generation NEW Materials ageing and degradation in light water reactors Edited by K L Murty, North Carolina State University, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 44

Light water reactors (LWRs) are the predominant class of nuclear power reactors in operation today. These plants are run to demanding safety standards and given the high degree of engineering involved, also look to operate for the long-term, i.e. up to and beyond their original design life, subject to structural performance of plant and appropriate safety licensing. This book addresses key aspects of materials ageing and degradation mechanisms in light water reactor environments together with corresponding materials management approaches and mitigation routes. CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamental issues and performance of specific components: Overview of ageing and degradation issues in light water reactors (LWRs); Creep deformation of materials; Properties of zirconium alloy components; Performance and inspection of zirconium alloy components; Electric cables and coatings. Part 2 Materials management strategies for LWRs: PWR materials management strategies; VVER materials management strategies; Industry needs with emphasis on materials degradation.

300 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 239 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 745 3 Approx. £130.00/US$220.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092397

Understanding and mitigating ageing in nuclear power plants Materials and operational aspects of plant life management (PLiM) Edited by Ph G Tipping, formerly of Swiss Federal Nuclear Safety Inspectorate (ENSI), Switzerland Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 4 CONTENTS

NEW Probabilistic safety assessment for optimum nuclear power plant life management (PLiM)

NEW Nuclear fuel cycle science and engineering

Theory and application of reliability analysis methods for major power plant components

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 37

Edited by I Crossland, Crossland Consulting, UK

G V Arkadov, A F Getman, All-Russia Scientific Research Institute for Nuclear Power Plants Operation (VNIIAES), Russia and A N Rodionov, Institute for Radiological Protection and Nuclear Safety (IRSN), France

The nuclear fuel cycle is characterised by the wide range of scientific disciplines and technologies it employs. Nuclear fuel cycle science and engineering describes both the key features of the complete nuclear fuel cycle and the wealth of recent research in this important field.

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 49

CONTENTS

Probabilistic safety assessment methods are used to calculate nuclear power plant durability and resource lifetime. Successful calculation of the reliability and ageing of components is critical for forecasting safety and directing preventative maintenance, and Probabilistic safety assessment for optimum nuclear power plant life management provides a comprehensive review of the theory and application of these methods. Part one of this important book reviews probabilistic methods for predicting the reliability of equipment, whilst the practical applications of probabilistic methods for strength reliability are explored in part two. CONTENTS

Part 1 Probabilistic methods for predicting the reliability of equipment: Terminology, concepts and definitions; Formal-statistical methods; Physico-statistical approach and procedures using the defect-free model of structural material; Physico-statistical approach taking defects into account and using binomial distribution; Physico-statistical methods based on the residual defectiveness of structural materials. Part 2 Practical application of probabilistic methods for strength reliability: Probabilistic analysis of safety for improved reliability and safety of nuclear power plant components; Optimisation of non-destructive inspection; Optimisation of hydraulic tests, technical certification and planned-preventive repairs; Using probabilistic methods for solving the problem of ensuring leak tightness of heat exchanger pipes of nuclear power plant steam generators.

Part 1 Introduction to the nuclear fuel cycle: Nuclear power: Origins and outlook; Radiological protection in the nuclear fuel cycle; Safeguards, security and safety in the nuclear fuel cycle: The 3S concept; Public acceptability of nuclear technology; The economics of nuclear power. Part 2 Uranium and thorium nuclear fuel cycle: Materials mining, enrichment and fuel element design and fabrication: Mining and milling of uranium; Uranium conversion and enrichment for nuclear power generation; Development of the thorium fuel cycle; Nuclear fuel assembly design and fabrication. Part 3 Impact of nuclear reactor design and operation on fuel element irradiation: Water cooled thermal reactor designs, operation and fuel cycle; CANDU nuclear reactor designs, operation and fuel cycle; Gas-cooled nuclear reactor designs, operation and fuel cycle; Generation IV nuclear reactor designs, operation and fuel cycle; Understanding and modelling fuel behaviour under irradiation. Part 4 Spent nuclear fuel and radioactive waste management: Management of spent nuclear fuel from power reactors; Reprocessing of spent oxide fuel from nuclear power reactors; Partitioning and transmutation of spent nuclear fuel and radioactive waste; Disposal of radioactive waste; Packaging and transport of radioactive material in the nuclear fuel cycle.

656 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 073 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 638 8 £175.00/US$300.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090737

Published in association with Cambridge International Science Publishing 368 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 398 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 399 8 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857093981

944 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 511 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 995 6 £210.00/US$355.00/€250.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695118

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

High temperature materials and power generation NEW Radionuclide behaviour in the natural environment

NEW Nuclear corrosion science and engineering

Science, implications and lessons for the nuclear industry

Edited by D Feron, CEA Saclay, France

Edited by M Laraia, formerly of International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA), Austria

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 22

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 36

Edited by Ch Poinssot, CEA Marcoule, France and H Geckeis, Karlsruhe Institute of Technology (KIT), Germany Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 42

Understanding radionuclide behaviour in the natural environment is essential to the development of nuclear energy and key to enhancing public confidence in the industry. Scientific knowledge in this field has developed greatly over the last decade. Radionuclide behaviour in the natural environment provides a comprehensive overview of the key processes and parameters affecting radionuclide mobility and migration. CONTENTS

Overview of radionuclide behaviour in the natural environment. Part 1 Radionuclide chemistry in the natural environment: Fundamentals of aquatic chemistry relevant to radionuclide behaviour in the environment; Aquatic chemistry of the actinides: Aspects relevant to their environmental behaviour; Aquatic chemistry of long-lived mobile fission and activation products in the context of deep geological disposal; Impacts of humic substances on the geochemical behaviour of radionuclides; Impacts of microorganisms on radionuclides in contaminated environments and waste materials. Part 2 Radionuclide migration: Hydrogeological features relevant to radionuclide migration in the natural environment; Radionuclide retention at solid/liquid interfaces in the natural environment; Radionuclide migration: Coupling transport and chemistry; Impact of colloidal transport on radionuclide migration in the natural environment; Natural analogues of nuclear waste repositories: Studies and their implications for the development of radionuclide migration models; Studying radionuclide migration on different scales: The complimentary roles of laboratory and in situ experiments; Radionuclide transfer processes in the biosphere. Part 3 Environmental impact and remediation: Modelling radionuclide transport in the environment and calculating radiation doses; Quantitative assessment of radionuclide migration from near-surface radioactive waste burial sites: The waste dumps in the Chernobyl exclusion zone as an example; Remediation of sites contaminated by radionuclides; Safety assessment of nuclear waste repositories: A radionuclide migration perspective.

744 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 132 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 719 4 £180.00/US$305.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091321

NEW Nuclear decommissioning Planning, execution and international experience

‘This book covers the range of nuclear reactors and provides comprehensive and systematic information on the relevant nuclear corrosion mechanisms, science and engineering.’

Professor Tetsuo Shoji, Long-term Materials Reliability Laboratory, Fracture and Reliability Research Institute, Tohoku University, Japan Nuclear corrosion science and engineering reviews the fundamentals of nuclear corrosion, looking at the different types of both aqueous and non-aqueous corrosion mechanisms and the nuclear materials susceptible to attack from them, along with applicable monitoring and control methodologies and modelling and lifetime prediction tools. The book also explores corrosion issues across the range of current and next-generation nuclear reactors, as well as nuclear fuel and radioactive waste facilities. CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction to corrosion in nuclear power applications: Overview of corrosion engineering, science and technology; Overview of nuclear materials and nuclear corrosion science and engineering; Understanding and mitigating corrosion in nuclear reactor systems. Part 2 Aqueous corrosion in nuclear power applications: Fundamental science, materials and mechanisms: General corrosion in nuclear reactor components and nuclear waste disposal systems; Environmentally assisted cracking (EAC) in nuclear reactor systems and components; Irradiation assisted corrosion and stress corrosion cracking (IAC/ IASCC) in nuclear reactor systems and components; Flow assisted corrosion (FAC) in nuclear power plant components; Microbiologically influenced corrosion (MIC) in nuclear power plant systems and components. Part 3 Non-aqueous corrosion in nuclear power applications: Fundamental science, materials and mechanisms: High-temperature oxidation in nuclear reactor systems; Liquid metal corrosion in nuclear reactor and accelerator driven systems. Part 4 Corrosion monitoring and control in nuclear power applications: Electrochemical techniques for monitoring and controlling corrosion in water-cooled nuclear reactor systems; On line electrochemical monitoring in light water nuclear reactor (LWR) systems; Modelling corrosion in nuclear power plant systems; Lifetime prediction techniques for nuclear power plant systems. Part 5 Corrosion issues in current nuclear reactors and applications: Corrosion issues in pressurised water reactor (PWR) systems; Intergranular stress corrosion cracking (IGSCC) in boiling water reactors; Corrosion issues in pressurised heavy water reactor (PHWR/CANDU) systems; Corrosion issues in water-cooled water-moderated nuclear reactor (WWER) systems; Corrosion issues in nuclear fuel reprocessing plants. Part 6 Corrosion issues in next generation nuclear reactors and advanced applications: Corrosion issues in high temperature gas cooled reactor (HTR) systems; Corrosion issues in sodium-cooled fast reactor (SFR) systems; Corrosion issues in lead-cooled fast reactor (LFR) and accelerator driven systems (ADS); Corrosion issues in molten salt reactor (MSR) systems; Corrosion issues in super-critical water reactor (SCWR) systems; Corrosion issues in thermonuclear fusion reactors and facilities (ITER/IFMIF); Corrosion issues of radioactive waste packages in geological disposal systems.

1072 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 765 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 534 3 £235.00/US$400.00/€280.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697655

‘This excellent book describes the entire process of decommissioning, from planning to management to completion, in a clear and comprehensive manner.’

Shelly Mobbs, Eden Nuclear and Environment, UK Over the course of their operational life, a variety of components in both nuclear power plants and other civilian nuclear facilities will become contaminated by irradiation from the radioactive sources present. Once these power plants or facilities have come to the end of their operational lifetime, the need to decommission and decontaminate them arises. Nuclear decommissioning critically reviews the decommissioning and decontamination processes and technologies available for rehabilitating sites used for nuclear power generation and civilian nuclear facilities, from fundamental issues and best practices, to procedures and technology, and onto decommissioning and decontamination case studies. CONTENTS

Introduction to nuclear decommissioning: Definitions and history. Part 1 Planning: Fundamental issues in starting a nuclear decommissioning process: Overview of nuclear decommissioning principles and approaches; Nuclear decommissioning policy, infrastructure, strategies and project planning; Financing and economics of nuclear facility decommissioning; Characterisation of radioactive materials in redundant nuclear facilities: Key issues for the decommissioning plan; Managing the transition from operation to decommissioning of a nuclear facility; Nuclear decommissioning project organization, management and human resources; Public engagement and stakeholder consultation in nuclear decommissioning projects; Radiological protection in the decommissioning of nuclear facilities: Safety, regulations and licensing; Nuclear facility design and operation to facilitate decommissioning: Lessons learned. Part 2 Execution: Nuclear decommissioning processes and technologies, radioactive waste management, site rehabilitation and cleanup: Safe enclosure and entombment strategies in nuclear decommissioning projects; Dismantling and demolition processes and technologies in nuclear decommissioning projects; Decontamination processes and technologies in nuclear decommissioning projects; Remote operation and robotics technologies in nuclear decommissioning projects; Radioactive waste management in nuclear decommissioning projects; Environmental remediation and restoration technologies in nuclear decommissioning projects; Site clearance and licence termination in nuclear decommissioning projects; Reuse and redevelopment of decommissioned nuclear sites: Strategies and lessons learned. Part 3 International experience: Nuclear decommissioning applications and case studies: Decommissioning of Russian-type water-cooled watermoderated nuclear reactors (WWERs); Decommissioning of gas cooled nuclear reactors (GCRs); Decommissioning of nuclear fuel cycle facilities; Decommissioning of small nuclear facilities: Industrial, medical and research facilities; Decommissioning of legacy nuclear waste sites: Dounreay, UK; Decommissioning of legacy nuclear waste sites: Idaho National Laboratory, USA; Information management for nuclear decommissioning projects.

856 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 115 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 533 6 £210.00/US$355.00/€250.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091154

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

High temperature materials and power generation NEW Infrastructure and methodologies for the justification of nuclear power programmes

Advanced separation techniques for nuclear fuel reprocessing and radioactive waste treatment

Edited by A Alonso, Madrid Polytechnic University, Spain

Edited by K L Nash, Washington State University and G J Lumetta, Pacific Northwest National Laboratory, USA

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 28

The potential development of any nuclear power programme requires a rigorous justification process built upon an objective infrastructure, reviewing the substantial regulatory, economic and technical information required to appropriately decide upon implementation of such a long-term commitment. Both new entrants and those countries wishing to renovate their nuclear fleets after a moratorium will need to develop and apply appropriate infrastructures to review the justification of the potential use of nuclear power. This book provides a comprehensive review of the infrastructure and methodologies required to justify the implementation of nuclear power programmes in any country choosing to review this path. CONTENTS

Overview of infrastructure and methodologies for the justification of nuclear power programmes. Part 1 Infrastructure of nuclear power programmes: The lifecycle of a nuclear power plant; The role of government in establishing the framework for nuclear power programmes; Regulatory requirements and practices in nuclear power programmes; Responsibilities of the nuclear operator in nuclear power programmes; The need for human resources in nuclear power programmes; National technical capability development in nuclear power programmes. Part 2 Justification of nuclear power programmes: Application of the justification principle to nuclear power development; Available and advanced nuclear technologies for nuclear power programmes; Nuclear safety in nuclear power programmes; Radiation protection in nuclear power programmes; Emergency planning in nuclear power programmes; Non-proliferation safeguards in nuclear power programmes; Spent fuel and radioactive waste management in nuclear power programmes; The economics of nuclear power: past, present and future aspects; Social impacts and public perception of nuclear power; Environmental impacts and assessment in nuclear power programmes. Part 3 Development of nuclear power programmes: Site selection and evaluation for nuclear power plants; Bid invitation in nuclear power plant procurement; Licensing for nuclear power plant siting, construction and operation; Quality assurance during design, construction and operation of nuclear power plants; Commissioning of nuclear power plants (NNPs); Operational safety of nuclear power plants; Decommissioning of nuclear power plants (NPPs).

1024 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 973 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 377 6 £235.00/US$400.00/€280.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699734

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 2

Advanced separation technology is key to closing the nuclear fuel cycle and relieving future generations from the burden of radioactive waste produced by the nuclear power industry. Nuclear fuel reprocessing allows for reuse of useful fuel components for further power generation, while the separation of actinides, lanthanides and other fission products means that residual radioactive waste can be minimised. The future of the nuclear industry relies on the advancement of this technology to ensure environmental protection, criticality-safety and non-proliferation. Advanced separation techniques for nuclear fuel reprocessing and radioactive waste treatment provides a thorough and timely reference on the fundamental issues of radioactive materials separations, with critical reviews of established and emerging techniques. CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of radioactive materials separations processes: Chemistry, engineering and safeguards: Chemistry of radioactive materials in the nuclear fuel cycle; Physical and chemical properties of actinides in nuclear fuel reprocessing facilities; Chemical engineering for advanced aqueous radioactive material separations; Spectroscopic on-line monitoring for process control and safeguarding of radiochemical streams in nuclear fuel reprocessing; Safeguards technology for radioactive materials processing and nuclear fuel reprocessing facilities. Part 2 Separation and extraction processes for nuclear fuel reprocessing and radioactive waste treatment: Standard and advanced separation: PUREX processes for nuclear fuel reprocessing; Alternative separation and extraction: UREX+ processes for actinide and targeted fission product recovery; Advanced reprocessing for fission product separation and extraction; Combined processes for high level radioactive waste separations: UNEX and other extraction processes. Part 3 Emerging and innovative techniques in nuclear fuel reprocessing and radioactive waste treatment: Nuclear engineering for pyrochemical treatment of spent nuclear fuels; Development of highly selective compounds and processes for solvent extraction of long-lived radionuclides from spent nuclear fuels; Developments in the partitioning and transmutation of radioactive waste; Solid-phase extraction technology for actinide and lanthanide separations in nuclear fuel reprocessing; Emerging separation techniques: Supercritical fluid and ionic liquid extraction techniques for nuclear fuel reprocessing and radioactive waste treatment; Development of biological treatment processes for the separation and recovery of radioactive wastes.

Handbook of advanced radioactive waste conditioning technologies Edited by M I Ojovan, University of Sheffield, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 12 ‘A comprehensive and valuable reference book written by a team of outstanding experts, dealing with one of the most critical aspects of nuclear power generation: the safe and sound management of the radioactive waste.’

Dr Rudolf Burcl, European Commission, JRC - Institute for Energy, Petten, The Netherlands ‘Woodhead Publishing has commissioned recognized world experts in reporting on the latest radioactive waste conditioning technologies for this valuable new book.’

Gary A. Benda, Deputy Managing Director and Chairman, Program Advisory Committee, WM Symposia, USA Radioactive wastes are generated from a wide range of sources presenting a variety of challenges in dealing with a diverse set of radionuclides of varying concentrations. Conditioning technologies are essential for the encapsulation and immobilisation of these radioactive wastes, forming the initial engineered barrier required for their transportation, storage and disposal. The need to ensure the long term performance of radioactive waste forms is a key driver in the development of advanced conditioning technologies. This book provides a comprehensive and systematic reference on the various options available as well as those under development for the treatment and immobilisation of radioactive wastes. CONTENTS

Radioactive waste characterisation. Part 1 Radioactive waste treatment processes and conditioning technologies: Compaction processes; Incineration and plasma processes; Application of inorganic cements; Calcination and vitrification processes; Historical development of glass and ceramic waste forms for high level radioactive wastes; Decommissioning of nuclear facilities and environmental remediation. Part 2 Advanced materials and technologies for the immobilisation of radioactive wastes: Geopolymers; Glass matrices; Ceramic matrices; Development of waste packages: French experience; Development and use of metal containers. Part 3 Long-term performance assessment and knowledge management techniques: Failure mechanisms of nuclear waste forms; Long-term performance models; Knowledge management techniques.

512 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 626 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 095 9 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696269

512 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 501 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 227 4 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695019

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

High temperature materials and power generation RENEWABLE POWER GENERATION NEW Membranes for clean and renewable power production Edited by A Gugliuzza and A Basile, ITM-CNR, Italy Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 62

The development and deployment of membrane technologies continues to advance thanks to innovative materials and novel engineering approaches. Given a background of increasing research into clean and renewable power production, membranes are becoming increasingly adopted due to the process intensification and economic advantages they present. This comprehensive and methodical reference work charts the progress of membrane usage in clean and renewable power production, covering their utilisation in advanced biofuel processing and novel and scalable fuel cells, in addition to advanced solar, water and wind applications. CONTENTS

An introduction to the production of clean and renewable power by using membrane technology: market and economics; Membranes and renewable energy: perspectives, benefits and limitations. Part 1 Membranes for advanced biofuels processing and clean-up: Advanced membranes for biofuels production; Membrane reactors for reliable biodiesel production; Membrane reactors for the production of biofuels from coal, biomass, waste and algae; Membrane technology for biogas clean-up; Steam reforming of biofuels for production of hydrogen-rich gas. Part 2 Membranes for advanced and scalable fuel cell applications: Direct bioethanol fuel cells; Ceramic electrolyte membranes for intermediate temperature SOFC; Microbial fuel cells for the transformation of wastes into clean energy. Part 3 Integrated membrane technology for solar, water and wind power applications: Membrane technology for solar-hydrogen production; Membrane technology for solar-desalination plants; Membrane technology for hydroelectric power; Membrane technology for wind and bioenergy.

510 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 545 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 865 8 Approx. £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095459

NEW Electricity transmission, distribution and storage systems

NEW Wind turbine blade design and materials

Edited by Z Melhem, Oxford Instruments NanoScience, UK

Edited by P Brøndsted, Risø-DTU National Laboratory of Sustainable Energy, Denmark and R Nijssen, Wind Turbine Materials and Constructions (WMC), The Netherlands

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 38

300 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84569 784 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 737 8 Approx. £130.00/US$220.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697846

NEW Electrical drives for direct drive renewable energy systems Edited by M Mueller, University of Edinburgh, UK and H Polinder, Delft University of Technology, The Netherlands Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 24

Wind turbine gearboxes are one of the major reliability issues for wind energy operators, presenting expensive maintenance and repair jobs where problems occur, particularly in offshore wind farms. This book reviews the design and operation of direct drive wind energy systems. Applications to direct-drive marine renewable energy systems are also highlighted. CONTENTS

Introduction to direct-drive wind energy systems; Introduction to direct drive wave energy conversion systems; Design of electrical generators for direct-drive renewable energy systems; Electrical, thermal and structural generator design and systems integration for direct-drive renewable energy systems; Power electronic conversion systems for direct-drive renewable energy systems; Case study of the permanent magnet direct drive generator in the Zephyros wind turbine; Case study of the Archimedes Wave Swing (AWS) direct drive wave energy pilot plant.

300 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84569 783 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 749 1 Approx. £130.00/US$220.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697839

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 47

510 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 426 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 728 6 Approx. £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094261

Wind energy systems Optimising design and construction for safe and reliable operation Edited by J D Sørensen, Aalborg University and J N Sørensen, Technical University of Denmark, Denmark Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 10 CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamental resources, design, safety and reliability: Meteorology and wind resource assessment; Site investigation, characterisation and assessment; Aeroelasticity and structural dynamics; Wind turbine wakes and wind farm aerodynamics; Fatigue loading. Part 2 Wind energy system materials and developments: Aerodynamic design of rotors; Drive train systems; Control systems; Tower design, erection and maintenance. Part 3 Operation and maintenance (O&M), performance assessment, and optimisation: Reliability and maintainability, and O&M strategies; Condition monitoring systems; Performance assessment and knowledge management; Optimising design for in low wind speed operation; Optimising design for cold climate operation. Part 4 Offshore design, construction, O&M: Offshore loads and wind turbine design; Support structures for offshore systems; Integrated wind farm planning and design; O&M of offshore systems.

628 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 580 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 063 8 £160.00/US$270.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695804

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

High temperature materials and power generation NEW The biogas handbook Science, production and applications Edited by A Wellinger, Nova Energie, Switzerland, J Murphy, University College Cork, Ireland and D Baxter, Institute for Energy (IE), Joint Research Centre (JRC), The Netherlands Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 52

With increasing pressures to utilise wastes effectively and sustainably, biogas production represents one of the most important routes towards reaching renewable energy targets. This book provides a comprehensive and systematic reference on the development and deployment of biogas supply chains and technology. Initial chapters review the role of biogas in the energy mix and outline the range of biomass and waste resources for biogas production. The book goes on to provide detailed coverage of anaerobic digestion for the production of biogas. The book concludes with reviews of the utilisation of biogas for different applications. CONTENTS

Biogas as an energy option: An overview. Part 1 Biomass resources, feedstock treatment and biogas production: Biomass resources for biogas production; Analysis and characterisation of feedstocks; Storage and pre-treatment of substrates; Fundamental science and engineering of the anaerobic digestion process; Optimisation of yields from anaerobic digestion by feedstock type; Anaerobic digestion as a key technology for biomass valorisation. Part 2 Plant design, engineering, process optimisation and digestate utilization; Design and engineering of biogas plants; Analysis of energy flows; Process control; Methane emissions; Digestate quality and utilization; Land application of digestate Part 3 Biogas utilisation: International experience and best practice: Biogas cleaning; Up-grading to biomethane; Infrastructure, transport and storage; Generation of heat and power from biogas for stationery applications; Market developments and certification schemes for biogas and biomethane.

570 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 498 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 741 5 Approx. £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094988

Stand-alone and hybrid wind energy systems Technology, energy storage and applications Edited by J K Kaldellis, TEI of Piraeus, Greece Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 6 CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamental science and engineering: Overview of stand-alone and hybrid wind energy systems; Overview of energy storage technologies; Design and performance optimisation; Feasibility assessment. Part 2 Development of energy systems and energy storage technology: Stand-alone wind; Hybrid wind-diesel; Hybrid wind-photovoltaic; Hybrid wind-hydrogen; Hybrid wind-hydropower; Electro-chemical energy storage; Flywheel energy storage; Compressed air energy storage. Part 3 Applications: Integration into remote micro-grids; Integration into buildings; Desalination.

576 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 527 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 962 8 £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695279

NEW Biomass combustion science, technology and engineering

NEW Waste to energy (WTE) conversion technology

Edited by L Rosendahl, Aalborg University, Denmark

Edited by N B Klinghoffer and M J Castaldi, Columbia University, USA

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 40

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 29

Biomass utilisation represents an increasingly important source of low or zero carbon power generation. Developments in the fuel-flexibility of conventional power plants allow for both direct biomass combustion as well as biomass co-firing with fossil-fuels. Advanced conversion technologies can also be integrated into existing power plants, or simply applied in new power plants, allowing a wide range of biomass feedstocks to be converted into more readily combustible fuel for use in either clean power generation or alternative fuel production. This book presents a comprehensive review of biomass combustion, conversion and utilisation science and technology.

Increasing global consumerism and population have led to an increase in the levels of waste produced. Energy recovery represents a useful, additional option in support of an improved and sustainable waste management hierarchy, for local energy supply and wider energy security. Advanced conversion technologies coupled with advanced pollution control systems can be employed to convert these calorific waste materials into clean energy, which can be integrated into buildings, distributed energy networks and national electricity grids. This book provides an integrated, thorough reference on waste to an energy (WTE) conversion technology.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction to waste to energy (WTE) conversion: Role of WTE in the waste management hierarchy; Environmental and social impacts of waste-to-energy conversion plants; LCA and its application to sustainable waste management; Feedstocks for WTE systems: types, properties and analysis. Part 2 WTE systems, engineering and technology: Pre-processing and treatment of MSW prior to incineration; MSW combustion plants; Waste firing in large combustion plants; Energy recovery in waste-fired boilers; Waste gasification and pyrolysis plants; Anaerobic digestion and bioreactor waste conversion processes. Part 3 Pollution control systems for WTE technologies and future trends: Waste combustion facilities: transformation from major polluters to pollution sinks; Air quality equipment and systems for WTE conversion plants; Numerical modelling for optimising the environmental performance of WTE systems.

Part 1 Fundamental issues and feedstocks: Biomass combustion for power generation: An introduction; Biomass supply chains; Categorisation of biomass feedstocks and preparation for combustion and gasification. Part 2 Biomass combustion and co-firing: Direct combustion of biomass; Biomass co-firing; Biomass pyrolysis and combined pyrolysis and gasification; Fast pyrolysis of biomass for the production of liquids; Industrial-scale biomass combustion plants: Engineering issues and optimisation; Biomass conversion in biorefineries.

450 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 131 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 743 9 Approx. £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091314

Solid-state hydrogen storage Materials and chemistry Edited by G Walker, University of Nottingham, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 14 CONTENTS

600 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 270 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 494 4 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692704

CONTENTS

390 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 011 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 636 4 Approx. £140.00/US$240.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090119

Solid oxide fuel cell technology Principles, performance and operations K Huang, Siemens Energy, Inc and J B Goodenough, University of Texas at Austin, USA Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 11 ‘…undoubtedly an essential title to place on the shelves of materials departmental libraries.’

Materials World CONTENTS

340 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 628 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 651 1 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696283

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

High temperature materials and power generation NEW Concentrating solar power technology

NEW Handbook of membrane reactors

Volume 1: Fundamental materials science, design and optimisation

Volume 2: Reactor types and industrial applications

Edited by K Lovegrove, IT Power Group, UK and W Stein, CSIRO Energy Centre, Australia

Edited by A Basile, ITM-CNR, Italy

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 55

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 56

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 21

Membrane reactors (MRs) increasingly replace conventional industrial separations, process and conversion technologies across a wide range of applications. By coupling a separation step with a reaction, MRs offer high thermodynamic efficiency, increasing throughput potential, which lowers operating costs and enables process intensification. The considerable interest in MRs continues to stimulate research and development in this important field. Volume 1 of the handbook reviews MR materials science, engineering and design. Initial sections review advanced and novel materials utilised in MRs. This volume concludes with a section detailing advanced modelling, simulation and optimisation techniques for MRs.

Membrane reactors (MRs) increasingly replace conventional industrial separations, process and conversion technologies across a wide range of applications. By coupling a separation step with a reaction, MRs offer high thermodynamic efficiency, increasing throughput potential, which lowers operating costs and enables process intensification. The considerable interest in MRs continues to stimulate research and development in this important field. Volume 2 of the handbook reviews reactor types and industrial applications. The opening section reviews selected types of membrane reactor and their integration in established industrial processes. The following sections then address applications in chemical and hydrogen production, transport, environmental engineering and biotechnology.

Principles, developments and applications

Concentrating solar power (CSP) technology is poised to take its place as one of the major contributors to the future clean energy mix. Using straightforward manufacturing processes CSP technology capitalises on conventional power generation cycles, whilst cost effectively matching supply and demand though the integration of thermal energy storage. Concentrating solar power technology provides a comprehensive review of this exciting technology, from the fundamental science to systems design, development and applications. Part one introduces fundamental principles and solar resources for concentrating solar power systems. Part two focuses on technology approaches and potential, before part three goes on to discuss optimisation, improvements and applications. CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction: Introduction to concentrating solar power technology; Fundamental principles of concentrating solar power systems; Solar resources for concentrating solar power systems; Site selection and feasibility analysis for concentrating solar power systems; Socio-economic and environmental assessment of concentrating solar power systems. Part 2 Technology approaches and potential: Linear Fresnel reflector technology; Parabolic-trough concentrating solar power systems; Central tower concentrating solar power systems; Parabolic dish concentrating solar power systems; Concentrating photovoltaic systems and applications; Thermal energy storage systems for concentrating solar power plants; Hybridization of concentrating solar power with fossil fuel power plants; Integrating a Fresnel solar boiler into an existing coal-fired power plant: A case study; The long-term market potential of concentrating solar power systems. Part 3 Optimisation, improvements and applications: Absorber materials for solar thermal receivers in concentrating solar power systems; Optimisation of concentrating solar power plant designs through integrated techno-economic modeling; Heliostat size optimisation for central receiver solar power plants; Heat flux and temperature measurement technologies for concentrating solar power; Concentrating solar technologies for industrial process heat and cooling; Solar fuels and industrial solar chemistry.

712 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 769 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 617 3 Approx. £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697693

CONTENTS

Part 1 Polymeric, dense metallic and composite membranes for membrane reactors: Polymeric membranes; Inorganic membrane reactors for hydrogen production; Palladiumbased composite membranes for hydrogen separation; Alternatives to palladium; Nanocomposite membranes. Part 2 Zeolite, ceramic and carbon membranes and catalysts for membrane reactors: Zeolite membranes; Dense ceramic membranes; Porous ceramic membranes; Microporous silica membranes; Carbon-based membranes; Advances in catalysts. Part 3 Membrane reactor modelling, simulation and optimisation: Overview of strategies and applications to the modelling of a hydrogen-selective membrane reactor; CFD simulation of single- and multitube palladium membrane reactors for hydrogen recovery from cyclohexane; CFD simulation of a palladium-based membrane reactor in a fuel cell micro-cogenerator system; CFD analysis of membrane reactors: modelling of membrane bioreactors for municipal wastewater treatment; Models of membrane reactors based on artificial neural networks and hybrid approaches; Assessment of the key proprieties of materials used in membrane materials by quantum computational approaches; Non-equilibrium thermodynamics for the description of transport phenomena in membrane bioreactors: coupled transport of heat and mass in a zeolite membrane.

570 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 414 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 733 0 Approx. £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094148

CONTENTS

Part 1 Selected types of membrane reactor and integration with industrial processes: Engineering aspects of membrane bioreactors; Membrane contactors; Pervaporation membrane reactors; Multi-phase catalytic membrane reactors; Microreactors and membrane microreactors; Photocatalytic membrane reactors; Integrating different membrane operations and combining membranes with conventional separation techniques. Part 2 Membrane reactors in chemical production and large-scale hydrogen production from fossil fuels: Dense ceramic membrane reactors for chemical production; Chlor-alkali technology; Membranes in systems for electric energy and hydrogen production from fossil fuels; Palladium-based membranes for hydrogen separation; Membrane reactor for hydrogen production from natural gas at the Tokyo Gas Company; Steam reforming with membranes for hydrogen separation; Economic analysis of systems for electrical energy and hydrogen production. Part 3 Electrochemical devices and transport applications of membrane reactors: Fuel cells and electrolytic cells; Palladium-based hollow cathode electrolysers for hydrogen production; Fuel cell vehicles; Design and engineering of metallic membranes for on-board steam reforming of biofuels in transport applications. Part 4 Membrane reactors in environmental engineering, biotechnology and medicine: Membrane operations in wastewater treatment; Photocatalytic membrane reactors in water treatment and chemical production; Biocatalytic membrane reactors: principles, preparation and biotechnological, pharmaceutical and medical applications.

690 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 415 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 734 7 Approx. £175.00/US$300.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094155

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

High temperature materials and power generation NEW Biolubricants Science and technology J C J Bart and S Cavallaro, University of Messina, Italy and E Gucciardi, ZSW, Germany Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 46

Lubricants are essential in engineering. However, more sustainable formulations are needed to avoid adverse effects on the ecosystem. Bio-based lubricant formulations present a promising solution. Biolubricants: Science and technology is a comprehensive, interdisciplinary and timely review of this important subject. The book starts by reviewing fossil and bio-based feedstock resources for biodegradable lubricants. Further chapters describe catalytic, (bio) chemical functionalisation processes for transformation of feed stocks into commercial products, product development, relevant legislation, life cycle assessment, major product groups and specific performance criteria in all major applications. Final chapters consider markets for biolubricants, issues to consider when selecting and using a lubricant, lubricant disposal and future trends. CONTENTS

Renewable lubricants; Principles of lubrication; Lubricants: properties and characteristics; The transition from reliance on fossil resources to biomass valorisation; Renewable feedstocks for lubricant production; Chemical transformations of renewable lubricant feedstocks; Formulating lubricating oils; Quality assurance of biolubricants; Legislation of relevance to lubricants; Biolubricant product development; Environmental life-cycle assessment (LCA) of lubricants; Biolubricant product groups and technological applications; Markets for biolubricants; Lubricant use and disposal; Advanced lubricant fluids; Epilogue: The outlook for biolubricant science and technology.

944 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 263 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 632 6 £210.00/US$355.00/€250.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092632

Materials for photoelectrochemical devices; Photosensitive materials; Materials for solar cells; Defect chemistry of ternary oxides; Introduction to thermoelectricity; The measurement of thermoelectricity; Interface mass transport in oxide materials; Surface properties of ionic conductors; Fast ionic conductors; Oxygen ionic conductor; Solid oxide fuel cells; Polymer electrolyte fuel cells; Immobilisation of high-level radioactive waste from nuclear reactor fuel; Solidstate electrochemical gas sensors for emission control.

NEW Metropolitan sustainability Understanding and improving the urban environment

NEW Functional materials for sustainable energy applications

Edited by F Zeman, Royal Military College of Canada, Canada

Edited by J Kilner, S Skinner, Imperial College, S Irvine, Glyndwr University and P Edwards, University of Oxford, UK

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 34

Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 35

Global populations have grown rapidly in recent decades, leading to ever-increasing demands for shelter, resources, energy and utilities. Coupled with the worldwide need to achieve lower impact buildings and conservation of resources, the need to achieve sustainability in urban environments has never been more acute. Metropolitan sustainability critically reviews the fundamental issues and applied science, engineering and technology that will enable all cities to achieve a greater level of metropolitan sustainability, and assist nations in meeting the needs of their growing urban populations.

CONTENTS

Part 1 Metropolitan sustainability: An introduction: A living city: Using urban metabolism analysis to view cities as life forms; Benefit cost analysis for environmental decision making: Using discounting to compare benefits and costs that occur at different points in time; Quantifying sustainability: Industrial ecology, materials flow and life cycle analysis; Separation of mixtures: Fundamentals and technologies. Part 2 Earth: Urban land use and the environmental impact of the built environment: The urban heat island effect: Causes and potential solutions; Redevelopment of brownfield sites; Urban agriculture: Opportunities and constraints; Buildingintegrated agriculture: A new approach to food production. Part 3 Wind: Urban air pollution and emissions control: Metropolitan effects on atmospheric patterns: Important scales; The science of smog: a chemical understanding of ground level ozone and fine particulate matter; Air pollution in the urban atmosphere: Sources and consequences; Controlling emissions of pollutants in urban areas; Passive systems to improve air quality and reduce heat retention in the urban environment. Part 4 Water: Urban water resources, reuse and management: Integrated urban water management: Water use and reuse; Rainwater harvesting: using urban roof runoff for residential toilet flushing; Urban water supply: Modelling watersheds and treatment facilities; Water and wastewater treatment: Chemical processes; Water and wastewater treatment: Biological processes. Part 5 Fire: Urban energy supply and management: Solar energy in the built environment: Powering the sustainable city; Wind energy in the built environment; The role of waste-to-energy in the urban infrastructure; Smart energy for cities: Decentralized supply resources and their link to the modern grid; Bioenergy for the urban environment. Part 6 Sustainable urban development, transport and planning: Planning for more sustainable urban development; Sustainable urban transport planning; The psychological needs of city dwellers: Implications for sustainable urban planning; Possible futures for sustainable building design; Moving toward urban sustainability: Using lessons and legacies of the past; A vision of suburban sustainability: The Long Island Radically Rezoned project.

CONTENTS

724 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 059 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 637 1 £180.00/US$305.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090591

776 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 046 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 646 3 £190.00/US$325.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090461

428 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 932 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 091 5 £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739321

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

High temperature materials and power generation NEW Polymer electrolyte membrane and direct methanol fuel cell technology

NEW Polymer electrolyte membrane and direct methanol fuel cell technology

Volume 1: Fundamentals and performance of low temperature fuel cells

Volume 2: In situ characterization techniques for low temperature fuel cells

Edited by C Hartnig, Chemetall GmbH and C Roth, Technische Universität Darmstadt, Germany Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 30

PEMFCs and DMFCs represent promising low-temperature electrochemical power generation technologies that operate on hydrogen and methanol respectively. These technologies have attracted intense worldwide commercialisation research and development efforts with a large element of these efforts directed at materials developments for fuel cell durability and long term operation. This two volume set presents a comprehensive and detailed review of the fundamentals, performance, and in situ characterisation of PEMFCs and DMFCs. Volume 1 covers the fundamental science and engineering of these types of fuel cell, and reviews routes to understand and improve upon fuel cell performance and operation.

NEW Advances in biodiesel production Processes and technologies Edited by R Luque, Universidad de Córdoba and J A Melero, Universidad Rey Juan Carlos, Spain Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 39

Edited by C Hartnig, Chemetall GmbH and C Roth, Technische Universität Darmstadt, Germany Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 31

Volume 2 reviews advanced in situ spectroscopic methods for fuel cell characterisation, applicable to the investigation of reaction kinetics and processes, water and fuel management, and local performance. CONTENTS

Biodiesel is one of the main biofuels capable of substituting fossil fuel usage in compression ignition vehicles, and is used in a variety of fuel blends worldwide. Advances in biodiesel production, aimed at more sustainable and effective feedstock utilisation alongside improved processing routes for increased production efficiency and fuel quality, are critical to the future both of this industry and of the continued use of biodiesel fuels in transportation. This book provides a timely reference on the advances in the development of biodiesel fuels, production processes and technologies. CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of polymer electrolyte membrane and direct methanol fuel cell technology: Fuels and fuel processing for low temperature fuel cells; Membrane materials and technology for low temperature fuel cells; Catalyst and membrane technology for low temperature fuel cells; Gas diffusion media, flowfields and system aspects in low temperature fuel cells; Recycling and life cycle assessment of fuel cell materials. Part 2 Performance issues in polymer electrolyte membrane and direct methanol fuel cells: Operation and durability of low temperature fuel cells; Catalyst ageing and degradation in polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cells; Degradation and durability testing of low temperature fuel cell components; Microstructure reconstruction and transport simulation in polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cells; Multi-scale modeling of two-phase transport in polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cells; Modelling and analysis of degradation phenomena in polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cells; Experimental monitoring techniques for polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cells.

Part 1 Advanced characterisation techniques for polymer electrolyte membrane and direct methanol fuel cells: Extended X-ray absorption structure (EXAFS) technique for low temperature fuel cell characterisation; Advanced microscopy techniques for the characterisation of polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cell components; Differential electrochemical mass spectrometry (DEMS) technique for direct alcohol fuel cell characterisation; Small angle X-ray scattering (SAXS) techniques for polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cell characterisation; X-ray absorption near edge structure (?µ XANES) techniques for low temperature fuel cell characterisation. Part 2 Characterisation of water and fuel management in polymer electrolyte membrane and direct methanol fuel cells: Characterisation and modelling of interfaces in polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cells; Neutron radiography for high-resolution studies in low temperature fuel cells; Neutron radiography for the investigation of reaction patterns in direct methanol fuel cells; Neutron tomography for polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cell characterisation; Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) techniques for polymer electrolyte membrane and direct alcohol fuel cell characterisation; Raman spectroscopy for polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cell characterisation. Part 3 Locally resolved methods for polymer electrolyte membrane and direct methanol fuel cell characterisation: Submillimeter resolved transient techniques for polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cell characterisation: Local in situ diagnostics for channel and land areas; Scanning electrochemical microscopy (SECM) in proton exchange membrane fuel cell research and development; Laser-optical methods for transport studies in low temperature fuel cells; Synchrotron radiography for high resolution transport and materials studies of low temperature fuel cells.

436 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 773 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 547 3 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697730

524 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 774 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 548 0 £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697747

‘The book represents a comprehensive survey of an important field.’

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamental issues and assessment in advanced biodiesel production: Introduction to advanced biodiesel production; Life cycle sustainability assessment of second generation biodiesel; Socio-economic, environmental and policy perspectives of advanced biodiesel production; Feedstocks for advanced biodiesel production; Advances in biodiesel quality control, characterisation and standards development. Part 2 Advanced biodiesel production processes and technologies: Advances in biodiesel catalysts and processing technologies; Biodiesel from waste oils and fats; Biodiesel from microbial oil; Microalgae processing for biodiesel production; Valorisation of the glycerol by-product from biodiesel production; Appendix supply chains, technoeconomic assessment and market development for second generation biodiesel.

304 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 117 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 586 2 £130.00/US$220.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091178

Biodiesel science and technology From soil to oil J C J Bart, University of Messina, N Palmeri, ISAB and S Cavallaro, University of Messina, Italy Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 7

Materials World CONTENTS

Biodiesel as a renewable energy source; Development of non-food agricultural industries for biofuel applications; Oleochemical sources: Basic science, processing and applications of oils; Vegetable oil formulations for utilisation as biofuels; Feedstocks for biodiesel production; Emerging new energy crops for biodiesel production; Transesterification processes for biodiesel production from oils and fats; Biodiesel catalysis; Processes for biodiesel production from unrefined oils and fats; Biocatalytic production of biodiesel; Industrial process technology for biodiesel production; Analytical methods and standards for quality assurance in biodiesel production; Valorisation of the glycerol by-product from biodiesel production; Sustainability and use of biodiesel; Evolution of biodiesel and alternative diesel fuels; Epilogue: Outlook for biodiesel science and technology.

864 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 591 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 776 1 £190.00/US$325.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695910

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

High temperature materials and power generation High temperature superconductors (HTS) for energy applications Edited by Z Melhem, Oxford Instruments Nanoscience, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 27

432 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 012 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 529 9 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090126

Bioalcohol production Biochemical conversion of lignocellulosic biomass Edited by K W Waldron, Institute of Food Research, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 3 CONTENTS

Part 1 Pretreatment and fractionation: Hydrothermal pretreatment; Thermochemical pretreatment; Key features of pretreated biomass solids and impact on hydrolysis; Solvent fractionation. Part 2 Hydrolysis (saccharification): Acid hydrolysis; Enzymatic hydrolysis; Cellulases for enzymatic hydrolysis. Part 3 Fermentation and separation: Integrated hydrolysis, fermentation and co-fermentation; Co-fermentation challenges using baker’s yeast; Separation and purification. Part 4 Monitoring and modelling: Analytical monitoring of pretreatment and hydrolysis; On-line monitoring of fermentation; Modelling hydrolysis and fermentation. Part 5 Life-cycle assessment of and multiple products: Environmental life cycle assessment (LCA); Chemical production; Production of longer-chain alcohols.

Advanced membrane science and technology for sustainable energy and environmental applications Edited by A Basile, ITM-CNR, Italy and S Nunes, King Abdullah University of Science and Technology (KAUST), Saudi Arabia Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 25

Small and micro combined heat and power (CHP) systems Advanced design, performance, materials and applications Edited by R Beith, Beith & Associates Ltd, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 18

This book provides a systematic and comprehensive reference on small and micro-CHP (combined heat and power) systems suitable for buildings, commercial and industrial facilities, and local heat networks and microgrids. Benefits of using this type of cogeneration plant include a vastly improved energy efficiency achieving 80-90% energy output from the same amount of fuel, compared to 40-50% for conventional systems and reduced carbon dioxide and waste heat emissions helping to reduce any negative environmental impacts. The book also reviews the design and development of small and micro CHP systems and critically reviews applications of this important technology. CONTENTS

560 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 795 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 275 5 £160.00/US$270.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697952

848 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 969 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 379 0 £195.00/US$330.00/€235.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699697

496 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 510 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 961 1 £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695101

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Transport materials and technologies Handbook of biofuels production Processes and technologies Edited by R Luque, J Campelo, University of Córdoba, Spain and J Clark, University of York, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 15 ‘Strongly recommended as a comprehensive miniencyclopedia to all concerned with fossil fuel substitution, having a vision of energy sustainability.’

Materials World The global increase in the use of biofuels as substitute transportation fuels has prompted research and development into advanced chemical, biochemical and thermochemical biofuels production. This research and development is aimed at improving the quality and environmental impact of biofuels production, as well as the overall efficiency and output of biofuels production plants. Handbook of biofuels production provides a thorough reference on the range of biomass conversion processes and technologies.

RAIL

AUTOMOTIVE

Wheel-rail interface handbook

NEW Alternative fuels and advanced vehicle technologies

Edited by R Lewis, University of Sheffield, UK and U Olofsson, Royal Institute of Technology, Sweden

Towards zero carbon transportation Edited by R Folkson, Richard Folkson Automotive, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy No. 57

‘State-of-the-art is an overused term, but in this case it is well used’ ‘The authors of the reviews are all experts in their areas with established records of research. The reviews are authoritative and miss little.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Part 1 Key issues of biofuels production: Introduction and overview; Multiple objectives policy: Life cycle sustainability assessment; Vegetable-based feedstocks. Part 2 Chemical and biochemical conversion: Chemical catalytic conversion; Biochemical catalytic production of biodiesel; Glycerolfree and alternative biodiesels; Biodiesel from microbial oil; Bioethanol production; Biobutanol production; Other bioalcohols; Biogas via anaerobic digestion; Hydrogen. Part 3 Thermal and thermo-chemical conversion: Bio-oils via catalytic pyrolysis; Fluid catalytic cracking; Bio-syngas and biohydrogen via gasification; Bioalcohols via gasification; Hydrothermal conversion; Fischer-Tropsch synthesis; Biomass reforming. Part 4 Integrated production and application of biofuels: Biorefineries; Valorisation of by-products; Utilisation in diesel engines.

Part 1 State-of-the-art research: Introduction to wheelrail interface research; Basic tribology of the wheel-rail contact; Wheel-rail contact mechanics; Friction and wear simulation of the wheel-rail interface; Rail materials; Railway wheel wear; Fatigue of railway wheels; Out-ofround railway wheels; Rail surface fatigue and wear; The evolution and failure of pearlitic microstructure in rail steel: Observations and modelling; Rail corrugation; Rail welds; Squats on railway rails; Effect of contaminants on wear, fatigue and traction; Effect of damage on railway vehicle dynamics; Noise and vibration from the wheel-rail interface; Adhesion and friction modification; Wheel-rail isolation; Airborne particles from the wheel-rail contact; Maintenance of the wheel-rail interface; Models for infrastructure costs related to the wheel-rail interface. Part 2 Industrial context – managing the wheel-rail interface; Managing the wheel-rail interface: Railway infrastructure maintenance in a severe environment; the Swedish experience; Managing the wheel-rail interface: Europe Metro (London Underground) experience on the London Underground Victoria line; Managing the wheel-rail interface: The Canadian experience; Managing the wheel-rail interface: The US experience; Managing the wheel-rail interface: The Japanese experience; Managing the wheel-rail interface: The Australian experience; Managing the wheel-rail interface: The Dutch experience.

688 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 679 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 049 2 £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696795

856 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 412 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 678 8 £210.00/US$355.00/€250.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694128

CONTENTS

Materials for fuel cells

Fatigue in railway infrastructure

Edited by M Gasik, Helsinki University of Technology, Finland

Edited by A M Robinson, Newcastle University, UK and A Kapoor, Swinburne University of Technology, Australia

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 13 ‘…directs the reader to the in-depth discussions and state-of-the-art technologies.’

Materials World CONTENTS

512 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 330 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 483 8 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693305

The automotive sector is a major energy user. Most vehicles also run on fossil fuels, which presents a major emissions problem. Reducing emissions levels requires both optimisation of core vehicle technologies and design and the development and implementation of breakthrough technologies for improved performance. This book provides comprehensive and systematic coverage of advanced fuels and vehicle technologies that will be instrumental in improving the energy efficiency and environmental impact of the automotive sector. Sections review the development of fuel types and infrastructures, advanced engines and powertrain, and consider hybrid and electric vehicle technologies. CONTENTS

Key issues in alternative fuels, transportation infrastructure and vehicle technology; Small scale low-carbon vehicle manufacture: Industry developments and drivers. Part 1 Advanced and alternative transportation fuels: Liquid transportation fuels and blends; Gaseous transportation fuels; Lubricants and engine lubrication; Electricity and hydrogen as energy vectors. Part 2 Internal combustion engines: Internal combustion engine cycles and concepts; Advanced spark ignition engines; Heavy-duty vehicles engines; Advanced internal combustion engine materials. Part 3 Powertrain, control technology and vehicle lightweighting: Advanced powertrain technology; Advanced transmissions; Lightweighting; Improving vehicle rolling resistance and aerodynamics. Part 4 Electric vehicle technologies: Electric/hybrid vehicle types; Battery technology for electric vehicles; Pure electric vehicles; Fuelcell electric hybrid vehicles.

690 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 522 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 742 2 Approx. £175.00/US$300.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095220

‘The book almost exclusively tackles the subject of failures in railway infrastructure.’ ‘The book has plenty of detail about embankments, cuttings and bridges.’ ‘The text is particularly useful to up-and-coming railway civil engineers and designers aware of failure modes that are not taught in many university courses.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Fatigue in railways: An overview; Fatigue in railway and tramway track; Fatigue in railway bridges; Safety and reliability issues affecting escalators and moving walks in railway stations; Design, safety and reliability of lifts in railway stations.

128 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 85573 740 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 702 0 £120.00/US$205.00/€145.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855737402

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Transport materials and technologies NEW MEMS for automotive and aerospace applications

NEW Advanced materials in automotive engineering

Innovations in Fuel Economy and Sustainable Road Transport

Edited by M Kraft and N M White, Southampton University, UK

Edited by J Rowe

This book presents the papers from the Innovations in Fuel Economy and Sustainable Road Transport conference, held in Pune, India, 8-9 November, 2011. Papers examine advances in powertrain, alternative fuels, lightweight vehicles, electric vehicles and hybrid vehicles. An international assembly of senior industry representatives provide insight into the latest research and technological advances in low carbon technology sustainability for road transport, helping towards achieving stringent emissions standards and continual improvements in fuel economy efficiency, all in an expanding Indian market. These technical papers from industry and academia discuss the latest developments and research of leading organisations.

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 32

368 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 118 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 648 7 Approx. £140.00/US$240.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091185

Tribology and dynamics of engine and powertrain Fundamentals, applications and future trends Edited by H Rahnejat, Loughborough University, UK ‘This fascinating and comprehensive book on current developments in the fields of tribology and multi-body dynamics related to vehicle problems will be of interest to both the industrial and academic communities.’

Duncan Dowson, Leeds University and Visiting Professor, Loughborough University, UK CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction to multi-physics and tribology within the multi-physics environment. Part 2 Engine and powertrain technologies and applications.

1056 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 361 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 993 2 £240.00/US$410.00/€290.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693619

The automotive industry is under constant pressure to design vehicles capable of meeting increasingly demanding challenges such as improved fuel economy, enhanced safety and effective emission control. Beginning with a comprehensive introduction to advanced materials for vehicle lightweighting and automotive applications, Advanced materials in automotive engineering goes on to consider nanostructured steel for automotive body structures, aluminium sheet and high pressure die-cast aluminium alloys for automotive applications, magnesium alloys for lightweight powertrains and automotive bodies, and polymer and composite moulding technologies. The final chapters then consider a range of design and manufacturing issues that need to be addressed when working with advanced materials, including the design of advanced automotive body structures and closures, technologies for reducing noise, vibration and harshness, joining systems, and the recycling of automotive materials.

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

CONTENTS

The papers are arranged under the following headings: Hybrid and electric vehicles; Fuels; Light weight vehicles; Advances in powertrain; Fuels and emissions.

240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 213 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 587 9 £195.00/US$330.00/€235.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092137

CONTENTS

Introduction: Advanced materials and vehicle lightweighting; Advanced materials for automotive applications: An overview; Advanced metal-forming technologies for automotive applications; Nanostructured steel for automotive body structures; Aluminium sheet for automotive applications; High-pressure die-cast (HPDC) aluminium alloys for automotive applications; Magnesium alloys for lightweight powertrains and automotive bodies; Polymer and composite moulding technologies for automotive applications; Advanced automotive body structures and closures; Advanced materials and technologies for reducing noise, vibration, and harshness (NVH) in automobiles; Recycling of materials in automotive engineering; Joining systems for automotive applications.

352 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 561 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 546 6 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695613

Internal Combustion Engines Improving performance, fuel economy and emissions Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) This book contains the papers of the Internal Combustion Engines: Performance fuel economy and emissions conference, in the IMechE bi-annual series, held on the 29th and 30th November 2011. CONTENTS

The papers are arranged under the following headings: SI engines and downsizing; GDI particulates and other emissions; Diesel fuel injection; Engine design; Fuels and emissions; Emissions after-treatment.

288 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 205 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 506 0 £175.00/US$300.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092052

Diesel engine system design Q Xin, Navistar Inc, USA Diesel engine system design links everything diesel engineers need to know about engine performance and system design in order for them to master all the essential topics quickly and to solve practical design problems. Based on the author’s unique experience in the field, it enables engineers to come up with an appropriate specification at an early stage in the product development cycle. CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamental concepts in diesel engine system design – analytical design process, durability, reliability, and optimization: The analytical design process and diesel engine system design; Durability and reliability in diesel engine system design; Optimization techniques in diesel engine system design. Part 2 Engine thermodynamic cycle and vehicle powertrain performance and emissions in diesel engine system design: Fundamentals of dynamic and static diesel engine system designs; Engine–vehicle matching analysis in diesel powertrain system design; Engine brake performance in diesel engine system design; Combustion, emissions, and calibration for diesel engine system design; Diesel after treatment integration and matching. Part 3 Dynamics, friction and noise, vibration and harshness (NVH) in diesel engine system design: Advanced diesel valvetrain system design; Friction and lubrication in diesel engine system design; NVH in diesel engine system design. Part 4 Heat rejection, air system, engine controls and system integration in diesel engine system design: Diesel engine heat rejection and cooling; Diesel engine air system design; Diesel engine system dynamics, transient performance, and electronic controls; Diesel engine system specification design and subsystem interaction; Concluding remarks and outlook for diesel engine system design.

1088 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 715 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 083 6 £225.00/US$380.00/€270.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697150

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Transport materials and technologies Tailor welded blanks for advanced manufacturing

Materials, design and manufacturing for lightweight vehicles

Advanced direct injection combustion engine technologies and development

Edited by B Kinsey, University of New Hampshire and X Wu, Wayne State University, USA

Edited by P K Mallick, University of MichiganDearborn, USA

Volume 1: Gasoline and gas engines

‘The book offers a realistic and rational approach to the environmental problem of reducing vehicle weight, preserving safety, cost and performance. ...this book is well linked with a lot of data.’

Direct injection enables precise control of the fuel/air mixture so that engines can be tuned for improved power and fuel economy, but ongoing research challenges remain in improving the technology for commercial applications. As fuel prices escalate DI engines are expected to gain in popularity for automotive applications. This important book, in two volumes, reviews the science and technology of different types of DI combustion engines and their fuels. Volume 1 deals with direct injection gasoline and CNG engines, including history and essential principles, approaches to improved fuel economy, design, optimisation, optical techniques and their applications.

240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 704 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 385 1 £125.00/US$210.00/€150.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697044

Vehicle noise and vibration refinement

Materials World CONTENTS

384 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 463 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 782 2 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694630

Internal Combustion Engines Performance, fuel economy and emissions Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) CONTENTS

The papers are arranged under the following headings: SI Engines - Technology for fuel economy; SI Engines Downsizing, design and analysis; Diesel engines - Design analysis; Emissions control - NOx and particulates; Fuels and diesel engines; Low-temperature combustion; Fuels and SI engines.

282 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 607 4 £185.00/US$315.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346074

Edited by Xu Wang, RMIT University, Australia ‘Automotive engineers with a mathematical background would find this book useful.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Part 1 Introduction: Rationale and history of vehicle noise and vibration refinement; Target setting and benchmarking for vehicle noise and vibration refinement. Part 2 Measurement and modelling: Vehicle vibration measurement and analysis; Vehicle noise measurement and analysis; Random signal processing and spectrum analysis in vehicle noise and vibration refinement; Theory and application of modal analysis in vehicle noise and vibration refinement; Mid– and high-frequency problems in vehicle noise and vibration refinement – statistical energy analysis and wave approaches; Advanced simulation techniques in vehicle noise and vibration refinement; Advanced experimental techniques in vehicle noise and vibration refinement. Part 3 Noise and vibration refinement in vehicle systems: Aerodynamic noise and its refinement in vehicles; Active noise and vibration control in vehicles; Noise and vibration refinement of powertrain systems in vehicles; Vehicle interior noise refinement – cabin sound package design and development; Noise and vibration refinement of chassis and suspension; Body structure noise and vibration refinement; Vehicle noise and vibration strategy-based diagnostics.

452 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 497 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 804 1 £160.00/US$270.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694975

Injection Systems for IC Engines Conference Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) CONTENTS

Application; FIE hardware; Biofuels; Nozzle flow; Gasoline; Heavy-duty/large engines.

255 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 561 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 442 1 £315.00/US$535.00/€380.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345619

Low Carbon Vehicles 2009 Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) CONTENTS

The carbon challenge; Electricity; Hybrids; Fuels and lubes; Alternative energy storage media; IC engines.

238 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 560 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 441 4 £315.00/US$535.00/€380.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345602

Edited by H Zhao, Brunel University, UK

CONTENTS

Overview of gasoline direct injection engines; Stratified charge combustion in direct injection gasoline engines; The turbocharged direct injection spark-ignition engine; The lean boost combustion system for improved fuel economy; Exhaust gas recirculation boosted direct injection gasoline engines; Direct injection gasoline engines with autoignition combustion; Design and optimization of gasoline direct injection engines using computational fluid dynamics; Direct injection natural gas engines; Bio fuels for spark-ignition engines; Optical diagnostics for direct injection gasoline engine research and development.

324 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 389 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 732 7 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693893

Advanced direct injection combustion engine technologies and development Volume 2: Diesel engines Edited by H Zhao, Brunel University, UK CONTENTS

Part 1 Light-duty direct injection diesel engines: Overview of high-speed direct injection diesel engines; Fuel injection systems for high-speed direct injection diesel engines; Mixture formation, combustion and pollutant emissions in high-speed direct injection diesel engines; Multiple injection diesel combustion process in the high-speed direct injection diesel engine by optical diagnostics; Turbocharging and air-path management for light-duty diesel engines; Advanced concepts for future light-duty diesel engines; Advanced control and engine management for future light-duty diesel engines. Part 2 Heavy-duty direct injection diesel engines: Overview of heavy-duty diesel engines; Fuel injection systems for heavy-duty diesel engines; Turbocharging technologies for heavy-duty diesel engines; Alternative combustion system for heavy-duty diesel engines; Heavyduty diesel engine system design. Part 3 Exhaust emission abatement, diesel combustion diagnostics and modelling: Fuel reforming for diesel engines; Exhaust gas after treatment for light-duty diesel engines; Overview of diesel emissions and control for heavy-duty diesel engines; Optical diagnostics in diesel combustion engines; In-cylinder spray, mixing, combustion, and pollutant-formation processes in conventional and low-temperature-combustion diesel engines; Advanced computational fluid dynamics modelling of direct injection engines.

756 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 744 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 745 7 £180.00/US$305.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697440

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Transport materials and technologies Textile advances in the automotive industry Edited by R Shishoo, Shishoo Consulting AB, Sweden Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 79 CONTENTS

Part 1 General: Requirements for automotive textiles - A car producer’s view; Mapping the automotive textile supply chain; Woven and knitted fabrics used in automotive interiors; Nonwovens used in automobiles; Recycling of automotive textiles. Part 2 Automotive interiors: Design of automotive interior textiles; Three-dimensional textiles and nonwovens for polyurethane foam substitution in car seats; Physiologically optimized car seats; Smart textiles in automotive interiors; Reducing noise in automotive interiors; Leather and coated textiles in automotive interiors. Part 3 Safety applications of automotive textiles: Technical developments and market trends of automotive airbags; Key technology developments in textiles for use in automotive tires. Part 4 Use of textiles in automotive bodywork: Textile structures for load-bearing applications in automobiles; Textiles composites for automotive structural components.

Published in association with The Textile Institute 384 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 331 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 504 0 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693312

HCCI and CAI engines for the automotive industry H Zhao, Brunel University, UK CONTENTS

Part 1 Overview: Motivation, definition, and history of HCCI/ CAI engines. Part 2 Gasoline HCCI/CAI combustion engines: Overview of CAI/HCCI gasoline engines; Two-stroke CAI engines; Four-stroke gasoline HCCI engines with thermal management; Four-stroke CAI engines with residual gas trapping; Four-stroke CAI engines with internal exhaust gas recirculation (EGR); HCCI control; CAI control and CAI/ SI switching; Fuel effects in CAI gasoline engines. Part 3 Diesel HCCI combustion engines: Overview of HCCI diesel engines; HCCI combustion with early and multiple injection in the heavy-duty diesel engine; Narrow angle direct injection (NADITM) concept for HCCI diesel combustion; Low-temperature and premixed combustion concept with late injection; HCCI fuel requirements. Part 4 HCCI/CAI combustion engines with alternative fuels: Natural gas HCCI engines; HCCI engines with other fuels. Part 5 Advances modeling and experimental techniques: Auto-ignition and chemical kinetic mechanisms of HCCI combustion; Overview of modeling techniques and their application to HCCI/CAI engines; Overview of advanced optical techniques and their applications to HCCI/CAI engines. Part 6 Future directions for CAI/HCCI engines: Outlook and future directions in HCCI/ CAI engines.

544 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 128 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 354 1 £180.00/US$305.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691288

Vehicle Thermal Management Systems (VTMS8) Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) CONTENTS

Papers cover the following areas: Heat and A/C; Heat Exchanger/Manufacture; Engines; Emissions/Fuel Economy; Alternative Powertrain; External & Internal Component Flows; Heat & A/C Vehicle Comfort; Under hood.

756 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 348 6 £385.00/US$655.00/€460.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343486

IPDS 2006 Integrated powertrain and driveline systems 2006

Flammability testing of materials used in construction, transport and mining

IMechE, Automobile Division

V Apte, formerly Fire Science and Technology Laboratory, CSIRO, Australia

CONTENTS

Section 1 Transmissions: The investigation of automotive transmission error characteristics subject to operating conditions; Comparison of approximation methods applied to a complex non-linear analytical transmission model; Gear teeth impacts in hydrodynamic conjunctions: Idle rattle; The prediction of loaded static tooth behaviour for automotive parallel axis gears; Boundary lubrication film formation from belt type CVT fluids; Design consideration and potential of the Milner CVT. Section 2 Concept to market evolution: Optimum engine models for diesel automotive powertrain development processes; Hardware-in-theloop simulation (HIL) for production engine development. Section 3 Powertrain integration: An integrated simulation approach: Ricardo transmission and driveline dynamic simulation library; A powertrain thermal simulation model; Novel techniques for holistic powertrain optimisation – a hybrid vehicle case study; Hybridization of a small SUV and its control; Concept and potential of ‘CVT-hybrid-driveline’; Power combining single regime transmissions for automotive vehicles. Section 4 Engine integration: Driveability validation using MAHLE Powertrain’s IDAA toolset; The effect of exhaust aftertreatment and engine temperature on IOLs for CVT powertrains; A turbocharged diesel engine with intake air accumulator to improve torque transients in a CVT powertrain.

208 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback + Free CD-ROM 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84569 197 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 203 2 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691974

8th International Conference on Turbochargers and Turbocharging Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE), Combustion Engines & Fuels Group CONTENTS

Compressors and novel intake systems; Improved models for cycle simulation; Electro boost systems; Turbines; Mechanical aspects; Additional papers.

376 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback + Free CD-ROM 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84569 174 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 709 9 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691745

The science and technology of materials in automotive engines H Yamagata, Yamaha Motor Co Ltd, Japan CONTENTS

Preface; Engines; The piston; The piston ring; The cylinder; The camshaft; The valve and valve seat; The valve spring; The crankshaft; Connecting rod; The catalyst; Appendix 1; Appendix 2; Glossary of technical terms.

328 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 742 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 085 4 £160.00/US$270.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855737426

480 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85573 935 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 104 2 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739352

The automotive industry and the environment P Nieuwenhuis and P Wells, Cardiff University, UK 272 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2003 ISBN: 978 1 85573 713 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 860 7 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855737136

Textiles in automotive engineering W Fung, Collins and Aikman Automotive Fabrics and J M Hardcastle, Consultant, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 13 Published in association with The Textile Institute 384 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 493 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 897 3 £160.00/US$270.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734937

The automotive industry Core research from TWI

158 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 515 6 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735156

Plastics in the automotive industry J Maxwell 192 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1994 ISBN: 978 1 85573 039 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 864 5 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730397

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Transport materials and technologies AEROSPACE NEW MEMS for automotive and aerospace applications Edited by M Kraft and N M White, Southampton University, UK Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 32

368 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 118 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 648 7 Approx. £140.00/US$240.00/€170.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091185

NEW Leveraging information technology for optimal aircraft maintenance, repair and overhaul (MRO) A Sahay, IBM, Australia Aimed at professionals in the aviation industry and students of aircraft maintenance, this book covers the use and management of technology in the aviation maintenance, repair, and overhaul (MRO) context. The book provides a backdrop of current trends in the industry where airlines are tending to retain their aircraft longer on the one hand, and yet are rapidly introducing a new genre of aircraft such as the A380 and B787 into service on the other. This book provides industry professionals and students of aviation MRO (at all levels) with the necessary principles, approaches and tools to respond effectively and efficiently to the constant development of new technologies - both in general and within the aviation MRO profession. CONTENTS

An overview of aircraft maintenance; The business of maintaining aircraft; Aircraft maintenance paradigm; Aviation MRO’s Challenge to the IT industry; The IT industry responds; The current aviation MRO IT landscape; Leveraging IT and shaping the future.

252 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 982 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 143 7 £120.00/US$205.00/€145.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699826

NEW Spacecraft thermal control J Meseguer, I Pérez-Grande and A SanzAndrés, Universidad Politécnica de Madrid, Spain Thermal control systems are an essential element of spacecraft design, ensuring that all parts of the spacecraft remain within acceptable temperature ranges at all times. Spacecraft thermal control describes the fundamentals of thermal control design and reviews current thermal control technologies. The book begins with an overview of space missions and a description of the space environment, followed by coverage of the heat transfer processes relevant to the field. In the third part of the book, current thermal control technologies are described, and in the final part, design, analysis and testing techniques are reviewed.

NEW Innovation in aeronautics Edited by T Young, University of Limerick, Ireland and M Hirst, Airport Planning and Development Ltd, UK Innovation in aeronautics explores both a range of innovative ideas in this important industry and how the process of innovation itself can be effectively managed. Part one reviews developments including biologicallyinspired technologies, morphing aerodynamic concepts, jet engine design drivers, and developments underpinned by digital technologies. The environment and human factors in innovation are also explored as are trends in supersonic passenger air travel. Part two goes on to examine change, and the processes and management involved in innovative technology development. Challenges faced in aeronautical production are the focus of part three which reviews topics such as intellectual property and patents, risk mitigation and the use of lean engineering. Finally, part four summarises key issues in what makes for successful innovation in this sector. CONTENTS

Introduction to innovation in aeronautics. Part 1 Concepts: Biologically inspired technologies for aeronautics; Aircraft morphing technologies; Jet engine design drivers: Past, present and future; Innovation in avionic systems: Developments underpinned by digital technologies; The environment as the key design driver in aeronautics; The human factors that relate to technological developments in aviation; Innovation in supersonic passenger air travel. Part 2 Change: The process of innovation in aeronautics; Managing innovative technology development in aeronautics: Technology assessment (TA) techniques; Mining the ‘far side’ of technology to develop revolutionary aircraft prototypes: The Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) approach; Revolutionary ideas about the future of air transport. Part 3 Challenges: Intellectual property, patents and innovation in aeronautics; Cost, time and technical performance risk mitigation in large, complex and innovative aeronautics development projects; Innovation in aeronautics through lean engineering. Part 4 Conclusion: Conclusion: Innovations in aeronautics.

416 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 550 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 609 8 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695507

CONTENTS

The space mission; Space environment; Keplerian orbits; Conductive heat transfer; Thermal radiation heat transfer; Thermal control surfaces; Insulation systems; Radiators; Louvers; Mechanical interfaces; Heat pipes; Phase change capacitors; Heaters; Pumped fluid loops; Thermoelectric cooling; Cryogenic systems; Thermal protection systems; Thermal control design; Thermal mathematical models; Thermal control testing; Conclusion.

396 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 996 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 608 1 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699963

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Transport materials and technologies NEW Introduction to aerospace materials

Welding and joining of aerospace materials

Orbital mechanics and formation flying

A Mouritz, Royal Melbourne Institute of Technology, Australia

Edited by M C Chaturvedi, University of Manitoba, Canada

P A Capó-Lugo, George C. Marshall Space Flight Center (NASA) and P M Bainum, Howard University, USA

The structural materials used in airframe and propulsion systems influence the cost, performance and safety of aircraft. This essential new book is intended for undergraduate students studying aerospace and aeronautical engineering, and is also a valuable resource for postgraduate students and practising aerospace engineers. The first three chapters of the book introduce the reader to aerospace materials. The next group of chapters go on to discuss the properties, production and metallurgy of materials for aerospace structures, followed by chapters on performance issues and recycling. The final chapter covers materials selection for aerospace structures and engines. CONTENTS

Introduction to aerospace materials; Aerospace materials: Past, present and future; Materials and material requirements for aerospace structures and engines; Strengthening of metal alloys; Mechanical and durability testing of aerospace materials; Production and casting of aerospace metals; Processing and machining of aerospace metals; Aluminium alloys for aircraft structures; Titanium alloys for aerospace structures and engines; Magnesium alloys for aerospace structures; Steels for aircraft structures; Superalloys for gas turbine engines; Polymers for aerospace structures; Manufacturing of fibre-polymer composite materials; Fibre-polymer composites for aerospace structures and engines; Metal matrix, fibre-metal and ceramic matrix composites for aerospace applications; Wood in small aircraft construction; Fracture processes of aerospace materials; Fracture-toughness properties of aerospace materials; Fatigue of aerospace materials; Corrosion of aerospace metals; Creep of aerospace materials; Nondestructive inspection and structural health monitoring of aerospace materials; Disposal and recycling of aerospace materials; Materials selection for aerospace.

640 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 85573 946 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 515 2 £55.00/US$95.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739468 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Aircraft system safety

Welding and joining techniques play an essential role in both the manufacture and in-service repair of aerospace vehicles and components. This important book provides in-depth information on different techniques for joining metallic and non-metallic aerospace materials and their applications. Part one reviews different types of welding such as inertia friction, laser and hybrid laser-arc welding and issues relating to their use. The second part of the book focuses on other joining techniques such as riveting, bonding and brazing and methods of assessing their quality and effectiveness. Finally, an important appendix to this book covers linear friction welding in the aerospace industry. CONTENTS

Part 1 Welding techniques: New welding techniques for aerospace engineering; Inertia friction welding (IFW) for aerospace applications; Laser welding of metals for aerospace and other applications; Hybrid laser-arc welding of aerospace and other materials; Heat affected zone cracking in welded nickel superalloys. Part 2 Other joining techniques: Assessing the riveting process and the quality of riveted joints in aerospace and other applications; Quality control and non-destructive testing of self-piercing riveted joints in aerospace and other applications; Improvements in bonding metals for aerospace and other applications; Composite to metal bonding in aerospace and other applications; Diffusion bonding of metal alloys in aerospace and other applications; High-temperature brazing in aerospace engineering.

448 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 532 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 516 9 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695323

Aerodynamic measurements From physical principles to turnkey instrumentation

Military and civil aeronautical applications

G P Russo, Italy

D E Kritzinger

Aerodynamic measurements presents a comprehensive review of the theoretical bases on which experimental techniques used in aerodynamics are based. Limitations of each method in terms of accuracy, response time and complexity are addressed. This book serves as a guide to choosing the most pertinent technique for each type of flow field including: 1D, 2D, 3D, steady or unsteady, subsonic, supersonic or hypersonic.

‘A must-have text for all serious practitioners of system safety. …lends itself to use by both the novice and the experienced system safety practitioner as well as being appropriate for use on both sides of the Atlantic.’

Terry J. Gooch CSP, FAA DER, Adjunct Professor, Embry Riddle Aeronautical University CONTENTS

Safety within the legal framework; The safety concept; Standards and regulations; Risk based approach; Goal based approach; Hazards; The fail safe dimension; The safety assessment; The safety case; Numerical probabilistic approach; Minimum equipment lists; The safety management system; Concluding observations.

376 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84569 136 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 150 9 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691363

CONTENTS

A digital control perspective

Aimed at students, faculty and professionals in the aerospace field, this book provides practical information on the development, analysis, and control of a single and/or multiple spacecraft in space. This book is divided into two major sections: single and multiple satellite motion. The first section analyses the orbital mechanics, orbital perturbations, and attitude dynamics of a single satellite around the Earth. Using the knowledge of a single satellite motion, the translation of a group of satellites called formation flying or constellation is explained. Formation flying has been one of the main research topics over the last few years and this book explains different control approaches to control the satellite attitude motion and/ or to maintain the constellation together. The control schemes are explained in the discrete domain such that it can be easily implemented on the computer on board the satellite. The key objective of the book is to show the reader the practical and the implementation process in the discrete domain. CONTENTS

Introduction; Two body orbital motion; Orbital perturbations in the two body motion; Frame rotations and quaternions; Rigid body motion; Environmental and actuator torques; Continuous and digital control systems; Example; Formation flying; Deployment procedure for a constellation; Reconfiguration procedure for a constellation.

438 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 054 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 387 5 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090546

The independent airport planning manual A L W Bradley, UK This independent manual provides airport planners and architects with an essential planning guide and reference tool, based on the author’s extensive experience in the field and involvement in developing best practice airline and airport industry guidelines. Chapters cover topics such as demand forecasting, masterplan development, terminal pier and satellite infrastructure, baggage handling, apron design and airport security. CONTENTS

Pressure sensors; Velocity and mass flow by pressure measurements; Hot wire anemometer; Laser anemometry; Temperature measurements; Flow visualization; Measurements of aerodynamic forces.

The brief to airport planners; Outline airport planning principles; Airport terminal and pier/satellite planning; Airport baggage handling design; Airport apron, runway and taxiway design; Design for airport security; Case-studies in airport planning.

282 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 992 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 386 8 £125.00/US$210.00/€150.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699925

184 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 713 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 035 5 £160.00/US$270.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697136

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Marine engineering and underwater welding Corrosion control in the aerospace industry Edited by S Benavides, US Coast Guard, USA

MARINE ENGINEERING AND UNDERWATER WELDING

Advances in marine antifouling coatings and technologies Edited by C Hellio, University of Portsmouth, UK and D M Yebra, Pinturas Hempel S.A., Spain

Pressure vessels External pressure technology Second edition C T F Ross, University of Portsmouth, UK

‘...makes for a diverse, all embracing and near complete presentation of the subject. …numerous studies which are well-supported by photographic evidence, data tables and numerous graphs.’

The Aeronautical Journal (Royal Aeronautical Society) CONTENTS

Corrosion in the aerospace industry. Part 1 Corrosion fundamentals and cost of corrosion: Assessing the cost of corrosion to the aerospace industry; Corrosion and the threat to aircraft structural integrity; Effect of corrosion on the mechanical behaviour of aircraft aluminum alloys. Part 2 Corrosion monitoring, evaluation and prediction: Nondestructive evaluation of corrosion in the aerospace industry; Corrosion prediction in the aerospace industry; Integrated health and corrosion monitoring systems in the aerospace industry; Corrosion and fatigue modelling of aircraft structures. Part 3 Corrosion protection and prevention: Corrosion control in space launch vehicles; Coating removal techniques in the aerospace industry; Novel corrosion schemes for the aerospace industry; Greases and their role in corrosion control in the aerospace industry; Business strategies for corrosion control in fleet maintenance.

This book provides theoretical and experimental investigations on vessels under external pressure together with design hints. Highly beneficial to naval architects, ocean engineers, pressure vessel designers and aeronautical engineers and post graduates, it is illustrated with 180 diagrams and 120 references. CONTENTS

An overview of pressure vessels under external pressure; Axisymmetric deformation of pressure vessels; Shell instability of pressure vessels; General instability of pressure vessels; Vibration of pressure vessel shells; Vibrations of pressure vessel shells in water; Novel pressure hull designs; Vibration and collapse of novel pressure hulls; Design of submarine pressure hulls to withstand buckling under external hydrostatic pressure; Non-linear analyses of model submarine pressure hulls, using ANSYS; Star Wars underwater: Deep-diving underwater pressure vessels for missile defence systems; Vibration of a thin-walled shell under external water pressure, using ANSYS. Appendices of computer programs.

320 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 345 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 553 8 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693459

488 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 248 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 249 6 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092489

The air transport system

Condition assessment of aged structures

M Hirst, Airport Planning and Development Ltd, UK

Edited by J K Paik, Pusan National University, Korea and R E Melchers, University of Newcastle, Australia ‘…cohesion between the 17 detailed chapters is excellent.’

‘…an excellent and well-written book. ...with a contents that is accurately represented by this title. Anyone involved in air transport as a specialist professional could be interested in reading it.’

The Aerospace Professional CONTENTS

Part 1 System objectives and environments: More than one answer? The natural environment; The regulatory environment; Operational environment. Part 2 System elements; Aircraft; Airlines; Airports; Airspace management. Part 3 Coping with the future: Coping with change – in the environments; Coping with change – the manufacturer’s challenge; Coping with change – the airline’s challenge; Coping with change – the airport’s challenge; Coping with change – the airspace challenge; Systemic processes – the way ahead. Bibliography.

352 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 325 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 522 4 £90.00/US$155.00/€110.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693251 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

‘…invaluable to owners and operators of ships, oil rigs, bridges and other large assets such as fixed and mobile mining equipment.’

‘This book provides a comprehensive summary of the current state-of-the-art and should be essential reading for anyone concerned with sustainable operation of equipment in the marine environment.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Part 1 Marine fouling organisms and their impact: The battle against marine biofouling: A historical review; Surface colonisation by marine organisms and its impact on antifouling research; Algae as marine fouling organisms: adhesion damage and prevention; Bacterial adhesion and marine fouling; Understanding the biofouling of off-shore and deep-sea structures; The effects of marine biofouling on the performance of ocean-going vessels; The impact and control of biofouling in marine finfish aquaculture; Expected effect of climate change on fouling communities and its impact on antifouling research; Legislation affecting antifouling products. Part 2 Testing and development of antifouling coatings: Developing new marine antifouling substances: Learning from the pharmaceutical industry; Laboratory bioassays for screening marine antifouling compounds; Key issues in the formulation of marine antifouling paints; Modelling the design and optimization of chemically active marine antifouling coatings; High throughput methods for the design of fouling control coatings; Ageing tests and long-term performance of marine antifouling coatings; Testing the impact of biofilms on the performance of marine antifouling coatings. Part 3 Chemically active marine antifouling technologies: Tin-free self-polishing marine antifouling coatings; The use of copper as a biocide in marine antifouling paints; The use of broad-spectrum organic biocides in marine antifouling paints; Organic alternatives to copper in the control of marine biofouling; Natural marine products with antifouling activities; Enzyme-based solutions for marine antifouling coatings. Part 4 Surface approaches to the control of marine biofouling: Advanced nanostructured surfaces for the control of marine biofouling: the AMBIO project; Surface modification approaches to control marine biofouling; Fouling control coatings using low surface energy, foul release technology; Non-silicon biocide-free antifouling solutions; Trends in marine biofouling research.

784 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 386 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 631 3 £190.00/US$325.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693862

Materials World CONTENTS

Underwater repair technology J Nixon, Cranfield University, UK CONTENTS

Offshore structures, materials and standards; Joining of underwater structures without the use of underwater welding; Underwater engineering processes for fabrication operations; Underwater welding technology; Manual hyperbaric welding techniques; Alternatives to saturation diving for deep water applications; Deep water arc welding processes; Alternatives to arc welding for deep water joining operations; Conclusions. Appendices: Oceanography; Diving technology; Hyperbaric welding research techniques.

128 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 239 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 886 7 £100.00/US$170.00/€120.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855732391

552 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 334 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 521 7 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693343

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Mechanical engineering and general materials Non-destructive examination of underwater welded structures V S Davey, formerly HSE, UK, O Forli, Det Norske Veritas, Norway, G A Raine, Technical Software Consultants Ltd and R Whillock, formerly BOMEL, UK CONTENTS

Components of examination; Personnel, qualifications and QA; Procedures; Pre-inspection activities; Inspection for flaws; Inspection for corrosion; Passive NDT methods; Postinspection activities; Introduction of new equipment; Remote operated vehicle deployment; Appendices: Background text; Summary of underwater NDT qualification schemes.

84 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 85573 427 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 959 8 Approx. £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734272

Developments in marine corrosion Edited by S A Campbell, University of Portsmouth, UK, N Campbell and F C Walsh CONTENTS

Biocorrosion and microbiological influenced corrosion; Metal corrosion; Established and novel methodologies for corrosion monitoring; Corrosion inhibitors and protective coatings.

230 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1998 ISBN: 978 1 85573 825 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 876 8 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855738256

Underwater wet welding and cutting CONTENTS

PWI activities in the field of underwater welding and cutting technologies; Study of physico-metallurgical peculiarities of wet arc welding of structural steels; Development of MMA electrodes for manual underwater welding in all spatial positions of steels; Special equipment of PWI design for underwater welding and cutting; Wet underwater welding trials with commercial MMA electrodes; Technological peculiarities of wet semi-automatic welding with fluxcored wire; The experience of practical application of the underwater semi-automatic welding with flux-cored wire; Study of peculiarities of underwater flux-cored wire arc cutting without additional supply of oxygen; Technology and experience of application of underwater flux-cored wire arc semi-automatic cutting; Underwater FCA wet welding.

118 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1998 ISBN: 978 1 85573 388 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 316 5 £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733886

Professional diver’s manual on wet-welding D Keats, Consultant, UK 80 pages 210 x 148mm (6 x 8) paperback 1990 ISBN: 978 1 85573 006 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 889 8 £45.00/US$75.00/€55.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730069

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING AND GENERAL MATERIALS NEW Handbook of friction-vibration interactions G S Chen, University of Alaska, Fairbanks, USA Friction-vibration interactions are common but important phenomena in science and engineering. Handbook of friction-vibration interactions introduces the principles and provides the resources to understand and work with them. A unified theoretical framework includes some of the most important engineering applications. The first three chapters in the book introduce basic concepts and analytical methods of friction and vibration. The fourth chapter presents the general principles on friction-vibration interactions, and also touches on various engineering applications. In the fifth chapter the concepts and methods are extended to some of the most critical engineering applications in high-tech industry, presenting the friction-vibration interaction principle and applications in data storage systems. CONTENTS

Linear system vibrations; Nonlinear vibrations; Random vibrations; Contact mechanics; Multiple scale contact; Adhesion; Friction; Friction-vibration interaction of singledegree-of-freedom system; Multiple-degree-of-freedom system; Continuous system; Effect of friction with negative slope; Stick-slip; Sprang-slip; Follower forces; Mode coupling; Effect of higher frequency excitation and ultrasonic excitation; Friction-vibration interactions in slider-disk interface in computer hard disk drive; Identification of friction-vibration interactions; Acoustic emission due to friction-vibration interactions and applications.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 458 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 459 9 Approx. £120.00/US$205.00/€145.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094582

NEW Biomaterials and medical tribology Research and development Edited by J Paulo Davim, University of Aveiro, Portugal Medical tribology can be defined as the science of tribological phenomena in the human body, both those that naturally occur in the tissues or organs and those that arise after implantation of an artificial device, while biomaterials are inert substances designed to be incorporated into living systems. Biomaterials and medical tribology brings together a collection of high quality articles and case studies focussing on new research and developments in these two important fields. The book provides details of the different types of biomaterial available, including metals, polymers and composites, while chapters in the latter half offer an analysis of friction, wear, lubrication and other related issues in specific applications. CONTENTS

Metals and alloys; Polymers Ceramics; Composites; Tribology of natural synovial joints and artificial replacements; Wear of screws and plates in bone fracture repair; Wear of denture and restorative materials; Wear replacement heart valves; Lubrication of the pump in total artificial hearts; Tribology of contact lenses and ocular tribology.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2014 ISBN: 978 0 85709 017 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 220 5 Approx. £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090171

NEW Anti-abrasive nanocoatings Current and future applications M Aliofkhazraei, Tarbiat Modares University, Iran This book provides an overview of the fabrication methods for anti-abrasive nanocoatings. The connections among fabrication parameters, the characteristics of nanocoatings and the resulting properties (i.e. nanohardness, toughness, wear rate, load-bearing ability, friction coefficient, and scratch resistance) are discussed. Size-affected mechanical properties of nanocoatings are examined, including their uses. Anti-abrasive nanocoatings including metallic-, ceramic-, and polymeric-based layers as well as different kinds of these nanostructures, such as multi-layered nanocomposites and thin films, are reviewed. CONTENTS

Synthesis and processing of modern nanocoatings; Introduction to new methods for wear protection; Characterization of nanocoatings; Classification of modern methods in surface engineering; Comparison of new methods for anti abrasive nanocoatings; Application of nanocoatings.

250 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 211 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 217 5 Approx. £115.00/US$195.00/€140.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092113

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Mechanical engineering and general materials NEW Engineering systems acquisition and support

NEW Ultraprecision bearings

J P T Mo, RMIT University and A Sinha, Defence Material Organization, Australia

Ultra precision bearings provides a detailed review of the different types of bearing and their properties, as well as an analysis of the factors that influence motion error, stiffness and damping. Following an introduction to basic principles of motion error, each chapter of the book is then devoted to the basic principles and properties of a specific type of bearing: ball, hydrodynamic, aerodynamic, hydrostatic and aerostatic. The book concludes with a comparison of these types of bearing and their applications.

Engineering systems such as an aircraft or frigate are highly complex and specifically designed to meet the customer’s requirements. This important book provides the information necessary to acquire and support complex engineering systems expected to last for a long time. Chapters in the first half of the book examine the life cycles of these systems, their design, testing and certification, and the principles behind their acquisition. The latter half of the book reviews topics including operations support and logistics, systems maintenance, reliability and upgrades, and performance and risk analysis, ending with a discussion of the need for continuous improvements in these systems. CONTENTS

Life cycles of complex engineering systems; Systems acquisition principles; Systems design, Management of engineering design changes; Systems testing and certification; Operations support and logistics; Systems maintenance and reliability; Mid-life upgrade; Architecture for designing support systems; Performance and risks analysis; Continuous improvement.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 212 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 215 1 Approx. £120.00/US$205.00/€145.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092120

The risk management of safety and dependability W Wong, Consultant, UK In an easy-to-read and accessible way, The risk management of safety and dependability presents the key factors involved in successful risk management, so that even non-experts in small and medium-sized organisations, as well as engineers and managers, can apply sound safety and dependability principles. CONTENTS

Ever-present danger: Introduction to the principles of risk management; Ignorance is no defence: Legislation and the corporate role in managing risk; How to recognise hazards: Learning about generic industrial hazards; Human factors in risk management: Understanding why humans fail and are unreliable; Exposing hazards: Techniques to find possible risks of unacceptable failures in procedures, machines and systems; Safe enough? Methods and procedures for evaluating and reducing risk in the design of processes, plant and machinery; Inherently unsafe: Safety issues in planning a new facility; Product risk: Managing risk in the design and development process; Asset integrity: Learning about the cause and symptoms of age and decay and the need for maintenance to avoid catastrophic failures; Coping with risk: How to ensure the health and safety of people at work; Management disasters: The lessons to be learnt from two major disasters.

312 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 712 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 938 3 £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697129

NEW Controller design for industrial robots and machine tools

F Wardle, UPM Ltd., UK

CONTENTS

Introduction: Definition of ultra precision bearings; Motion error; Static stiffness; Damping; Thermal characteristics; Bearing – Shaft systems; Closure; Ball bearings: Scope; Ball bearing types; Bearing arrangements; Bearing tolerances; Ring fits and mounting parameters; Bearing geometry; Kinematic relationships; Ball – raceway contact mechanics; Bearing loads and deflections; Static stiffness characteristics; Motion error; Damping; Thermal characteristics; Closure; Hydrostatic bearings; Background; Bearing types and arrangements; Design principles; Static stiffness; Motion error; Damping; Torque and power consumption; Aerostatic bearings: Background; Bearing types and arrangements; Principle of operation; Internal pressure distribution; Static stiffness; Motion error; Damping; Thermal characteristics; Closure; Herringbone and spiral groove hydrodynamic bearings: Historical development; Principle of operation; Bearing types; Pressure distribution; Load capacity and static stiffness; Motion error; Damping; Torque and power consumption; Closure; Herringbone and spiral groove aerodynamic bearings: Background; Bearing types; Pressure distribution; Load capacity and static stiffness; Motion error; Damping; Torque and power consumption; Closure; Comparison of bearing types; Appendix: Vibration forces generated by waviness of ball bearing surfaces.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 162 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 218 2 Approx. £120.00/US$205.00/€145.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091628

Hydroforming for advanced manufacturing Edited by M Koç, Virginia Commonwealth University, USA CONTENTS

Introduction and state-of-the-art of hydroforming. Part 1 Principles of hydroforming: Hydroforming systems, equipment, controls and tooling; Deformation mechanism and fundamentals of hydroforming; Materials and their characterization for hydroforming; Formability analysis for tubular hydroformed parts; Design and modeling of parts, process and tooling in tube hydroforming; Tribological aspects in hydroforming. Part 2 Hydroforming techniques and their applications: Pre-forming: Tube rotary draw bending and pre-flattening/crushing in hydroforming; Hydroforming: hydropiercing, end-cutting, and welding; Hydroforming sheet metal forming components; Bending and hydroforming of aluminum and magnesium alloy tubes; Low pressure tube hydroforming; Comparative analysis of hydroforming techniques; Fluid cell pressing in the aerospace industry; Hydroforming and its role in lightweighting automobiles; Warm hydroforming.

412 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 328 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 441 8 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693282

Applications to manufacturing processes F Nagata, Tokyo University of Science and K Watanabe, Okayama University, Japan Controller design for industrial robots and machine tools presents results where industrial robots have been successfully applied to such surfaces, presenting up to date information on these advanced manufacturing systems, including key technologies. Chapters cover topics such as velocity-based discretetime control system for industrial robots; preliminary simulation of intelligent force control; CAM system for an articulated industrial robot; a robot sander for artistic furniture; a machining system for wooden paint rollers; a polishing robot for PET bottle blow moulds; and a desktop orthogonal-type robot for finishing process of LED lens cavity; and concludes with a summary. CONTENTS

Velocity-based discrete-time control system with intelligent control concepts for open architecture industrial robots; Preliminary simulation on intelligent force control; CAM system for articulated-type industrial robot; 3D robot sander for artistic designed furniture; 3D machining system for artistic wooden paint rollers; Polishing robot for PET bottle blow moulds; Desktop orthogonal-type robot for finishing process of LED lens cavity; Summary.

250 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 462 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 463 6 Approx. £115.00/US$195.00/€140.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094629

NEW Sustainable vehicle technologies Driving the green agenda Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) This book contains the papers from the IMechE’s Sustainable vehicle technologies 2012 conference. An innovative technical conference organised by the Automobile Division of the IMechE, it follows on from the 2009 Low Carbon Vehicle conference, which established a high standard with presentations primarily focussed on powertrain technology. The conference examines the latest advances in technology with a view towards understanding the consequences of carbon dioxide reduction over the entire vehicle lifecycle. Papers cover all aspects of the finite resources available for vehicle production, operation and recycling. CONTENTS

Weight reduction technology using lightweight or high strength materials; Alternative propulsion systems including hybrids, electric and mechanical systems; Hydrogen and fuel cells; Engine downsizing and power-pack design; Rolling resistance and aerodynamic improvements; Lifetime CO2 analysis; Low CO2 processes for product development.

200 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 456 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 457 5 Approx. £315.00/US$535.00/€380.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094568

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Mechanical engineering and general materials NEW Mechatronics and manufacturing engineering

NEW Materials and surface engineering

NEW Machining and machine-tools

Research and development

Edited by J Paulo Davim, University of Aveiro, Portugal

Woodhead Publishing Reviews: Mechanical Engineering Series No. 2

Woodhead Publishing Reviews: Mechanical Engineering Series No. 1

This book, the second in the Woodhead Publishing Reviews: Mechanical Engineering Series, is a collection of high quality articles (full research articles, review articles, and cases studies) with a special emphasis on research and development materials and surface engineering and its applications. Surface engineering techniques are being used in the automotive, aircraft, aerospace, missile, electronic, biomedical, textile, petrochemical, chemical, moulds and dies, machine tools, and construction industries. Materials science is an interdisciplinary field involving the micro and nano-structure, processing, properties of materials and its applications to various areas of engineering, technology and industry. All types of materials are addressed including metals and alloys, polymers, ceramics and glasses, composites, nano-materials, biomaterials, etc. The relationship between micro and nanostructure, processing, properties of materials is discussed. Surface engineering is a truly interdisciplinary topic in materials science that deals with the surface of solid matter.

This book, the first in the Woodhead Publishing Reviews: Mechanical Engineering Series, is a collection of high quality articles (full research articles, review articles and cases studies) with a special emphasis on research and development in mechatronics and manufacturing engineering. Mechatronics is the blending of mechanical, electronic, and computer engineering into an integrated design. Today, mechatronics has a significant and increasing impact on engineering with emphasis on the design, development and operation of manufacturing engineering systems. The main objective of this interdisciplinary engineering field is the study of automata from an engineering perspective, thinking on the design of products and manufacturing processes and systems. Mechatronics and manufacturing systems are well established and executed within a great number of industries including aircraft, automotive and aerospace industries; machine tools, moulds and dies product manufacturing, computers, electronics, semiconductor and communications, and biomedical. CONTENTS

Implementation of light-scattering instrumentation: Innovation, design and development; Planar micromanipulation on microconveyor platforms: Recent developments; Single-axis arm designed with an ultrasonic motor: Basic active/passive joint torque control; Signal processing for tool condition monitoring: From wavelet analysis to sparse decomposition; ANN modelling of fractal dimension in machining; Predicting forces and damage in drilling of polymer composites: Soft computing techniques; Minimising burr size in drilling: Integrating response surface methodology with particle swarm optimisation; Single point incremental forming of polymers.

388 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 150 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 589 3 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091505

CONTENTS

Scratch resistance of modified polymethylmethacrylate nanocomposites; Nanomechanical properties and nanoscale deformation of engineering metals and alloys; Analysis of large-strain microindentation of crystalline polymers; Nanocomposite coatings: A review; Thermal sprayed WC-Co coatings for tribological application; Tribological performance of electroless Ni-P coatings; Tribological response of materials during sliding against various surface textures; Laser straight cutting of Ti-6Al-4V alloy: Temperature and stress fields.

308 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 151 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 603 6 £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091512

Research and development

Woodhead Publishing Reviews: Mechanical Engineering Series No. 3

The third book in the Woodhead Publishing Reviews: Mechanical Engineering Series publishing high quality articles (full research articles, review articles and cases studies) with a special emphasis on research and development in machining and machine-tools. Machining and machine tools is an important subject with application in several industries. Parts manufactured by other processes often require further operations before the product is ready for application. Traditional machining is the broad term used to describe removal of material from a work piece, and covers chip formation operations including: turning, milling, drilling and grinding. Recently the industrial utilization of nontraditional machining processes such as EDM (electrical discharge machining), LBM (laserbeam machining), AWJM (abrasive water jet machining) and USM (ultrasonic machining) has increased. The performance characteristics of machine tools and the significant development of existing and new processes, and machines, are considered. Nowadays, in Europe, USA, Japan and countries of emergent economies machine tools is a sector with great technological evolution. CONTENTS

Analysis of acoustic emission signal evolutions for monitoring diamond-coated tool delamination wear in machining; High performance machining of austenitic stainless steels; Forces monitoring in shape grinding process of complex parts; Optimization of minimum quantity lubrication in grinding with CBN wheels; Electrical discharge machining: Study on machining characteristics; Conventional and un-conventional hole making in metal matrix composites (MMCs; A laboratory machine for micro electrochemical machining; Cam-driven electromagnetic mechanical testing machine.

368 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 154 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 219 9 Approx. £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091543

Materials for engineering Third edition J Martin, formerly University of Oxford, UK ‘Voted - Outstanding academic title 2003’ ‘This outstanding title has been selected for its excellence in scholarship and presentation, the significance of its contribution to the field, and its value regarding important treatment of its subject.’

Choice Magazine (Review of second edition) CONTENTS

Part 1 Characterisation of engineering materials: The structure of engineering materials; The determination of mechanical properties. Part 2 Structure / property relationships: Metals and alloys; Glasses and ceramics; Organic polymeric materials; Composite materials.

256 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84569 157 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 160 8 £50.00/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691578

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Mechanical engineering and general materials NEW 10th International conference on vibrations in rotating machinery

NEW Dynamics of tethered satellite systems

11-13 September 2012, IMechE London, UK

V S Aslanov and A S Ledkov, Samara State Aerospace University, Russia

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

Aimed at engineering students and professionals working in the field of mechanics of space flight, this book examines space tether systems – one of the most forward thinking directions of modern astronautics. The main advantage of this technology is the simplicity, profitability and ecological compatibility: space tethers allow the execution of various manoeuvers in orbit without costs of jet fuel due to the use of gravitational and electromagnetic fields of the Earth. This book will acquaint the reader with the modern state of the space tether’s dynamics, with specific attention to the research projects of the nearest decades. The book presents the most effective mathematical models and the methods used for the analysis and prediction of space tether systems’ motion; attention is also given on the influence of the tether on spacecraft’s motion, to emergencies and chaotic modes.

This book presents the papers from the 10th International conference on vibrations in rotating machinery. This conference, first held in 1976, has defined and redefined the state-of-the-art in the many aspects of vibration encountered in rotating machinery. Distinguished by an excellent mix of industrial and academic participation achieved, these papers present the latest methods of theoretical, experimental and computational rotordynamics, alongside the current issues of concern in the further development of rotating machines. Topics are aimed at propelling forward the standards of excellence in the design and operation of rotating machines. CONTENTS

Papers cover the following areas: Electrical machines; Micro machines; Smart machines; ‘Green’ machines for sustainability and environmental applications; Machinery vibration and noise; Marine applications.

840 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 452 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 453 7 £425.00/US$725.00/€510.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094520

NEW The design and manufacture of medical devices Edited by J Paulo Davim, University of Aveiro, Portugal The design and manufacture of medical devices brings together a range of articles and case studies dealing with medical device R&D. Chapters in the book cover materials used in medical implants, such as Titanium Oxide, polyurethane, and advanced polymers; devices for specific applications such as spinal and craniofacial implants, and other issues related to medical devices, such as precision machining and integrated telemedicine systems. CONTENTS

Characteristics and applications of Titanium Oxide as a biomaterial for medical; Precision machining of medical devices; Polyurethane for biomedical applications: A review of recent developments; Application of the finite element method in spinal implant design and manufacture; Design and manufacture of a novel dynamic spinal implant; Customized craniofacial implants: Design and manufacture; Technology advances for polymers in active implantable medical devices; Integrated telemedicine systems: Patient monitoring, in-time prognostics, and diagnostics and domicile.

250 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 907568 72 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 908818 18 8 Approx. £125.00/US$210.00/€150.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781907568725

CONTENTS

Space tether systems in astronautics; Mathematical models of space tether systems; Motion of a satellite with an attached tether system; Delivery of payload from orbit by the instrumentality of a space tether system; Space tether systems directed along a local vertical; Chaotic motion of an elastic space tether system.

350 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 156 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 600 5 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091567

NEW Leveraging information technology for optimal aircraft maintenance, repair and overhaul (MRO) A Sahay, IBM, Australia The book provides a backdrop of current trends in the industry where airlines are tending to retain their aircraft longer on the one hand, and yet are rapidly introducing a new genre of aircraft such as the A380 and B787 into service on the other. This book provides industry professionals and students of aviation MRO (at all levels) with the necessary principles, approaches and tools to respond effectively and efficiently to the constant development of new technologies - both in general and within the aviation MRO profession. CONTENTS

252 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 982 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 143 7 £120.00/US$205.00/€145.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699826

396 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 996 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 608 1 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699963

NEW 10th International conference on turbochargers and turbocharging Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) This book presents the papers from the latest international conference, following on from the highly successful previous conferences in this series held regularly since 1978. Papers cover all current and novel aspects of turbocharging systems design for boosting solutions for engine downsizing. The focus of the papers is on the application of turbocharger and other pressure charging devices to spark ignition (SI) and compression ignition (CI) engines in the passenger car and commercial vehicles. Novel boosting solutions for diesel engines operating in the industrial and marine market sectors are also included. CONTENTS

Papers cover the following areas: Novel applications; Highboost and two-stage systems; Turbine fatigue and structural; Compressor aero-design optimisation (CFD); Rotordynamics and vibrations; Advancing simulation and validation; Turbine development trends; Systems and transient response; Compressor development trends; Novel pressure charging and high efficiency systems; Turbine unsteady flow; Additional papers not presented at the conference.

456 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 209 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 613 5 £350.00/US$595.00/€420.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092090

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Mechanical engineering and general materials NEW Advances in science and technology of Mn+1AXn phases

NEW Defect structure in nanomaterials

NEW Rubber-pad forming processes

Edited by I M Low, Curtin University of Technology, Australia

J Gubicza, Eötvös Lorand University, Hungary

M Ramezani, University of New South Wales, Australia and Z M Ripin, Universiti Sains Malaysia, Malaysia

Advances in science and technology of Mn+1AXn phases presents a comprehensive review of synthesis, microstructures, properties, ab-initio calculations and applications of Mn+1AXn phases and targets the continuing research of advanced materials and ceramics. An overview of the current status, future directions, challenges and opportunities of Mn+1AXn phases that exhibit some of the best attributes of metals and ceramics is included. Students of materials science and engineering at postgraduate level will value this book as a reference source at an international level for both teaching and research in materials science and engineering. In addition to students the principal audiences of this book are ceramic researchers, materials scientists and engineers, materials physicists and chemists. The book is also an invaluable reference for the professional materials and ceramics societies. CONTENTS

Methods of MAX-Phase synthesis and densification I; Methods od MAX Phase synthesis and densification II; Consolidation/ synthesis of MAX phases by Spark Plasma Sintering (SPS): A review; Microstructural examination during the formation of Ti3AIC2 from Ti/AI/C and Ti/AI/TiC mixtures; Fabrication of in-situ Ti2AlN/TiAl composites and characterization of mechanical, friction and wear properties; Use of MAX phase particles to improve the toughness of brittle ceramics; Electrical properties of MAX phases; Theoretical study of physical properties and oxygen incorporation effect in nanolaminated ternary carbide 211 MAX phases; Computational modelilng and Ab-initio calculations in MAX phases I; Computational modeling and Ab-initio calculations in MAX phases II; Self healing of MAX phase ceramics for high temperature applications: Evidences in Ti3AlC2; Oxidation Characteristics of Ti3AlC2, Ti3SiC2 and Ti2AlC; Hydrothermal oxidation of Ti3SiC2; Stability of Ti3SiC2 under Charged Particle Irradiations; Diffraction studies on the kinetics of thermal decomposition in the Ti-Si-C system.

480 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 991 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 601 2 Approx. £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699918

Internal combustion engines Improving performance, fuel economy and emissions Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) This book contains the papers of the Internal combustion engines: Performance fuel economy and emissions conference, in the IMechE bi-annual series, held on the 29th and 30th November 2011. CONTENTS

Nanomaterials exhibit unique mechanical and physical properties compared to their coarsegrained counterparts, and are consequently a major focus of current scientific research. Defect structure in nanomaterials provides a detailed overview of the processing methods, defect structure and defectrelated mechanical and physical properties of a wide range of nanomaterials. The book begins with a review of the production methods of nanomaterials, including severe plastic deformation, powder metallurgy and electrodeposition. The lattice defect structures formed during the synthesis of nanomaterials are characterised in detail. Special attention is paid to the lattice defects in low stacking fault energy nanomaterials and metal – carbon nanotube composites. Topics covered in the second part of the book include a discussion of the thermal stability of defect structure in nanomaterials and a study of the influence of lattice defects on mechanical and hydrogen storage properties. CONTENTS

Technology and applications

This book describes different types of rubber-pad forming processes currently being studied for their experimental and numerical advantages and disadvantages. Rubber forming adopts a rubber pad contained in a rigid box in which one of the tools (die or punch) is replaced by the rubber pad. Up to 60% of all sheet metal parts in aircraft industry such as frames, seat parts, ribs, windows and doors are fabricated using rubber-pad forming processes. Key process parameters such as rubber material, stamping velocity, rubberpad hardness and thickness and friction conditions are investigated. CONTENTS

Introduction to sheet metal forming processes; Principles of rubber pad forming; Characteristics of elastomer materials; Forming of shallow parts using rubber tools; Piercing of sheet metals using rubber punch; Deep drawing of sheet metals using friction-actuated blank-holding technique; Deep drawing using Verson hydroforming process; Deep drawing of sheet metals by Marform technique; Deep drawing of sheet metals by Maslennikov’s technique; Tube bulging using rubber rods.

Processing methods for nanomaterials; Defect structure in bulk nanomaterials processed by severe plastic deformation; Defect structure in low stacking fault energy nanomaterials; Defects in nanomaterials processed by powder metallurgy; Correlation between defect structure and mechanical properties of nanocrystalline materials; Defect structure and mechanical properties of metal matrix–carbon nanotube composites; Thermal stability of defect structures in nanomaterials; Relationship between microstructure and hydrogen storage properties of nanomaterials.

310 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 094 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 549 7 £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090942

388 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 206 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 614 2 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092069

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

Advanced engineering design An integrated approach E M Benavides, Universidad Politécnica de Madrid, Spain This book provides engineers and students with a general framework focusing on the processes of designing new engineering products. The procedures covered by the framework lead the reader to the best trade-offs to ensure maximum satisfaction of the customer’s needs, meeting the lowest cost expectations, ensuring the lowest environmental impact and maximising profits and best positioning in the marketplace. This book describes the engineering tools that are compatible with these goals and sustainable activity.

CONTENTS

288 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 205 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 506 0 £175.00/US$300.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092052

282 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 093 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 504 6 £130.00/US$220.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090935

The design process; Information, entropy, and its relationship to design; Axiomatic design; Metric design; Reliability-based design; Entropy-based design.

NEW Fuel systems for IC engines This book presents the papers from the latest conference in this successful series on fuel injection systems for internal combustion engines. It is vital for the automotive industry to continue to meet the demands of the modern environmental agenda. In order to excel, manufacturers must research and develop fuel systems that guarantee the best engine performance, ensuring minimal emissions and maximum profit. The papers from this unique conference focus on the latest technology for state-of-the-art system design, characterisation, measurement, and modelling, addressing all technological aspects of diesel and gasoline fuel injection systems. Topics range from fundamental fuel spray theory, component design, to effects on engine performance, fuel economy and emissions. CONTENTS

Papers cover the following areas: Systems architecture; Gasoline DI systems; Medium/heavy-duty diesel; Lightduty diesel; Gasoline DI spray generation; Diesel spray; Development and methodology.

348 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 210 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 604 3 £315.00/US$535.00/€380.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092106

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Mechanical engineering and general materials NEW Modelling and simulation of integrated systems in engineering Issues of methodology, quality, testing and application D J Murray-Smith, University of Glasgow, UK This book places particular emphasis on issues of model quality and ideas of model testing and validation. Mathematical and computer-based models provide a foundation for explaining complex behaviour, decisionmaking, engineering design and for real-time simulators for research and training. Many engineering design techniques depend on suitable models, assessment of the adequacy of a given model for an intended application is therefore critically important. Generic model structures and dependable libraries of sub-models that can be applied repeatedly are increasingly important. Applications are drawn from the fields of mechanical, aeronautical and control engineering, and involve nonlinear lumped-parameter models described by ordinary differential equations. CONTENTS

The principles of system modelling; Integrated systems and their significance for system modelling; Problem organisation; Inverse simulation for system modelling and design; Methods and applications of parameter sensitivity analysis; Experimental modelling: system identification, parameter estimation and model optimisation techniques; Issues of model quality and the validation of dynamic models; Real-time simulation, virtual prototyping and partial-system testing; Model management; Further discussion.

372 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 078 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 605 0 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090782

A quick guide to API 510 certified pressure vessel inspector syllabus Example questions and worked answers C Matthews, Matthews Engineering Training Limited, UK CONTENTS

Interpreting ASME and API Codes; An Introduction to API 510 (Sections 1–4); API 510 Inspection Practices (Section 5); API 510 Frequency and Data Evaluation (Sections 6 and 7); API 510 Repair, Alteration, Re-rating (Section 8); API 572 Inspection of Pressure Vessels; API 571 Damage Mechanisms; API 576 Inspection of Pressure-Relieving Devices; ASME VIII Pressure Design; ASME VIII Welding and NDE; ASME VIII and API 510 Heat Treatment; Impact Testing; Introduction to Welding/API 577; Welding Qualifications and ASME IX; The NDE Requirements of API 510 and API 577; The NDE Requirements of API 510 and API 577; Thirty Open-Book Sample Questions; Answers; The Final Word on Exam Questions.

336 pages 170 x 112 mm (4 x 6 1/2) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 755 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 102 4 £40.00/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697556 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

A quick guide to API 653 certified storage tank inspector syllabus Example questions and worked answers C Matthews, Matthews Engineering Training Limited, UK The API Individual Certification Programs (ICP) are well established in the oil/gas/ petroleum industries. This guide reviews one of API’s three main ICPs: API 653: Certified storage tank inspector. It discusses key definitions and scope, inspection regimes and testing techniques relating to tank design, linings, welds, protection systems, repair and alteration. CONTENTS

Interpreting API and ASME Codes; An introduction to API 653: 2009 and its related codes; An introduction to API RP 575; Reasons for inspections: Damage mechanisms; Inspection practices and frequency; Evaluation of corroded tanks; API 650: Tank design; Tank non-destructive examination; Tank repairs and alteration; Tank reconstruction; Tank hydrotesting and brittle fracture; Tank linings: API RP 652; Introduction to welding/API RP 577; Welding qualifications and ASME IX; Cathodic protection: API RP 651; The NDE requirements of ASME V; Thirty open-book sample questions; Answers.

352 pages 170 x112mm (4 x 6 1/2) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 756 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 527 5 £40.00/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697563 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Innovations in fuel economy and sustainable road transport

Modern machining technology A practical guide Edited by J Paulo Davim, University of Aveiro, Portugal This forward-thinking, practical book provides essential information on modern machining technology for industry with emphasis on the processes used regularly across several major industries. Machining technology presents great interest for many important industries including automotive, aeronautics, aerospace, renewable energy, moulds and dies, biomedical, and many others. Machining processes are manufacturing processes in which parts are shaped by the removal of unwanted material; these processes cover several stages and are usually divided into the following categories: cutting (involving single point or multipoint cutting tools); abrasive processes (including grinding and advanced machining processes, such as EDM (electrical discharge machining), LBM (laserbeam machining), AWJM (abrasive water jet machining) and USM (ultrasonic machining). CONTENTS

Turning; Drilling; Milling; Grinding and finishing processes; Thermal advanced machining processes.

412 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 099 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 494 0 £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090997

Tribology for engineers A practical guide Edited by J Paulo Davim, University of Aveiro, Portugal

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

‘As a whole the book contains interesting, practically useful material perfectly tallied by the editor.’

International Journal of Surface Science and Engineering This book presents the papers from the Innovations in Fuel economy and sustainable road transport conference, held in Pune, India, 8-9 November, 2011. Papers examine advances in powertrain, alternative fuels, lightweight vehicles, electric vehicles and hybrid vehicles. An international assembly of senior industry representatives provide insight into the latest research and technological advances in low carbon technology sustainability for road transport, helping towards achieving stringent emissions standards and continual improvements in fuel economy efficiency, all in an expanding Indian market. These technical papers from industry and academia discuss the latest developments and research of leading organisations. CONTENTS

The papers are arranged under the following headings: Hybrid and electric vehicles; Fuels; Light weight vehicles; Advances in powertrain; Fuels and emissions.

240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 213 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 587 9 £195.00/US$330.00/€235.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092137

Tribology for engineers discusses recent research and applications of principles of friction, wear and lubrication, and provides the fundamentals and advances in tribology for modern industry. The book examines tribology with special emphasis on surface topography, wear of materials and lubrication, and includes dedicated coverage on the fundamentals of micro and nanotribology. The book serves as a valuable reference for academics, tribology and materials researchers, mechanical, physics and materials engineers and professional in related industries with tribology. CONTENTS

Surface topography; Friction and wear; Lubrication and roughness; Micro/nano tribology; Tribology in manufacturing; Bio and medical tribology.

320 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 114 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 144 4 £130.00/US$220.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091147

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Mechanical engineering and general materials Aerodynamic measurements

Electrical motor products

From physical principles to turnkey instrumentation

International energy-efficiency standards and testing methods

G P Russo, Italy

J Yu, Jiangsu Inspection and Quarantine Mechanical and Electrical Products Testing Centre, T Zhang, Wuxi Entry-Exit Inspection and Quarantine Bureau and J Qian, Jiangsu Inspection and Quarantine Mechanical and Electrical Products Testing Centre, China

Pressure sensors; Velocity and mass flow by pressure measurements; Hot wire anemometer; Laser anemometry; Temperature measurements; Flow visualization; Measurements of aerodynamic forces.

282 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 992 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 386 8 £125.00/US$210.00/€150.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699925

Orbital mechanics and formation flying A digital control perspective P A Capó-Lugo, George C. Marshall Space Flight Center (NASA) and P M Bainum, Howard University, USA Aimed at students, faculty and professionals in the aerospace field, this book provides practical information on the development, analysis, and control of a single and/or multiple spacecraft in space. This book is divided into two major sections: single and multiple satellite motion. The first section analyses the orbital mechanics, orbital perturbations, and attitude dynamics of a single satellite around the Earth. Using the knowledge of a single satellite motion, the translation of a group of satellites called formation flying or constellation is explained. Formation flying has been one of the main research topics over the last few years and this book explains different control approaches to control the satellite attitude motion and/ or to maintain the constellation together. The control schemes are explained in the discrete domain such that it can be easily implemented on the computer on board the satellite. The key objective of the book is to show the reader the practical and the implementation process in the discrete domain.

Electrical motor products reviews the energy efficiency management laws for electrical motor products in United States, European Union (EU) and China. The energy efficiency certification requirements for the electrical motor products vary from country to country and are summarised here. International standards, testing methods and certification requirements for specific electrical motor products are discussed, including electric motors, pumps and fans. Finally, methods for improving energy efficiency are examined. CONTENTS

Introduction: The importance of energy-efficiency for electrical motor products; Classification: Electric motors, pumps, fans; Energy-efficiency technical measures system for electrical motor products; Energy-efficiency standards of electrical motor products; Measurement errors and uncertainties; Testing methods for electric motors; Efficiency testing methods for centrifugal pumps; Efficiency testing methods for centrifugal fans; How to improve the energyefficiency of electrical motor products; Modern control methods for the induction motor.

192 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 077 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 381 3 £115.00/US$195.00/€140.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090775

7th International conference on compressors and their systems 2011 City University London in conjunction with the Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) This book contains the papers presented at the 7th International conference on compressors and their systems at City University London in conjunction with the IMECHE. This conference is the ultimate global forum for reviewing the latest developments and novel approaches in compressor research. It features contributions from equipment manufacturers, suppliers, users and research organisations; these papers present developments in air, gas and refrigeration compressors; vacuum pumps; expanders; and related systems and components.

CONTENTS

438 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 054 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 387 5 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090546

504 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 208 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 535 0 £315.00/US$535.00/€380.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092083 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Introductory papers; Turbo compressors; Heat pump and refrigeration; Reciprocating compressors (valves); Refrigeration; Reciprocating and variable speed compressors; Manufacturing; Screw compressors; Scroll and turbo compressors; Rotary compressors.

Collaborative product assembly design and assembly planning Methodologies and applications C Lu, University of Electronic Science and Technology of China, China, J Y H Fuh and Y S Wong, National University of Singapore (NUS), Singapore Collaborative product assembly design and assembly planning presents several newlydeveloped methodologies and applications for collaborative assembly design and assembly planning, two important steps during the product development life cycle. These benefits include effective and rapid assembly design and assembly planning, thereby reducing the development cost and helping manufacturers enhance profit. With increased development in computer technologies and the Internet, the traditional assembly design and assembly planning have evolved around collaborative assembly design and assembly planning to speed up the product development process. Research in this area has attracted much attention in the past decade. Based on research work in the past few years, this book will present several newly-developed methodologies and applications for collaborative assembly design and assembly planning to improve the efficiency of product development in a collaborative design environment. CONTENTS

Introduction; Literature survey; Collaborative assembly design; Evaluation of product assemblability in different assembly sequences; Advanced assembly planning approach using a multi-objective genetic algorithm; Evaluation of assembly design from assembly planning and redesign; Collaborative assembly planning; Conclusions and recommendations.

220 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 053 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 388 2 £115.00/US$195.00/€140.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090539

A quick guide to API 570 certified pipework inspector syllabus Example questions and worked answers C Matthews, Matthews Engineering Training Limited, UK CONTENTS

How to use this book; Introduction – the API ICPs; Interpreting API codes; An introduction to API 570; More advanced API 570; API 574; API 578; API 571; Introduction to welding/API 577; General welding rules of ASME B31.3 and API 570; ASME IX welding qualifications; General NDE requirements – API 577, B31.3, API 570; NDE requirements of ASME V; B31.3 Pressure design; B16.5 Flange design; API 570 design aspects; Closed book mock examinations; Open book mock examinations.

Published in association with Matthews Engineering Training Limited and the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) 232 pages 170 x 112mm (4 x 6 1/2) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 569 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 684 9 £40.00/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695699 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Mechanical engineering and general materials Vehicle thermal management systems conference and exhibition (VTMS10)

Eleventh European fluid machinery congress

Internal combustion engines

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE), SAE International

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

CONTENTS

This book contains the papers presented at the IMechE and SAE International, Vehicle thermal management systems conference (VTMS10), held at the Heritage Motor Centre, Gaydon, Warwickshire, 15-19th May 2011. VTMS10 is an International Conference organised by the Automobile Division and the Combustion Engines and Fuels Group of the IMechE and SAE International. The event is aimed at anyone involved with vehicle heat transfer, members of the OEM, tier one suppliers, component and software suppliers, consultants, and academics interested in all areas of thermal energy management in vehicles. This vibrant conference, the tenth VTMS, addresses the latest analytical and development tools and techniques, with sessions on: Alternative Powertrain, Emissions, Engines, Heat Exchange/Manufacture, Heating, A/C, Comfort, Underhood, and External/Internal Component Flows. It covers the latest in research and technological advances in the field of heat transfer, energy management, comfort and the efficient management of all thermal systems within the vehicle. CONTENTS

Papers cover the following areas: Heat and A/C; Heat exchange/manufacture; Engines; Alternative powertrain; Engines/emissions; External and internal component flows; Underhood; Heat & A/C vehicle comfort.

676 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 172 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 505 3 £350.00/US$595.00/€420.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091727

Using robots in hazardous environments Landmine detection, de-mining and other applications Edited by Y Baudoin, Polytechnical Faculty Royal Military Academy, Belgium and M K Habib, American University in Cairo, Egypt There have been major recent advances in robotic systems that can replace humans in undertaking hazardous activities in demanding or dangerous environments. Published in association with the CLAWAR (Climbing and Walking Robots and Associated Technologies Association) (www.clawar.org), this important book reviews the development of robotic systems for de-mining and other risky activities such as fire-fighting.

Performance, fuel economy and emissions Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

CONTENTS

Gas compression: New reciprocating compressor solution for offshore applications: Product development, realisation and its first installation; Low temperature damage of a cryogenic centrifugal ethylene Compressor; Centrifugal compressor modification mitigating the effects of increased thrust due to fouling and leakages; Validation of a surge model by full scale testing. Pump design: Design study of a novel regenerative pump using experimental and numerical techniques; Positive displacement fuel pumping for aeroengines. Enhanced recovery and capture: Dynamic plunger seal for offshore injection pumps with pressures above 700 bar. Centrifugal compressors and pumps for CO2 applications: Reliability: Numerical and practical investigations of mechanical seal interface films; Thermal spray coatings and fluid machinery; How to improve critical machine ‘up time’ and save energy!; Integral measuring ring for tilting pad thrust bearings; Latest perfluoroelastomer sealing development in rapid gas decompression (Norsok M710 rev. 2) applications. Fluid machinery vibration: Root cause analysis of vibrations and pulsations in a naphtha pipe system with centrifugal pumps; The mechanics of vane passing frequency vibration; Synchronous rotor vibrations due to bearing journal differential heating. Gas turbines: Modelling and simulation of transient thermal loading in a gas turbine; Use of compressor water wash to optimise gas turbine performance; Offshore spinning reserve study and emission testing for IPPC permits.

272 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 0 85709 091 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 440 7 £185.00/US$315.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090911

Tenth European fluid machinery congress Advances in the optimisation, design and maintenance of process machinery

704 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 786 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 020 1 £190.00/US$325.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697860

282 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 607 4 £185.00/US$315.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843346074

Internal combustion engines Performance, fuel economy and emissions Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) CONTENTS

Papers cover the following areas: Combustion diagnostics; Diesel; Gasoline; Emissions; Fuels and lubricants; Calibration.

326 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 451 3 £315.00/US$535.00/€380.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344513

Injection systems for IC engines conference Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) CONTENTS

Application; FIE hardware; Biofuels; Nozzle flow; Gasoline; Heavy-duty/large engines.

255 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 561 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 442 1 £315.00/US$535.00/€380.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345619

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

Braking 2009

CONTENTS

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

Papers cover the following areas: Equipment and systems design; Operations and maintenance; Compliance with legislation; Processing; Equipment and drives.

CONTENTS

362 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 492 6 £315.00/US$535.00/€380.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344926

300 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 559 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 443 8 £315.00/US$535.00/€380.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345596

Ninth European fluid machinery congress

Ninth international conference on vibrations in rotating machinery

Applying the latest technology to new and existing process equipment Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) 432 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84334 242 7 £105.00/US$180.00/€125.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843342427

CONTENTS

Part 1 Humanitarian demining. Part 2 Sensors for mine detection and robotics. Part 3 Autonomous and teleoperated robots for humanitarian demining. Part 4 Robot autonomous navigation and sensors. Part 5 Multi robotics systems.

Low carbon vehicles 2009 Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) 238 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 560 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 441 4 £315.00/US$535.00/€380.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345602

Materials; Braking systems design; Design and thermal effects; NVH.

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) CONTENTS

Papers cover the following areas: Volume 1: Keynote address; Smart machines; Blades; Analytical methods; Experimental methods; Instabilities; Electrical machines. Volume 2: Case studies; Faults; Cracks; Turbochargers; Diagnostics; Damping; Misalignment; Fluid-film; Balancing.

2 volumes (vol 1: 500 pages, vol 2: 458 pages) 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84334 458 2 £315.00/US$535.00/€380.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344582

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Mechanical engineering and general materials A quick guide to welding and weld inspection

Nanostructure control of materials

Edited by S E Hughes

Edited by R H J Hannink and A J Hill, CSIRO Manufacturing and Infrastructure Technology, Australia

CONTENTS

Terminology, abbreviations and symbols; Duties of a welding inspector; Analysis of a fusion weld; Materials and weldability; Welding processes; Non-destructive testing and mechanical testing; Welding defects and acceptance; Fracture modes; Codes, standards and documentation; Health and safety.

Published in association with Matthews Engineering Training Ltd 160 pages 170 x 112 mm (4 x 6 1/2) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 641 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 767 9 £40.00/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696412 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

A quick guide to health and safety R Gilbert ‘This book is highly recommended to all levels of health and safety professionals in any environment, but would be particularly useful to middle managers and supervisors who do not wish to dig too deeply for the essence of the matter. For the same reason, it should also appeal to those who run SMEs.’

Health and Safety at Work CONTENTS

Introduction – how to use this book; Your 10 minute a–z guide to health and safety; Health and safety legislation – how much is there? Enforcement and the legal situation; Health and safety – so what business are you in? HSAW act 1974 and what it means; Risks and risk assessments – what are they? Health, safety and welfare requirements in the workplace; Machinery and other work equipment; Pressure plant and equipment; Lifting and handling; Noise; Hazardous substances; Electricity; Working at height; VDUs; What to do about protecting employees; Other health and safety matters; Will you be prosecuted? References, further reading, and other sources of information.

Published in association with Matthews Engineering Training Limited 192 pages 170 x 112 mm (4 x 6 1/2) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 499 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 500 2 £40.00/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694999 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

A quick guide to pipeline engineering D Alkazraji

CONTENTS

Introduction: Special properties resulting from nanodimensionality; Nanoparticle technologies and applications; Nanometric architectures: Emergence of efficient non-; Nanostructure characterisation using electronbeam techniques; Organic / inorganic nanocomposite membranes for molecular separation processes; Developing fast ion conductors from nanostructured polymers; Designing nanostructures using biological materials; Magnetic resonance to study nanoprecipitation in light metal alloys; Nanocrystalline light metal hydrides for hydrogen storage; Nanoengineering of metallic materials; Mechanical behaviour of metallic nanolaminates; Preparation of monolithic nanocrystalline ceramics; Nanofabrication.

368 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85573 933 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 118 9 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739338

International conference on compressors and their systems 2009 Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) CONTENTS

Papers cover the following areas: Scroll compressors; Screw compressors; Valves; Centrifugal compressors; Ocillating and vane compressors; Dynamic compressors; Reciprocating compressors; Modelling; Noise and vibration.

500 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84334 581 7 £185.00/US$315.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843345817

H Prashad, Bharat Heavy Electricals Limited (BHEL), India CONTENTS

Reliability analysis of rolling-element bearings; Functional performance of rolling-element bearings for acceptance in routine applications; Cage and roller slip of rolling-element bearings; Diagnosis and cause analysis of rolling-elements bearings failure in electric power equipments; Localized electrical current in rolling-element bearings; Response and performance of a rolling – element bearing under the influence of electric current; The effect of oil grades and clearance ratios on reliability of cylindrical hydrodynamic bearings; Spherical seating of hydrodynamic journal bearings; Life estimation of turbine oils - a methodology and criterion for their acceptance / rejection; Axial force on motor bearings – a tool for performance evaluation; An analysis of the progressive increase in vibration of a large synchronous electric motor; A study of the causes of failure of rolling element bearings in alternators; The diagnosis of the cause of bearing problem in a synchronous condenser; The cause of noise at the top bearings of vertical pump – motor sets; Modifications to the design and bearings of horizontal – axis windmills used for pumping water, to achieve trouble free reliable operation; Magnetic suspension bearings for A.C. energy meters; A new–generation of rolling element bearing with an outline of its performance advantages.

264 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84569 110 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 111 0 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691103

Structural shear joints Analysis, properties and design for repeated loading G T Hahn, C A Rubin, Vanderbilt University and K A Iyer, US Army Research Centre, USA CONTENTS

International conference on compressors and their systems Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) CONTENTS

Papers in the following areas: Refrigeration compressors; Performance and assessment; Screw compressors; Reciprocating compressors; General interest; Turbo machinery; Monitoring and maintenance; Scroll compressors.

544 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 418 6 £315.00/US$535.00/€380.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843344186

CONTENTS

Solving tribology problems in rotating machines

Vehicle thermal management systems (VTMS8) Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

Part 1 Mechanical behaviour of shear joints and design considerations: Basic features; Shear joints in the bearing mode; Clamping, interference, micro-slip and self-piercing rivets; Fatigue of shear joints; Design considerations for repeated loading. Part 2 Compilation of finite element results: Load transfer in single rivet-row lap joints (conventional and countersunk); Compilation of results for open hole panels and butt joints; Compilation of results for lap joints; Single rivetrow lap joints under biaxial loading; Compilation of results for lap joints with sealants and adhesives; Compilation of results for rivets; Data tabulations. Part 3 Calculational models and validation: Finite element models; Thin adhesive layer analysis (TALA) for modeling sealants and adhesives installed in joints; Material models for finite element analysis and TALA; Validation for finite element models and TALA; Analysis for multiple – row joints and validation; Analysis of fastener tension and clamping strain.

280 pages 247 x 174mm (7 x 10) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 84569 119 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 868 3 £115.00/US$195.00/€140.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691196 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

CONTENTS

756 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84334 348 6 £385.00/US$655.00/€460.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781843343486

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Chemistry and general science CHEMISTRY AND GENERAL SCIENCE

State estimation in chemometrics

Topology in chemistry

The Kalman filter and beyond

Group theory for chemists

P C Thijssen, University of Amsterdam, The Netherlands

D H Rouvray and R B King, University of Georgia, USA

Fundamental theory and applications Second edition

CONTENTS

K C Molloy, University of Bath, UK ‘...this book provides a structured approach with regular problem-solving to assess understanding along the way. Developed from a highly successful lecture course, the text contains some interesting examples and tricks to help students cut through the mathematical barriers to understanding.’

Discrete mathematics of molecules

Introduction; Classical estimation; State estimation; Statistics; Non-linear estimation; The multi-component system; The calibration system; The titration system; Multiple modelling; Principal components; Appendix: Matrix fundamentals; Bibliography and index.

132 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 904275 33 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 937 2 £55.00/US$95.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781904275336

Education in Chemistry This undergraduate text deals with the basics of group theory and its application to the analysis of vibrational spectra, and a molecular orbital description of bonding. It also links the topics to ligand field theory, properties of transition metal complexes and other themes within inorganic chemistry. The author has interspersed self-assessment questions at key stages in the text and further problem exercises for self-assessment have been set at the end of most chapters, with solutions and tutorial hints included. Concise, mathematically friendly and with a pictorial approach, the book is based on the author’s long experience of teaching a successful lecture course.

Exploding a myth

CONTENTS

256 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 904275 30 5 £40.00/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781904275305

Part 1 Symmetry and groups: Symmetry; Groups and representations. Part 2 Application of group theory to vibrational spectroscopy: Reducible representations; Techniques of vibrational spectroscopy; The vibrational spectrum of Xe(O)F4. Part 3 Application of group theory to structure and bonding: Fundamentals of molecular orbital theory; H2O – Linear or angular? NH3 – Planar or pyramidal? Octahedral complexes; Ferrocene. Part 4 Application of group theory to electronic spectroscopy: Symmetry and selection rules; Terms and configurations; d-d Spectra.

232 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2010 ISBN: 978 0 85709 240 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 241 0 £35.00/US$60.00/€40.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092403

Watchers of the stars The story of a revolution Third edition Sir Patrick Moore, CBE, DSc, FRAS ‘Heartily recommended for its clear and concise narration of events... And for highlighting a classic confrontation between reality and religious belief.’

The Observatory Magazine CONTENTS

The earth in space; The questioners; Copernicus – the doubter; The wandering scholar; De revolutionibus…; The master of heaven; Circles or ellipses? Galileo – the experimenter; Telescopes and the sky; The storm gathers; The Dialogue; Confrontation!; Truth will out; Index.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 904275 44 2 £20.00/US$35.00/€25.00 hardback ISBN: 978 1 904275 36 7 £40.00/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781904275442

Conventional wisdom or scientific truth?

CONTENTS

Life and times of Harry Wiener; The rich legacy of half a century of the Wiener index; Mathematical and chemical analysis of Wiener’s polarity number; The wiener number: Some applications and new developments; A comparison between various topological indices; Manifold applications of topological indices; Mixed higher-order connectivitypseudo-connectivity terms; The structural interpretation of topological indices; Graph geometry via metrics; Molecular informatics and topology in chemistry; The generation of formulas for isomers; The role of numbers in topological chemistry; 3-dimensional analogues of kekule structures for deltahedral boranes.

400 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2002 ISBN: 978 1 898563 76 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 961 7 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563761

J Dunning-Davies, University of Hull, UK ‘Are all scientists really candid about their researches, or are they sometimes swayed by considerations which are definitely not in the true spirit of science? It may well be so, and in this book Professor Dunning-Davies, a distinguished academic, asks some questions that certainly need answering.’

Sir Patrick Moore, CBE, FRS CONTENTS

Einstein’s biggest blunder? Einstein’s theories of relativity; Big bang theory – controversial or not? The Schwartzchild solution and black holes; Hadronic mechanics; Conventional wisdom - some modern case studies: Black hole entropy; The Tsallis entropy; The inflationary scenario; String theory; Some final thoughts; Epilogue.

Practical sonochemistry Power ultrasound uses and applications Second edition T J Mason, University of Coventry, UK and D Peters, University of Rostock, Germany ‘A useful introduction to ultrasound and its applications to practical chemistry and commercially available apparatus.’

Instrumental methods in electrochemistry D Pletcher, R Greff, R Peat, L M Peter and J Robinson, Southampton Electrochemistry Group ‘Written in a clear and authoritative style with enough information to follow the plot, yet without long derivations.’

Chemistry and Industry 442 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2001 ISBN: 978 1 898563 80 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 054 5 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563808

Reaction mechanisms of metal complexes R W Hay, University of St. Andrews, UK ‘A must for course study and library.’

Dr Margaret Wright, St. Andrews University, UK 176 pages 234 x 173mm (7 x 9) paperback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 898563 41 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 063 7 £40.00/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563419

Angewandte Chemie 166 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2002 ISBN: 978 1 898563 83 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 062 0 £50.00/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563839

Experimental inorganic/physical chemistry

Concise chemistry of the elements

M A Malati, Mid-Kent College of Higher and Further Education, UK

S C Siekierski, Institute of Chemistry and Nuclear Technology, Poland and J Burgess, University of Leicester, UK

‘Clear and concise on laboratory safety with a good overview of the techniques. Covers experiments, each with an introduction to the chemistry of its element. A-Level teachers could use relevantsections and some experiments. Very good value for money, recommended as a rich source of ideas for practical work.’

‘Covers theory and chemistry for upper division undergraduate and postgraduate students.’

Choice: American Library Association 208 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2002 ISBN: 978 1 898563 71 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 045 3 £30.00/US$50.00/€35.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563716

An investigative, integrated approach to practical project work

Education in Chemistry 376 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 898563 47 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 050 7 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563471

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Corrosion and surface engineering Ions in solution Basic principles of chemical interactions

Fundamentals of inorganic chemistry

J Burgess, University of Leicester, UK

An introductory text for degree studies

‘John Burgess, a well respected chemist, covers principles and chemical interactions of inorganic solution chemistry in a student-friendly style. So much of core inorganic chemistry in the book provides lecturers with a student development basis and brainstorming tutorial sessions. It is recommended as the backbone for a module in an undergraduate honors degree chemistry course.’

Education in Chemistry 232 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 898563 50 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 056 9 £40.00/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563501

Crystal structures Lattices and solids in stereoview M Ladd, University of Surrey, UK ‘This unique book approaches traditional crystallography, descriptive solid state chemistry and physical chemistry and is suited for upper level solid state chemistry courses.’

J Barrett, Imperial College and M A Malati, Mid-Kent College of Higher/Further Education, UK ‘This valuable addition to the ranks of introductory inorganic chemistry texts is recommended. The approach to electronic and bonding theory is a strong point. Chapters on electronic configuration diatomic molecules, polyatomics and metals and finally, ionic compounds, add up to a thorough grounding. That it should be recommended to all who teach at this level and to all departmental libraries is, however, indisputable.’

Chemistry in Britain ‘Very clear, and one of the few books at this level to introduce group theory and use it throughout the remainder of the book.’

Professor J.K. Nagle, Bowdoin University, USA 320 pages 242 x 169mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 1997 ISBN: 978 1 898563 38 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 053 8 £40.00/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563389

Journal of Chemical Education 192 pages 242 x 169mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 898563 63 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 046 0 £50.00/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563631

Fundamental chemical kinetics An explanatory introduction to the concepts M R Wright, University of St Andrews, UK ‘As I read the book I got the feeling that the author was looking over my shoulder making certain that I understood the concepts. In an excellent job, theories are clearly explained and chapters end with discussion on strengths and weaknesses of each topic in a natural flow of ideas. Results of each theory are compared to experimental data, & straightforward mathematical derivations.’

Chemical Education Today 310 pages 247 x 174mm (7 x 10) hardback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 898563 60 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 052 1 £40.00/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563600

Symmetry and group theory in chemistry

Progress in ion exchange Advances and applications Edited by A Dyer, University of Salford, M J Hudson, University of Reading and P A Williams, North East Wales Institute, UK 510 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1997 ISBN: 978 1 85573 828 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 865 2 £180.00/US$305.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855738287

Mossbauer spectroscopy Principles and applications A G Maddock, University of Cambridge and Fellow of St. Catherine’s College, UK ‘With theory in an unusual and refreshing style, this book presents sources, cryostats and texture, and thickness effects. Thorough and up-to-date, with the inclusion of mineralogical and biological systems.’

Chemistry in Britain 272 pages 242 x 169mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 1997 ISBN: 978 1 898563 16 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 060 6 £55.00/US$95.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563167

M Ladd, University of Surrey, UK

Practical astronomy

‘A comprehensive airing on space groups. Commendable, with a good selection of problems, many with full model answers.’

A user-friendly handbook for skywatchers

Chemistry in Britain 432 pages 234 x 173mm (7 x 9) paperback 1998 ISBN: 978 1 898563 39 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 977 8 £50.00/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563396

H R Mills, The British Council, UK ‘Excellent basic material for assembling practical and experimental projects easily conducted at home. Many of the ideas are original and well presented with simple instructions and perfectly clear illustrations.’

CORROSION NEW Corrosion prevention of magnesium alloys Edited by G-L Song, General Motors R&D Center, USA and University of Queensland, Australia Magnesium is an attractive lightweight metal for many applications. There has therefore been significant research into tackling its major drawback: magnesium’s susceptibility to corrosion. This important book summarises key aspects of this research. Part one reviews alloying and inhibition techniques to improve corrosion resistance. The second part of the book discusses surface treatment and conversion techniques. Part three assesses coatings whilst the final part of the book includes case studies from automotive and medical engineering. CONTENTS

Part 1 Alloying and inhibition: Corrosion behaviour and prevention strategies for magnesium alloys; Corrosion performance of magnesium alloys containing rare-earth elements; Corrosion inhibition of magnesium alloys. Part 2 Surface treatment and conversion: Surface cleaning and pre-conditioning; Surface processing and alloying; Laser treatment; Micro-arc oxidation (MAO); Anodization of magnesium alloys; Anodization mechanisms; Corrosionresistant coatings; Conversion and electrophoretic coatings. Part 3 Coatings: Corrosion-resistant electrochemical plating; Plating techniques; Electroless nickel-boron plating; Electrodeposition of aluminium on magnesium alloys; Cold spray coatings; Electroless electrophoresis coatings; Sole-gel coatings. Part 4 Case studies: Magnesium corrosion protection techniques in the automotive industry; Control of biodegradation of magnesium alloys for medical applications.

630 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 437 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 896 2 Approx. £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094377

Corrosion under insulation (CUI) guidelines Edited by S Winnik, ExxonMobil, UK European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 55 CONTENTS

Introduction. Economic consideration; Ownership and responsibility; The risk-based inspection (RBI) methodology for CUI; Inspection activities/strategy; NDE/NDT screening techniques for CUI; Recommended Best Practice to Mitigate CUI; Design for the prevention of CUI.

176 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 423 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 427 2 £125.00/US$210.00/€150.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694234

Spaceflight Magazine 240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 1994 ISBN: 978 1 898563 00 6 £30.00/US$50.00/€35.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563006

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Corrosion and surface engineering Tribocorrosion of passive metals and coatings

Corrosion of magnesium alloys

Edited by D Landolt and S Mischler, EPFL, Switzerland

The use of magnesium alloys is increasing in a range of applications wherever lightweight materials are needed. As a result, there has been significant new research to understand the corrosion processes affecting these vital alloys. This important reference covers the differing metallurgical and environmental factors affecting the corrosion of magnesium and its alloys as well as ways of protecting them.

Metals can become less reactive to corrosion processes (i.e. they become passive) because of protection by a self-healing surface film. This passivation process is an important weapon against corrosion in metals. However, the corrosion resistance of passive metals can be substantially reduced by friction and wear. This important book reviews current research on tribocorrosion of passive metals and coatings. CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals of tribocorrosion: Corrosion and passivity of metals and coatings; Adsorption layers and passive oxide films on metals; Friction and wear of passive metals and coatings; Environmental effects in fretting; Tribocorrosion mechanisms in sliding contacts; Models and mechanisms of erosion corrosion in metals. Part 2 Methods for measurement and prevention of tribocorrosion: Electrochemical methods in tribocorrosion; Tribocorrosion test protocols for sliding contacts; Methods for studying erosion-corrosion; Metallic materials for tribocorrosion systems; Coatings for tribocorrosion protection. Part 3 Tribocorrosion in engineering and medicine: Biotribocorrosion: Surface interactions in total joint replacement (TJR); Tribocorrosion in artificial joints: In vitro testing and clinical implications; Fretting corrosion in biomedical implants; Tribocorrosion issues in nuclear power generation; Tribocorrosion in marine environments; Erosionaccelerated corrosion in flow systems: The behaviour of aluminium alloys in automotive cooling systems; Chemicalmechanical polishing (CMP): a controlled tribocorrosion process; Tribocorrosion at elevated-temperatures in the metal working industry.

584 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 966 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 373 8 £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699666

Developments in high temperature corrosion and protection of materials Edited by W Gao, University of Auckland, New Zealand CONTENTS

672 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 219 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 425 8 £180.00/US$305.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692193

Edited by G L Song, GM R&D Center, USA and University of Brisbane, Australia

CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals: Corrosion electrochemistry of magnesium (Mg) and its alloys; Activity and passivity of magnesium (Mg) and its alloys. Part 2 Metallurgical effects: Corrosion of magnesium (Mg) alloys and metallurgical influence; Role of structure and earth-rare elements on the corrosion of magnesium (Mg) alloys; Corrosion behaviour of magnesium (Mg) based bulk metallic glasses; Corrosion of innovative magnesium (Mg) alloys. Part 3 Environmental influences: Atmospheric corrosion of magnesium (Mg) alloys; Stress corrosion cracking (SCC) of magnesium (Mg) alloys; Corrosion creep and fatigue behaviour of magnesium (Mg) alloys; Magnesium (Mg) corrosion: a challenging concept for degradable implants; Corrosion of magnesium (Mg) alloys in engine coolants; Numerical modelling of galvanic corrosion of magnesium (Mg) alloys; Non-aqueous electrochemistry of magnesium. Part 4 Corrosion protection: Electrodeposition of aluminium (Al) on magnesium (Mg) alloys in ionic liquids; Corrosion protection of magnesium (Mg) alloys using conversion and electrophoretic coatings; Anodisation and corrosion of magnesium (Mg) alloys.

656 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 708 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 141 3 £160.00/US$270.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845697082

Corrosion control in the aerospace industry

Novel approaches to improving high temperature corrosion resistance Edited by M Schütze and W Quadakkers European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 47 CONTENTS

Part 1 Alloy modification: Designing oxidation-resistant alloys; Performance of gas turbine seal materials in high temperature conditions; The influence of alloying elements on corrosion of ferritic steels in combustion atmospheres; Improving the metal dusting resistance of alloys. Part 2 Surface treatment: Effect of gas composition on lifetime of surface treated alloys; Novel diffusion coatings for ferriticmartensitic steels; Steam oxidation and the creep strength of power station materials; The errosion-corrosion resistance of aluminised and uncoated chromium ferritic steels; New oxidation-resistant coatings for steam power plants. Part 3 Test methods and surface conditions: Reliable assessment of high temperature oxidation resistance; Cyclic oxidation test practice; Analysing thermo-mechanical fatigue; High-temperature corrosion life evaluation; Hot erosion wear and carburisation; Corrosion behaviour of boiler and waste incineration steels. Part 4 Modelling: Modelling the in-service behaviour of boiler steels; Modelling corrosion in heat exchangers; Modelling oxidation of alloys at high temperatures.

648 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 238 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 447 0 £180.00/US$305.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692384

Techniques for corrosion monitoring Edited by L Yang, Southwest Research Institute (SwRI), USA

Edited by S Benavides, US Coast Guard, USA ‘...makes for a diverse, all embracing and near complete presentation of the subject. …numerous studies which are well-supported by photographic evidence, data tables and numerous graphs.’ ‘...undoubtedly a book written by professionals for professionals, which should find a place in our technical libraries.’

The Aeronautical Journal (Royal Aeronautical Society) CONTENTS

320 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 345 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 553 8 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693459

CONTENTS

Corrosion fundamentals and evaluation techniques. Part 1 Electrochemical techniques for corrosion monitoring: Electrochemical polarization technique: Electrochemical noise methods and harmonic analysis; Zero resistance ammetry and galvanic sensors; The differential flow through cell technique; Potentiometric methods for measuring localised corrosion; Multielectrode systems. Part 2 Other physical or chemical methods for corrosion monitoring: Gravimetric techniques; Radioactivity methods; Electrical resistance techniques; Nondestructive evaluation methods for corrosion monitoring; Hydrogen permeation methods; Rotating cage and jet impingement techniques. Part 3 Corrosion monitoring in particular environments and other issues: Corrosion monitoring in microbial environments; Corrosion monitoring in concrete; Corrosion monitoring in soil; Corrosion monitoring under coatings; Corrosion monitoring under cathodic protection conditions; Remote monitoring and computer applications; Models for predicting corrosion rates. Part 4 Applications and case studies: Corrosion monitoring in engine exhaust systems; Corrosion monitoring in cooling water systems using differential flow through cell techniques; Corrosion monitoring in the pulp and paper industry; Corrosion monitoring in chemical plant using electrochemical noise methods; Corrosion monitoring under cathodic protection conditions using coupled multielectrode probe techniques; Measuring corrosion beneath organic coatings using wire beam electrodes; Corrosion monitoring in pipelines using the field signature method.

712 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 187 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 405 0 £185.00/US$315.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691875

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Corrosion and surface engineering Standardisation of thermal cycling exposure testing Edited by M Schütze and M Malessa, DECHEMA, Germany European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 53 CONTENTS

Part 1 Methods and procedures in thermal cycling oxidation testing prior to COTEST: Survey of existing test procedures and experimental facilities; Compilation of cyclic oxidation data; Statistical analysis of cyclic oxidation data. Part 2 Experimental investigations on the influence of test parameter variation on thermal cycling oxidation behaviour: Standardised test procedures, definitions and statistical design of experiments for investigation of test parameter variation on thermal cycling oxidation testing; The effect of heating on the total oxidation time; Investigation of the influence of parameter variation in long dwell thermal cycling oxidation; Investigation of the influence of parameter variation in short dwell thermal cycling oxidation; Investigation of the influence of parameter variation in ultra short dwell thermal cycling oxidation; Burner rig thermal cycling oxidation testing; Thermal cycling oxidation testing in sulphidising atmospheres; Thermal cycling oxidation testing under deposits. Part 3 Code of practice: Validation testing of the code of practice and statistical analysis of experimental results; Final code of practice; Final remarks.

296 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 273 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 347 3 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692735

Corrosion issues in light water reactors Stress corrosion cracking Edited by D Féron, CEASaclay and J-M Olive, HYDROGENIUS-AIST-Kyushu University, Japan European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 51

Stress corrosion cracking is a major problem in light water nuclear reactors, whether pressurised water reactors (PWRs) or boiling water reactors (BWRs). The nuclear industry needs to be able to predict the service life of these power plants and develop appropriate maintenance and repair practices to ensure safe long term operation. This important book summarises up key research on corrosion in light water reactors and its practical applications. CONTENTS

Part 1 Overview. Part 2 Stress corrosion cracking: Susceptibility and initiation. Part 3 Stress corrosion cracking. Part 4 Practical experience.

368 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 242 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 346 6 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692421

Corrosion behaviour and protection of copper and aluminium alloys in seawater

Corrosion in refineries J Harston European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 42

D Féron, CEA-Saclay, France European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 50 CONTENTS

Part 1 Overview on copper and aluminium alloys: Corrosion behaviour of non-ferrous alloys in sea water in Polish marine industry; Erosion-corrosion interactions of copper and aluminium based alloys. Part 2 Copper alloys: Copper and copper-nickel-alloys - an overview; Experience with the use of copper alloys in seawater systems on the Norwegian Continental Shelf; CuNi 90/10: How to avoid typical failures of seawater tubing systems and marine biofouling on structures; 70/30 Copper-nickel seawater piping systems use of descaling agents and their effects on corrosion properties. Part 3 Aluminium bronzes: Long-term and accelerated corrosion testing methods for cast nickel aluminium bronzes in seawater; Galvanic corrosion of nickelaluminium bronze coupled to titanium or Cu-15Ni alloy in brackish seawater. Part 4 Aluminium alloys: Corrosion and protection of aluminium alloys in seawater. Part 5 Aluminium based anode material: Electrochemical of the performance of new aluminium alloys as sacrificial anodes; Low voltage aluminium anodes optimization of the insert-anode bond; Improvement of the performance of al-zn-in anode in seawater by control of casting parameters and alloying elements.

220 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 241 4 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 308 4 £130.00/US$220.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692414

Electrochemistry in light water reactors Reference electrodes, measurement, corrosion and tribocorrosion issues R-W Bosch, Belgian Nuclear Research Centre (SCK-CEN), Belgium, D Féron, CEASaclay, France and J-P Celis, Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Belgium European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 49 CONTENTS

Part 1 Measurements and reference electrodes: Current state-of-the-art in reference electrode technology for use in high subcritical and super critical aqueous systems; LIRES: A European sponsored research project to develop light water reactor reference electrodes; In-plant corrosion potential measurements in light water reactor environments; High temperature reference electrodes: A comparative analysis. Part 2 Electrochemistry and corrosion issues: The influence of corrosion potential on SCC of stainless steels in PWR primary coolant environment; High temperature electrochemical impedance spectroscopy of metals related to light water reactor corrosion; High temperature corrosion of zircaloy-4 followed by in-situ impedance spectroscopy and chronoamperometry. Effect of an polarization; Electrochemical Corrosion Study of Magnox Al80 and Natural Uranium. Part 3 Electrochemistry and tribocorrosion issues: Analysis of mechanisms induced by sliding and corrosion: Dedicated apparatus for PWR environments; Tribocorrosion in PWR environment: Room temperature results and finite element modeling; Tribocorrosion of stellite 6 alloy: Mechanism of electrochemical reactions.

CONTENTS

Carburisation and metal dusting of steels and high temperature alloys by hydrocarbons; Integrity and life assessment of catalytic reformer units; The use of spot hydrogen flux measurements in assessing corrosion and crack risk in refinery applications; Degradation of carbon steel under the influence of sulphur in a refinery furnace remaining life prediction; Troubleshooting corrosion problems in HF alkylation units; Corrosion in the overhead system of a sour water stripper; Corrosion of above ground storage tanks for petroleum products and choice of coating systems for their protection from corrosion; The use of coatings to prevent corrosion in process vessels operating at elevated temperatures and pressures; Methods of monitoring; Disbonding test methodology: Definition of representative test conditions - results of an industry joint research programme.

128 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 233 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 324 4 £115.00/US$195.00/€140.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692339

Corrosion by carbon and nitrogen Metal dusting, carburisation and nitridation H Grabke and M Schütze European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 41 ‘…well written and provides initial knowledge of metal dusting.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Metal dusting; The metal dusting corrosion of steels with varying concentrations of chromium; Microprocesses of metal dusting on iron-nickel alloys and their dependence on the alloy composition; Metal dusting behaviour of welded ni-base alloys with different surface finish; Effect of H2S on metal dusting of iron; Occurrence of metal dusting – referring to failure cases; Protective behaviour of newly developed coatings against metal dusting; Metal dusting resistance of high chromium alloys; Study of the metal dusting behaviour of high-temperature alloys; Metal dusting of ferritic Fe-AlM-C (M = Ti, V, Nb, Ta) alloys in CO-H2-H2O gas mixtures at 650 °C; a-Fe layer formation during metal dusting of iron in CO-H2-H2O gas mixtures; Coke formation during metal dusting of iron in CO-H2-H2O gas with high CO content; Morphologies and mechanisms of metal dusting on high alloy steels; Filamentous carbon formation caused by catalytic metal particles from iron oxide; Typical failures in pyrolysis coils for ethylene cracking; Thermodynamic characteristics and numerical modelling of internal nitridation of nickel base alloys; Nitridation in NH3-H2O-mixtures.

332 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 232 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 335 0 £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692322

240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 240 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 302 2 £130.00/US$220.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692407

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Corrosion and surface engineering Amine unit corrosion in refineries J Harston and F Ropital

The use of electrochemical scanning tunnel microscopy (EC-STM) in corrosion analysis

European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 46

Reference material and procedural guidelines R Lindstrom, V Maurice, L Klein and P Marcus

CONTENTS

Technical background; Experience from 10 plants using methyl diethanolamine (MDEA); Experience from 21 plants using diethanolamine (DEA); Experience from 4 plants using monoethanolamine (MEA); Experience from 1 plant using di-isopropanolamine (DIPA).

56 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 237 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 323 7 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692377

Corrosion of metallic heritage artefacts Investigation, conservation and prediction of long term behaviour P Dillmann, CNRS, G Beranger, Université de Compiène, France, P Piccardo, Università di Genova, Italy and H Matthiessen, National Museum of Denmark, Denmark European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 48

With its distinguished editors and contributors,Corrosion of metallic heritage artefacts improves our understanding of long term corrosion and its effects. It provides a valuable reference for those involved in archaeology and conservation, as well as those dealing with the long term storage of nuclear and other waste. 416 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 239 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 301 5 £160.00/US$270.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692391

Local probe techniques for corrosion research Edited by R Oltra, Université de Bourgogne, V Maurice, Ecole Nationale Supérieure de Chimie de Paris, France, R Akid, Sheffield Hallam University, UK and P Marcus, ENSCP-CNRS, France European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 45

The effective investigation of corrosion requires the use of methods that can probe material surfaces at the atomic or molecular level and can be used in situ. This collection reviews the range of techniques available and how they can be used to analyse different types of corrosion. 208 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 236 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 259 9 £130.00/US$220.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692360

European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 44 CONTENTS

Background to the copper system; Surface preparation; Experiment preparation; Setting the microscope; Running the microscope; Moire pattern formation on Cu (111); Problems with imaging.

48 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84569 235 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 256 8 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692353

Engineering materials science Properties, uses, degradation, remediation H McArthur, Corrosion Consultant to automotive and steel industries and D Spalding, De Montfort University, UK CONTENTS

Structure of materials; States of matter and physical constants; Mechanical properties and testing; Water; Moisture effects in buildings; Moisture effects in materials; Masonry materials; Concrete; Glass and fibre composites; Metals and alloys; Corrosion; Timber and timber products; Plastics and adhesives; Fire and fire resistance.

608 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2004 ISBN: 978 1 898563 11 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 78242 049 1 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781898563112

Corrosion of austenitic stainless steel Mechanism, mitigation and monitoring Edited by H S Khatak and B Raj, Indira Gandhi Centre for Atomic Research, India This comprehensive study covers all types of corrosion of austenitic stainless steel. It also covers methods for detecting corrosion and investigating corrosion-related failure, together with guidelines for improving corrosion protection of steels. 400 pages 250 x 160mm (6 1/2 x 10) hardback 2002 ISBN: 978 1 85573 613 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 401 8 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855736139

Microbiologically influenced corrosion handbook S Borenstein 304 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1994 ISBN: 978 1 85573 127 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 862 1 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855731271

SURFACE ENGINEERING NEW Rare earth-based corrosion inhibitors Edited by M Forsyth, Deakin University and B Hinton, Monash University, Australia There has been significant research into the development of environmentally-friendly corrosion inhibitors to replace more traditional chemicals such as chromates. A major area of such research is rare earth metals such as cerium and lanthanum which can be used in coatings to protect metals. This book reviews current research into how they work and the range of coatings using rare-earth corrosion inhibitors. CONTENTS

The chemistry of rare earth metals and inhibitor compounds; Testing and analysis; Corrosion inhibition in aqueous solutions; Multifunctional rare earth organic corrosion inhibitors; Anodised anti-corrosion coatings; Corrosionresistant polymer coatings; Novel and self-healing anticorrosion coatings.

300 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q4 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 347 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 358 5 Approx. £125.00/US$210.00/€150.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857093479

NEW Thermochemical surface engineering of steels Improving materials performance Edited by M Somers, Technical University of Denmark, Denmark and E Mittemeijer, Max Planck Institute for Metals Research, Germany Thermochemical surface engineering significantly improves the properties of steels. Edited by two of the world’s leading authorities, this important book summarises the range of techniques and their applications. It covers nitriding, nitrocarburizing and carburizing. There are also chapters on low temperature techniques as well as boriding, sheradizing, aluminizing, chromizing, thermoreactive deposition and diffusion. CONTENTS

Thermodynamic principles; Kinetic principles; Process technologies; Fatigue resistance; Tribology and wear; Corrosion behaviour; Nitriding and nitrocarburizing; Carburizing; Low temperature surface hardening; Gaseous surface hardening; Plasma-assisted surface hardening; Boriding; Sheradizing; Chromizing; Thermoreactive deposition and diffusion.

550 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q4 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 592 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 652 4 Approx. £165.00/US$200.00/€280.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095923

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Corrosion and surface engineering NEW Laser surface modification of alloys for erosion and corrosion resistance Edited by C T Kwok, University of Macau, China Corrosion and erosion processes often occur synergistically to cause serious damage to metal alloys. Laser surface modification techniques such as laser surface melting or alloying are being increasingly used to treat surfaces to prevent corrosion or repair corroded or damaged components. Laser surface modification of alloys for corrosion and erosion resistance reviews the wealth of recent research on these important techniques and their applications. After an introductory overview, part one reviews the use of laser surface melting and other techniques to improve the corrosion resistance of stainless and other steels as well as nickel-titanium and a range of other alloys. Part two covers the use of laser surface modification to prevent different types of erosion, including liquid impingement, slurry (solid particle) and electrical erosion as well as laser remanufacturing of damaged components. CONTENTS

Part 1 Improving corrosion and cracking resistance: Laser surface modification of steel and cast iron for corrosion resistance; Laser surface melting (LSM) to repair stress corrosion cracking (SCC) in weld metal; Laser surface melting (LSM) of stainless steels for mitigating intergranular corrosion (IGC); Pulsed laser surface treatment of multilayer gold– nickel–copper (Au/Ni/Cu) coatings to improve the corrosion resistance of components in electronics; Laser surface modification of nickel–titanium (NiTi) alloy biomaterials to improve biocompatibility and corrosion resistance. Part 2 Improving erosion–corrosion resistance: Laser surface modification of metals for liquid impingement erosion resistance; Laser surface modification of steel for slurry erosion resistance in power plants; Laser surface alloying (LSA) of copper for electrical erosion resistance; Laser remanufacturing to improve the erosion and corrosion resistance of metal components; Laser surface remelting to improve the erosion–corrosion resistance of nickel–chromium– aluminium–yttrium (NiCrAlY) plasma spray coatings.

392 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 015 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 583 1 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857090157

Surface coatings for protection against wear Edited by B G Mellor, University of Southampton, UK ‘…aimed at undergraduates who require a sound understanding of surface engineering methods, and practicing engineers, to aid them in the selection of appropriate coatings and processes.’

Materials World 448 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85573 767 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 156 1 £160.00/US$270.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855737679

NEW Corrosion protection and control using nanomaterials

NEW Materials and surface engineering

Edited by V S Saji, Korea University, South Korea and R Cook, TDA Research Inc., USA

Research and development

This book covers the use of nanomaterials to prevent corrosion. The first section deals with the fundamentals of corrosion prevention using nanomaterials. Part two includes a series of case studies and applications of nanomaterials for corrosion control.

Edited by J Paulo Davim, University of Aveiro, Portugal

CONTENTS

Part 1 Corrosion behaviour and manufacture of nanocrystalline materials: The impact of nanotechnology in reducing corrosion cost; Corrosion and nanomaterials: Thermodynamic and kinetic factors; Understanding the corrosion resistance of nanocrystalline materials: The influence of grain size; Understanding the corrosion resistance of nanocrystalline materials: Electrochemical influences; Electrodeposition: The versatile technique for nanomaterials. Part 2 The use of nanomaterials in corrosion control: Moderate temperature oxidation protection using nanocrystalline structures; High temperature oxidation protection using nanocrystalline coatings; Nanocoatings to improve the tribocorrosion performance of materials; Self-healing nanocoatings for corrosion control; The use of nanoreservoirs in corrosion protection coatings; Nanoparticle-based corrosion inhibitors and self-assembled monolayers; Sol-gel nanocoatings for corrosion protection; Polymer nanocomposites in corrosion control; Nanocoatings for corrosion protection of aerospace alloys; Nanoscience and biomaterial corrosion control.

424 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 949 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 580 0 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699499

Surface engineering of light alloys Aluminium, magnesium and titanium alloys Edited by H Dong, University of Birmingham, UK ‘A standard reference for engineers and scientists looking for a comprehensive source of information on surface engineering of aluminium, magnesium and titanium alloys.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Part 1 Surface degradation of light alloys: Corrosion behaviour of magnesium alloys and protection techniques; Wear properties of aluminium-based alloys; Tribological properties of titanium alloys. Part 2 Surface engineering technologies for light alloys: Anodising of light alloys; Plasma electrolytic oxidation treatment of aluminium and titanium alloys; Plasma electrolytic oxidation treatments of magnesium alloys; Thermal spraying of light alloys; Cold spraying of light alloys; Physical vapour deposition of magnesium alloys; Plasma assisted surface treatment of aluminium alloys to combat wear; Plasma immersion ion implantation (PIII) of light alloys; Laser surface modification of titanium alloys; Laser surface modification of aluminium and magnesium alloys; Ceramic conversion treatment of titanium-based materials; Duplex surface treatments of light alloys. Part 3 Applications for surface engineered light alloys: Surface engineered light alloys for sports equipment; Surface engineered titanium alloys for biomedical devices; Plasma electrolytic oxidation and anodised aluminium alloys for spacecraft applications.

680 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 537 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 945 1 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695378

Woodhead Publishing Reviews: Mechanical Engineering Series No. 2

308 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 151 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 603 6 £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857091512

Advances in marine antifouling coatings and technologies Edited by C Hellio, University of Portsmouth, UK and D M Yebra, Pinturas Hempel S.A., Spain ‘This book provides a comprehensive summary of the current state-of-the-art and should be essential reading for anyone concerned with sustainable operation of equipment in the marine environment.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Part 1 Marine fouling organisms and their impact. Part 2 Testing and development of antifouling coatings. Part 3 Chemically active marine antifouling technologies. Part 4 Surface approaches to the control of marine biofouling.

784 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 386 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 631 3 £190.00/US$325.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693862

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

Corrosion and surface engineering Nanocoatings and ultra-thin films

Nanostructured metals and alloys

Technologies and applications

Processing, microstructure, mechanical properties and applications

Edited by A S H Makhlouf, Max Planck Institute of Colloids and Interfaces, Germany and I Tiginyanu, Academy of Scientific Research, Moldova Nanocoatings and ultra-thin films gives a comprehensive account of state-of-theart nanocoatings and ultra-thin films. The book is divided into two sections, with the first section covering the fundamentals, processes of deposition and characterisation of nanocoatings and the second section covering the applications. The applications are as diverse as anti-fogging coatings for glass through to corrosion control. The book is aimed at the glass and glazing, automotive, electronics, aerospace, construction and biomedical industries in particular. It will also be of benefit to any industries where ultrathin coatings are used. CONTENTS

Part 1 Technologies: Current and advanced coating technologies for industrial applications; Nanostructured thin films from amphiphilic molecules; Chemical and physical vapor deposition methods for nanocoatings; Surface-initiated polymerisation for nanocoatings; Methods for analysing nanocoatings and ultra-thin films. Part 2 Applications: Conventional and advanced coatings for industrial applications: an overview; Nanocoatings for architectural glass; Nanocoatings and ultra-thin films for packaging applications; Advanced protective coatings for aeronautical applications; Nanoimprint lithographic (NIL) techniques for electronics applications; Ultra-thin membranes for sensor applications; Nanocoatings for tribological applications; Selfcleaning smart nanocoatings.

448 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 812 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 490 2 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845698126

High-performance organic coatings Edited by A S Khanna, Indian Institute of Technology Bombay, India CONTENTS

Part 1 General issues: Key issues in applying organic paint coatings; Surface preparation for organic paint coatings; Techniques for applying organic paint coatings; Characterisation, evaluation and testing of organic paint coatings; Selecting an appropriate organic paint coating; Causes and assessment of failures in organic paint coatings; Mechanical degradation of organic paint coatings. Part 2 Types of organic coating: High performance epoxies and solvent-less epoxies for corrosion protection; Polyester coatings for corrosion protection; Glassflake coatings for corrosion protection; Fluoropolymer coatings for corrosion protection in highly aggressive environments; Polysiloxane coatings for corrosion protection; Waterborne coatings for corrosion protection. Part 3 Applications of high performance organic coatings: Organic coatings for concrete and rebars in reinforced concrete structures; Organic coatings for underground pipelines; Organic coatings for marine and shipping applications; Organic coil coating of metal; High performance organic coatings for wastewater treatment plants; Anticorrosion organic coatings for the automotive industry; Using organic coatings for repainting and maintenance of steel components and structures.

472 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 265 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 473 9 £160.00/US$270.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692650

100

Edited by S H Whang, Polytechnic Institute of NYU, USA Nanostructured metals and alloys have enhanced tensile strength, fatigue strength and ductility and are suitable for use in applications where strength or strength-toweight ratios are important. Part one of this important book reviews processing techniques for bulk nanostructured metals and alloys. Parts two and three discuss microstructure and mechanical properties, whilst part four outlines applications of this new class of material. CONTENTS

840 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 670 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 112 3 £180.00/US$305.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696702

Thermal barrier coatings Edited by H Xu, Beijing University of Aeronautics and Astronautics (BUAA) and H Guo, Beihang University, China ‘...a comprehensive review of this important subject’

Materials World Thermal barrier coatings are used to counteract the effects of high temperature corrosion and degradation of materials exposed to environments with high operating temperatures. The book covers both ceramic and metallic thermal barrier coatings as well as the latest advances in physical vapour deposition and plasma spraying techniques. Advances in nanostructured thermal barrier coatings are also discussed. Thermal barrier coatings reviews potential failure mechanisms in thermal barrier coatings as well as ways of testing performance and predicting service life. A final chapter reviews emerging materials, processes and technologies in the field. CONTENTS

360 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 658 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 082 9 £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696580

Advances in laser materials processing

Laser shock peening Performance and process simulation K Ding and L Ye, University of Sydney, Australia ‘This is the first book to consolidate disparate knowledge on the subject into one comprehensive publication.’

World of Metallurgy - ERZMETALL

Technology, research and application Edited by J Lawrence, Loughborough University, UK, J Pou, University of Vigo, Spain, D K Y Low, Rolls-Royce Singapore Pte. Ltd., Singapore and E Toyserkani, University of Waterloo, USA CONTENTS

General introduction; Physical and mechanical mechanisms of LSP; Simulation methodology; 2-D simulation of single and multiple LSP; 3-D Simulation of single and multiple LSP; 2-D Simulation of two-sided LSP on thin sections; Simulation of LSP on curved surface.

Part 1 Overview and challenges for the future. Part 2 Laser cutting and machining. Part 3 Laser welding. Part 4 Laser annealing and hardening. Part 5 Surface treatment, coating and materials deposition using lasers. Part 6 Laser rapid manufacturing and net-shape engineering. Part 7 Laser micro- and nano-fabrication. Part 8 Mathematical modelling and control of laser processes.

172 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85573 929 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 109 7 £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739291

848 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 474 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 981 9 £190.00/US$325.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694746

CONTENTS

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Corrosion and surface engineering Electroless copper and nickelphosphorus plating

Tribocorrosion of passive metals and coatings Edited by D Landolt and S Mischler, EPFL, Switzerland

Processing, characterisation and modelling W Sha, Queen’s University Belfast, UK, X Wu, Materials Innovation Institute, The Netherlands and K G Keong, formerly Queen’s University Belfast, UK Compared with electroplating, electroless plating allows uniform deposits over different surfaces. Electroless copper and nickelphosphorus deposits provide protective and functional coatings in industries as diverse as electronics, automotive, aerospace and chemical engineering. Written by leading experts in the field, this important book reviews the deposition process and the key properties of electroless copper and nickelphosphorus deposits as well as their practical applications. CONTENTS

Introduction to electroless copper and nickel-phosphorus (NiP) depositions. Part 1 Electroless copper depositions: Surface morphology evolution of electroless copper deposits; Crosssection of electroless copper deposits and the void fraction; Crystal structure and surface residual stress of electroless copper deposits; The atomic model of the diamond pyramid structure in electroless copper deposits; Molecular dynamics (MD) simulation of the diamond pyramid structure in electroless copper deposits; Adhesion strength of electroless copper deposit to epoxy board; Electrical resistivity of electroless copper deposit; Applications of electroless copper deposits. Part 2 Electroless nickel-phosphorus (Ni-P) depositions: Crystallisation of nickel-phosphorus (Ni-P) deposits with high phosphorus content; Crystallisation of nickel-phosphorus (Ni-P) deposits with medium and low phosphorus content; Modelling the thermodynamics and kinetics of crystallisation of nickel-phosphorus deposits; Artificial neural network (ANN) modelling of crystallisation temperatures of nickel-phosphorus deposits; Hardness evolution of nickel-phosphorus (Ni-P) deposits with thermal processing; Applications of electroless nickel-phosphorus (Ni-P) plating.

304 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 808 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 096 6 £125.00/US$210.00/€150.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845698089

Paint and surface coatings Theory and practice Second edition Edited by R Lambourne, formerly ICI Paints Division and Industrial Colloid Advisory Group, Bristol University and T A Strivens, formerly ICI Paints Division, UK ‘A comprehensive reference source for all those in the paint industry.’

European Coatings 800 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 85573 348 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 700 6 £200.00/US$340.00/€240.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733480

584 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 966 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 373 8 £165.00/US$280.00/€200.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845699666

The cold spray materials deposition process Fundamentals and applications V K Champagne, US Army Research Laboratory, USA CONTENTS

Part 1 General issues: The development of the cold spray process; Comparing cold spray with thermal spray coating technologies; The advantages and disadvantages of the cold spray coating process; The economics of the cold spray process. Part 2 Cold spray process parameters: Cold spray process parameters: Powders; The influence of nozzle design in the cold spray process; The role of particle temperature and velocity in cold spray coating formation; Particle/ substrate interaction in the cold spray bonding process; Supersonic jet/substrate interaction in the cold spray bonding process; Portable, low pressure cold spray systems for industrial applications; Stationary cold spray systems for industrial applications. Part 3 Applications of cold spray coatings: Mechanical, thermal and electrical properties of cold sprayed coatings; Cold spray particle deposition for improved wear; The use of cold spray coating for corrosion protection; Electromagnetic interference shielding by cold spray particle deposition; Repair of magnesium components by cold spray techniques.

376 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 181 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 378 7 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691813

Innovative pre-treatment techniques to prevent corrosion of metallic surfaces Edited by L Fedrizzi, University of Udine, Italy, H Terryn, Vrije Universiteit Brussels, Belgium and A Simoes, Technical University of Lisbon, Portugal European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Series No. 54 248 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 365 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 368 8 £130.00/US$220.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693657

Surfacing Core research from TWI

166 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 517 0 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735170

Fundamental and applied aspects of chemically modified surfaces Edited by J P Blitz, Eastern Illinois University, and C B Little, Supelco Inc, USA CONTENTS

Material substrates: Polymers, composites and inorganic surfaces; Established and novel surface modification techniques; Characterisation of surface properties; Application of novel modified surfaces.

400 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 85573 822 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 859 1 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855738225

Engineering coatings Design and application Second edition S Grainger and J Blunt 336 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 1998 ISBN: 978 1 85573 369 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 857 7 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733695

Surface engineering casebook Solutions to corrosion and wear-related failures Edited by J S Burnell-Gray and P K Datta, University of Northumbria at Newcastle, UK 352 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1996 ISBN: 978 1 85573 260 5 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 296 0 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855732605

Nickel and chromium plating Third edition J K Dennis and T E Such 464 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1993 ISBN: 978 1 85573 081 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 863 8 £160.00/US$270.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730816

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

101

Fatigue, fracture and failure PREVENTING FATIGUE AND FAILURE Minimization of welding distortion and buckling Modelling and implementation

Fatal accidents

Structural shear joints

How prosperity and safety are linked

Analysis, properties and design for repeated loading

J F Lancaster, Consultant in Materials and Welding, UK

G T Hahn, C A Rubin, Vanderbilt University and K A Iyer, US Army Research Centre, USA

‘…written in a very direct style and authoritative manner with a propensity to take every day assumptions and stand them on their head.’

Edited by P Michaleris, Penn State University, USA

The RoSPA Occupational Safety & Health Journal

Weld distortion and buckling is caused by expansion and contraction of the weld and base metal during the heating and cooling cycle of the welding process. This book reviews ways of understanding and modelling welding residual stress and distortion. It also discusses a range of techniques for minimising bowing, buckling and angular distortion.

CONTENTS

How fatal accidents happen; Fatality and loss rates in transport and industry; Mortality from all causes; Economic growth; Analysing historical data: Characteristics and methods; Some outstanding questions.

144 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 530 9 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 655 9 £120.00/US$205.00/€145.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695309

Fatigue design procedure for welded hollow section joints Recommendations of IIW subcommission XV-E Edited by X-L Zhao and J A Packer 96 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 522 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 312 7 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735224

CONTENTS

Part 1 Understanding welding residual stress and distortion: Introduction to welding residual stress and distortion; Understanding welding stress and distortion using computational welding mechanics; Modelling the effects of phase transformations on welding stress and distortion; Modelling welding stress and distortion in large structures; Using computationally-efficient, reduced-solution methods to understand welding distortion. Part 2 Minimising welding distortion: Minimization of bowing distortion in welded stiffeners using differential heating; Dynamic thermal tensioning for controlling welding induced distortion; Minimizing buckling distortion in welding by weld cooling; Minimizing buckling distortion in welding by hybrid laser arc welding; Minimizing angular distortion in welding by reverseside heating.

316 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 662 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 290 8 £130.00/US$220.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696627

Fatigue in railway infrastructure Edited by A M Robinson, Newcastle University, UK and A Kapoor, Swinburne University of Technology, Australia

Second edition D Radaj, Braunschweig Technical University, C M Sonsino, Darmstadt and Saarland Universities and W Fricke, Hamburg University of Technology, Germany ‘...a standard reference for designers, structural analysts and testing engineers.’

Welding and Cutting CONTENTS

Introduction; Nominal stress approach for welded joints; Structural stress or strain approach for seam-welded joints; Notch stress approach for seam-welded joints; Notch strain approach for seam-welded joints; Crack propagation approach for seam-welded joints; Notch stress intensity approach for seam-welded joints; Local approaches applied to a seam-welded tubular joint; Structural stress or strain approach for spot-welded and similar lap joints; Stress intensity approach for spot-welded and similar lap joints; Notch stress, notch strain and crack propagation approach for spot-welded and similar lap joints; Significance, limitations and potential of local approaches.

660 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85573 948 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 188 2 £185.00/US$315.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739482

Materials World CONTENTS

128 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 85573 740 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 702 0 £120.00/US$205.00/€145.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855737402

102

Fatigue assessment of welded joints by local approaches

Engineering catastrophes Causes and effects of major accidents Third edition J F Lancaster, Consultant in Materials and Welding, UK CONTENTS

Analysing casualty records; Accident and all-cause mortality: Economic growth; Supercatastrophes; The technical background; How technological change affects safety; Natural catastrophes; Appendix: Mathematical models and statistical methods for accident data.

288 pages 234 x 173mm (7 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 84569 016 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 081 6 £130.00/US$220.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845690168

Fatigue design of welded joints and components Recommendations of IIW Joint Working Group XIII - XV Edited by A Hobbacher CONTENTS

General; Fatigue actions (loading); Fatigue resistance; Fatigue assessment; Safety considerations; Appendices; References.

128 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1996 ISBN: 978 1 85573 315 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 318 9 £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733152

Crack arrest concepts for failure prevention and life extension 328 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1996 ISBN: 978 1 85573 264 3 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855732643

Fatigue strength of welded structures Second edition S J Maddox, TWI Ltd, UK 208 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1991 ISBN: 978 1 85573 013 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 879 9 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730137

Design and analysis of fatigue resistant welded structures D Radaj 378 pages 247 x 174mm (7 x 10) hardback 1990 ISBN: 978 1 85573 004 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 875 1 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730045

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Fatigue, fracture and failure UNDERSTANDING FATIGUE AND FAILURE NEW IIW recommendations for the fatigue assessment of welded structures by notch stress analysis IIW-2006-09 W Fricke, Hamburg University of Technology, Germany The notch stress approach for fatigue assessment of welded joints is based on the highest elastic stress at the weld toe or root. In order to avoid arbitrary or infinite stress results, a rounded shape with a reference radius instead of the actual sharp toe or root is usually assumed. The present guideline reviews different proposals for reference radii together with associated S-N curves. Detailed recommendations are given for the numerical analysis of notch stress by the finite or boundary element method. Several aspects are discussed, such as the structural weakening by keyhole-shaped notches and the consideration of multiaxial stress states. Appropriate S-N curves are presented for the assessment of the fatigue strength of different materials. Finally, four examples illustrate the application of the approach as well as the variety of structures which can be analysed and the range of results which can be obtained from different models. CONTENTS

Background to the approach; Numerical analysis of notch stresses; Fatigue strength; Demonstration examples.

Published in Association with the International Institute of Welding (IIW) 48 pages 279 x 216mm (8 x 11) paperback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 855 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 856 6 Approx. £115.00/US$195.00/€140.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857098559

Multiaxial notch fatigue L Susmel, University of Ferrara, Italy The book provides all the engineering information required for calculating the stress/strain quantities commonly used in multiaxial fatigue problems in metals and composites. CONTENTS

Useful stress quantities used in fatigue problems; Fundamentals of fatigue assessment; The modified Wöhler curve method in fatigue assessment; Fatigue assessment of notched components according to the modified Wöhler curve method; Multiaxial fatigue assessment of welded structures; The modified Wöhler curve method and metallic materials cracking behaviour under fatigue loading; The modified Manson-Coffin curve method in fatigue assessment; Multiaxial fatigue of composite materials.

588 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 582 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 583 5 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695828

NEW Gaseous hydrogen embrittlement of materials in energy technologies

Volume 1: The problem, its characterisation and effects on particular alloy classes

Volume 2: Mechanisms, modelling and future developments

864 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 1 84569 677 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 389 9 £195.00/US$330.00/€235.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696771

520 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2012 ISBN: 978 0 85709 536 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 537 4 £160.00/US$270.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095367

Failure mechanisms of advanced welding processes Edited by X Sun, Pacific Northwest National Laboratory, USA ‘Both thorough and concise, this book will be a great help to researchers and engineers who specialise in the processing of metallic materials or in microelectronics.’

SOUDAGE CONTENTS

Mechanics modeling of spot welds under general loading conditions and applications to fatigue life predictions; Resistance spot weld failure mode and weld performance for aluminium alloys; Resistance spot weld performance and weld failure modes for dual phase and TRIP steels; Fatigue behavior of spot welded joints in steel sheets; Non-destructive evaluation of spot weld quality; Solid state joining - fundamentals of friction stir welding; Failure mechanisms in friction stir welds; Microstructure characteristics and mechanical properties of the magnesium and aluminium alloy laser weld bonded joint; Fatigue in laser welds; Weld metal ductility and its influence on formability of tailor welded blanks; Joining of lightweight materials using reactive nanofoils.

336 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 536 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 976 5 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695361

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

103

Fatigue, fracture and failure NEW Fundamentals of evaluation and diagnostics of welded structures

Fracture and fatigue of welded joints and structures

A Nedoseka, E.O. Paton Electric Welding Institute (PEWI) of the National Academy of Sciences, Ukraine.

Edited by K Macdonald, UiS, Norway

Chapter one discusses design issues, key equations and calculations, and the effects of varied heat sources in relation to the temperature field in welding. Chapter two goes on to explore welding stresses and strains. Fracture mechanics and the loadcarrying capacity of welded structures are the focus of chapter three. Chapter four considers diagnostics and prediction of the residual life of welded structures, whilst acoustic emission techniques for the analysis of welded structures are reviewed in Chapter five. Finally, chapter six supplies supplementary information on numerical techniques and other tests for welded structures. CONTENTS

Stress corrosion cracking Theory and practice Edited by V S Raja, Indian Institute of Technology, India and T Shoji, Tohoku University, Japan CONTENTS

816 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 673 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 376 9 £190.00/US$325.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696733

104

Weld cracking in ferrous alloys Edited by R Singh, Monash University, Australia ‘…a valuable source of reference for all those concerned with improving the quality of welding and welded components.’

Welding and Cutting CONTENTS

‘This book is a timely addition to the body of literature on the subject and will be of undoubted value to both researchers and practitioners as a reference of current thinking.’

Materials World CONTENTS

Part 1 Analysing fracture of welded joints and structures: Constraint-based fracture mechanics in predicting the failure of welded joints; Constraint fracture mechanics: Test methods; Fracture assessment methods for welded structures. Part 2 Analysing fatigue of welded joints and structures: Fatigue strength assessment of local stresses in welded joints; Improving weld class systems in assessing the fatigue life of different welded joint designs; Fatigue design rules for welded structures; Fatigue assessment methods for variable amplitude loading of welded structures; Reliability aspects in fatigue design of welded structure using selected local approaches: The example of k-nodes for offshore costructions; Assessing residual stresses in predicting the service life of welded structures; Fatigue strength improvement methods.

360 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 513 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 250 2 £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695132

Fatigue analysis of welded components

Part 1 Welding technology and design to prevent weld cracking: Selection of weld-crack resistant stainless steels; Robust welding technologies for ferrous alloys; Design against cracking in ferrous weldments; A discussion of the current procedures for design of welds against fatigue. Part 2 Weld crack behaviour, evaluation and repair: Mechanical behaviour of stainless steel, ferritic steels welds and weld joints; Fracture toughness in the design and operation of ferrous weldments; Testing and evaluation of weld cracking in ferrous alloys; Lessons learnt from failures in ferrous weldments; Cracking in high-performance superduplex stainless steel welds; Weld metal cracking in cellulosic girth welds of pipelines; Repair of weld cracks; Measurement of residual stresses in weld repairs in steels. Part 3 Environment-assisted weld cracking: Corrosion issues in ferrous weldments; Advances in techniques for determination of susceptibility of welds to stress corrosion cracking (KISCC); Less explored types of environmentassisted cracking of welds: Industrial issues and research opportunities.

576 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 300 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 545 3 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693008

Processes and mechanisms of welding residual stress and distortion Edited by Z Feng, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, USA

Designer’s guide to the structural hot-spot stress approach

‘…authored by leading experts in the field.’

E Niemi, Lappeenranta University of Technology, Finland, W Fricke, Hamburg University of Technology, Germany and S J Maddox, TWI, UK

364 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 771 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 093 9 £160.00/US$270.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855737716

Welding and Cutting

CONTENTS

Introduction; The structural hot-spot approach to fatigue analysis; Experimental determination of the structural hot-spot stress; Structural stress determination using finite element analysis; Parametric formulae; Structural hot-spot S-N curves; Case study 1: Box beam of a railway wagon; Case study 2: Hatch corner design for container ships; References.

56 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84569 124 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 666 5 £110.00/US$185.00/€130.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691240

Cumulative damage of welded joints T R Gurney, formerly TWI, UK

Fatigue Core research from TWI

210 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 520 0 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735200

Fracture Core research from TWI

208 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 521 7 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735217

CONTENTS

The constant amplitude database; Residual stresses; Variable amplitude loading and testing; Tests under two and three level loading; The influence of spectrum shape and block length; The influence of narrow and wide band loading; The influence of cycles of small stress range; Design for variable amplitude loading; More on the fracture mechanics approach – the effect of stress interaction.

Predictive formulae for weld distortion

464 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85573 938 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 103 5 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739383

102 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 85573 444 9 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734449

A critical review G Verhaeghe, TWI Ltd, UK

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Welding technologies Local strain and temperature measurement Edited by J Ziebs 342 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 85573 424 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 314 1 £175.00/US$300.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734241

WELDING TECHNOLOGIES NEW Handbook of laser welding technologies Edited by S Katayama, Osaka University, Japan

Fatigue of thin walled joints under complex loading T R Gurney 222 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1997 ISBN: 978 1 85573 338 1 £175.00/US$300.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733381

The ‘local approach’ to cleavage fracture Concepts and applications C S Wiesner 70 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1995 ISBN: 978 1 85573 261 2 £130.00/US$220.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855732612

Stress determination for fatigue analysis of welded components Edited by E Niemi, Lappeenranta University of Technology, Finland 80 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1995 ISBN: 978 1 85573 213 1 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 320 2 £130.00/US$220.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855732131

Shallow crack fracture mechanics toughness tests and applications First International Conference

304 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1992 ISBN: 978 1 85573 122 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 322 6 £55.00/US$95.00/€65.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855731226

The fatigue strength of transverse fillet welded joints A study of the influence of joint geometry T R Gurney 112 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1991 ISBN: 978 1 85573 066 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 325 7 £115.00/US$195.00/€140.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730663

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 41

This book reviews the current state-of-theart in laser welding technologies and their various applications. Laser welding is a rapidly developing technology, which has found increasing applications in manufacturing due to its versatility. It allows the precision welding of small areas, and is particularly suitable for operation under computer or robotic control. The book covers five main aspects of laser welding technologies. Part one is concerned with developments in established laser welding technologies. Part two covers a range of emerging laser welding technologies. The industrial and materials applications of laser welding are discussed in parts three and four, respectively. Finally, part five addresses performance and quality control in laser welding. CONTENTS

Part 1 Developments in established laser welding technologies: Developments in CO2 laser welding; Developments in Nd: YAG laser welding; Developments in diode laser welding and brazing; Developments in disc laser welding; Developments in modelling and simulation of laser and hybrid laser welding. Part 2 Developments in emerging laser welding technologies: Developments in pulsed and continuous wave laser welding technologies; Developments in laser micro welding technology; Developments in beam scanning (remote) and smart beam processing technologies; Developments in multiple (twin-beam) laser welding technology; Developments in multi-pass laser welding technology with filler wire; Developments in hybrid laser-arc welding technology; Developments in hybridisation and combined laser beam welding technologies; Applications of robotics in laser welding. Part 3 Industrial applications: Applications of laser welding in the automotive industry; Applications of laser welding in the shipbuilding industry; Applications of laser welding in the railway industry. Part 4 Materials applications: Laser fusion welding of glass; Laser welding and brazing of various steels; Laser welding of light metal alloys; Laser welding of non-metals. Part 5 Performance and quality control: Residual stress and distortion in laser welding; Defect formation mechanisms and their prevention in laser welding; In-process monitoring, adaptive control and repair to improve in laser weld quality.

750 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 264 9 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 877 1 Approx. £180.00/US$305.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857092649

NEW Self-piercing riveting Properties, processes and applications Edited by A Chrysanthou, University of Hertfordshire, UK and X Sun, Pacific Northwest National Laboratory, USA Self-piercing riveting is a high-speed mechanical fastening technique for the joining of sheet material components. The process is being taken up by many industries due to its speed, low energy requirements and the fact that it does not require a pre-drilled hole. The book covers topics such as the selfpiercing riveting process, self-piercing riveting equipment, dynamic strength evaluation of self-piercing riveted joints, modelling of strength of self-piercing riveted joints, corrosion behaviour of self-piercing riveted joints, quality control and non-destructive testing. CONTENTS

Part 1 Properties: Mechanical strength; Fatigue behaviour; Corrosion behaviour; Dynamic strength evaluation/ crashworthiness; Modelling strength. Part 2 Processing and applications: Suitability of materials for self-piercing riveting; The self-piercing riveting process; Quality control and non-destructive testing; Optimising strength; Selfpiercing riveting in the automotive industry.

208 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q2 2013 ISBN: 978 1 84569 535 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 884 9 Approx. £120.00/US$205.00/€145.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695354

NEW Advances in brazing Science, technology and applications Edited by D P Sekulic, University of Kentucky, USA Brazing is a fast growing joining technology. Advances in brazing reviews current research in the area summarized by some of the world’s leading experts in the subject. Part one explains the fundamentals of brazing. Part two then moves on to discuss the materials that use brazing techniques. The book concludes with part three which covers the main applications, including solid-state electrochemical devices, electrical, packaging and structural applications. CONTENTS

Part 1 Fundamentals: Wetting in brazing; Reliability of brazed joints; Modelling of brazing processes. Part 2 Materials: Brazing of alloys; Brazing of cutting materials; High temperature brazing; Brazing of diamonds; Brazing of oxides; Brazing of nickel; Aluminium and steel brazing; Controlled atmosphere brazing of aluminium; Metal brazing of ceramic composites; Coating by brazing; Brazing of ceramic metal joints. Part 3 Applications: Design and materials; Brazing for electrical, packaging and structural applications; Glass as brazing materials for high temperature applications; Nickel-based filler metals for pipes and other components in contact with drinking water; Fluxless brazing of aluminium.

640 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q1 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 423 0 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 650 0 Approx. £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094230

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

105

Welding technologies NEW Advances in friction-stir welding and processing

Welding processes handbook

M-K Besharati-Givi and P Asadi, University of Tehran, Iran

Written by a leading expert in the field, the first edition established itself as a standard introduction to the range of available welding technologies. Significantly expanded and substantially rewritten, the new edition consolidates the book’s reputation as a practical and authoritative guide. Chapters on individual techniques cover principles, equipment, consumables and key quality issues. There is new material on such topics as the basics of electricity in welding, arc physics, welding residual stress and distortion, and the weldability of particular metals.

Advances in friction-stir welding and processing deals with the processes involved in different metals and polymers, including their microstructural and mechanical properties, wear and corrosion behaviour, heat flow, and simulation. The book is structured into ten chapters, covering applications of the technology; tool and welding design; material and heat flow; microstructural evolution; mechanical properties; corrosion behaviour and wear properties. Later chapters cover mechanical alloying and FSP as a welding and casting repair technique; optimization and simulation of artificial neural networks; and FSW and FSP of polymers.

Second edition K Weman, ESAB, Sweden

CONTENTS

Applications; Material and heat flow; Microstructural evolution; Mechanical properties; Corrosion behaviour, wear properties; Mechanical alloying by FSP, FSP as a welding and casting repair technique, welding forces; Artificial neural network, optimization and simulation; FSW and FSP of polymers.

Introduction to welding; Gas welding; Basics of electricity in welding; Arc welding: An overview; Power sources for arc welding; TIG welding; Plasma welding; MIG/MAG welding; Manual metal arc (MMA) welding with coated electrodes; Submerged arc welding; Pressure welding methods; Other methods of welding; Cutting method; Surface cladding and hardfacing methods; Mechanisation and robot welding; Soldering and brazing; The welding environment and welding safety; Welding residual stress and distortion; The weldability of steel; Welding of aluminium; Design of welded components; Quality assurance and quality management; Welding costs.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback Q3 2013 ISBN: 978 0 85709 454 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 455 1 Approx. £115.00/US$195.00/€140.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857094544

280 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) paperback 2011 ISBN: 978 0 85709 510 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 518 3 £69.00/US$115.00/€85.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9780857095107

CONTENTS

Welding and joining of magnesium alloys Edited by L Liu, Dalian University of Technology, China CONTENTS

422 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 692 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 042 3 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696924

Friction stir welding From basics to applications Edited by D Lohwasser, AIRBUS, Germany and Z Chen, Aukland University of Technology, New Zealand CONTENTS

Welding and joining of aerospace materials

Advances in laser materials processing

Edited by M C Chaturvedi, University of Manitoba, Canada

Technology, research and application

This important book provides in-depth information on different techniques for joining metallic and non-metallic aerospace materials and their applications. Part one reviews different types of welding such as inertia friction, laser and hybrid laser-arc welding and issues relating to their use. The second part of the book focuses on other joining techniques such as riveting, bonding and brazing and methods of assessing their quality and effectiveness. Finally, an important appendix to this book covers linear friction welding in the aerospace industry. CONTENTS

448 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2011 ISBN: 978 1 84569 532 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 516 9 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845695323

106

Edited by J Lawrence, Loughborough University, UK, J Pou, University of Vigo, Spain, D K Y Low, Rolls-Royce Singapore Pte. Ltd., Singapore and E Toyserkani, University of Waterloo, USA This comprehensively relays the state-of-theart in laser materials processing technology and applications. Starting with laser cutting and machining, the book discusses laser welding, annealing and hardening. It then considers surface treatment, coating and materials deposition as well as other engineering techniques such as peening and net-shape engineering, before discussing laser micro and nano-fabrication techniques. The book concludes by examining modelling and process control. CONTENTS

Part 1 Overview and challenges for the future: ‘Light’ industry. Part 2 Laser cutting and machining. Part 3 Laser welding. Part 4 Laser annealing and hardening. Part 5 Surface treatment, coating and materials deposition using lasers. Part 6 Laser rapid manufacturing and net-shape engineering. Part 7 Laser micro- and nano-fabrication. Part 8 Mathematical modelling and control of laser processes.

848 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 474 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 981 9 £190.00/US$325.00/€230.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694746

Introduction. Part 1 General issues: The friction stir welding process: An overview; Material deformation and joint formation in friction stir welding; Friction stir welding equipment; Industrial applications of friction stir welding; The future of friction stir welding; Inspection and quality control in friction stir welding. Part 2 Variables in friction stir welding: Residual stresses in friction stir welding; Effects and defects of friction stir welds; Modeling thermal properties in friction stir welding; Metallurgy and weld performance in friction stir welding.

436 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 450 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 771 6 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845694500

Hybrid laser-arc welding Edited by F O Olsen, Technical University of Denmark, Denmark ‘…a valuable source of reference for all those using this important welding technology.’

Welding and Cutting CONTENTS

Part 1 Characteristics of hybrid laser-arc welding: Advantages and disadvantages of arc and laser welding; Fundamentals of hybrid laser-arc welding; Heat sources of hybrid laser-arc welding processes; Effect of shielding gas on hybrid laser-arc welding; Properties of joints produced by hybrid laser-arc welding; Quality control and assessing weld quality in hybrid laser-arc welding. Part 2 Applications of hybrid laser-arc welding: Hybrid welding of magnesium alloys; Shipbuilding applications of hybrid laser-arc welding; Industrial robotic application of laser-GMAW and laser-Tandem hybrid welding; Hybrid laser-arc welding of aluminium; Hybrid laser-arc welding of dissimilar metals. Part 3 Hybrid laser-arc welding of steel: Hybrid laser-arc welding of steel.

336 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 370 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 652 8 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845693701

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Welding technologies Microjoining and nanojoining Edited by Y N Zhou, University of Waterloo, Canada 832 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 179 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 404 3 £200.00/US$340.00/€240.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691790

Computational welding mechanics L-E Lindgren, Luleå University of Technology, Sweden ‘Some of the numerical methods described in the book are illustrated using software available from the author which allows readers to explore CWM in more depth.’

Welding and Cutting 248 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2007 ISBN: 978 1 84569 221 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 355 8 £130.00/US$220.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692216

Advanced welding processes J Norrish, University of Wollongong, Australia 304 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 84569 130 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 170 7 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845691301

MIG welding guide Edited by K Weman, WEMAB AB and G Lindén, Air Liquide, Sweden 320 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2006 ISBN: 978 1 85573 947 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 147 9 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739475

New developments in advanced welding

The welding of aluminium and its alloys

Laser welding

G Mathers, TWI Ltd. UK

C T Dawes

‘…provides a very clear background text’

Work Boat World 248 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2002 ISBN: 978 1 85573 567 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 763 1 £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735675

Welding and cutting A guide to fusion welding and associated cutting processes

240 pages 297 x 210mm(8 x 12) paperback 1992 ISBN: 978 1 85573 063 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 324 0 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730632

240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2001 ISBN: 978 1 85573 578 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 894 2 £130.00/US$220.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735781

A practical guide to TIG (GTA) welding

Aluminium welding

144 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1991 ISBN: 978 1 85573 020 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 872 0 £115.00/US$195.00/€140.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730205

N R Mandal, Indian Institute of Technology, India 160 pages 250 x 160mm (6 1/2 x 10) hardback 2001 ISBN: 978 1 85573 597 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 873 7 £115.00/US$195.00/€140.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735972

Laser welding Core research from TWI

108 pages 297 x 210mm(8 x 12) paperback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 518 7 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735187

Exploiting advances in arc welding technology

308 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 970 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 089 2 £160.00/US$270.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855739703

Tubular wire welding

624 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2003 ISBN: 978 1 85573 687 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 855 3 £185.00/US$315.00/€220.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855736870

Self-shielded arc welding

P T Houldcroft and R John

Edited by N Ahmed, CSIRO, Australia

P Jiluan, Nanchang University, China

272 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1992 ISBN: 978 1 85573 034 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 884 3 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730342

T Boniszewski

238 pages 297 x 210mm(8 x 12) paperback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 85573 416 6 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 315 8 £175.00/US$300.00/€210.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734166

Arc welding control

A practical guide

P W Muncaster

TIG and plasma welding Process techniques, recommended practices and applications W Lucas 112 pages 210 x 148mm (6 x 8) paperback 1990 ISBN: 978 1 85573 005 2 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 326 4 £85.00/US$145.00/€100.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730052

Pulsed arc welding An introduction J A Street An Abington Publishing Special Report 64 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1990 ISBN: 978 1 85573 027 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 327 1 £105.00/US$180.00/€125.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730274

D Widgery

Which process?

160 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1994 ISBN: 978 1 85573 088 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 892 8 £105.00/US$180.00/€125.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730885

P T Houldcroft

Electron beam welding

A guide to the selection of welding and related processes 96 pages 246 x 189mm (7 1/2 x 10) hardback 1990 ISBN: 978 1 85573 008 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 895 9 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730083

H Schultz

Welding residual stresses and distortion Calculation and measurement D Radaj 416 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2003 ISBN: 978 3 87155 791 0 £125.00/US$210.00/€150.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783871557910 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

240 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1994 ISBN: 978 1 85573 050 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 878 2 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730502

Submerged-arc welding Edited by P T Houldcroft 112 pages 210 x 148mm (6 x 8) paperback 1990 ISBN: 978 1 85573 002 1 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730021

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

107

Welding practice (including health and safety) WELDING PRACTICE (INCLUDING HEALTH AND SAFETY) Welding and joining of magnesium alloys Edited by L Liu, Dalian University of Technology, China CONTENTS

422 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2010 ISBN: 978 1 84569 692 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 042 3 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696924

Health and safety in welding and allied processes Fifth edition

The welding workplace

Computer technology in welding

Technology change and work management for a global welding industry

Eighth international conference

R Boekholt, ICWET, Sweden 224 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 445 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 885 0 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734456

The automotive industry Core research from TWI

158 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 515 6 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735156

Welding of plastics Core research from TWI

160 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 519 4 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735194

Handbook of mould, tool and die repair welding

Part 1 Risks and their control: Setting up the workplace; First aid and accident reporting; Fire; Compressed and liquefied gases; Fume, dust, vapour and gases; Control of exposure to fume, dust, vapour, gases; Radiation; Noise and vibration; Mechanical hazards. Part 2 Processes: Gas welding, cutting and preheating; Arc welding and cutting; Plasma arc processes; Electroslag welding; Resistance welding; Thermit welding; Electron beam welding; Friction welding; Laser welding and cutting; Brazing and braze welding; Soft soldering; Thermal spraying; Welding and flame spraying plastics; Inspection and testing; Welding in more hazardous environments. Part 3 Legislation and appendices.

272 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2002 ISBN: 978 1 85573 538 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 748 8 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735385

Welding processes and thermal cutting R Killing CONTENTS

Classification of welding processes; Gas welding; Fundamentals of arc welding; Metal-arc welding (Process no. 101); Gas-shielded welding with non-consumable electrode (Process no. 14); Gas-shielded metal-arc welding (Process no. 13); Covered-arc welding; Beam welding; Resistance pressure welding; Special processes; Thermal cutting; Literature.

200 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2001 ISBN: 978 3 87155 790 3 £95.00/US$160.00/€115.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9783871557903 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

108

Heat treatment of welded steel structures D Croft 128 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1996 ISBN: 978 1 85573 016 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 881 2 £130.00/US$220.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730168

Welding mechanisation and automation in shipbuilding worldwide Production methods and trends based on yard capacity R Boekholt, ICWET, Sweden 352 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1996 ISBN: 978 1 85573 219 3 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 319 6 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855732193

S Thompson 224 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 85573 429 6 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 832 4 £155.00/US$265.00/€185.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734296

J Blunt and N C Balchin CONTENTS

332 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1998 ISBN: 978 1 85573 415 9 £210.00/US$355.00/€250.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734159

Thermal welding of polymers

Weldability of ferritic steels N Bailey 304 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1994 ISBN: 978 1 85573 092 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 893 5 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730922

R J Wise 104 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 85573 495 1 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734951

Project management: getting it right Planning and cost manager’s guide A Reid, Tripatra Engineers, Indonesia 176 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 85573 420 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 890 4 £30.00/US$50.00/€35.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734203

Handbook of structural welding Processes, materials and methods used in the welding of major structures, pipelines and process plant J F Lancaster, Consultant in Materials and Welding, UK

Welding steels without hydrogen cracking Second edition N Bailey, F R Coe, T G Gooch, P H M Hart, N Jenkins and R J Pargeter 160 pages 246 x 189mm (7 1/2 x 10) hardback 1993 ISBN: 978 1 85573 014 4 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 309 7 £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730144

Process pipe and tube welding A guide to welding process options, techniques, equipment, NDT and codes of practice Edited by W Lucas 160 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1991 ISBN: 978 1 85573 012 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 888 1 £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730120

448 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 1997 ISBN: 978 1 85573 343 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 032 8 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733435 hardback ISBN: 978 1 85573 029 8 £55.00/US$95.00/€65.00

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Weld design / Inspection and testing WELD DESIGN

INSPECTION AND TESTING

Microscopy techniques for materials science

Welding symbols on drawings

A quick guide to welding and weld inspection

A Clarke and C Eberhardt, University of Leeds, UK

E N Gregory and A A Armstrong, formerly BSI, UK 72 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 2005 ISBN: 978 1 85573 589 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 041 0 £80.00/US$135.00/€95.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735897

Edited by S E Hughes

Theory and practice

A concise and accessible guide to the knowledge required to fulfil the role of a welding inspector. In covering both European and US-based codes, the book gives those wishing to gain certification in welding inspection a basic all-round understanding of the main subject matter.

J Hicks

CONTENTS

Welded design 160 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 537 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 762 4 £90.00/US$155.00/€110.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735378

Joints in aluminium – INALCO ’98 Seventh international conference Edited by M H Ogle, P L Threadgill and S J Maddox, TWI Ltd, UK 516 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 85573 417 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 883 6 £215.00/US$365.00/€260.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734173

Welded joint design

Published in association with Matthews Engineering Training Ltd

An analysis of welding process monitoring and control. Part 1 Monitoring technologies: Arc sensors in weld monitoring; Optical sensors in welding; Infrared sensors in welding; Ultrasonic sensors in welding. Part 2 Monitoring of welding processes; Weld seam monitoring; Weld profile monitoring; Weld penetration monitoring; Weld pool surface monitoring; Monitoring resistance welding; Monitoring laser welding.

312 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2008 ISBN: 978 1 84569 268 1 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 440 1 £135.00/US$230.00/€160.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845692681

D J Walker, B K J Dagger and R Roy

Total quality management for engineers M Zairi 192 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1991 ISBN: 978 1 85573 024 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 891 1 £70.00/US$120.00/€85.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730243

260 pages 250 x 160mm (6 1/2 x 10) hardback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 84265 005 9 £50.00/US$85.00/€60.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781842650059 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

(2 volume set) 1000 pages 244 x 172mm (6 1/2 x 9 1/2) hardback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 85573 430 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 886 7 £160.00/US$270.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855734302

CONTENTS

176 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1991 ISBN: 978 1 85573 025 0 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 874 4 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730250

B Raj, C V Subramanian and T Jayakumar, Indira Gandhi Centre for Atomic Research, India

Real-time weld process monitoring

J Hicks

A practical workbook

Non-destructive testing of welds

NDE in relation to structural integrity for nuclear and pressurised components

Edited by Y M Zhang, University of Kentucky, USA

Creative techniques in product and engineering design

456 pages 420 illus. 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2002 ISBN: 978 1 85573 587 3 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 750 1 £180.00/US$305.00/€215.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735873

160 pages 170 x 112 mm (4 x 6 1/2) paperback 2009 ISBN: 978 1 84569 641 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 767 9 £40.00/US$70.00/€50.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781845696412 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Third edition 160 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) paperback 1999 ISBN: 978 1 85573 386 2 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 898 0 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733862

Woodhead Publishing Series in Electronic and Optical Materials No. 7

Energy absorption of structures and materials G Lu, Swinburne University of Technology, Australia and T X Yu, Hong Kong University of Science and Technology, Hong Kong ‘…a good introduction and overview.’

Proceedings of the first international conference

Introduction to the nondestructive testing of welded joints Second edition R Halmshaw 128 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1997 ISBN: 978 1 85573 314 5 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 882 9 £130.00/US$220.00/€155.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855733145

Handbook of crack opening data T G F Gray, University of Strathclyde, UK 96 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 1992 ISBN: 978 1 85573 097 7 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 323 3 £145.00/US$245.00/€175.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730977

IMECHE Proceedings Part D 424 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 2003 ISBN: 978 1 85573 688 7 E-ISBN: 978 1 85573 858 4 £170.00/US$290.00/€205.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855736887

NDE handbook Non-destructive examination methods for condition monitoring Edited by K Bøving

A guide to designing welds J Hicks 64 pages 210 x 148mm (6 x 8) paperback 1990 ISBN: 978 1 85573 003 8 E-ISBN: 978 1 84569 871 3 £60.00/US$100.00/€70.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855730038

Power generation Core research from TWI

124 pages 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) paperback 2000 ISBN: 978 1 85573 516 3 £150.00/US$255.00/€180.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735163

432 pages 234 x 156mm (6 x 9) hardback 1989 ISBN: 978 1 85573 566 8 E-ISBN: 978 0 85709 328 8 £160.00/US$270.00/€190.00 www.woodheadpublishing.com/9781855735668

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

109

Training and inspection aids - DVD / Reference radiograph DVD

DVD 4: Metal casting

REFERENCE RADIOGRAPH

Manufacturing process DVDs

28 min 1996 WCD543 £135.00+VAT/US$230.00/€160.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD543

Die casting

This series of thirteen training DVDs have been produced in conjunction with Monash University, Australia, government agencies and industrial manufacturers. Each one focuses on a particular core industrial process and provides an invaluable aid to any organisation with training responsibilities in a wide range of industrial processes including: metal machining, casting, composite materials production, plastics forming, welding and non-destructive testing. They are ideal for university engineering courses and technical colleges, trade and technician courses and on the job training in industry.

DVD 5: Composite materials: Part A 28 min 1998 WCD544 £135.00+VAT/US$230.00/€160.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD544

DVD 6: Composite materials: Part B 28 min 1998 WCD545 £135.00+VAT/US$230.00/€160.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD545

Each video DVD is presented as two discs. Disc 1: DVD format. Compatible with most DVD players and PC/MAC systems. Disc 2: Containing additional features - an Mpeg video presentation, a full transcript of the video in pdf format, and charts and graphs in Powerpoint (Powerpoint viewer included). An excellent format for training purposes. Special Price for full set of 13 VCD-ROM £1450.00+VAT/US$2465.00/€1740.00+VAT *Not available for distribution in the USA. DVD For each DVD £135.00+VAT/US$230.00/€160.00+VAT *Not available for distribution in the USA. Special Price for full set of 13 DVD £1450.00+VAT/US$2465.00/€1740.00+VAT *Not available for distribution in the USA. Video Only available in Pal format For each video £85.00+VAT/US$145.00/€100.00+VAT *Not available for distribution in the USA. Special price for full set of 12 videos £750.00+VAT/US$1275.00/€900.00+VAT *Not available for distribution in the USA.

DVD 1: Machining Removing material

31 Min 1994 WCD540 £135.00+VAT/US$230.00/€160.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD540

DVD 2: Machining Cutting material

28 min 1996 WCD541 £135.00+VAT/US$230.00/€160.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD541

DVD 3: Metal casting Sand moulds

28 min 1996 WCD542 £135.00+VAT/US$230.00/€160.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD542

110

DVD 7: Forming of plastics: Part A 29 min 1999 WCD546 £135.00+VAT/US$230.00/€160.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD546

DVD 8: Forming of plastics: Part B 29 min 1999 WCD547 £135.00+VAT/US$230.00/€160.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD547

DVD 9: Welding: Metallic materials: Part A 29 min 2001 WCD548 £135.00+VAT/US$230.00/€160.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD548

DVD 10: Welding: Metallic materials: Part B 29 min 2001 WCD549 £135.00+VAT/US$230.00/€160.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD549

Reference radiographs for assessment of weld imperfections according to ISO 5817 Interpretation of arc-welded butt joints in steel Second Edition The International Standard ISO 5817: 2003 ‘Welding; Fusion-welded joints in steel, nickel, titanium and their alloys (beam welding excluded); Quality levels for imperfections’ lists the quality requirements for production of arc welded steel joints. This international standard is a fundamental technical standard and specifies the basic standardized requirements for the evaluation of welded joints in the various fields of application of welding, such as pressure vessels, metal construction, piping, rolling stock etc. Furthermore, this standard shall be used as the basis for the evaluation of testpieces for the approval testing of welders and welding procedure qualification tests according to ISO-Standard. The reference catalogue is useful for persons with low experience of transposing individual cases to the limits specified in the standard. Using the reference cards, they will learn to interpret correctly various imperfections and their specific representation and to classify them by size to quality levels of the standard. The catalogue may also be used by manufacturers, operators and test bodies as a tool for aid and decision about the evaluation of individual items. 60 reference cards 297 x 210mm (8 x 12) ring binder 2005 ISBN: WIN001 £1950.00+VAT/US$3315.00/€2340.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WIN001 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

DVD 11: Non destructive testing 29 min 2001 WCD550 £135.00+VAT/US$230.00/€160.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD550

DVD 12: Timber: Production and processing: Part A 29 min 2004 WCD551 £135.00+VAT/US$230.00/€160.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD551

DVD 13: Timber: Production and processing: Part B 30 min 2004 WCD552 £135.00+VAT/US$230.00/€160.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WCD552

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Training and inspection aids - Weld gauges / Flaw location slide WELD GAUGES Woodhead Welding Gauge Practical, professional and portable the Woodhead Welding Gauge is an essential tool for the inspection of welded fabrication. Welding engineers, inspectors and testers will enjoy the benefits of reduced material wastage and risk of product failure as well as obtaining a correct weld profile. Stainless steel and calibrated in both metric and imperial units, the new gauge is available from Woodhead Publishing Limited. www.woodheadgauge.co.uk The multi-purpose gauge accurately measures six important criteria: -

Excess weld metal Angle of preparation Fillet weld throat Fillet weld leg length Undercut Misalignment

The scale of 0° to 60°in 5° intervals enables fast and accurate measurement for daily use. A newly added feature allows the opportunity to personalise the gauge with a company name or logo. Protective case and instruction leaflet provided with every purchase. Manufactured in the UK Scales graduated in imperial and metric units. Supplied in a protective case. Instruction leaflet. ISBN: WIN003 £70.00+VAT/US$120.00/€85.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WIN003 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Adjustable fillet gauge Measures fillet welds from 3-25 mm (1/8-1”) with ±0.8 mm (1/32”) accuracy. It uses an offset arm which slides at a 45° angle to make fillet weld length measurements. This gauge also measures weld throat thickness’ to 1.5 mm (1/16”). ISBN: WIN015 £140.00+VAT/US$240.00/€170.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WIN015 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

AWS Gauge

WTPS Gauge

The Automatic Weld Size (AWS) gauge measures the permissible tolerance of convexity and concavity which have automatically been predetermined on the instrument. It also measures fillet welds and checks the permissible tolerance of reinforcements.

The WTPS welding gauge measures undercuts 0.25mm (0.01”) deep. The gauge comes with a precision ground calibration block. Each block has been surface ground to 0.0005” tolerance for exceptional accuracy.

ISBN: WIN013 £57.50+VAT/US$100.00/€70.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WIN013 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Fillet weld gauge Measures weld sizes of 1/8 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1” and their metric equivalents to determine weld sizes. ISBN: WIN010 £47.50+VAT/US$80.00/€55.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WIN010 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

HI-LO Welding gauge The HI-LO Weldng Gauge measures: Fit-up gap; Internal misalignment; Weld crown height; Scribe line, socket welds; Fillet weld size; Pipe wall thickness; Angle of bevel on end preperation to an accuracy of 0.8 mm (1/32”). ISBN: WIN011 £195.00+VAT/US$330.00/€235.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WIN011 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Single purpose HI-LO gauge

ISBN: WIN016 £120.00+VAT/US$205.00/€145.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WIN016 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

FLAW LOCATION SLIDE Ultrasonic flaw location slide Mark II This Mark II version of the Flaw Location Slide provides a low cost aid for plotting flaw location and size during ultrasonic testing of welded joints. Readings for flaw range and associated probe stand-off distance made during testing are rapidly transferred to the slide which then provides an accurate plot of flaw location and size within the weld cross section. The speed and accuracy of this inspection aid, coupled with its economical price, make the Mark II slide an essential part of the working kit of every ultrasonics tester. Flaw location slide complete with beam plotting card. Protective plastic wallet. ISBN: WIN506 £55.00+VAT/US$95.00/€65.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WIN506 *Not available for distribution in the USA. Additional beam plotting cards can be supplied at £30.00+VAT/US$50.00/€35.00+VAT *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Measures internal alignment and rootweld spacing to eliminate rejects and improve productivity. ISBN: WIN008 £57.50+VAT/US$100.00/€70.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WIN008 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

V-WAC Gauge Easily and quickly checks the four essential measurements for visual weld acceptance. The V-WAC Gauge measures: Undercut depth; Amount of porosity per linear inch; Porosity comparison; Crown height. ISBN: WIN012 £57.50+VAT/US$100.00/€70.00+VAT www.woodheadpublishing.com/WIN012 *Not available for distribution in the USA.

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

111

Title index 10th International conference on turbochargers and turbocharging, 88 10th International conference on vibrations in rotating machinery, 88 3-D textile reinforcements in composite materials, 19 7th International conference on compressors and their systems 2011, 91 8th International conference on turbochargers and turbocharging, 81 Adhesion to fluoropolymers, 24 Adhesive bonding, 24 Adhesives in marine engineering, 24 Advanced adhesives in electronics, 43 Advanced civil infrastructure materials, 12 Advanced direct injection combustion engine technologies and development, 80 Advanced engineering design, 89 Advanced fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites in civil engineering, 5, 9 Advanced fibre-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites for structural applications, 9 Advanced materials in automotive engineering, 79 Advanced membrane science and technology for sustainable energy and environmental applications, 64, 77 Advanced piezoelectric materials, 44, 53 Advanced polymer composites for structural applications in construction, 12 Advanced power plant materials, design and technology, 63 Advanced separation techniques for nuclear fuel reprocessing and radioactive waste treatment, 71 Advanced textiles for wound care, 33 Advanced welding processes, 107 Advanced wound repair therapies, 27 Advances in biodiesel production, 76 Advances in brazing, 105 Advances in ceramic matrix composites, 4, 40 Advances in clean hydrocarbon fuel processing, 64 Advances in fire retardant materials, 39 Advances in friction-stir welding and processing, 106 Advances in laser materials processing, 100, 106 Advances in marine antifouling coatings and technologies, 84, 99 Advances in polymer nanocomposites, 17 Advances in polymer processing, 21 Advances in powder metallurgy, 56 Advances in science and technology of Mn+1AXn phases, 89 Advances in shape memory polymers, 19 Advances in structural adhesive bonding, 25 Advances in wrought magnesium alloys, 57 Aerodynamic measurements, 83, 91 Ageing of composites, 3 Air engine, The, 63 Air transport system, The, 84 Aircraft system safety, 83 Alloy tree, The, 61 Alternative fuels and advanced vehicle technologies, 78 Aluminium welding, 107

112

Amine unit corrosion in refineries, 98 Analysis and design of plated structures, 16 Analysis of engineering structures, 16 Anti-abrasive nanocoatings, 85 Applications of ATILA FEM software to smart materials, 52, 54 Applied elasticity, 16 Arc welding control, 107 Architectural glass to resist seismic and extreme climatic events, 11 Artificial cells, cell engineering and therapy, 39 Automotive industry and the environment, The, 81 Automotive industry, The, 81, 108 Belt conveying of minerals, 59 Biaxial stretching of film, 21 Bioactive glasses, 31 Bioactive materials in medicine, 32 Bioalcohol production, 77 Bioceramics and their clinical applications, 31 Biocides in plastics, 24 Biocompatibility and performance of medical devices, 37 Biodegradable polymers for industrial applications, 22 Biodegradable polymers, 22 Biodiesel science and technology, 76 Biogas handbook, The, 73 Biointegration of medical implant materials, 37 Biolubricants, 75 Biomass combustion science, technology and engineering, 73 Biomaterials and devices for the circulatory system, 28 Biomaterials and medical tribology, 85 Biomaterials and regenerative medicine in ophthalmology, 27 Biomaterials and tissue engineering in urology, 28 Biomaterials for artificial organs, 26 Biomaterials for spinal surgery, 27 Biomaterials for treating skin loss, 26 Biomaterials in plastic surgery, 26 Biomaterials, artificial organs and tissue engineering, 38 Biomedical composites, 30 Biomedical hydrogels, 32 Biomedical imaging, 34 Biomedical polymers, 32 Biomimetic biomaterials, 30 Biosensors for medical applications, 36 Biotextiles as medical implants, 33 Bio-tribocorrosion in biomaterials and medical implants, 34 Blast protection of civil infrastructures and vehicles using composites, 5, 11 Bonding elastomers, 25 Bone repair biomaterials, 28 Braking 2009, 92 Brittle matrix composites 10, 8 Brittle matrix composites 7, 8 Brittle matrix composites 9, 8 Building decorative materials, 10 Building materials in civil engineering, 10

Buyerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s guide to sourcing castings from India, 61 Cable engineering for local area networks, 54 Carbon nanotubes and graphene for photonic applications, 45 Cellular response to biomaterials, 35 Cellulose and cellulose derivatives, 22 Cellulosic pulps, fibres and materials, 22 Ceramic nanocomposites, 4, 40 Ceramic-matrix composites, 41 Chalcogenide glasses, 45 Characterization of biomaterials, 30 Chemistry and processing of wood and plant fibrous material, The, 22 Chemistry of wood preservation, The, 22 Circuit analysis, 55 Clay-containing polymeric nanocomposites, 19 Coal science and engineering, 63 Coal utilization in industry, 62, 66 Coatings for biomedical applications, 31 Cold spray materials deposition process, The,101 Collaborative product assembly design and assembly planning, 91 Combined cycle systems for near-zero emission power generation, 63 Composite joints and connections, 6 Composite materials, 4 Composite reinforcements for optimum performance, 6 Composite technologies for 2020, 8 Composites forming technologies, 6 Compression techniques for polymer sciences, 19 Computational functional analysis, 55 Computational welding mechanics, 107 Computer technology in welding, 108 Concentrating solar power technology, 74 Concise chemistry of the elements, 94 Condition assessment of aged structures, 15, 84 Controller design for industrial robots and machine tools, 86 Corrosion behaviour and protection of copper and aluminium alloys in seawater, 97 Corrosion by carbon and nitrogen, 97 Corrosion control in the aerospace industry, 84, 96 Corrosion in refineries, 97 Corrosion in reinforced concrete structures, 13 Corrosion issues in light water reactors, 97 Corrosion of austenitic stainless steel, 98 Corrosion of magnesium alloys, 96 Corrosion of metallic heritage artefacts, 98 Corrosion of reinforcement in concrete, 13 Corrosion prevention of magnesium alloys, 95 Corrosion protection and control using nanomaterials, 99 Corrosion under insulation (CUI) guidelines, 95 Crack arrest concepts for failure prevention and life extension, 102 Creative techniques in product and engineering design, 109 Creep and fatigue in polymer matrix composites, 2, 18 Creep-resistant steels, 61, 68

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Title index Crystal structures, 95 Cumulative damage of welded joints, 104 Decontamination in hospitals and healthcare, 29 Defect structure in nanomaterials, 89 Deformation and processing of structural materials, The, 16 Degradation and stabilisation of polyamides, 21 Degradation rate of bioresorbable materials, 38 Delamination behaviour of composites, 3 Dental biomaterials, 28 Design and analysis of fatigue resistant welded structures, 102 Design and manufacture of composite structures, 6 Design and manufacture of medical devices, The, 88 Design and manufacture of textile composites, 18 Design and optimization of metal structures, 15 Design, fabrication and economy of welded structures, 16 Designing a structured cabling system to ISO 11801, 54 Determination of additives in polymers and rubbers, 21 Development of packaging and products for use in microwave ovens, 20 Developments and innovation in carbon dioxide (CO2) capture and storage technology, 65 Developments in high temperature corrosion and protection of materials, 67, 96 Developments in marine corrosion, 85 Developments in the formulation and reinforcement of concrete, 13 Developments in tissue engineered and regenerative medicine products, 38 Diamond based materials for biomedical applications, 30 Diesel engine system design, 79 Digital filters and signal processing in electronic engineering, 55 Digital image processing, 55 Direct strip casting of metals and alloys, 59 Drug-device combination products, 26 Duplex stainless steels, 56, 61 Durability and reliability of medical polymers, 37 Durability of composites for civil structural applications, 11 Durability of concrete and cement composites, 12 Durability of engineering structures, 16 Dynamics of tethered satellite systems, 88 ECCM 7, 8 Eco-efficient concrete, 13 Elastic beams and frames, 16 Elastomers and components, 23 Electrical drives for direct drive renewable energy systems, 72 Electrical motor products, 91

Electricity transmission, distribution and storage systems, 54, 72 Electrochemistry and characteristics of embeddable reference electrodes for concrete structural engineering, The, 12 Electrochemistry in light water reactors, 97 Electroless copper and nickel-phosphorus plating, 101 Electromigration in thin films and electronic devices, 43 Electron beam welding, 107 Electrospinning for tissue regeneration, 38 Eleventh European fluid machinery congress, 92 Energy absorption of structures and materials, 109 Engineering and structural adhesives, 25 Engineering catastrophes, 102 Engineering coatings, 101 Engineering materials science, 98 Engineering systems acquisition and support, 86 Epoxy composites, 18 Essentials of scientific computing, 54 Experimental inorganic/physical chemistry, 94 Exploding a myth, 94 Exploiting advances in arc welding technology, 107

Flammability testing of materials used in construction, transport and mining, 39, 81 Flow-induced alignment in composite materials, 4 Fluidized-bed technologies for near-zero emission combustion and gasification, 63 Forensic polymer engineering, 2, 21 Fracture and fatigue of welded joints and structures, 104 Fracture, 104 FRC 2000 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Composites for the millennium, 8 Friction stir welding, 106 Fuel Systems for IC Engines, 89 Functional materials for sustainable energy applications, 52, 75 Functional nanofibers and their applications, 20 Fundamental and applied aspects of chemically modified surfaces, 101 Fundamental chemical kinetics, 95 Fundamentals of aluminium metallurgy, 58 Fundamentals of evaluation and diagnostics of welded structures, 57, 104 Fundamentals of inorganic chemistry, 95 Fundamentals of magnesium alloy metallurgy, 56 Fundamentals of metallurgy, 56 Fundamentals of welding metallurgy, 56

Failure analysis and fractography of polymer composites, 2, 18 Failure mechanisms in polymer matrix composites, 2 Failure mechanisms of advanced welding processes, 103 Failure, distress and repair of concrete structures, 13 Fatal accidents, 102 Fatigue analysis of welded components, 104 Fatigue assessment of welded joints by local approaches, 102 Fatigue design of welded joints and components, 102 Fatigue design procedure for welded hollow section joints, 102 Fatigue in composites, 4 Fatigue in railway infrastructure, 78, 102 Fatigue life prediction of composites and composite structures, 3 Fatigue of thin walled joints under complex loading, 105 Fatigue strength of transverse fillet welded joints, The, 105 Fatigue strength of welded structures, 102 Fatigue, 104 Faults in hot dip galvanising, 60 Fibrous and composite materials for civil engineering applications, 10 Finite element modelling of composite materials and structures, 4 Finite element programs in structural engineering and continuum mechanics, 17 Finite element techniques in structural mechanics, 17 Fire retardancy of polymers, 40 Fire retardant materials, 40 Fire toxicity, 39 Flame retardants for plastic, 24, 40

Gaseous hydrogen embrittlement of materials in energy technologies, 67, 103 Generating power at high efficiency, 62 Geological repository systems for safe disposal of spent nuclear fuels and radioactive waste, 68 Geopolymers, 11, 41 Geosynthetics in civil engineering, 11 Green composites, 18 Group theory for chemists, 94 Guide to designing welds, A, 109 Handbook of advanced dielectric, piezoelectric and ferroelectric materials, 41, 44, 51 Handbook of advanced radioactive waste conditioning technologies, 71 Handbook of biodegradable polymers, 22 Handbook of biofuels production, 78 Handbook of composite fabrication, 7 Handbook of crack opening data, 109 Handbook of fire resistant textiles, 39 Handbook of friction-vibration interactions, 85 Handbook of gold exploration and evaluation, 60 Handbook of laser welding technologies, 46, 105 Handbook of medical textiles, 33 Handbook of membrane reactors, 74 Handbook of MEMS for wireless and mobile applications, 50 Handbook of metal injection molding, 57 Handbook of mould, tool and die repair welding, 108 Handbook of organic materials for optical and optoelectronic devices, 46 Handbook of polymer composites for engineers, 19

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

113

Title index Handbook of recycled concrete and demolition waste, 9, 12 Handbook of seismic risk analysis and management of civil infrastructure systems, 14 Handbook of solid-state lasers, 48 Handbook of structural welding, 108 Handbook of terahertz technology for imaging, sensing, and communications, 48, 51 Hatfield memorial lectures, The, 56 HCCI and CAI engines for the automotive industry, 81 Health and safety in welding and allied processes, 108 Heat treatment of welded steel structures, 108 High nitrogen steels and stainless steels, 61 High performance and speciality elastomers 2005, 24 High temperature deformation and fracture of materials, 66 High temperature superconductors (HTS) for energy applications, 53, 77 High-energy ball milling, 8, 40 High-performance organic coatings, 100 High-temperature superconductors, 53 Hip resurfacing handbook, The, 29 Hot runners in injection moulds, 24 Hyaluronan, 31 Hybrid laser-arc welding, 106 Hydroforming for advanced manufacturing, 86 Hydrometallurgy, 59 IIW recommendations for the fatigue assessment of welded structures by notch stress analysis, 103 Impact behaviour of fibre-reinforced composite materials and structures, 4 Implantable sensor systems for medical applications, 36 In situ characterization of thin film growth, 50 Independent airport planning manual, The, 83 Industrial applications of surfactants IV, 22 Industrial gas turbines, 62 Infrastructure and methodologies for the justification of nuclear power programmes, 71 Inhaler devices, 26 Injectable biomaterials, 32 Injection Systems for IC Engines Conference, 80, 92 Innovation in aeronautics, 82 Innovations in Fuel Economy and Sustainable Road Transport, 79, 90 Innovative pre-treatment techniques to prevent corrosion of metallic surfaces, 101 Inspection and monitoring techniques for bridges and civil structures, 14 Instrumental methods in electrochemistry, 94 Integrated design and manufacture using fibrereinforced polymeric composites, 19 Interface engineering of natural fibre composites for maximum performance, 7 Internal Combustion Engines, 79, 80, 89, 92 International Conference on Compressors and their Systems 2009, 93 International Conference on Compressors and their Systems, 91, 93

114

Introduction to aerospace materials, 83 Introduction to plastic recycling, 23 Introduction to structures, 16 Introduction to the non-destructive testing of welded joints, 109 Introduction to the physics of nanoelectronics, 43 Ions in solution, 95 IPDS 2006 Integrated powertrain and driveline systems 2006, 81 Irradiation embrittlement of reactor pressure vessels in nuclear power plants, 68 Joining and assembly of medical materials and devices, 35 Joining plastics 2006, 23 Joint replacement technology, 28 Joints in aluminium â&#x20AC;&#x201C; INALCO â&#x20AC;&#x2122;98, 109 Laser cooling of solids, 50 Laser growth and processing of photonic devices, 49 Laser shock peening, 100 Laser spectroscopy for sensing, 46 Laser surface modification of alloys for erosion and corrosion resistance, 99 Laser welding, 107 Lasers for medical applications, 35, 47 Leveraging information technology for optimal aircraft maintenance, repair and overhaul (MRO), 82, 88 Lightweight ballistic composites, 18 Liquid moulding technologies, 24 Local approach to cleavage fracture, The, 105 Local probe techniques for corrosion research, 98 Local strain and temperature measurement, 105 Low Carbon Vehicles 2009, 80, 92 Machine learning and data mining, 55 Machining and machine-tools, 87 Machining technology for composite materials, 6 Macro-engineering and the earth, 17 Macro-engineering, 17 Management, recycling and reuse of waste composites, 8 Managing wastes from aluminium smelter plants, 59 Manufacturing techniques for polymer matrix composites (PMCs), 5 Maraging steels, 59, 60 Materials ageing and degradation in light water reactors, 69 Materials and surface engineering, 87, 99 Materials for energy conversion devices, 41, 75 Materials for energy efficiency and thermal comfort in buildings, 10 Materials for engineering, 87 Materials for fuel cells, 41, 78 Materials in sports equipment, 23 Materials science for dentistry, 28 Materials, design and manufacturing for lightweight vehicles, 5, 80 Mechanical evaluation strategies for plastics, 24

Mechanical testing of advanced fibre composites, 4 Mechanics of solids, 16 Mechatronics and manufacturing engineering, 87 Medical and healthcare textiles, 33 Medical modelling, 34 Medical polymers 2006, 23 Medical robotics, 35 Medical textiles and biomaterials for healthcare, 33 Melting and mixing of alloying agents in steel melts, 61 Membranes for clean and renewable power production, 72 MEMS for automotive and aerospace applications, 51, 79, 82 MEMS for biomedical applications, 36 Metallic films for electronic, optical and magnetic applications, 42, 51, 55 Metallurgy of basic weld metal, 56 Metallurgy of welding, 56 Metals for biomedical devices, 32 Metalworking fluids (MWFs) for cutting and grinding, 57 Metropolitan sustainability, 75 Microbiologically influenced corrosion handbook, 98 Microfluidics for biomedical applications, 34 Microjoining and nanojoining, 44, 51, 107 Microscopy techniques for materials science, 109 Microstructural characterisation of fibrereinforced composites, 4 Microstructure evolution in metal forming processes, 56, 61 MIG welding guide, 107 Mineral wool, 59 Minimization of welding distortion and buckling, 102 Minimized cardiopulmonary bypass techniques and technologies, 36 Missile guidance and pursuit, 55 Modelling and simulation of integrated systems in engineering, 90 Modern earth buildings, 15 Modern gas turbine systems, 63 Modern machining technology, 90 Molecular interfacial phenomena of polymers and biopolymers, 34 Mossbauer spectroscopy, 95 Mould design guide, The, 23 Multiaxial notch fatigue, 103 Multifunctional and nanoreinforced polymers for food packaging, 21 Multiscale materials modelling, 16 Multi-scale modelling of composite material systems, 3 Nanocoatings and ultra-thin films, 100 Nanofibers and nanotechnology in textiles, 18 Nanolithography and patterning techniques in microelectronics, 49 Nanolithography, 46 Nanomaterials in tissue engineering, 25 Nanomedicine, 25 Nanostructure control of materials, 93 Nanostructured metals and alloys, 59, 100

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Title index Nanotechnology in eco-efficient construction, 9 Natural-based polymers for biomedical applications, 32 NDE handbook, 109 NDE in relation to structural integrity for nuclear and pressurised components, 109 New developments in advanced welding, 107 Nickel and chromium plating, 101 Ninth European fluid machinery congress, 92 Ninth international conference on vibrations in rotating machinery, 92 Non-crimp fabric composites, 7 Non-destructive evaluation (NDE) of polymer matrix composites, 2 Non-destructive evaluation of reinforced concrete structures, 13 Non-destructive examination of underwater welded structures, 85 Non-destructive testing of welds, 109 Non-metallic biomaterials for tooth repair and replacement, 35 Novel approaches to improving high temperature corrosion resistance, 96 Nuclear corrosion science and engineering, 70 Nuclear decommissioning, 70 Nuclear fuel cycle science and engineering, 69 Nucleating agents, 21 Object-oriented technology and computing systems re-engineering, 55 Optical biomimetics, 49 Optical switches, 45 Optical thin films and coatings, 48 Optimisation of composite structures design, 7 Orbital mechanics and formation flying, 83, 91 Organic light-emitting diodes (OLEDs), 47 Orthopaedic bone cements, 28 Oxy-fuel combustion for power generation and carbon dioxide (CO2) capture, 65 Packaging technology, 20 Paint and surface coatings, 101 Pattern recognition and image processing, 55 Phase transformations in steels, 60 Physical properties and applications of polymer nanocomposites, 6, 18 Plastic flame retardants, 24, 40 Plastic products recycling, 24 Plasticity for engineers, 16 Plastics in the automotive industry, 24, 81 Plastics, rubber and health, 23 Polymer bonding 2004, 22 Polymer electrolyte membrane and direct methanol fuel cell technology, 76 Polymer electrolytes, 44, 53 Polymer matrix composites and technology, 17 Polymer melt rheology, 22 Polymer modified bitumen, 10 Polymer nanocomposites, 18 Polymer reference book, 22 Polymer-carbon nanotube composites, 7 Polymers in aggressive and corrosive environments 2004 (PACE 2004), 22 Polymers in cementitious materials, 11 Polymers in construction, 22 Polymers in electronics 2007, 44 Polymers in electronics, 21, 44, 52

Polystyrene, 22 Power generation, 109 Power plant life management and performance improvement, 64 Practical astronomy, 95 Practical guide to blow moulding, 24 Practical guide to polyimides, 21 Practical guide to the assessment of the useful life of plastics, 24 Practical guide to TIG (GTA) welding, A, 107 Practical scientific computing, 54 Practical sonochemistry, 94 Predictive formulae for weld distortion, 104 Preprosthetic and maxillofacial surgery, 29 Pressure vessels, 84 Printed films, 42, 53 Probabilistic safety assessment for optimum nuclear power plant life management (PLiM), 69 Process pipe and tube welding, 108 Processes and mechanisms of welding residual stress and distortion, 104 Professional diverâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s manual on wetwelding, 85 Progenitor and stem cell technologies and therapies, 38 Progress in ion exchange, 95 Project management: getting it right, 108 Properties and performance of natural-fibre composites, 3 Pulsed arc welding, 107 Pultrusion for engineers, 6 Quality assurance in adhesive technology, 25 Quantum optics with semiconductor nanostructures, 49 Quick guide to API 510 certified pressure vessel inspector syllabus, A, 90 Quick guide to API 570 certified pipework inspector syllabus, A, 91 Quick guide to API 653 certified storage tank inspector syllabus, A, 90 Quick guide to health and safety, A, 93 Quick guide to pipeline engineering, A, 67, 93 Quick guide to welding and weld inspection, A, 93, 109 Radioactive waste management and contaminated site clean-up, 68 Radionuclide behaviour in the natural environment, 70 Rare earth-based corrosion inhibitors, 98 Reaction mechanisms of metal complexes, 94 Real-time weld process monitoring, 109 Recent advances in environmentally compatible polymers, 22 Recommended values of thermophysical properties for selected commercial alloys, 56 Regenerated cellulose fibres, 22 Regenerative medicine and biomaterials for the repair of connective tissues, 27 Reinforced plastics durability, 24 Risk management of safety and dependability, The, 86 Rubber bonding 2006, 23 Rubber-pad forming processes, 89

Science and engineering of short fibre reinforced polymer composites, 3, 17 Science and technology of materials in automotive engines, The, 81 Secondary metallurgy, 56 Self-piercing riveting, 105 Self-shielded arc welding, 107 Semiconductor gas sensors, 50 Semiconductor lasers, 48 Service life estimation and extension of civil engineering structures, 14 SGTE casebook, The, 55 Shallow crack fracture mechanics toughness tests and applications, 105 Shape memory alloys for biomedical applications, 30 Shape memory and superelastic alloys, 58 Short fibre-polymer composites, 19 Signal processing in electronic communications, 55 Silicone elastomers 2006, 23 Silicon-germanium (SiGe) nanostructures, 44 Sintering of advanced materials, 40, 58 Slag atlas, 60 Small and micro combined heat and power (CHP) systems, 65, 77 Smart textiles for medicine and healthcare, 33 Solid oxide fuel cell technology, 41, 73 Solid-state hydrogen storage, 41, 73 Solving tribology problems in rotating machines, 93 Spacecraft thermal control, 82, 88 Stand-alone and hybrid wind energy systems, 73 Standardisation in cell and tissue engineering, 26 Standardisation of thermal cycling exposure testing, 97 State estimation in chemometrics, 94 Steel â&#x20AC;&#x201C; a handbook for materials research and engineering, 61 Steel manual, 61 Sterilisation of biomaterials and medical devices, 37 Sterilisation of polymer healthcare products, 36 Sterilisation of tissues using ionising radiations, 37 Strengthening and rehabilitation of civil infrastructures using fibre-reinforced polymer (FRP) composites, 11 Strengthening of reinforced concrete structures, 12 Stress corrosion cracking, 66, 104 Stress determination for fatigue analysis of welded components, 105 Structural alloys for power plants, 62 Structural dynamics of earthquake engineering, 15 Structural health monitoring of civil infrastructure systems, 14 Structural shear joints, 93, 102 Submerged-arc welding, 107 Subsea optics and imaging, 45 Superplastic forming of advanced metallic materials, 58 Superplasticity and grain boundaries in ultrafine-grained materials, 58

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

115

Title index Surface coatings for protection against wear, 99 Surface defects in hot rolled flat steel products, 60 Surface defects on electrolytically coated steel sheet, 60 Surface defects on hot-dip metal coated steel sheet, 60 Surface engineering casebook, 101 Surface engineering of light alloys, 99 Surface modification of biomaterials, 39 Surfaces and interfaces for biomaterials, 35 Surfacing, 101 Sustainability of construction materials, 11 Sustainable Vehicle Technologies, 86 Symmetry and group theory in chemistry, 95 Tailor welded blanks for advanced manufacturing, 58, 80 Techniques for corrosion monitoring, 96 Tenth European fluid machinery congress, 92 Textile advances in the automotive industry, 81 Textiles for hygiene and infection control, 33 Textiles in automotive engineering, 81 Textiles, polymers and composites for buildings, 10 Thermal barrier coatings, 67, 100 Thermal welding of polymers, 108 Thermochemical surface engineering of steels, 98 Thermoplastic aromatic polymer composites, 19 Thermoset nanocomposites for engineering applications, 5 Thermoset resins for composites, 7 Thermosets, 20 Thin film growth, 43 TIG and plasma welding, 107 Tissue engineering using ceramics and polymers, 38 Titanium alloys, 59 Topology in chemistry, 94 Total quality management for engineers, 109 Toughness requirements for steels, 61 Toxicity of building materials, 9, 14 TPE 2006, 23 Trends in packaging of food, beverages and other fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG), 19 Tribocorrosion of passive metals and coatings, 96, 101 Tribology and dynamics of engine and powertrain, 79 Tribology for engineers, 90 Tribology of natural fiber polymer composites, 3, 18 Tubular wire welding, 107

Underwater repair technology, 84 Underwater wet welding and cutting, 85 Use of electrochemical scanning tunnel microscopy (EC-STM) in corrosion analysis, The, 98 Using robots in hazardous environments, 92 Vegetable oil-based polymers, 19 Vehicle noise and vibration refinement, 80 Vehicle thermal management systems (VTMS8), 81, 93 Vehicle thermal management systems conference and exhibition (VTMS10), 92 Waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) handbook, 42 Waste to energy (WTE) conversion technology, 73 Watchers of the stars, 94 Wear of orthopaedic implants and artificial joints, 31 Weld cracking in ferrous alloys, 104 Weldability of ferritic steels, 108 Welded design, 109 Welded joint design, 109 Welding and cutting, 107 Welding and joining of aerospace materials, 83, 106 Welding and joining of magnesium alloys, 57, 106, 108 Welding mechanisation and automation in shipbuilding worldwide, 108 Welding of aluminium and its alloys, The, 107 Welding of plastics, 108 Welding processes and thermal cutting, 108 Welding processes handbook, 106 Welding residual stresses and distortion, 107 Welding steels without hydrogen cracking, 108 Welding symbols on drawings, 109 Welding workplace, The, 108 Wheel-rail interface handbook, 78 Which process?, 107 Wind energy systems, 72 Wind turbine blade design and materials, 5, 72 Wire rod defects, 60 Wood-polymer composites, 17

INSPECTION/TRAINING AIDS Adjustable fillet gauge, 111 AWS Gauge, 111 Fillet weld gauge, 111 HI-LO Welding gauge, 111 Reference radiographs for assessment of weld imperfections according to ISO 5817, 111 Single purpose HI-LO gauge, 111 V-WAC Gauge, 111 Woodhead Welding Gauge, 111 WTPS Gauge, 111 VIDEOS/DVD Composite materials - Part A, 110 Composite materials - Part B, 110 Forming of plastics - Part A, 110 Forming of plastics - Part B, 110 Machining: Removing material, 110 Machining: Cutting material, 110 Metal casting: Sand moulds, 110 Metal casting: Die casting, 110 Non destructive testing, 110 Safety for welding and cutting, 110 Timber: Production and processing Part A, 110 Timber: Production and processing Part B, 110 Welding: Metallic materials - Part A, 110 Welding: Metallic materials - Part B, 110

Ultra high temperature mechanical testing, 8 Ultraprecision bearings, 86 Ultrasonic transducers, 52 Ultra-supercritical coal power plant, 62, 66 Understanding and mitigating ageing in nuclear power plants, 68, 69 Understanding the rheology of concrete, 13 Understanding the tensile properties of concrete, 12

116

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Author index Abadie, M J M 21 Abe, F 64, 68 Adam, J-L 45 Adams, R D 24 Advani, S 5 Affatato, S 31 Ahmed, N 107 Ahn, J 68 Akid, R 98 Akovali, G 7, 22, 23 Alam, M O 43 Aliofkhazraei, M 85 Alkazraji, D 67, 93 Allen, K 25 Alonso, A 71 Ambrosio, L 26, 30 Anand, S C 33 Ansari, F 14 Apte, V 39, 81 Apted, M J 68 Archer, C 27 Arinzeh, T 30 Arkadov, G V 69 Armstrong, A A 109 Asadi, P 106 Aslanov, V S 88 Astakhov, V P 57 Atala, A 38 Azevedo, H S 32

Blanco, C 26 Blitz, J P 101 Blunt, J 101, 108 Boccaccini, A R 38 Boekholt, R 108 Böhni, H 13 Boisse, P 6 Boniszewski, T 107 Borenstein, S 98 Bosch, R-W 97 Bosworth, L 38 Bourbigot, S 40 Boutrand, J-P 37 Bøving, K 109 Bozic, S M 55 Bradley, A L W 83 Brandon, H 26 Brandt, A M 8 Brewis, D 24 Breyen, M D 35 Brøndsted, P 5, 72 Brown, P 18 Brown, R P 24 Buchanan, F J 38 Buckley, A 47 Bucknall, D 49 Bullen, P 59 Burgess, J 94, 95 Burnell-Gray, J S 101

Bai, J 9 Bailey, C 43 Bailey, N 56, 108 Baillie, C 18 Bainum, P M 83, 91 Balchin, N C 108 Balint, D 56, 61 Banerjee, R 4, 40 Baranov, A 48 Barmak, K 42, 51, 55 Barnett, M 57 Barrett, J 95 Bart, J C J 75, 76 Bartels, V 33 Basile, A 64, 72, 74, 77 Bastioli, C 22 Basu, J 38 Baudelet, M 46 Baudoin, Y 92 Baxter, D 73 Beaumont, P W R 3 Bedenik, B 16 Beeley, P R 56 Behr, R A 11 Beith, R 65, 77 Benavides, E M 89 Benavides, S 84, 96 Beranger, G 98 Besant, C B 16 Besharati-Givi, M-K 106 Best, S M 28 Bettles, C 57 Bhansali, S 36 Bhatnagar, A 18 Bibb, R 34 Bijen, J 16 Black, R 28 Blackledge, J M 55 Blagojevic, B 59

Calladine, C R 16 Camanho, P 6 Camino, G 40 Campbell, N 85 Campbell, P 29 Campbell, S A 85 Campelo, J 78 Cao, Z 43 Capó-Lugo, P A 83, 91 Castaldi, M J 73 Cau, A 55 Cavallaro, S 75, 76 Celis, J-P 97 Champagne, V K 101 Chance, R J 55 Chand, N 3, 18 Chang, I 56 Chapman, M J 55 Chaturvedi, M C 83, 106 Chen, G S 85 Chen, P 34 Chen, Z 106 Chirila, T V 27 Choi, J H 45 Chrysanthou, A 105 Chua, S J 45 Clark, J 78 Clarke, A 109 Cloud, M J 55 Coe, F R 108 Coffey, K 42, 55 Cogswell, F N 19, 22 Cook, R 99 Courtney, J M 32 Cousins, K 21, 44, 52 Coveney, V 23 Croft, D 108 Crompton, R 22 Crompton, T R 21

Crossland, I 69 Curtis, R V 28 Dagger, B K J 109 Dahm, R 24 Darvell, B W 28 Datta, P K 101 Davey, V S 85 Davidson, F P 17 Davies, G A O 4 Dawes, C T 107 de Brito, J 9, 12 De Smet, K 29 De, S K 19 Deb, S 27 Debus, J-C 52, 54 Delatte, N 13 Delobel, R 40 DeMeuse, M T 21 Denker, B 48 Dennis, J K 101 Denstedt, J 28 Di Silvio, L 35 Diamanti, M V 9 Dillard, D 25 Dillmann, P 98 Ding, K 100 Dobmann, G 13 Dong, H 99 Downes, S 38 Driver, M 31 Dufton, P W 24, 40 Dunn, D 25 Dunning-Davies, J 94 Dyer, A 95 Eberhardt, C 109 Ebtehaj, K 25 Eckold, G C 6 Edmonds, D V 60 Edwards, P 52, 75 Elliott, B J 54 Elsener, B 13 Emblem, A 20 Emblem, H 20 Espie, A W 25 Evans, G M 56 Fahim, M 3, 18 Fairgrieve, S 21 Fang, Z Z 40, 58 Fangueiro, R 10 Farkas, J 15, 16 Farmer, N 19 Farrar, C 61 Farrar, D 27 Fedrizzi, L 101 Feldman, M 46 Feng, Z 104 Feron, D 70, 97 Ferri, J 29 Ferry, M 59, 72 Flory, F, 48 Folkson, R 78 Forli, O 85 Forsyth, M 98 Frankel, E G 17 Frankl, E G 17 Frenkler, D 24

Fricke, W 102, 104 Fu, G 14 Fu, S-Y 3, 17 Fucic, A 9, 14 Fuh, J Y H 91 Fung, W 81 Gagg, C 2, 21 Gaharwar, A K 25 Gangloff, R P 67, 103 Gao, F 17 Gao, W 67, 96 Gasik, M 41, 78 Geckeis, H 70 Getman, A F 69 Gibson, A G 8 Gilbert, R 93 Giuliano, G 58 Glinicki, M A 8 Goda, K 14 Gomes, M E 32 Gomes, P 35 Gooch, T G 108 Goodall, D P 55 Goodenough, J B 41, 73 Goodship, V 8, 23, 42 Goran-Granqvist, C 9 Gough, J 38 Gourlay, T 36 Grabke, H 97 Grainger, S 101 Granjon, H 56 Gray, T G F 109 Greenhalgh, E S 2, 18 Greenwood, J H 24 Greff, R 94 Gregory, E N 109 Gubicza, J 28 Gucciardi, E 74 Guedes, R M 2, 18 Guell, D C 4 Gugliuzza, A 72 Guidoin, R 33 Gunaydin, S 36 Gunn, R 56, 61 Guo, H 67, 100 Guo, Q 20 Guo, Z 59, 60 Guo, Z X 16 Gupta, B S 33 Gurney, T R 104, 105 Habib, M K 92 Hack, K 55 Hacking, S A 25 Hahn, G T 93, 102 Hall, M 10, 15 Halmshaw, R 109 Hammond, W 30 Hancock, M J 25 Hannink, R H J 93 Hardcastle, J M 81 Harris, B 4 Harston, J 97, 98 Hart, P H M 108 Hartnig, C 76 Hascall, V C 31 Havlik, T 59 Hay, R W 94

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

117

Author index Heaney, D 57 Hellio, C 84, 99 Hench, L 38 Hicks, J 109 Higson, S 36 Hill, A J 93 Hinton, B 98 Hirst, M 82, 84 Hitchings, D 4 Hobbacher, A 102 Hocheng, H 6 Hodgins, D 36 Hodgkinson, J M 4 Hollaway, L C 11, 12, 19 Hormadaly, J 42, 53 Horrocks, A R 39, 40 Horstmann, D 60 Houldcroft, P T 107 Hsiao, K-T 5 Hu, J 19 Huang, K 41, 73 Hudson, M J 95 Hughes, S E 93, 109 Hull, T R 39 Hulse, S 24 Hunziker, E 29 Inmann, A 36 Innes, A 24, 40 Innes, J 24, 40 Irvine, S 52, 75 Iyer, K A 93, 102 Jaaniso, R 50 Jackson, S 62 Jaffe, M 30 Jahnke, F 49 Jalali, S 9, 13, 14 Jalil, M B A 43 Jansohn, P 63 Jantzen, C 68 Jarmai, K 15, 16 Jayakumar, T 109 Jeffs, E 62 Jelinkova, H 35, 47 Jenkins, M 23, 32, 37 Jenkins, N 108 Jerina, K L 26 Jiluan, P 107 John, R 107 John, V M 13, 15 Joksch, S 57 Jones, I A 19 Jones, J 38 Jones, P 23 Kainer, K 56 Kaldellis, J K 73 Kapoor, A 78, 102 Karak, N 19 Karbhari, V M 2, 11, 14 Karsa, D R 22 Katayama, S 46, 105 Kaya, A 56 Keats, D 85 Kendall, K N 24 Kennedy, J F 22, 31, 33, 37 Keong, K G 101 Kern, T-U 64, 68

118

Khan, M R 64 Khanna, A S 100 Khatak, H S 98 Khatib, J 11 Kilinc-Balci, F S 39 Killing, R 108 Kilner, J 52, 75 Kim, C-U 43 King, M W 33 King, R B 94 Kinsey, B 58, 80 Kitzinger, U W 17 Klein, L 98 Klinghoffer, N B 73 Koç, M 86 Kokubo, T 31 Komarova, L G 21 Kononenko, I 55 Koster, G 50 Kotsilkova, R 5 Kraft, M 51, 79, 82 Krayenhoff, M 15 Kritzinger, D E 83 Kukar, M 55 Kwok, C T 99 Labrincha, J 9, 12, 13 Lacroix, D 28 Ladd, M 95 Lagarón, J M 21 Lambourne, R 101 Lancaster, J F 56, 102, 104, 108 Landolt, D 96, 101 Laraia, M 70 Large, M 49 Lauke, B 3, 17 Lawrence, J 100, 106 Le Bras, M 40 Ledkov, A S 88 Lee, B 68 Lee, L S 14 Lee, N C 24 Leeming, M 12 Lerouge, S 37 Leung, C K Y 8 Lewis, A 26 Lewis, P R 2, 21 Lewis, R 78 Li, B 45 Li, V C 8 Li, X-J J 31 Li, Y 10 Lin, J 56, 61 Lindén, G 107 Lindgren, L-E 107 Lindsay, R 15 Lindstrom, R 98 Little, C B 101 Liu, L 57, 106, 108 Lohr, R D 8 Lohwasser, D 106 Lomov, S V 7 Long, A C 6, 18, 24 Lorence, M W 20 Lovegrove, K 74 Low, D K Y 100, 106 Low, I M 41, 89 Low, J 4, 40 Lu, C 91

Lu, G 109 Lucas, W 107, 108 Ludlow, J W 38 Lumetta, G J 71 Lumley, R 58 Luo, D 55 Luque, R 78 Lysaght, M 26 Macdonald, E 60 Macdonald, K 104 Maddock, A G 95 Maddox, S J 102, 104, 109 Mai, Y-W 3, 6, 8, 17, 18 Maierhofer, C 13 Makhlouf, A S H 100 Malati, M A 94 Malessa, M 97 Malinov, S 59 Mallick, P K 5, 80 Mandal, N R 107 Mangin, C 24 Mano, J F 32 Marcus, P 98 Maroto-Valer, M M 65 Marques, A P 32 Marshall, I H 8 Martin, J 87 Martin, R 3 Mason, T J 94 Mathers, G 107 Matthews, C 90, 91 Matthews, F L 4 Matthiessen, H 98 Maurice, V 98 Maxwell, J 24, 81 Mazumder, B 59, 63 McArthur, H 98 McCarthy, B J 33 McNally, T 7, 10 Meador, C L 17 Means, J 25 Melchers, R E 15, 84 Melero, J A 76 Melhem, Z 53, 54, 72, 77 Mellor, B G 99 Merolli, A 28 Meseguer, J 82, 88 Michaleris, P 102 Middleton, V 19 Mietz, J 13 Miller, M 11 Mills, H R 95 Mills, K C 56 Mindess, S 13 Miraftab, M 33 Miravete, A 7, 19 Mischler, S 96, 101 Mishra, B K 59 Mittemeijer, E 98 Miyazaki, S 30, 58 Mo, J P T 86 Molloy, K C 94 Moore, P 94 Moore, D R 24 Moore, R E 55 Morris, P 34 Mouritz, A 83 Mowrey, D 25

Mueller, M 72 Muhammad, A 54 Muncaster, P W 107 Murphy, J 73 Murray-Smith, D J 90 Murty, K L 69 Myrdal, R 12 Nagata, F 86 Nakamura, K 52 Narayan, R 30 Nash, K L 71 Nazari, A 9 Nedoseka, A 57, 104 Neves, N M 32 Nichols, D 24 Niemi, E 104, 105 Nieuwenhuis, P 81 Niinomi, M 32 Nijssen, R 5, 72 Niska, K O 17 Nixon, J 84 Norrish, J 76 Nowotny, J 41, 75 Nunes, S 64, 77 Oakey, J E 64 Oeters, F 61 Ogle, M H 109 Ohkata, I 58 Ojovan, M I 68, 71 Olek, J 8 Olive, J-M 97 Olofsson, U 78 Olsen, F O 106 Oltra, R 98 Organ, Allan J 63 Orgill, D P 26 Osborne, D 62, 66 Ostroverkhova, O 46 Owen, M J 19 Pacheco-Torgal, F 9, 12, 13, 14 Packer, J A 102 Page, C L 12 Page, M M 12 Paik, J K 15, 84 Palmeri, N 76 Papthanasiou, T D 4 Pargeter, R J 108 Paulo Davim, J 85, 87, 88, 89, 90, 99 Peat, R 94 Pekguleryuz, M 56 Pereloma, E 60 Pérez-Grande, I 82, 88 Pesheck, P S 20 Peter, L M 94 Peters, D 94 Peters, W 26 Petrushkin, S V 50 Phaal, R 61 Phillips, G O 22, 31, 37 Piccardo, P 98 Pickering, K 3 Piculell, J L 22 Piegari, A 48 Pietrzyk, M 56, 61 Pinho, S 2

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Author index Planell, J A 28 Platt, D 22 Pletcher, D 94 Pohl, G 10 Poinssot, Ch 70 Polaski, G 25 Polder, R 13 Polinder, H 72 Pötschke, P 7 Pou, J 100, 106 Prakash, S 39 Prashad, H 93 Price, D 39, 40 Pritchard, G 24 Prokopovich, P 26 Provis, J L 11, 41 Prudenziati, M 42, 53 Pshenichnyuk, A I 58 Qian, H 32 Qian, J 91 Qiu, X G 53 Quadakkers, W 96 Radaj, D 102, 107 Rahnejat, H 79 Raine, G A 85 Raj, B 61, 98, 109 Raja, V S 66, 104 Rajasekaran, S 15 Rajendran, S 27, 33 Ralphs, J 27 Ramezani, M 89 Rao, A 63 Ratna, D 18 Raupach, M 13 Rawlings, R D 4 Razak, A M Y 62 Reid, A 108 Reid, S R 4 Reinhardt, H-W 13 Reis, R L 32 Ren, S 10 Renton, J D 16 Revell, P A 28 Rijnders, G 50 Rimmer, S 32 Ripin, Z M 89 Robinson, A M 78, 102 Robinson, J 94 Robinson, P 2 Roddy, D 63 Rodionov, A N 69 Rogers, W 36 Rogerson, J H 25 Ropital, F 98 Rosendahl, L 73 Ross, C T F 16, 17, 84 Roth, C 76 Roussel, N 13 Rouvray, D H 94 Rowe, J 79 Roy, R 109 Rubin, C A 93, 102 Rudd, C D 24 Rusanov, A L 21 Russo, G P 83, 91 Ruys, A 30

Saeedkia, D 48, 51 Sahay, A 82, 88 Sain, M 17 Saito, Y 45 Saji, V S 99 Salih, V 26 Samartsev, V V 50 Sant, S 25 Santos, D M F 44, 53 Sanz-Andrés, A 82, 88 Sarsby, R W 11 Scala, F 63 Schultz, H 107 Schütze, M 96, 97 Seetharaman, S 56 Sekulic, D P 105 Sequeira, C A C 44, 53 Sha, W 59, 60, 101 Shanmugam, N E 16 Sharma, C P 37 Shibli, A 63 Shiraki, Y 44 Shirzadi, A 62 Shishoo, R 81 Shklovsky, E 48 Shneydor, N A 55 Shoji, T 66, 104 Siekierski, S C 94 Simmons, A 37 Simoes, A 101 Singh, R 104 Sinha, A 86 Sirok, B 59 Skinner, S 52, 75 Smith, R 22 Somerday, B P 67, 103 Somers, M 98 Soneda, N 68 Song, G-L 95, 96 Sonsino, C M 102 Sopicka-Lizer, M 8, 40 Sørensen, J D 72 Sørensen, J N 72 Sorrell, C C 41, 75 Soutis, C 3, 4 Spalding, D 98 Spillers, W R 16 Sridharan, S 3 Stace, L R 59 Stamboulis, A 37 Starr, T 6 Stec, A A 39 Steele, N C 55 Steen, M 8 Stein, W 74 Stevels, A 42 Stevens, K 18 Stolte, G 56 Street, J A 107 Strivens, T A 101 Stull, N 25 Su, Z 8 Subic, A 23 Subramanian, C V 109 Such, T E 101 Sugihara, S 41, 75 Summerscales, J 4 Sun, X 103, 105 Susmel, L 103

Tam, V 9, 12 Tan, O K 50 Tan, S G 43 Tanner, E 26 Teng, J G 11 Terryn, H 101 Tesfamariam, S 14 Thijssen, P C 94 Thomas, S 21 Thompson, R 22 Thompson, S 108 Threadgill, P L 109 Tice, B S 19 Tiginyanu, I 100 Tipping, Ph G 68, 69 Tjong, S C 6, 18 Tolias, P 30 Tong, L 6 Tournie, E 48 Toyserkani, E 100, 106 Tsuchiya, K 58 Turner, S 24 Uchino, K 44, 52, 53, 54 Uddin, N 5, 9, 11 Usami, N 44 Utracki, L A 19 Uttamchandani, D 50 Vadgama, P 35 Vainos, N A 49 Vallittu, P 35 Van Der Straeten, C 29 Van Deventer, J S J 11, 41 Van Langenhove, L 33 Vassilopoulos, A P 3 Vasudev, A 36 Verhaeghe, G 104 Vernon, B 32 Viswanathan, R 64, 68 Voytekunas, V Y 21 Waldron, K W 77 Walker, D J 109 Walker, G 41, 73 Walker, J 3 Walsh, F C 85 Wang, C M 16 Wang, R 17 Wang, Xu 80 Wardle, F 86 Warren, P 25 Watanabe, K 86 Watson, J 45 Watson, T F 28 Webster, T J 25, 26 Weerheijm, J 12 Wei, Q 20 Weitzenböck, J R 24 Wellinger, A 73 Wells, P 81 Weman, K 106, 107 Whang, S H 59, 100 Whillock, R 85 White, J R 19 White, N M 51, 79, 82 Whitehouse, J E 55 Widgery, D 107 Wiesner, C S 61, 105

Williams, P A 13, 22, 37, 95 Williams, R 39 Winnik, S 95 Wise, R J 108 Wolf, C 26 Wong, W 86 Wong, Y S 91 Woodings, C 22 Wright, M R 95 Wu, H 12 Wu, X 58, 80, 101 Wünsch, J R 22 Xiao Guo, Z 16 Xin, Q 79 Xu, H 67, 100 Yamagata, H 81 Yamashita, S 45 Yamauchi, K 58 Yan, Y 34 Yang, L 96 Yang, W 21 Yardley, E D 59 Ye, L 8, 100 Ye, Z-G 41, 44, 51 Yebra, D M 84, 99 Ylänen, H O 31 Yoneyama, T 30 Young, T 82 Young, V L 26 Yu, J 91 Yu, T X 109 Yu, Z-Z 18 Zafeiropoulos, N E 7 Zairi, M 109 Zalizniak, V 54 Zawistowski, H 24 Zedan, H S M 55 Zeman, F 75 Zhang, D 62, 66 Zhang, H 10 Zhang, J-S 66 Zhang, L 61 Zhang, T 91 Zhang, X 45 Zhang, Y M 109 Zhao, H 80, 81 Zhao, X 32 Zhao, X-L 102 Zhao, Y 56 Zheng, L 65 Zheng, S 17 Zheng, Y 17 Zhilyaev, A L 58 Zhou, G 4 Zhou, Y 31 Zhou, Y N 44, 35, 51, 107 Ziebs, J 105 Zielinski, O 45

Join our discussion on Twitter: @WoodheadTweets / Find us on Facebook at www.facebook.com/WoodheadPublishingLimited

119

HOW TO ORDER

Materials and Engineering 2013

www.woodheadpublishing.com

Order direct at: Post: Woodhead Publishing Limited, 80 High Street, Sawston, Cambridge, CB22 3HJ, UK

Email: sales@woodheadpublishing.com Tel: +44 (0) 1223 499140 Fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

PLEASE NOTE THAT INFORMATION AND PRICES ARE CORRECT AT TIME OF GOING TO PRESS BUT ARE SUBJECT TO ALTERATION WITHOUT NOTICE.

HOW TO ORDER - USA & CANADA US and Canadian orders: Our titles can be ordered from your specialist book supplier, online bookstore or college store, Barnes & Noble stores and many other retailers. In case of difficulty, please contact: usmarketing@woodheadpublishing.com or call (215) 928 9112. Woodhead Publishing USA 1518 Walnut Street, Suite 1100 Trade orders: Order from Ingram Publisher Services, Phone: (888) 790 0430 Fax: (800) 838 1149 E-mail: customer.service@ingrampublisherservices.com Philadelphia, PA 19102, USA Title

ISBN

Quantity

Total

Elsewhere in Europe

Rest of World

Postage & Packing

£4.75

£8/US$14/€10

£18/US$31/€22

Postage & Packing

Other Item

£1.75

£5/US$9/€6

£10/US$17/€13

Sub Total (Where Applicable)

Books are sent by 1st class post within the UK. Orders outside the UK are dispatched by priority airmail and will take between 5 and 28 days to be delivered depending on location. An express courier service is also available on request at an additional charge.

VAT

Grand Total

HOW TO PAY & PAYMENT DETAILS By bank transfer into our account: HSBC Bank Plc Sterling Account No. 82209020 Sort Code 40 16 08 Euro Account No. 58122422 Sort Code 40 05 15 US Dollar Account No. 58122430 Sort Code: 40 05 15 Account name – Woodhead Publishing Ltd. Charge My:

MasterCard

Visa

Amex

Cheque enclosed for £/US$/€ _________________ In Sterling with a cheque drawn against a UK bank By Euro with a cheque drawn against a European bank In US Dollars with a cheque drawn against a US bank

Visa Debit

Card Number

Start Date

Security Number Expiry Date

Signature___________________________

PERSONAL DETAILS Name

Maestro: Issue No All credit card transactions are processed using our quoted Sterling price for the product(s). For overseas customers, due to exchange rate fluctuations the amount appearing on your card statement may differ to our quoted US Dollar and Euro prices.

PLEASE PRINT IN BLOCK CAPITALS Position

Company/Organisation Address Postcode

Country

Tel

Fax

Date

Tick to join our e-mailing list

120

Available / will be available on Woodhead Publishing Online

Agents and Representatives North America

Woodhead Publishing USA 1518 Walnut Street, Suite 1100 Philadelphia, PA 19102-3406 USA Tel: +1 215 928 9112 Fax: +1 215 928 9113 E-mail: usorders@woodheadpublishing.com usmarketing@woodheadpublishing.com

Mexico, Central and South America and Caribbean

Cranbury International LLC 7 Clarendon Ave, Suite 2 Montpelier, VT 05602 USA Tel: +1 802 223 6565 Fax: +1 802 223 6824 E-mail: eatkin@cranburyinternational.com

The Netherlands, Belgium and Luxembourg Frans Janssen Netwerk Academic Book Agency PO Box 33228, 3005 EE Rotterdam The Netherlands Tel: +31 10 4613868 E-mail: info@netwerkaba.com

Germany, Austria and Switzerland

Frauke Feldmann Mare Nostrum Heinrich-Roller-Strasse 21 10405 Berlin Germany Tel: +49 30 311 703 74 Mobile: +49 (0) 172 662 33 22 E-mail: fraukefeldmann@mare-nostrum.co.uk

France, Italy, Portugal and Spain

Marcello s.a.s. Publishers’ Representatives Via Belzoni, 12, 35121 Padova Italy Tel: +39 049 836 0671 Fax: +39 049 878 6759 E-mail: marcello@marcellosas.it

Eastern Europe and Russia

Dr Laszlo Horvath Books For Eastern Europe Tinódi utca 31, 1047 Budapest Hungary Tel: +36 1 3703614 Fax: +36 1 3795842 E-mail: booksforeeurope@gmail.com

Algeria, Cyprus, Greece, Jordan, Palestine, Malta, Morocco, Tunisia and Turkey

Claire de Gruchy Avicenna Partnership Ltd PO Box 501, Witney, Oxfordshire OX28 9JL, UK Tel: +44 7771 887843 E-mail: claire_degruchy@yahoo.co.uk

Bahrain, Egypt, Kuwait, Lebanon, Iraq, Libya, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Sudan, Syria, United Arab Emirates and Yemen Bill Kennedy Avicenna Partnership Ltd PO Box 501, Witney, Oxfordshire OX28 9JL, UK Tel: +44 7802 244457 Fax: +44 1387 247375 E-mail: bill.kennedy@btinternet.com

Iran

Farhad Maftoon Jahan Adib Publishing 1st Floor, No 12, Behesht-Aaeen Alley Davazdah-e-Farvardin Street Enghelab Ave. Tehran 13149-63951 Iran Tel: +98 21 6696 9111 Fax: +98 21 6697 1329 E-mail: maftoon@neda.net

South Africa

Michael Brightmore Academic Marketing Services (Pty) Ltd PO Box 411738, Craighall 2024 Johannesburg South Africa Tel: +27 11 447 7441 Fax: +27 11 447 2314 E-mail: orders@academicmarketing.co.za

Nigeria

Lanre Anulopo Bounty Press Ltd 3/5 Odutola Runsewe Close Opposite Police Station Orita Challenge, PO Box 23856 Mapo Post Office, Ibadan Nigeria Tel: +234 2 7517045 Fax: +234 2 2315422 E-mail: bounty@skannet.com

India, Bangladesh and Sri Lanka

Ravindra Saxena Sara Books Pvt Ltd 302 Vardaan House 7/28, Ansari Road, Daryaganj New Delhi 110002 India Tel: +91 11 232 66107 Fax: +91 11 232 66102 E-mail: ravindrasaxena@sarabooksindia.com

Pakistan

Tahir M Lodhi Publishers’ Representatives 14-G, Canalberg H.S, Multan Road Lahore 53700 Pakistan Tel: +92 42 352 92168 Fax: +92 42 358 82651 E-mail: tahirlodhi@gmail.com

Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Hong Kong and Taiwan Steven Goh APAC Publishers’ Services Pte Ltd Block 8, Lorong Bakar Batu #05-02 Singapore 348743 Tel: +65 68447333 Fax: +65 67478916 E-mail: service@apacmedia.com.sg

Philippines

Tony Sagun CRW Marketing Services for Publishers Inc 15 Pear Avenue, Greenheights Taytay, Rizal Philippines 1920 Tel: +63 2 584 8448 Fax: +63 2 213 0651 E-mail: lwwagent@pldtdsl.net

South Korea

Se-Yung Jun ICK (Information & Culture Korea) 473-19 Seokyo-dong, Mapo-ku Seoul 121-842 South Korea Tel: +82 2 3141 4791 Fax: +82 2 3141 7733 E-mail: cs.ick@ick.co.kr

Japan

Ben Kato 2-304, Shinkoji 2-18-1, Machida Tokyo 195-0057 Japan Tel/Fax: +81 42 737 1834 E-mail: shuppanjp@yahoo.co.jp United Publishers Services Ltd 1-32-5 Higashi-shinagawa Shinagawa-ku Tokyo 140-0002 Japan Tel: +81 3 5479 7251 Fax: +81 3 5479 7307 E-mail: info@ups.co.jp

China

Ian Taylor Associates Ltd 12 Richborne Terrace London SW8 1AU UK Tel: +44 207 582 0071 E-mail: ian@iantaylorassociates.com Beijing Office of ITA 1 17C Building C, In-Do Mansion 48 Zhichun Rd Hai Dian District Beijing 100098 P.R.China Tel: +86 10 58732015 Fax: +86 10 58732025

Other catalogues available: Biomedicine and Biomaterials Energy and Environmental Technology Finance, Commodities and Business Studies Food Science, Technology and Nutrition

Mathematics Textile Technology Chandos Publishing

Key Contacts General - wp@woodheadpublishing.com Sales/Customer Services - sales@woodheadpublishing.com Marketing - marketing@woodheadpublishing.com Rights enquiries - rights@woodheadpublishing.com Commissioning - commissioning@woodheadpublishing.com Accounts - accounts@woodheadpublishing.com

Woodhead Publishing Limited, UK Headquarters 80 High Street, Sawston, Cambridge, CB22 3HJ, UK E-mail: sales@woodheadpublishing.com www.woodheadpublishing.com Telephone: +44 (0) 1223 499140 Fax: +44 (0) 1223 832819

Woodhead Publishing USA 1518 Walnut Street, Suite 1100, Philadelphia, PA 19102-3406, USA E-mail: usorders@woodheadpublishing.com E-mail: usmarketing@woodheadpublishing.com

Woodhead Publishing India Pvt Limited 303 Vardaan House, 7/28, Ansari Road, Daryaganj, New Delhi â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 110002, India E-mail: WPI@woodheadpublishingindia.com www.woodheadpublishingindia.com

@WoodheadTweets

www.facebook.com/woodheadpublishinglimited

Further your knowledge with Woodhead Publishing...